i. 


fal mais { 


a eo 


pe) Pac 


ge arg Sec RE 


e\F 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF THE 


AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, 


HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, 


FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. 


VOL. VI—NEW SERIES. 


_ Ubi Oren 
Go: be ay 


PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY. 


Philadvelphia: 
PRINTED BY JAMES KAY, JUN. & BROTHER, PRINTERS TO THE SOCIETY. 


No. 122, CuHEestnut STREET. 


1839 


EXTRACT 
FROM THE 


LAWS OF THE SOCIETY RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. 


1. The Transactions shall be published in numbers, at short intervals, under the direction 
of the. Committee of Publication. 

2. Every communication to the Society, which may be considered as intended for a place 
in the Transactions, shall immediately be referred to a committee to consider and report 
thereon. 

3. If the committee shall report in favour of publishing the communication, they shall 
make such corrections therein as they may judge necessary to fit it for the press ; or if they 
shall judge the publication of an abstract or extracts from the paper to be most eligible, they 
shall accompany their report with such abstract or extracts. But if the author do not approve 
of the corrections, abstract, or extracts, reported by the committee, he shall be at liberty to 
withdraw his paper. 

4. The order in which papers are read before the Society shall determine their places in 
the Pransactions, priority of date giving priority of location. 


COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION. 


Isaac Lea. 
Isaac Hays, M.D. 
J. Francis Fisher. 


OFFICERS 


OF THE 


AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY 


FOR THE YEAR 1839. 


PaTRON, 


PRESIDENT, 


VicE-PRESIDENTs, 


SECRETARIES, 


CounsE.tors elected for three years, 
In 1837, 


In 1838. 


In 1829. 


CuraTors, 


TREASURER and LIBRARIAN, 


VI.—D 


His Excellency the Governor of Pennsylvania. 


Peter S. Du Ponceau. 


Joseph Hopkinson, 


Nathaniel Chapman, 
1 M. Patterson. 


Alexander D. Bache, 


Franklin Bache, 
John K. Kane, 
J. F. Fisher, 


Nicholas Biddle, 
James Mease, 
Thomas Biddle, 
Governeur Emerson. 
Robert Hare, 
William Hembel, Jun. 
E. Nulty, 

LC. D. Meigs. 


William Short, 

George Ord, 

W. H. Keating, 
LC. C. Biddle. 


Isaac Hays, 


John P. Wetherill, 
Franklin Peale. 


John Vaughan. 


LIST OF MEMBERS ee 


. OF THE - 7 & oh 
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, ’ 


Elected since the Publication of the Fifth Volume, New Series, of their Transactions. 


George Campbell, of Philadelphia. 

John Green Crosse, Surgeon, of Norwich, England. 
Jared Sparks, of Boston. 

Charles R. Leslie, of London. 

James Cowles Prichard, M.D., F.R.S., of Bristol, England. 
‘Thomas L. Winthrop, LL.D., of Boston. 

George Tucker, of the University of Virginia. 
William Jenks, D.D., of Boston. 

Sears C. Walker, of Philadelphia. 

Joseph Saxton, of Philadelphia. 

William Morris Meredith, of Philadelphia. 

Thomas Dunlap, of Philadelphia. 

Daniel Webster, of Massachusetts. 

Andrew Talcott, late Captain U. S. Engineers. 
Thomas W. Griffith, of Baltimore. 

Charles G. B. Daubeny, M.D., of the University of Oxford. 
Henry Reed, of the University of Pennsylvania. 
William Norris, of Philadelphia County. 

William Sullivan, of Boston. 

William Harris, M.D., of Philadelphia. 

Robert Treat Paine, of Boston. 

John P. Emmet, M.D., of the University of Virginia. 
Hugh S. Legaré, of Charleston, S. C. 

Samuel Breck, of Philadelphia. 

Sylvanus Thayer, Colonel U. S. Engineers. 

Francis Wayland, D.D., of Brown University. 
Henry Baldwin, of Pennsylvania. 

William H. Prescott, of Boston. 

James Prinsep, of Calcutta. 

John Edwards Holbrook, M.D., of Charleston, S. C. 


-LIST OF NEWLY ELECTED MEMBERS. 


John C, Cresson, of Philadelphia. 
James C. Booth, of Philadelphia. 
Edward Coles, of Philadelphia. 
J. F. Encke, of Berlin. 

A. Quetelet, of Brussels. 


Rev. Humphrey Lloyd, A.M., Professor of Natural Philosophy, University of Dublin. 


James K. Paulding, Secretary of the Navy. 

John Ludlow, D.D., Provost of the University of Pennsylvania. 
Benjamin W. Richards, of Philadelphia. 

George W. Bethune, D.D., of Philadelphia. 

George M. Justice, of Philadelphia. 


Vii 


OBITUARY NOTICE. 


Since the publication of the last volume of these Transactions, the 
Society has been deprived, by death, of the fellowship of the following 
members : 


Edward Turner, M.D., of London. 

John Lewis Tiarks, of Jever, East Friesland. 
Rev. Abiel Holmes, of Cambridge, Mass. 
Philip Syng Physick, M.D., of Philadelphia. 
Carlo Botta. 

Dr Francis Blanchet, of Quebec. 

Joshua Humphreys, of Philadelphia. 

John Eberle, M.D. 

Benjamin Dearborn, of Boston. 

P. A. Adet. 

Nathaniel Bowditch, of Salem, Mass. 
Thomas Bradford, of Philadelphia. 

Baron Hormayer, of Vienna. 

Rodolph Vall-Travers, F. R.S., of Hamburg. 
Edward ‘Troughton, F.R.S., of London. 
Thomas W. Griffith. of Baltimore. 
Talleyrand Perigord. 

M. Stainsby, of Prague. 

Martinus Van Marum, M.D., of Haarlem. 
F. H. Le Comte, of Paris. 

Don José Bonifacio de Andrada e Silva, of Brazil. 
Alexander Pearson, M.D., formerly of Canton, China. 
Prosper, Count Balbo, of Turin. 

John Wickham, of Richmond, Virginia. 
George Pollok, of North Carolina. 

Dr Thomas Cooper, of South Carolina. 


CONTENTS. 


Laws of the Society relating to the Transactions. —- - - - i 


Officers of the Society for the Year 1839. - - - - - - 

List of the Members of the Society elected since the Publication of the Fifth Volume, 
New Series. - - - a 2 4 HW : 3 

Obituary Notice. - - - 2 = 2 z 


ARTICLE I. 


Description of New Freshwater and Land Shells. By Isaac Lea. - - - 


ARTICLE II. 


Descriptions of New North American Insects, and Observations on some already de- 
scribed. By ‘Thomas Say.—Continued from Vol. IV., N. S., p. 470. - - 


ARTICLE III. 


Notice of a Vein of Bituminous Coal, recently explored in the vicinity of the Havana, 
in the Island of Cuba. By Richard Cowling Taylor, and Thomas G. Clem- 


son. s 2 = 


ARTICLE IV. 


Observations on the Changes of Colour in Birds and Quadrupeds. By John Bach- 
man, D.D., President-of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Charleston, 
8. C., &e. - - - - - - - - - 


ViE——C 


191 


197 


‘ . L . 
* @ 
ww Deieitfiination th Longitude of geveral Stations near i, a ae a 


a % Ohio, its of ‘the Moon, and poon-culiay erved in. Tee, 
+ by Andrew, Talcott, late Capt. U. S. Engineers. = cas C. ——— : 
=. 
4 
. bs * ARTICLE VI. : 
* 4 ‘ . - ys é 
On the Magnetic Dip at several places in the State of Ohio, and on ovis 
* zontal Magnetic Intensities of Cincinnati and London. By John | D., 
Professor of Chemistry and Pharm., Medical College of Ohio. In Lever oh 
Vaughan, Esq., Librarian of the Am. Philos. Soc. a: - ta if 
ad * * . ? 
2 — ; 
* & 
.. ARTICLE VIL. _ sol 
: a 
+ New Formule Relative to Gone By E. Nulty. - i - a - QE 
. ARTICLE VII. . 
Account of a Tornado, which, towards the end of August 1838, passed over the sub- 
urbs of the City of Providence, in the State of Rhode Island, and afterwards over. 
part of the Village of Somerset. Also an Extract of a Letter on the same Subject 
from Zachariah Allen, Esq., of the City:of Providence. Communicated by Robert 
P 4 Hare, M.D., Professor of Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania. - - 
= | bs ’ 
ARTICLE IX, +" “- 


* : 
, w Contributions to Electricity and Magnetism. By Joseph Henry, Professor of mae 
: Philosophy in the College of New walgreey: iis ssa —No. IL—On Eleetro-Dy- 
al namic Induction. - - - “ = = : 
B ; % 
- : ‘ 
: ARTICLE X. 
_ Engraving and Description of an Apparatus for the Decomposition and Recomposition — 
s of Water, employed in the Laboratory of the Medical Department of the University 
: of Pennsylvania. By R. Hare, M.D., Professor of Chemistry. eG F 


> = = -_" , 7 


CONTENTS. 


ARTICLE XI. 
improved Process for obtaining Potassium. By Robert Hare, M.D., Professor of 
Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania. - - - - - 
ARTICLE XU. 


Engraving and Description of a Rotatory Multiplier, or one in which one or more 
Needles are made to revolve by a Galvanic Current. By R. Hare, M. D., Profes- 
sor of Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania. - - . - 


ARTICLE XIII. 


Contributions to the Geology of the Tertiary Formations of Virginia. —Second Series. 
By William B. Rogers, Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University of Vir- 
ginia, and Henry D. Rogers, Professor of Geology and gp eueedogy | in the Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania. - - - - - - - - 


ARTICLE XIV. 


Contributions to the Geology of the 'Tertiary Formations of Virginia.—Second Series— 
Continued: Being a Description of several Species of Meiocene and Eocene Shells, 
not before described. By William B. Rogers, Professor of Natural Philosophy in 
the University of Virginia, and Henry D. Rogers, Professor of a roky and Mine- 
ralogy in the University of Pennsylvania. - - . 


ARTICLE XV. 
Report of the Committee on the Solar Eclipse of May 14 and 15, 1836. 
ARTICLE XVI. 
Abstract of Meteorological Tables in the possession of the American Philosophical 


Society. - - - Z = s = 2 : 


Donations to the Library and Cabinet. - - - - = 


xi 


34] 


343 


347 


371 


379 


399 


VIZUB PIO DJUGP RUE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. 


ARTICLE I. 


Description of New Freshwater and Land Shells. By Isaac Lea. 
Read December 19, 1834. 


AwnoponTA GiGANTEA. Plate I. fig. 1. 


Testir ovata, inflata, antice latissima, postice angulatd, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis ; 
nalibus prominentibus ; margarita alba. 


Shell ovate, inflated, broad before, angular behind, inequilateral ; valves thick; beaks 
prominent; nacre pearly white. 


Hab. near Port Gibson. T. W. Robeson. 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. 3:3, Length 4:8, Breadth 7:8 inches. 

Shell ovate, inflated, broad before, angular behind, inequilateral ; 
substance of the shell thick; beaks prominent, granulate at tip; epi- 
dermis dark brown, smooth; anterior and posterior cicatrices both con- 
fluent; dorsal cicatrices near the margin anterior to the beaks; cavity 
of the shell very deep; cavity of the beaks deep; nacre white and 
richly pearly. 


VI.—A 


is] 


DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Remarks.—A single valve only of this species could be obtained, 
and that many years ago. Several attempts to procure more have 
proved abortive, and I now venture from it to establish the species. 
This valve has a greater area than any of the Natades which I have 
yet seen, and its capacity is also greater. It differs in outline, as well 
as in size, from any species yet described, being broader before and more 
angular behind. 


AnoponTA oyaTa. Plate II. fig. 2. 


Testa ovata, subcompressa, transversd, inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus pro- 
minulis ; margaritd albd. 


Shell ovate, somewhat compressed, transverse, inequilateral; valves rather thin ; 
beaks somewhat prominent; nacre white. 


Hab. near Marietta, Ohio. Dr Hildreth. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 

Diam. 1-5, Length 2-2, Breadth 4 inches. 

Shell ovate, somewhat compressed, transverse, inequilateral; sub- 
stance of the shell rather thin; beaks somewhat prominent and granu- 
late at tip; ligament rather short; epidermis greenish brown, wrinkled, 
apparently without rays; anterior and posterior cicatrices both conflu- 
ent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; 
cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks shallow; nacre white, 
sometimes bluish. 


Remarks.—Very recently this shell has been sent to me by Dr 
Hildreth. I presume it is from the vicinity of Marietta, where he 
resides. It is certainly distinct from any species with which I am ac- 
quainted. It perhaps most resembles the cataracta (Say), but differs 
in being more elliptical. It also differs in the beaks, the cataracta 
being undulated, while this shell is rather granulate at tip. 


AL 


AL : a he 
—————SS Sa 


Nera 


Anodonta ovata 


: ‘ Tnzo Vers ties 
Unio Bengalensts ‘ CAEL 


Drawn om stone by JDray ton 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 3 


Unio Bencaensis. Plate II. fig. 3. 


Testa ellipticd, transversd, inequilaterali, inflata ; valvulis tenuissimis ; natibus minulé un- 
dulatis ; dentibus cardinalibus tenuibus et laminatis; lateralibus sublongis, linearibusque ; 
margarita purpured. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, inflated ; valves very thin; beaks minutely 
undulated ; cardinal teeth thin and lamellar; lateral teeth rather long and linear; nacre 
purple. 


Hab. Bengal. Dr Burrough. 
Cabinet of Dr Burrough. 

Diam. °8, Length 1:3, Breadth 2-2 inches. 

Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, inflated about the umbones ; 
substance of the shell very thin; beaks somewhat inflated, beautifully 
and minutely undulated, the undulations being parallel and oblique to 
the plane of the disk, and angular on the umbonial slope; ligament 
thin and straight; epidermis reddish brown and obscurely rayed; car- 
dinal teeth very small, thin, lamellar, and single in both valves; lateral 
teeth rather long, linear, slightly divided in the left valve; anterior and 
posterior cicatrices indistinct, and both confluent; dorsal cicatrices 
small, and placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; palleal impres- 
sion scarcely perceptible, and remote from the border; cavity of the 
shell deep; cavity of the beaks rounded ; nacre very thin and purple. 


Remarks.—Among the numerous rare and beautiful shells brought 
by Dr Burrough from his last voyage, was the single specimen deseri- 
bed above. It was purchased in Calcutta, and Dr B. thinks it inhabits 
the Ganges. It is a very distinct species, and differs in the teeth from 
all those with which I am acquainted. Without a close examina- 
tion it might be taken for an Anodonta, the teeth being very small 
and almost linear. In these it resembles somewhat the Symphynota 
discoidea (nobis) and S. bi-alata (nobis), but the curve differs, and the 
lateral tooth of the left valve is distinctly cleft. In the teeth there is 
certainly a strong approximation to that group which possesses teeth 
with a simple curve line. In the beaks it is remarkable for the close, 
parallel undulations, which extend some distance from their apex, and 
make, by being reflected, quite an acute angle on the umbonial slope. 


4 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Unio venustus. Plate II. fig. 4. 


Testa ellipticd, transversd, subcompressd, luted, inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ; nati- 
bus viv prominentibus ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus subcurvis ; margaritd alba 
et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat compressed, yellowish, inequilateral ; valves 
somewhat thick; beaks scarcely prominent ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth rather 
curved ; nacre pearly white and iridescent. 


Hab. Potosi, Missouri. John Perry, Esq. 
Cincinnati, Ohio. T. G. Lea. 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. °5, Length 1, Breadth 1-7 inches. 

Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat compressed, yellowish, inequi- 
lateral; substance of the shell somewhat thick; beaks scarcely promi- 
nent, pointed at tip, and furnished with very minute undulations; 
ligament rather short; epidermis yellow, with green, somewhat sinuous 
rays; cardinal teeth small, elevated, deeply cleft in the left valve; late- 
ral teeth somewhat long, rather curved and enlarged at the posterior 
end; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal 
cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the 
shell rather shallow; cavity of the beak small and angular; nacre thin 
behind, pearly white and iridescent. 


Remarks.—The specimen here figured was sent to me some years 
since by John Perry, Esq., who obtained it near the lead mines of Po- 
tosi, in Missouri. Subsequently my brother, 'T’. G. Lea, has found the 
species near Cincinnati. As it very strongly resembles a young U. 
erassus (Say), it may very properly be placed in the group of which 
that species may be considered the type. 


———— end —— —— ——— 
ae Pe a 
— —— 
EEE 


l/r putcher 


Clo ¢ 
mo Vaughanlanus 


Qn 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 


Unio Vaueuanianus. Plate III. fig. 5. 


Testa obovaid, transversd, subinflata, posticé subemarginata, inequilaterali ; valvulis te- 
nuibus ; natibus vix prominentibus ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis erectisque; lateralibus rectis ; 
margarita salmonis colore tinctd. 


Shell obovate, transverse, somewhat inflated, subemarginate behind, inequilateral ; 
valves thin; beaks scarcely prominent; cardinal teeth small and erect; lateral teeth 
straight ; nacre salmon colour. 


Hab. Sawney’s Creek, near Camden, 8.C. Professor Ravenel. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Ravenel. 
Cabinet of Dr Blanding. 
Unio Carolinensis.* Professor Ravenel’s Letter. 

Diam. -7, Length 1-2, Breadth 2 inches. 

Shell obovate, transverse, somewhat inflated, enlarged towards the pos- 
terior basal margin, behind which it is subemarginate, slightly depressed 
before the umbonial slope, inequilateral; substance of the shell thin 
and iridescent behind, thicker and salmon coloured before; ligament 
rather thin and short; epidermis almost black, and obscurely rayed 
posteriorly ; cardinal teeth double in both valves, small, compressed and 
erect; lateral teeth straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cica- 
trices confluent and scarcely visible; dorsal cicatrices placed in the 
centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of 
the beaks shallow and angular; nacre salmon coloured and beautifully 
iridescent. 


Remarks.—Professor Ravenel very kindly sent me specimens of 
this shell nearly two years ago, and I owe to Dr Blanding the pos- 
session subsequently of others. This species distinctly appertains to 
that group of which the U. nasutus (Say) may be considered the type. 
It is rayed like that shell, but may at once be distinguished by the 


* This name being preoccupied by Bose for a shell of this genus, I have considered it 
necessary to give it another, and propose that of the worthy treasurer of this society, John 
Vaughan, Esq. 

vVI.—B 


6 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


bluntness of the posterior portion of the shell, as well as by its en- 
largement towards the basal margin. 


Unio putcner. Plate III. fig. 6. 


Testa ellipticd, transversit, subcompressd, inequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus irregu- 
lariter undulatis ; epidermide luted, radiis tenebroso-viridibus ; dentibus cardinalibus erectis ; 
lateralibus prope eorum fines majoribus ; margarité colore caryophylli tincta. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat compressed, inequilateral ; valves rather thick ; 
beaks irregularly undulated; epidermis yellow, with dark green rays; cardinal teeth 
erect; lateral teeth enlarged near their termination ; nacre pink coloured. 


Hab. near Nashville, Tenn. Professor Troost. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 
Diam. ‘8, Length 1:3, Breadth 2-2 inches. 
Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat compressed, inequilateral ; sub- 
stance of the shell rather thick; beaks rather elevated and irregularly 
undulated; ligament rather long and straight; epidermis yellow; rays 
dark green, numerous, diverging from the point of the beak over the 
whole disk; cardinal teeth large, erect, and disposed to be double in 
both valves, in the left widely cleft; lateral teeth rather long, some- 
what curved, enlarged near their termination ; anterior cicatrices dis- 
tinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the 
centre of the cavity of the beaks; palleal impression rather indistinct ; 
nacre beautifully pearly and pink coloured. 


Remarks.—This species belongs to that group of Uniones of which 
the crassus of Say is the type. It differs from the erassus in being a 
smaller species, in the undulations of the beaks and in the rays. ‘The 
pink colour, which is more intense at the region of the teeth, is strik- 
ingly beautiful. The rays of this specimen are very dark, and more 
defined than in any species I have remarked. Iam indebted to the 
great kindness of Professor Troost for the loan of this shell, to describe 
and figure. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 7 


Unio opscurus. Plate III. fig. 7. 


Testa ellipticd, transversd, inequilaterali, subinflaia ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus irregu- 
lariter undulatis ; dentibus cardinalibus elevatis ; lateralibus prope eorum fines majoribus ; mar- 
garitd alba et purpured. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, somewhat inflated; valves rather thick; 
beaks irregularly undulated; cardinal teeth elevated; lateral teeth larger near their ter- 
mination; nacre purple and white. 


Hab. near Nashville, Tenn. Professor Troost. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. (White nacre.) 
Diam. °8, Length 1-1, Breadth 2 inches. 
Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, somewhat inflated ; sub- 
stance of the shell rather thick ; beaks slightly elevated and irregularly 
undulated; ligament rather short; epidermis yellowish brown; rays 
placed on the posterior part, and somewhat linear; cardinal teeth double 
in both valves, erect, crenulate, widely cleft in the left; lateral teeth 
rather long, straight, and enlarged near their termination; anterior cica- 
trices distinet; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed 
on the inferior part of the lateral teeth; palleal impression distinct ; 
nacre white anteriorly, purple posteriorly. 


Remarks.—I owe to Professor Troost the opportunity of describing 
this shell. ‘There are no very striking characters in it, but it cannot 
be classed with propriety with any species which I know. It seems 
to possess a resemblance to U. Nashviliianus (nobis), and to U. glans 
(nobis), two very different species. It is however distinct, and should 
not be confounded with either. The single specimen here noticed is 
the only one, I believe, yet found. When more are observed, charac- 
ters somewhat different may be noticed. 


D 


DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Unio Fisnerianus. Plate IV. fig. 8. 


Testa scalenid, obliquo-transversd, compressd, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus; na- 
tibus compressis; dentibus cardinalibus lamelliformibus ; lateralibus longis subcurvisque; 
margaritd purpured. 


Shell scaleniform, obliquely transverse, compressed, very inequilateral; valves thin ; 
beaks compressed; cardinal teeth lamellar ; lateral teeth long and somewhat curved; 
nacre purple. 


Hab. Head of Chester River, Md. Mr Thomas Fisher. 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. -6, Length 1-1, Breadth 2-7 inches. 

Shell rounded before and acutely angular behind, obliquely trans- 
verse, compressed, very inequilateral; substance of the shell thin; 
beaks flattened and placed near the anterior margin ; umbones flattened ; 
umbonial slope elevated; ligament thin and short; epidermis dark 
brown, smooth; cardinal teeth lamelliform, rather conical, widely 
cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth long and somewhat curved; ante- 
rior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices 
placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; palleal impression im- 
perceptible; cavity of the shell very shallow; cavity of the beaks very 
small: nacre purple. 


Remarks.—This belongs to that group of Uniones of which the 
nasulus (Say) is the type. It differs from that species in being more 
compressed, in being more angular posteriorly and in being apparently 
without rays. In outline it approaches the Grayanus and Shepardia- 
nus (nobis), but cannot be confounded with either of them. 


I owe this species to Mr Thomas Fisher, who brought it from Ches- 
ter River five or six years ago. 


7 2 St ~~  — a | 7 


——— ia 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 9 


Unio sesunus. Plate IV. fig. 9. 


Testa suboblongd, valde transversi, compressa, inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus; na- 
tibus compressis ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus-longis rectisque; margarita vel 
purpurea vel alba. 


Shell somewhat oblong, very transverse, compressed, inequilateral ; valves rather 
thin; beaks compressed ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long and straight ; nacre 
purple or white. 


Hab. Roanoke. 
Also, near Camden, S. C. Dr Blanding. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Blanding. 

Diam. °5, Length 1-2, Breadth 2-5 inches. 

Shell somewhat oblong, very transverse, compressed, inequilateral ; 
flattened on the sides; subbiangular behind; substance of the shell 
rather thin; beaks compressed, scarcely prominent; ligament thin 
and long; epidermis very dark brown and much wrinkled; cardinal 
teeth small, double in the left and single in the right valve; lateral 
teeth long, straight, and enlarged at the posterior end; anterior cica- 
trices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed 
in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell very shal- 
low; cavity of the beaks very small; nacre purple or white. 


Remarks.—In crossing the Roanoke on the mail-route between 
Winton and Tarborough in 1827, I found a few imperfect specimens 
of this shell. Last year Dr Blanding had the kindness to give me a 
more perfect specimen from near Camden, S. C., which confirmed me 
in my previous impression of its being distinct from any described spe- 
cies. In its general outline and appearance it strongly resembles the 
U. complanatus (Soland.), but is more compressed, and is disposed to 
be biangular behind. 


VI.—C 


10 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Unio arcrror. Plate IV. fig. 10. 


Testa angulato-ellipticd, valde transversa, compressa ; valvulis subtenuibus; natibus com- 


pressis et undulatis; dentibus cardinalibus parvis; lateralibus longis; margarita albii et 
salmonis colore tinctd. 


Shell narrow-elliptical, very transverse, compressed; valves rather thin; beaks 
compressed and undulated; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long; nacre white and 
salmon colour. 


Hab. Ohio River, near Cincinnati. T. G. Lea. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. 
Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. 
Cabinet of William Hyde. 
Diam. -7, Length 1:1, Breadth 2-3 inches. 
Shell narrow, elliptical, very transverse, subangular behind, flattened 
on the sides; substance of the shell rather thin; beaks compressed, un- 
dulated; ligament rather long and slender; epidermis dark brown, 
wrinkled; cardinal teeth very small; lateral teeth long, straight, and 
enlarged at posterior end; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cica- 
trices confluent; dorsal cicatrices situated on the plate between the 
cardinal and lateral teeth; cavity of the shell very shallow; cavity of 
the beak shallow and subangular; nacre white, salmon colour, and 
sometimes purple. 


Remarks.—l have for some years been in doubt if this should be 
separated from the gibbosus of Barnes, of which it has generally been 
considered a variety. After proper examination, believing it to be dis- 
tinct, I propose to separate it from that species. It certainly very 
closely resembles the gibbosus, but may at once be distinguished by its 
being a smaller shell, and possessing much less substance. The gibbo- 


sus is generally purple; this species is usually white or salmon colour, 
but sometimes purple. 


; an mn Ge a a sa 
yo ay 
jab aia jit Ww wi ti A% 
ee ee 


; ie! 
ere 


il — ” — OO aaEaEOO—eeeororrerereee 
ia — 


URLO COCCLHEMUS. 


(urqiau Unio solrd 
4QPO14 « 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. ll 


’ Unio Turerpus. Plate V. fig. 11. 


Testa subrotunda, inflata, tuberculatd, subequilaterali; valvulis crassis; natibus elevatis ; 
dentibus cardinalibus grandibus compressisque ; lateralibus brevibus subrectisque; margarita 
alba et iridescente. 


Shell subrotund, inflated, tuberculated, nearly equilateral; valves thick; beaks ele- 
vated; cardinal teeth large and compressed; lateral teeth short and nearly straight ; 
nacre white and iridescent. 


Hab. near New Orleans. Mr Barabino. 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. 1, Length 1:3, Breadth 1-6 inches. 

Shell nearly round, inflated, tuberculated, nearly equilateral, suban- 
gular behind; substance of the shell thick; beaks thick and elevated ; 
umbonial slope scarcely elevated; ligament short and thick; epidermis 
dark brown; tubercles small, crowded on the umbones, and sparse to- 
wards the margin; cardinal teeth very large, compressed, the anterior 
section being much elevated and much enlarged; lateral teeth short and 
nearly straight; anterior cicatrices deeply impressed and distinct; pos- 
terior cicatrices distinct, the smaller being scarcely visible ; dorsal cica- 
trices placed on the inferior part of the cardinal tooth; palleal im- 
pression deep; cavity of the shell rounded; cavity of the beaks deep 
and angular; nacre pearly white and iridescent. 


Remarks.—For seyeral specimens of this species I am indebted to the 
kindness of the late Mr Barabino. It has more resemblance to the U. 
pustulosus (nobis) than any shell with which I am acquainted, but dif- 
fers in being more inflated, in the number, size and position of the tuber- 
cles. In the pustulosus these are large and more frequent towards the 
basa! margin, the beaks being nearly devoid of them, while in the furgi- 
dus they are numerous on the umbones and towards the beaks. In the 
cardinal teeth there is a still greater disparity. In the former species 
these are spread out, while in the latter they are compressed, and pre- 
sent a very remarkable character in the great elevation of the anterior 
section. The large ray, so generally found on the pustulosus, is not 
found on the specimens which I have seen of furgidus. ‘This or more 
may perhaps be found on perfect or young individuals. 


12 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Unto coccinevs. Plate V. fig. 12. 


Testa subtriangulari, obliqua et subcompressd ; valvulis antice crassioribus ; natibus sub- 
elevatis retusisque ; dentibus cardinalibus crassis ; lateralibus crassis et subeurvis ; margarita 
coccined. 


Shell subtriangular, oblique and somewhat compressed ; valves thicker anteriorly ; 
beaks rather elevated and retuse ; cardinal teeth thick; lateral teeth thick and some- 
what curved; nacre bright red. 


Hab. Ohio River, near Marietta. Dr Hildreth. 
Mahoning river, Ohio. Dr Kirtland. 
Near Columbus, Ohio. Mr Lapham. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. 
Cabinet of W. Hyde. 
Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. 
Unio coccineus. Dr Hildreth’s letter. 
Diam. 1-7, Length 2, Breadth 2-2 inches. 
Shell subtriangular, oblique, somewhat compressed ; substance of the 
shell thick anteriorly and thinner posteriorly; beaks rather elevated, 
retuse, and possessed of one or two undulations at the apex; ligament 
rather long and curved; epidermis dark reddish brown, with regular 
distinct marks of growth; cardinal teeth large, crenate, and deeply 
cleft in the left valve, and emerging from a pit in the right; lateral 
teeth rather long, thick, and somewhat curved; anterior cicatrices dis- 
tinct, the great one forming a deep pit; posterior cicatrices distinct, 
the smaller one being placed at the end of the lateral tooth; dorsal 
cicatrices situated on the inferior part of the cardinal tooth; cavity of 
the shell shallow; cavity of the beaks rather deep and angular; nacre 
bright red, sometimes salmon, rarely white. 


femarks.—About eighteen months since, Dr Hildreth sent me a 
single specimen of this species, which he communicated under the 
name of coccineus. I have since received from Dr Kirtland some fine 


y 


¢ a 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 13 


suites from Poland, Ohio, where they seem to be common. In the in- 
terior it resembles U. pyramidatus (nobis). It is, however, easily dis- 
tinguished by its being more compressed, less inflated on the umbones, 
and in the beaks being less elevated. 


Unio souipus. Plate V. fig. 13. 


Testa obliqua, inflataque; valvulis crassissimis ; natibus elevatis retusisque ; epidermide 
> , 
rufo-viridi ; dentibus cardinalibus crassis ; lateralibus obliquis, brevibusque; margarita alba. 


Shell oblique, inflated; valves very thick; beaks elevated and retuse; epidermis 
rusty-green; cardinal teeth thick; lateral teeth oblique and short; nacre white. 


Hab. Ohio River, at Cincinnati. T. G. Lea. 
Mahoning River, Ohio. Dr Kirtland. 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. 1-1, Length 1-7, Breadth 1-8 inches. 

Shell oblique, inflated, much enlarged at the umbones; substance of 
the shell very thick; beaks very much elevated, retuse, and possessed 
of one or two undulations at the apex; ligament rather short and thick ; 
epidermis rusty-green, and sometimes obscurely rayed; cardinal teeth 
thick, crenate, and deeply cleft in the left, and emerging from a pit in the 
right valve; lateral teeth thick, slightly curved and nearly parallel with 
the line of the cardinal teeth; anterior cicatrices distinct, the great one 
forming a deep pit; posterior cicatrices distinct, the smaller one being 
placed at the end of the lateral teeth; dorsal cicatrices situated on the 
interior of the plate between the cardinal and lateral teeth; cavity of 
the shell shallow; cavity of the beaks rather deep and angular; nacre 
pearly white. 


Remarks.—This species has a strong resemblance to the U. undatus 
(Barnes), and I have only now, after having had several specimens for 
some years in my possession, satisfied myself, by examining complete 
suites, of its being specifically different. It may be distinguished by 
its being more rounded at the basal margin, by its more elevated beaks, 
by its colour being more green, and, when the rays exist, in their be- 

VI.—D 


14 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


ing more capillary. In the elevation and retuseness of the beaks it 
resembles the U. pyramidatus (nobis), but differs in the depression be- 
fore the umbonial slope in that shell, and in being white in the nacre, 
while that species is red. The undulations of the beaks can only be 
observed when the shell is perfect there, and I have observed it so but 
in very young individuals. 


Unio Hypranvs. Plate VI. fig. 14. 


Testi ellipticd, transversd, radiata, valde inequilaterali, subinflatd ; valvulis subcrassis ; 
dentibus cardinalibus elevatis ; lateralibus longis, w cardinalibus separatis ; margarita alba et 
iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, rayed, very inequilateral, somewhat inflated ; valves rather 
thick; cardinal teeth elevated; lateral teeth long and separated from the cardinal teeth ; 
nacre pearly white and iridescent. 


Hab. Teche River, Louisiana. W. M. Stewart. 
Vicinity of New Orleans. Mr Barabino. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Mr Stewart. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 
Diam. 1:1, Length 1:4, Breadth 2-5 inches. 
Shell elliptical, transverse, usually beautifully rayed, very inequila- 
teral, somewhat inflated; substance of the shell rather thick; beaks 
placed near the anterior margin; ligament rather long; epidermis yel- 
low; rays dark green and extending over the disk; cardinal teeth dou- 
ble in both valves, erect, conical; lateral teeth rather long, slightly 
curved ; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dor- 
sal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; palleal 
impression indistinct ; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks sub- 
angular; nacre beautifully pearly white and iridescent. 


Remarks. The beautiful specimen figured here I owe to the kind- 
ness of Mr W. M. Stewart, who brought it from Louisiana about three 
years ago. It belongs to the group which contains Unio radiata 


Halaman bias 


Inte My dvanus 


7 


¢@ 


a 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. ones 


(Gmel.) and Juteola (Lam.), (siliquoideus, Barnes). It perhaps most 
resembles the latter, but differs in being a smaller shell, in being more 
pearly, and in having the beaks nearer to the anterior margin. It is gene- 
rally found rayed, but in some individuals the rays are wanting ; none 
of my specimens have perfect beaks. I have great pleasure in naming 
it after one of our most experienced conchologists and most assiduous 
students of this branch of zoology, Mr William Hyde. 


Unto InTERRuPTUS. Plate VI. fig. 15. 


Testi elliptic, compressd, transversd, inequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; radiis interrupts ; 
natibus compressis ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus longis subcurvisque ; margarita 
alba. 


Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse ; inequilateral ; valves somewhat thick; rays 
interrupted ; beaks compressed; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth rather long and 
curved ; nacre white. 


Hab. Harpeth River, Ten. Professor Troost. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 
Diam. -9, Length 1-5, Breadth 2-6 inches. 
Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse, inequilateral, subemargi- 
nate on the posterior dorsal margin; substance of the shell some- 
what thick; beaks rather prominent, somewhat compressed, undula- 
ted about the tip; umbones flattened; ligament rather short; epider- 
mis yellow, rather smooth; rays green, broad, interrupted, radiating to 
all parts of the margin; cardinal teeth small, conical, deeply cleft in 
the left valve; lateral teeth long, and somewhat curved, enlarged at 
posterior end; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices conflu- 
ent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; 
cavity of the shell rather shallow; cavity of the beaks small and sub- 
angular; nacre pearly white. 


—L——_ ~~, 


16 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Remarks.—Two specimens of this beautiful species were sent to me 
about three years ago, by Professor Troost, of Nashville. Expecting 
to receive other specimens from him, I deferred making a descrip- 
tion, least they should prove only a variety of U. crassus (Say), the 
young and perfect of which they strongly resemble in many of their 
characters. The inéerruptus differs in the rays, in the flatness of its 
sides, and particularly in the undulations of the beaks. The broad in- 
terrupted rays of this species are striking, and between them may be 
usually observed those which are quite capillary. It may be distin- 
guished at once from the pulcher (herein described) by its rays, the 
latter being smaller and not interrupted. 


AMPULLARIA Peawtana. Plate XXIII. fig. 77. 


Testa subglobosd, levi, solidd, imperforata, luted, faciata ; spird aculd ; anfractibus qui- 
nis; apertura subovata, fasciata. 


Shell subglobose, smooth, solid, imperforate, yellow, banded; spire acute ; whorls 
five; aperture subovate, banded. 
Operculum horny. 


Hab. Turbaco, Colombia, South America. T. R. Peale. 
My Cabinet. 
Philadelphia Museum. 
Diam. 1°1, Length 1-3 inches. 


Remarks.—Among the fine collection of rare and beautiful objects 
in natural history, obtained by Mr Peale during his late journey into 
Colombia, was this fine Ampullaria. The yellow ground of the shell 
is distinctly marked with rich brown bands, which are visible within. 
In being imperforate, it resembles the 2. crassa (Swainson), but differs 
in being larger, in being more globose, and in having a more effuse 
outer lip. I dedicate with peculiar pleasure this shell to the discoverer, 
one of the most enthusiastic and successful cultivators of natural his- 
tory in our country. Mr Peale found this species in the dry bed of a 
brook which is devoid of water during half the year. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 17 


Paupina HyALINA. Plate XXIII. fig. 81. 


Testi obluso-conicd, carinatd, pellucida, infra complanata ; anfractibus quaternis ; suturis 
valde impressis ; apertura late rotundatd. 


Shell obtusely conical, carinate, diaphanous, flattened below ; whorls four; sutures 
very much impressed; aperture widely rounded. 


Hab. near Poland, Ohio. Dr Kirtland. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 
Diam. -2, Length -2 of an inch nearly. 


Remarks.—Dr Kirtland sent the only specimen of this shell I have 
seen to Mr Hyde, under the impression that it was a deformed speci- 
men of Planorbis. Mr Hyde communicated it to me as a new spe- 
cies, of which there cannot, I think, be adoubt. It is very remarkable 
for the flatness of the inferior portion of the last whorl, and for the 
carina on the periphery which this causes. It is perhaps thinner and 
more transparent than any species yet described. 


MeELAnrA INFLATA. Plate XXIII. fig. 98. 


Testa conictt, inflaté, tenebroso-corned ; apice obtuso ; anfractibus quinis, subconvexis ; co- 
lumella notaté ; labro valde expanso. 


Shell conical, inflated, dark horn-colour; apex obtuse; whorls five, rather convex ; 
columella marked; outer lip spread out. 


Hab. Indian Creek, Vir., West of Alleghany Mountains. P. H. 
Nicklin. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. 
Diam. °4, Length -6 inches. 
Remarks.—I am indebted to Mr Nicklin for this new species, hav- 
VI.—E 


18 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


ing been found by him in Indian Creek, between the Salt and Red 
Sulphur Springs. ‘The sinus is so small, that at first view it may easi- 
ly escape observation. The aperture is large, and in this it has some 
resemblance to a Paludina. Near the base of the columella a purple 
spot may be usually observed. It resembles most in outline the ©. 
tuberculata (nobis), but differs in not being angulated, and being en- 
tirely without tubercles. In colour it differs entirely. Some indivi- 
duals have three coloured purple bands in the interior, while others 
are devoid of them. 


Puysa aurEA. Plate XXIII. fig. 106. 


Testi sinistrosd, subinflata, aured, pellucida; spirit breviusculd ; anfractibus qualernis ; 
labro marginato; apertura subinflata. 


Shell sinister, rathe: inflated, golden colour, pellucid, shining; spire rather short ; 
whorls four; outer lip margined ; aperture somewhat inflated. 


Hab. Hot Spring, Bath county, Virginia. P. H. Nicklin. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. 
Diam. °3, Length °5 inches. 


Remarks.—Mr Nicklin informed me that he found the Physa au- 
rea in a little water-course, by which a hot and a cold spring discharge 
their mingled waters. The former exhibits a temperature of 106 de- 
grees, and the latter of about 56 degrees of the scale of Fahrenheit. 

Near the meeting of the waters, one side of the little stream is cold 
and the other side hot; and multitudes of these beautiful Physz are 
to be found on both sides of the line of junction, availing themselves 
of the power which the locality affords them, of changing their cli- 
mate according to their fancy. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 19 


Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, January 2d, 1835. 


Unto LaMELLATus. Plate VI. fig. 16. 


Testa subovatd, transversd, subinflata, nitidd ; valvulis tennuissimis ; natibus viz prominu- 
lis, undulatis ; dentibus cardinalibus longis, tenuibus et laminatis ; lateralibus longis, tenui- 
bus subrectisque; margarita ceruled. 


Shell subovate, transverse, somewhat inflated, shining; valves very thin; beaks 
scarcely prominent, undulated; cardinal teeth long, thin and lamellar; lateral teeth 
long, thin and nearly straight ; nacre bluish. 


Hab. Bengal. Captain Lang. 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. 1, Length 1:5, Breadth 2-6 inches. 

Shell subovate, transverse, somewhat inflated, carinate behind ; dor- 
sal line nearly straight; substance of the shell very thin; beaks some- 
what prominent, with minute undulations following the umbonial 
slope; umbonial slope furnished with two capillary raised lines, run- 
ning nearly parallel; ligament rather short; epidermis dark brown 
and finely polished; rays none; cardinal teeth long, thin, lamellar, 
single in the /eft valve and double in the r7gh#; lateral teeth long, thin, 
and nearly straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices 
confluent; dorsal cicatrices situated nearly in the cavity of the beaks: 
cavity of the shell somewhat deep; cavity of the beak shallow; na- 
ere bluish. 


Remarks.—Several specimens of this shell, with the animal, were 
brought by Captain Lang in his late voyage to Calcutta. In the con- 
formation of the animal I could perceive no difference from that of 
our common species. It may be considered to be most nearly allied to 
U. Corrianus (nobis). It differs from that shell in its most remarkable 
character, its cardinal teeth, which are longer and more lamelliform 
than in any species I am acquainted with. The teeth of this species 


20 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


are the more interesting, as they present a link approaching those 
Naiades which have a single line under the dorsal margin, and which 
are connected with this species through the Symphynola Bengalensis 


(nobis). Intervening species may be discovered to make the “nuance” 
complete. y 


Me ania puicaTa. Plate XXIII. fig. 95. 


Testa subturritd, plicatd, castaned, tuberculatd, fasciatd ; suturis impressis ; apertura 
ovatd. 


Shell somewhat turrited, folded, chesnut coloured, tuberculated, banded ; sutures im- 
pressed ; aperture ovate. 


Hab. Bengal? 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. ‘8, Length 2 inches. 


Remarks.—Among numerous freshwater shells brought by Captain 
Lang from Calcutta, I obtained a single specimen of this species. 
About one-third the distance below the suture it is furnished with a 
row of tubercles, each of which terminates a somewhat oblique fold. 
Inferior to this there is a disposition to carination. ‘The tubercles 
give the shell slightly the aspect of JZ amarula (Lam.), but it cannot 
be mistaken for that species, as its spire is quite elevated. The indivi- 
dual above described being decollated, it is impossible to give the num- 
ber of whorls, or the character of the apex. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. Q1 


Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, September 18th, 1835. 


GENUS MEGASPIRA. 


Testi clavatii; apertura subovata, inferne rotundatd ; marginibus reflexis, superne dis- 
junelis ; columella pluriplicatd, basi integra, non effusd. 


Shell clavate; aperture nearly oval, below rounded ; margins reflected, above dis- 
joined; columella many-folded, below entire, not effuse. 


Remarks.—The genus Megaspira* is proposed for a single species. 
It is a most curious and interesting shell, and although it is closely analo- 
gous to the genera Bulimus, Pupa and Auricula in some of its cha- 
racters, cannot be with propriety placed in either of them. Unfortu- 
nately we know nothing of the animal; but if we may judge from the 
peculiar form of the shell, it will doubtless be found to differ much 
from these genera. 


MeeasprraA RuscHENBERGIANA. Plate XXIII. fig. 101. 


Testa cylindraceo-turritd, vald? striata, subfuscd, maculis longitudinalibus rufo-fuscis or- 
natd, apice consolidatd ; anfractibus tribus et viginti, subplanulatis ; spira ad apicem obtusi- 
uscula; columella quadruplicata ; labro reflexo. 


Shell subcylindrical, turrited, thickly striate, brownish, furnished with longitudinal 
reddish-brown spots, having a solid apex; whorls twenty-three, rather flattened ; spire 
obtuse at the apex ; columella with four folds ; outer lip reflected. 


Hab. Brazil? W.S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. °5, Length 2:5 inches. 


* eyes, Magnus, and omelet, spira. 
VI.—F 


22 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Remarks.—I owe to the kindness of Dr Ruschenberger, of the 
United States navy, the interesting and curious specimen above de- 
scribed. It was purchased by him in Rio de Janeiro, its exact habitat 
being unknown to him, having been kept perfectly secret by the per- 
son from whom he obtained it. The remarkable elevation of this 
shell eminently distinguishes it from any species with which I am ac- 
quainted. The lower portion of the mouth is slightly thrown back, 
and where the lip joins the bottom of the columella, it is reflected on 
the whorl, forming a false umbilicus. From this point three connect- 
ed folds pass into the interior of the cavity of the shell, and half way 
up the columella a larger and better defined fold is placed, which in 
the front aspect has the appearance of a tooth. ‘The whorls are slight- 
ly curved, and the aperture is about one-sixth the length of the shell. 


Pauupina PALLIDA. Plate XXIII. fig. 104. 


Testa veniricosd, tenui, pallida, levi; suturis impressis ; anfraclibus quaternis, convewis ; 
apertura subrotundd. 


Shell ventricose, thin, light horn-colour, smooth; sutures impressed; whorls four, 
convex; aperture nearly round. 


Hab. near Cincinnati, Ohio. T. G. Lea. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. °3, Length -4 of an inch. 


Remarks. This shell has been recently found by my brother, and 
I believe has not before been observed. It might at first be mistaken 
for a young shell, on account of its pale yellow colour and translucen- 
cy. In form, however, it differs from any species I have examined, 
the last whorl being very much enlarged, and the aperture being very 
large. 


a 


a 


We 


oe 


wl 


ote 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 23 


Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, February 5th, 1836. 


Unto ruminus. Plate VII. fig. 17. 


Testi subtriangulari, inequilaterali, postice subbiangulata; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus 
prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fuscd ; dentibus cardinalibus grandibus; lateralibus brevi- 
bus reclisque ; margarita alba. 


Shell subtriangular, inequilateral, behind subbiangular ; valves rather thin; beaks 
somewhat prominent ; epidermis dark brown; cardinal teeth large; lateral teeth short 
and straight ; nacre white. 


Hab. Black River, North Carolina. 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. °5, Length °8, Breadth 1-1 inches. 

Shell subtriangular, inequilateral, behind subbiangular, somewhat 
carinate ; substance of the shell rather thin; beaks somewhat promi- 
nent; ligament short; epidermis dark brown, and apparently without 
rays; cardinal teeth large, and deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral 
teeth short and straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatri- 
ces distinct; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardi- 
nal teeth; cavity of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beaks angular ; 
nacre bluish white. 


Remarks.—A single individual of this species was found by me in 
1827, in crossing the Black River, on the road to Fayetteville from 
Smithfield. The publication of it has been delayed, in the hope of 
other specimens being found. Although it has every appearance of an 
adult shell, it may be found larger. Nevertheless, I have no doubt 
but that it is among the smallest of the genus. It approaches in most 
of its characters the modestus (Fer.), from Brazil, but it is not so thick 
a shell, and is rather smaller. 


24 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Unio TAmprcognsis. Plate VII. fig. 18. 


Testa ovatd, inflata, transversi, subcarinatd, inequilaterali; valvulis crassis ; natibus 
subprominulis ; epidermide nigricante ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis ; lateralibus longis, sub- 
rectis magnisque ; margaritd albd et iridescente, rard rosea. 


Shell ovate, inflated, transverse, subcarinate, inequilateral; valves thick ; beaks 
somewhat prominent ; epidermis blackish; cardinal teeth large; lateral teeth long, 
rather straight and large; nacre white and iridescent, rarely rose coloured. 


Hab. River Tampico, Mexico. 
River Medellin, Mexico. Dr Burrough. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Burrough. 
Cabinet of Academy of Natural Sciences. 
Diam. 1:7, Length 2°8, Breadth 4:3 inches. 


Shell ovate, inflated, transverse, subcarinate, inequilateral ; substance 
of the shell thick, thinner behind; beaks somewhat prominent; liga- 
ment large and long; epidermis nearly black, and apparently without 
rays; cardinal teeth large, and deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral 
teeth long, rather straight, and large; anterior cicatrices distinct ; pos- 
terior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed across the cavity of 
the beak, and on the inferior part of the cardinal teeth; cavity of the 
shell large; cavity of the beaks somewhat deep and angular; nacre 
white and iridescent, rarely rose colour. 


Remarks.—The specimen figured here, I owe to the kindness of 
Richard Ronaldson, Esq., who procured it from the commander of a 
vessel trading to Tampico. It was brought from some distance above 
that city. Dr Burrough subsequently procured the same species from 
the river Medellin, ten miles south of Vera Cruz. It is a fine shell, 
and has not much resemblance to any one of ours. It perhaps, in out- 
line and in form of the teeth, most resembles U. crassus (Say). In the 
older specimen, the epidermis is almost black—in the younger, it is of 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 25 


a yellow brown, and in this stage indistinct rays may occasionally be 
observed. ‘The general colour of the nacre seems to be white, with 
a disposition to pinkish in the teeth. Sometimes this colour extends 
over the whole of the thick parts of the nacre, which is very pearly ; 
a tint of salmon colour, in some individuals, may be observed in the 
cavity of the shell and beaks. The dorsal line in the specimen before 
me, is slightly tuberculated in an irregular manner. 


Unio Cumpertanpicus. Plate VII. fig. 19. 


Testa ellipticd, transversd, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominulis ; epider- 
mide luted, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus longis rectisque ; margarita 
alba et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral; valves thin; beaks somewhat prominent ; 
epidermis yellow, radiated ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long and straight; na- 
cre white and iridescent. 


Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 

Diam. °5, Length -8, Breadth 1-5 inches. 

Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, umbonial slope rounded ; 
substance of the shell thin, thicker before; beaks somewhat promi- 
nent; ligament short; epidermis yellow, with numerous nearly equi- 
distant rays; cardinal teeth small, double in the left valve, and disposed 
to be bifid in the right; lateral teeth long and straight; anterior cica- 
trices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed 
in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell rather 
shallow ; cavity of the beaks small; nacre white, and very iridescent 
behind. 


Remarks.—I| owe this shell to the kindness of Professor Troost. It 
most resembles U. iris (nobis), and may easily be mistaken for that 
species. It differs in being less transverse, in being more yellow and 
in having fewer rays. 

vI.—@ 


26 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Unro simus. Plate VIII. fig. 20. 


Test ovata, transversd, compressd, inequilaterali, postice subangulatd ; valvulis subcras- 
sis; natibus prominulis ; epidermide luteold, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; laterali- 
bus longis crassisque; margaritd albé et iridescente. 


Shell ovate, transverse, compressed, inequilateral, subangular behind ; valves some- 
what thick; beaks somewhat prominent; epidermis somewhat yellow, radiated ; cardi- 
nal teeth small; lateral teeth long and thick ; nacre white and iridescent. 


Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 
Diam. °6, Length 1, Breadth 1.7 inches. 
Shell ovate, transverse, inequilateral, compressed, subangular be- 


hind; substance of the shell somewhat thick, thinner behind; beaks 


somewhat prominent; ligament rather short; epidermis somewhat 
yellow, indistinctly rayed ; cardinal teeth small, double in the left and 
single in the right valve ; lateral teeth long, thickened towards the pos- 
terior end; anterior cicatrices distinet; posterior cicatrices confluent; 
dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity 
of the shell shallow; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre white and 
iridescent behind. 


Remarks.—This shell was procured by Professor Troost from the 
Cumberland River, but whether near Nashville or not, I am not in- 
formed. It resembles the Cumberlandicus (nobis), but is a thicker 
and heavier shell. 


PL .ViT Vole. 


Tnia nOleis 


Unto saves 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. Q27 


Unto Roanoxensis. Plate VIII. fig. 21. 


Testa suboblonga, transversa, inequilaterali, posticé biangulatd, compressa ; valvulis cras- 
sis ; natibus prominulis; epidermide terebroso-fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; late- 
ralibus longissimis subcurvisque ; margaritd alba. 


Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, biangular behind, compressed ; 
valves thick ; beaks somewhat prominent; epidermis dark brown; cardinal teeth small ; 
lateral teeth long and rather curved; nacre white. 


Hab. Roanoke River, North Carolina. 
Altamaha, Geo. Professor Nuttall and Major Leconte. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Major Leconte. 

Diam. 1-2, Length 2-2, Breadth 4-7 inches. 

Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, biangular behind, 
compressed, flattened on the umbonial slope; substance of the shell 
thick; beaks somewhat prominent; ligament very large and long; 
epidermis dark brown, apparently without rays; cardinal teeth small 
and striate; lateral teeth long, large, and somewhat curved; anterior 
cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices on 
the superior part of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell small ; 
cavity of the beak very small; nacre white. - 


Remarks.—In crossing the Roanoke some years ago, between Nor- 
folk and 'Tarborough, I picked up a few specimens of this shell. Since 
that, Professor Nuttall gave me a single valve from the famaha, and 
more recently some large specimens have been brought from the same 
river by Major Leconte. I found at Tarborough several specimens, 
which I presume to be the young of this species. This shell strongly 
resembles a gigantic complanatus, and may be considered to belong to 
that group. The nacre of all the specimens, however, which f have 
seen is white, and filled with deposite of epidermal matter in a clouded 
manner. It may perhaps be found sometimes purple. 


28 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Unio norarus. Plate VIII. fig. 22. 


Testa ellipticd, compressa, transversd, inequilaterali, postice subbiangulata ; valvulis te- 
nuibus ; natibus subprominulis ; epidermide rufo-fused, vittata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; 
lateralibus longis subcurvisque ; margarita salmonis colore tinctd et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse, inequilateral, behind subbiangular; valves 
thin; beaks rather prominent; epidermis reddish brown, spotted; cardinal teeth 
small; lateral teeth long and slightly curved; nacre salmon colour and iridescent. 


Hab. Cumberland River. Professor Troost. 
Cabinet of Professor 'Troost. 

Diam. -6, Length 1, Breadth 1-8 inches. 

Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse, inequilateral, subbiangular 
behind ; substance of the shell thin; beaks somewhat prominent ; liga- 
ment rather short; epidermis reddish brown, with spotted rays over 
the whole disk; cardinal teeth small, pointed, and deeply cleft in the 
left valve; lateral teeth long and slightly curved; anterior cicatrices 
distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the 
centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell rather shallow; 
cavity of the beaks angular; nacre salmon colour and very iridescent. 


Remarks.—Another of the fine shells sent by Professor Troost from 
Tennessee. In outline it resembles U. Vanuxemensis herein described, 
but is not so thick a shell, and differs in having rays (interrupted), 
while the other has none. It is also much smaller in the teeth. The 


individual before me not being perfect in the beaks, I cannot say if the 
undulations be the same. 


Unio Jayensis. Plate IX. fig. 23. 


Testa angusto-ellipticd, transversd, valde inequilaterali, postic? subangulald ; valvulis te- 


nuibus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus compressis ; lateralibus 
longis reclisque ; margarita purpurea. 


Shell narrow-elliptical, transverse, very inequilateral, subangular behind; valves 


PY EXenVol) 6 


PELOILEMLSTS 


nto Janens1s = Unie ligt bres 


a - -- - i a a ——~ = 4 Fe 7 = 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 29 


thin; beaks somewhat prominent ; epidermis brown ; cardinal teeth compressed ; lateral 
teeth long and straight ; nacre purple. 


Hab. Florida. J.C. Jay, M.D. 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. °8, Length 1-2, Breadth 2-5 inches. 

Shell narrow-elliptical, transverse, very inequilateral, subangular 
behind; subcarinate; substance of the shell thin; beaks somewhat 
prominent; ligament rather long; epidermis brown, and apparently 
without rays; cardinal teeth compressed, in the left valve deeply cleft 
and elevated; lateral teeth long and straight; anterior cicatrices dis- 
tinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices situated in the 
centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell small; cavity of 
the beaks small; nacre purple and iridescent. 


Remarks.—Among other shells for which I am indebted to Dr Jay, 
were single opposed valves of two individuals of nearly the same size, 
and for which I propose the name of Jayensis. Ido not know from 
what part of Florida they came. This species strongly resembles the 
nasutus (Say), but is not quite so transverse a shell, approaching the 
complanatus. 'The nacre of both the individuals is of a light purple, 
bordering on a pinkish tint. In young specimens, it may perhaps be 
found to possess rays. 


Unto noretronensis. Plate IX. fig. 24. 


Testa suboblongd, transversd, inequilaterali, compressi, postice biangulati, ad latus 
planulata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso- 
fusca; dentibus cardinalibus parvis; lateralibus longis curvisque; margarita purpured et 
iridescente. 


Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, compressed, biangular behind, flat- 
tened at the sides ; valves somewhat thick; beaks scarcely prominent, undulated at the 
tip; epidermis dark brown ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long and curved ; nacre 
purple and iridescent. 


Hab. Hopeton, near Darien. Professor Shepard. 
Vi.—H 


30 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Shepard. 

Diam. °9, Length 1-7, Breadth 3-4 inches. 

Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, compressed, bian- 
gular behind, flattened at the umbones and sides, carinate; substance 
of the shell rather thick; beaks scarcely prominent, undulated at the 
tip; ligament thin, long and straight; epidermis dark brown and ob- 
scurely rayed ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth very jong, curved and 
enlarged at the posterior end; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior 
cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices in the centre of the cavity of the 
beaks; cavity of the shell rather small; cavity of the beaks small; 
nacre purple and iridescent. 


Remarks.—This shell was procured by Professor Shepard from his 
friend J. H. Cowper, Esq., with several other fine species. They were 
found in the canals of the rice fields, where they seem to exist in great 
perfection. , 

The Hopetonensis very closely resembles some of the varieties of 
complanatus. It differs from it in the teeth, in the carina, and in the 
possession of a dark border round the inferior part of the margin. In 
the nacre it appears to be the same, and probably, like the complana- 
tus, varies into white and salmon colour. 


Unio tucusris. Plate IX. fig. 25. 


Testa ellipticd, transversd, subinflatd, inequilaterali, postice biangulaté ; valvulis sub- 
crassis ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide nigricante; dentibus cardinalibus compressis ; latera- 
libus sublongis subcurvisque ; margarita purpurea. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat inflated; inequilateral, biangular behind ; 
valves somewhat thick ; beaks rather prominent ; epidermis vearly black; cardinal teeth 
compressed; lateral teeth rather long and somewhat curved ; nacre purple. 


Hab. Hopeton, near Darien. Professor Shepard. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Shepard. 


Fh 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. oy | 


Diam. °9, Length 1:3, Breadth 2:5 inches. 

Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat inflated, inequilateral, biangu- 
lar behind and rounded before ; substance of the shell somewhat thick ; 
beaks rather prominent; ligament rather short and thin; epidermis 
nearly black, and apparently without rays; cardinal teeth compressed, 
single in the right and double in the left valve; lateral teeth rather 
long and somewhat curved ; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cica- 
trices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of 
the beaks; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beak rather small; 
nacre purple and iridescent. 


Remarks.—This was among the shells procured by Professor Shep- 
ard, from near Darien, and may be considered to be between the com- 
planatus (Soland.) and confertus (nobis). It is disposed to be more 
cylindrical than the former, and has a less elevated umbonial slope than 
the latter. The curve of the basal margin is greater than either. 
Possessing but a single specimen, I am unable to determine if the co- 
lour of the nacre varies in this species as it does in most of those allied 
to complanatus. 


Unto Barnesianus. Plate X. fig. 26. 


Testa subtriangulari, compressa, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis; natibus subprominulis ; 
dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus subrectis ; margaritd alba et iridescente. 


Shell subtriangular, compressed, inequilateral; valves thick ; beaks rather prominent; 
cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth nearly straight; nacre white and iridescent. 


Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 

Diam. °6, Length 1, Breadth 1-4 inches. 

Shell subtriangular, compressed, inequilateral ; substance of the shell 
thick ; beaks rather prominent, short ; epidermis chestnut brown, with 
interrupted rays and strong marks of growth; cardinal teeth small, 
somewhat compressed; lateral teeth nearly straight, and enlarged at 
the posterior end; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices dis- 


32 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


tinct; dorsal cieatrices placed on the interior part of the plate between 
the cardinal and lateral teeth; cavity of the shell small; cavity of the 
beaks small and angular; nacre pearly white and iridescent. 


Remarks.—This pretty little species is one of those for which Iam 
indebted to Professor Troost. In its outline it very closely resembles 
U. rubiginosus (nobis). It differs from it, however, entirely in the 
form and size of its cardinal teeth, and in having green interrupted 
rays. A single specimen only has come under my observation. 


Unio Zerciertanvs. Plate X. fig. 27. 


Testa ellipticd, transversd, inequilaterali, glabra ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus subpromi- 
nulis, undulatis ; epidermide luted, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus parvis 
subrectisque; margarita purpurea et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, smooth ; valves rather thick ; beaks some- 
what prominent, undulated ; epidermis yellow, radiated; cardinal teeth small ; la- 
teral teeth small and nearly straight; nacre purple and iridescent. 


Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor ‘Troost. 

Diam. °6, Length 1, Breadth 1-6 inches. 

Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, smooth, rounded in the um- 
bonial slope; substance of the shell rather thick; beaks somewhat 
prominent, with fine undulations at the tip; ligament rather short; 
epidermis yellow, with fine green rays on the posterior portion; cardi- 
nal teeth small, deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth small and 
nearly straight ; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices conflu- 
ent: dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; 
cavity of the shell rather shallow; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre 
purple and iridescent. 


Remarks.—This shell resembles the U. Muhlfeldianus, herein des- 
cribed, but may be distinguished at once by its being much smaller, 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 33 


by being more regularly elliptical, and being smoother and polished. 
The nacre of Zeiglerianus, in several specimens before me, is pur- 
ple and salmon, some having a white margin. I presume the domi- 
nant colour to be purple. I have pleasure in dedicating this shell to 
I’. Zeigler, a distinguished zoologist of Vienna. 


Unio crererus. Plate X. fig. 28. 


Testi subellipticd, transversissina, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus pro- 
minulis, undulatis ; epidermide viride; dentibus cardinalibus parvis; lateralibus vix cernendis ; 
margarita alba. 


Shell subelliptical, very transverse, very inequilateral ; valves somewhat thick ; beaks 
rather prominent and undulated at tip; epidermis greenish ; cardinal teeth small ; la- 
teral teeth obscure ; nacre white. 


Hab. Tennessee. Professor Troost. 

“ My Cabinet. 

iam. 1, Length 1-4, Breadth 2-7 inches. 

Shell subelliptical, subemarginate at base, very transverse, very ine- 
quilateral, somewhat flattened over the umbones; substance of the 
shell thick anteriorly, thin and iridescent posteriorly ; beaks rather ele- 
vated, retuse, and finely undulate at tip; ligament long; epidermis 
dark green and obscurely rayed; cardinal teeth small and elevated ; 
lateral teeth ovscure, being perceptible only at the termination; ante- 
rior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices 
in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell deep; 
cavity of the beak small; nacre white. 


Remarks.—I1 owe to the kindness of Professor Troost the single 
valve which I possess of this species. It has some resemblance to the 
U. emarginatus (nobis), but perhaps resembles more the U. iris (nobis). 
In the structure of the teeth, particularly in the lateral tooth, the cha- 
racter is obscure. In this it resembles the U. calceolus (nobis). At 


the termination of the ligament there is, however, in my specimen, a 
Vi.—t 


34 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


well defined terminal point of the lateral tooth, and in other speci- 
mens this may be found to be more developed. The anterior lobe of 
the cardinal tooth is conical. 


Unio cuaser. Plate X. fig. 29. 


Testi ellipticd, transversd, compressa, glabra, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus 
subprominulis, undulatis ; epidermide luted, radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, elevatis ; 
lateralibus longis ; margarita alba. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, compressed, smooth and shining, inequilateral ; valves 
thin; beaks somewhat prominent and undulated; epidermis yellow, radiated ; cardinal 
teeth small and elevated; lateral teeth long; nacre white. 


Hab. Holston River, Ten. Professor Troost. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 

Diam. -5, Length °8, Breadth 1-5 inches. 

Shell elliptical, transverse, compressed, polished, somewhat com- 
pressed behind, inequilateral, substance of the shell thin, somewhat 
thicker before; beaks somewhat prominent, with fine, nearly parallel 
undulations at the tip; ligament short; epidermis smooth, yellow, with 
numerous fine rays nearly over the whole disk; cardinal teeth small, 
rather compressed, elevated ; lateral teeth long; anterior cicatrices dis- 
tinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the 
centre of the cavity of the beaks and under the cardinal tooth; cavity 
of the shell shallow ; cavity of the beaks small, angular; nacre white 
and iridescent. 


Remarks.—Among the shells brought by Professor Troost from his 
geological exploration of the eastern part of Tennessee, was this one 
from the Holston. It is allied to U. iris (nobis), but is not so trans- 
verse. It differs also somewhat in the rays and beaks, and the epider- 
mis is more yellow. The epidermis is smooth and polished ; in these 
respects it resembles the young of U. luteola (Lam.), siliquoideus 
(Bar.). 


| 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 35 


Unio creper. Plate X. fig. 30. 


Testa triangulatd, compressa, inequilaterali, postice subbiangulatd ; valvulis subcrassis; 
natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fuscd ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus 
declivibus ; margarita salmonis colore tinctd. 


Shell triangular, compressed, inequilateral, behind subbiangular ; valves rather thick ; 
beaks somewhat prominent; epidermis dark brown; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth 
inclined; nacre salmon colour. 


Hab. Carryfork River, Ten. Professor Troost. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor 'Troost. 
Diam. -7, Length 1, Breadth 1-8 inches. 
Shell triangular, compressed, inequilateral, behind somewhat bian- 
gular, elevated on the dorsal margin ; substance of the shell rather thick, 
thinner behind; beaks somewhat prominent; ligament short; epider- 
mis dark brown, apparently without rays ; cardinal teeth small and 
deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth inclining towards the pos- 
terior angle; anterior cicatrices nearly distinct; posterior cicatrices 
distinct; dorsal cicatrices in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; ca- 
vity of the shell very shallow; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre 
salmon colour and iridescent behind. 


Remarks.—Among the numerous interesting species sent to me by 
Professor Troost, is this species from Carryfork river. In its general 
character it approaches the U. erassidens (Lam.), (cuneatus, Bar.). It 
is, however, a very much smaller shell and more triangular. All the 
specimens submitted to me (five) were of a fine salmon colour. It 
may, however, be found to vary, like the crassidens and complanatus. 


ee ae 


36 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Unio Vanuxemensis. Plate XI. fig. 31. 


Testa ellipticd, compressa, transversd, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis; natibus subpromi- 
nulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fuscd ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis ; lateralibus longis subcur- 
visque; margarita salmonis colore tincta, et iridescente, 


Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse, inequilateral ; valves thick; beaks some 
what prominent; epidermis dark brown; cardinal teeth large; lateral teeth long 
and somewhat curved; nacre salmon colour and iridescent. 


Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 

Diam. -7, Length 1.2, Breadth 1.9 inches. 

Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse, inequilateral: substance of 
the shell thick, thinner behind; beaks somewhat prominent, and mi- 
nutely undulated at the tip; ligament rather short; epidermis dark 
brown, apparently without rays; cardinal teeth large and deeply cleft 
in the left valve; lateral teeth long and somewhat curved; anterior 
cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices pla- 
ced across the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell 


shallow; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre salmon colour and very 
iridescent behind. 


Remarks.—This beautiful shell is another of the fine ones obtained 
by Professor Troost from Cumberland River. I have peculiar pleasure 
in calling it after my friend Professor Vanuxem. In its general cha- 
racters it perhaps most resembles the U. Nashvillianus (nobis), but is 
more compressed, less transverse, and darker coloured exteriorly. In 
the nacre, however, the specimen from which this description is made, 
differs very much, being of an intense salmon colour. In other spe- 
cimens this character may be found to differ, as colour of nacre is 
usually in this family very uncertain. 


ee nae RN 


PL. XI. Vol 6 


; — 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 37 


Unio carponanius. Plate XI. fig. $2. 


Test subtriangulata, tumidd, transversd, inaquilaterali, subemarginatd ; valvulis crassis ; 
natibus subprominulis ; epidermide nigrd ; dentibus cardinalibus grandiusculis ; lateralibus 
parvis subcurvisque ; margarita purpured et iridescente, 


Shell subtriangular, swollen, transverse, inequilateral, subemarginate; valves thick ; 
beaks rather prominent; epidermis black; cardinal teeth rather large; lateral teeth 
small and somewhat curved ; nacre purple and iridescent. 


Hab. River Medellin, Mexico. Dr Burrough. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Burrough. 

Diam. 11, Length 1-4, Breadth 2:4 inches. 

Shell subtriangular, swollen, transverse, inequilateral, subemarginate 
at the base; substance of the shell thick, thinner behind ; beaks rather 
prominent; epidermis black, apparently without rays; ligament rather 
long; cardinal teeth rather large, double in the left valve; lateral teeth 
rather short, and widely separated from the cardinal teeth; anterior 
cicatrices distinet; posterior cicatrices distinct; dorsal cicatrices placed 
across the inferior part of the cardinal teeth; cavity of the shell rather 
deep; cavity of the beaks deep and angular; nacre purple and irides- 
cent behind. 


Remarks.—The two individuals which I have before me were kind- 
ly sent by Dr Burrough, now resident United States consul at Vere 
Cruz. Ever prompt to promote the study of natural history, in the 
various climes he visits, he has sent numerous objects from Vera Cruz, 
with the view of increasing our cabinets and our knowledge. 

The carbonarius has a stronger affinity to 1 erassidens (Lam, ) than 
any other species lam acquainted with. It is, however, a smaller shell, 
with more proportional diameter, and a more intense purple than I have 
seen in that species. ‘he colour in the only two specimens I have 
seen, is almost a chocolate, and may be said to resemble the nacre of 
the gibbosus (Bar.). The black exterior and the dark interior, give 
the shell a very sombre aspect—hence its name. 

VI.—K 


ee rE 


38 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Unto rouuicuxnatus. Plate XI. fig. 33. 


Testa angusto-ellipticd, transversissimd, vald? inequilaterd, postice subbiangulald ; an- 
tice rotundatd; ad latera planulatd; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus vix prominulis ; epider- 
mide tenebroso-fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus longis subcurvisque ; mar- 
garitd purpurea et iridescente. 


Shell narrow-elliptical, very transverse, very inequilateral, behind subbiangular, 
before rounded, flattened at the side; valves rather thin; beaks scarcely prominent ; 
epidermis dark brown; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long and somewhat curved ; 
nacre purple and iridescent. 


Hab. Savannah River. Major Leconte. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Major Leconte. 
Diam. °é, Length °8, Breadth 2-4 inches. 
Shell narrow-elliptical, very transverse, very inequilateral, subbi- 
angular behind, rounded before, rather compressed, flattened at the 
side; substance of the shell rather thin; beaks scarcely prominent; 
ligament long and curved; epidermis very dark brown; cardinal teeth 
small and Icbed; lateral teeth long and somewhat curved; anterior 
cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices in 
the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell small; cavity 
of the beak very small; nacre purple and iridescent. 


Remarks.—\ owe the possession of this species to Major Leconte, 
whose active researches in the rivers of Georgia have produced us seve- 
ral new Uniones. 

The folliculatus is a remarkably transverse shell, and seems to be- 
long to that group of which the complanatus (Soland.) may be consi- 
dered the type. It diverges towards the Shepardianus (nobis), but is 
by no means so transverse a species. The only two specimens which 
I have seen, are purple inside, which may be considered its general 
colour. Like the complanatus, it may perhaps be found white and 
salmon coloured. 


—=a 


tea a 


wens CR 


(nio Lecottant 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 39 


Unto mMepetiinvs. Plate XII. fig. 34. 


Testa ellipticd, transversd, subcompressa, inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus sub- 
ip > ip ’ , 

prominulis ; epidermide luteola, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus longis sub- 

curvisque; margarita alba et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, rather compressed, inequilateral ; valves somewhat thin ; 
beaks rather prominent ; epidermis yellowish, radiated ; cardinal teeth small; lateral 
teeth long and somewhat curved; nacre white and iridescent. 


Hab. River Medellin, near Vera Cruz. Dr Burrough. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Burrough. 
Diam. -7, Length 1-3, Breadth 2-3 inches. 
Shell elliptical, transverse ; rather compressed, subemarginate at base, 
inequilateral; substance of the shell rather thin; beaks rather promi- 
nent; ligament rather long and slender; epidermis yellowish, with 
numerous green rays over the whole disk ; anterior cicatrices distinct ; 
posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of 
the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell shallow; cavity of the 
beaks very shallow; nacre white and iridescent. 


Remarks.—This species was among those sent by Dr Burrough from 
Vera Cruz. One of the two specimens received is apparently only 
half grown. The very strong resemblance these specimens bear to 
U. radiatus (Gmelin), has caused me to hesitate in considering 
the species distinct. The younger individual is more transverse than 
any specimen of radiatus I have seen, and the emargination is a cha- 
racter which that shell does not possess. 


40 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Unro Lecontranus. Plate XII. fig. 35. 


Testa ellipticd, transversd, incequilaterali, subinflata ; valvulis crassis; dentibus cardinali- 
bus parvis; lateralibus longis, & cardinalibus separalis ; margarita salmonis colore tinctd. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, somewhat inflated ; valves thick; cardinal 
teeth small; lateral teeth long, being separated from the cardinal teeth ; nacre salmon 
colour. 


Hab. Conoochee River, Georgia. Major Leconte. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Major Leconte. 

Diam. 1-2, Length 1-7, Breadth 2-8 inches. 

Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, subbiangular behind, some- 
what inflated; substance of the shell thick; beaks slightly elevated ; 
ligament rather short; epidermis yellowish brown and obscurely ray- 
ed; cardinal teeth small and deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral 
teeth long, enlarged at the posterior end, and separated from the car- 
dinal teeth; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent ; 
dorsal cicatrices situated on the plate between the cardinal and lateral 
teeth; cavity of the shell somewhat deep and rounded; cavity of the 
beak small; nacre salmon colour, approaching to white. 


Remarks.—Among many other shells from Georgia, which I owe 
to the kindness of my friend, Major Leconte, I found this species, 
which I believe has not been before described. It is with great plea- 
sure I dedicate it to him. The Lecontianus perhaps most resembles 
the crassidens (Lam.), cuneatus (Barnes). It is not so large a shell, 
and the beak is more medial. The young specimens have distinct 
rays, arid their epidermis is quite yellow. In this state they resemble 
somewhat the young of crassus (Say). The nacre of all the specimens 
I have seen is salmon colour, and salmon running into white or pur- 
ple. None of the beaks were sufficiently perfect to observe the form 
of undulations. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 41 


Unio Muutrevpranvs. Plate XII. fig. 36. 


Testd elliptica, subcompressd, transversd, inequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis; natibus sub- 
> 
prominulis, undulatis ; epidermide luteola radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus subparvis erectisque ; 
lateralibus longis rectisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, rather compressed, transverse, inequilateral ; valves rather thick; 
beaks somewhat prominent, undulated ; epidermis yellowish, radiated ; cardinal teeth 
rather small and erect ; lateral teeth long and straight ; nacre white and iridescent. 


Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 

Diam. °8, Length 1-3, Breadth 2-3 inches. 

Shell elliptical, rather compressed, transverse, inequilateral, rounded 
before and behind, flattened on the umbonial slope; substance of the 
shell rather thick before, thinner behind; beaks somewhat promi- 
nent, with fine undulations at the tip; ligament long; epidermis yel- 
lowish, with dark green rays on the posterior portion; cardinal teeth 
rather small, erect, and deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth 
long and straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices con- 
fluent ; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; 
cavity of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre 
white and very iridescent behind. 


Remarks.—The specimen before me was brought from the Cum- 
berland River by Professor Troost, but I do not know from what part 
of it. It seems to be more closely allied to U. iris (nobis) than any 
species I have seen, but differs in being less transverse, more flattened 
out behind, and in having the rays more distinct on the posterior por- 
tion. Idedieate it to the distinguished custos of the Imperial Museum 
at Vienna. 

A single valve closely resembling this species was sent to me some- 
time since by my brother, T. G. Lea, from Cincinnati, but it is not 
sufficiently perfect to decide on its being the same. 


VI.—L 


42 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Marearirana Houstonra. Plate XIII. fig. 37. 


Testa subarcuatd, subinflatd, transversd, valde inequilaterali; ad latus planulaté; val- 
vulis subtenuibus ; natibus subprominulis, undulatis ; epidermide fuscd ; dentibus cardinali- 
bus magnis; margarita albé et iridescente. ° 


Shell subarcuate, somewhat inflated, transverse, very inequilateral, flattened on the 
side; valves rather thin; beaks somewhat prominent, undulated; epidermis brown ; 
cardinal teeth large ; nacre white and iridescent. 


Hab. Holston River. Professor Troost. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 
Diam. °8, Length 1-2, Breadth 2-4 inches. 
Shell subarcuate, somewhat inflated, transverse, very inequilateral, 
flattened on the side, rounded on the umbonial slope; valves rather 
thin, thicker before ; beaks somewhat prominent, irregularly and finely 
undulated at the tip; ligament rather long; epidermis brown, wrin- 
kled, and apparently without rays; cardinal teeth large, and elevated 
into three points in the left valve, smaller in the right valve, and ele- 
vated into a single point: anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cica- 
trices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices placed on the inferior portion of the 
cardinal teeth; cavity of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beak 
shallow and angular; nacre white and iridescent. 


Remarks.—This species is the production of Holston River, but I am 
not aware from what part it was procured by Professor Troost, to 
whose kindness I owe the privilege of describing it. It is more nearly 
allied tothe M. Raveneliana (nobis) than any other species of this genus. 
It may be distinguished from it by its being more compressed, in the 
form of its teeth, and in being without rays. The last character must, 
however, be received with some doubt, as specimens may be found with 
rays. The single specimen before me having no rays, does not prohi- 
bit their occurrence in others. The teeth of the Jeft valve are re- 
markable in being elevated into three distinct points, the two posterior 
ones clasping into the cavity of the beak of the other valve. 


> er ” eS ee 


Margarttana Holstonia 


PL,. XU Vol.6 


Anodonta 


cylindTacea 


Marg. deltovitlea Ve f 
\ 
\ 


Uarg. tabula 


7 


— 7 


—— — 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 43 


MARGARITANA DELTOIDEA. Plate XIII. fig. 38. 


Testa triangulatd, compressa, inequilaterali; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominentibus, ad 
apices undulatis ; epidermide luted, radiata; dentibus cardinalibus erectis ; margarita alba 
et iridescente. 


Shell triangular, compressed, inequilateral; valves thin; beaks prominent, undula- 
ted at the tip; epidermis yellow, radiated; cardinal teeth erect; nacre white and iri- 
descent. 


Hab. Ohio River, near Cincinnati. T. G. Lea. 
Scioto. Dr Kirtland. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of T. G. Lea. 
Cabinet of Dr Kirtland. 
Diam. °6, Length °9, Breadth 1-4 inches. 
Shell triangular, compressed, inequilateral, subemarginate at base; 
substance of the shell thin behind, thicker before; beaks prominent 
and strongly undulated at the tip; ligament short and thin; epider- 
mis yellow, with numerous green rays, which are deficient at the 
beaks; cardinal teeth erect, double in the left valve, single and conical 
in the right; lateral teeth obsolete; anterior cicatrices confluent; pos- 
terior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices in the centre of the cavity 
of the beaks; cavity of the shell not deep; cavity of the beaks rather 
deep and angular; nacre white and iridescent. 


Remarks.—This little sheli has engaged my attention for some time. 
having considered it, with a good deal of doubt, a variety of U. calceo- 
Jus (nobis). Like that shell it has a very imperfectly formed lateral 
tooth; in most individuals it cannot be perceived. In comparison 
with the calceolus, it is more triangular and flattened, and the undula- 
tions of the beaks are unbroken. ‘The beaks are of a darker colour, 
and the anterior lobe of the cardinal teeth seems to be larger in this, 
while in the other the posterior seems to be the larger. The de/to- 
dea is also a smaller shell. 


44 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


MarcGariTana FABULA. Plate XIII. fig. 39. 


Testi suboblongd, transversd, inequilaterali, ad basim emarginatd, ad latus planulata ; 
valvulis subcrassis ; nalibus prominulis; epidermide subviridi; dentibus cardinalibus parvis 
ereclisque; margaritd salmonis colore tinctd. 


Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, emarginate at base, flattened on 
the side ; valves somewhat thick; beaks rather prominent; epidermis greenish ; cardi- 
nal teeth small and erect ; nacre salmon colour. 


Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 

Diam. °4, Length °5, Breadth +8 of an inch. 

Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, somewhat inflated, 
emarginate at base, flattened on the side, raised at the umbonial slope ; 
substance of the shell rather thick, thinner behind; beaks rather pro- 
minent; epidermis greenish, with indistinct rays; ligament short; car- 
dinal teeth small and erect; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior 
cicatrices distinct; dorsal cicatrices placed on the under part of the 
cardinal tooth; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks an- 
gular; nacre salmon colour, lighter before. 


Remarks.—This curious and interesting shell I owe, with many 
others, to my friend Professor Troost. It is much smaller than any 
species which has been heretofore described, and does not seem to ap- 
proach very closely any other species in its general characters. The 
two specimens which are now before me, the only ones I have seen, 
are much eroded. This prevents my knowing if the beaks be, in a 
perfect state, furnished with undulations. 


WM 4 
5 i 
a 
‘ 
‘ 
‘ 
‘ 
: | 
lt 
f 
} | 
‘ 
j 
i 

) 

f 

i t 

% f 

i 
4 { ( 


Wa Wardtas. 


a 


XIV Volb 


lnodonta Buchanenstss 


yy 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 45 


ANODONTA CYLINDRACEA. Plate XIII. fig. 40. 


Testa cylindracea, inflatd, valde transversd, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus; natibus sub- 
prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, radiata ; margarita ceruled. 


Shell cylindrical, inflated, very transverse, inequilateral; valves thin; beaks some- 
what prominent ; epidermis dark brown, radiated; nacre blue. 


Hab. River Medellin, near Vera Cruz. Dr Burrough. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Burrough. 

Diam. °9, Length 1-3, Breadth 2-3 inches. 

Shell cylindrical, inflated, very transverse, inequilateral, flattened on 
the umbones, subbiangular behind ; umbonial slope rounded ; substance 
of the shell thin; beaks somewhat prominent; ligament long and slen- 
der; epidermis dark brown, with numerous capillary rays over the 
whole disk; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cicatrices conflu- 
ent; dorsal cicatrices not perceptible; cavity of the shell large; cavity 
of the beaks small; nacre blue and iridescent. 


Remarks.—Two specimens only of this were sent by Dr Burrough. 
The one figured appears to be mature and in a good state; the other 
is young and imperfect. In outline it differs from any species within 
my knowledge. In the nacre it somewhat resembles the .2. tenebri- 
cosa (nobis), but is a much thinner and more transverse shell. The 
deposit of epidermal matter in the interior, gives it a very clouded 
appearance. It is highly iridescent on the posterior portion of the 
nacre. 


AnoponTa sALMONIA. Plate XIV. fig. 41. 


Testi ellipticd, transversd, inflata, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus pro- 
minulis; epidermide tenebroso-fuscd ; margarita colore salmonis tinctd, infern? ceruled. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, inflated, very inequilateral ; valves thin; beaks somewhat 
prominent; epidermis dark brown ; nacre salmon colour, bluish along the base. 
Vibe ——— i 


Oe — 


46 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


. Hab. near Poland, Ohio. J. P. Kirtland, M.D. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Kirtland. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 

Diam. 1°1, Length 1:4, Breadth 2-7 inches. 

Shell elliptical, transverse, inflated, very inequilateral, within salmon 
colour and usually very rough; substance of the shell thin; beaks 
somewhat prominent and slightly undulated at the tip; ligament ra- 
ther short; epidermis dark brown, sometimes with yellow bands; an- 
terior cicatrices confluent: posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cica- 
trices indistinct; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks shallow; 
nacre bluish along the inferior margin, the interior being usually rough 
and of a deep salmon colour. 


Remarks.—I am indebted to Dr Kirtland, of Poland, Ohio, for seve- 
ral specimens of this singular Anodonta. It is remarkably character- 
ized in the nacre by the rough or tuberculous deposit of a deep sal- 
mon colour. In my specimens this roughness is exhibited most strong- 
ly about the anterior cicatrices. In form it most resembles the .2. 
Ferussaciana (nobis), but is not quite so cylindrical, and differs alto- 
gether in the interior. 


Anoponta Warpiana. Plate XIV. fig. 42. 


Testa ellipticd, transversd, subinflatd, inequilaterali ; clivo wmboniali rotundato ; valvulis 
tenuibus ; natibus prominentibus, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide viridi, radiata; margari- 
ta subceruled. 


Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat inflated, inequilateral ; umbonial slope round- 
ed; valves thin; beaks prominent, undulated at the tip; epidermis green, rayed ; nacre 
bluish. 


Hab. near Chilicothe, Ohio. J.C. Ward, M.D. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Ward. 
Diam. 1:2, Length 1-7, Breadth 3 inches. 


~ 


——— 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. AT 


Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat inflated, inequilateral, at the 
base subemarginate, dorsal margin curved under the beak; umbonial 
slope rounded ; substance of the shell thin; beaks prominent, concen- 
trically undulated at the tip; ligament rather short; epidermis green, 
disposed to be yellow on the posterior slope and the beaks; anterior 
cicatrices confluent; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices in- 


distinct ; cavity of the shell large; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre 
bluish. 


Remarks.—I have from time to time received specimens of this 
species from Ohio, but I owe the perfect ones, now before me, to Dr 
Ward, of Chilicothe. Aware of its resemblance to Jn. Ferussaciana 
(nobis), and An. areolatus (Swainson), that gentleman gave parti- 
cular attention to its habits, and in his letter to me, comparing it to 
the latter, which it most resembles, he says: “It more nearly resem- 
bles a variety of areolatus than any other species. It, like that shell, 
has the strong bend under the beak, which in the areolatus is almost 
a tooth. In habit, it totally differs from areolatus. It pierces deeply 
in the clay and gravel banks, in which it resembles the An. incerta, 
while the areolatus is only found in the deep bed of the stream, and is 
partially uncovered.” In the undulations of the beaks, it more resem- 
bles the F'erussaciana, these being larger in the areolatus. 


AnoponTa Bucnanensis. Plate XIV. fig. 43. 


Testa transversd, inflata inequilaterali, inferne emarginatd, ad latus planulaid ; clivo 
umboniali elevato ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominulis ; apicibus undulatis ; epidermide sub- 
viridi ; margarita alba. 


Shell transverse, inflated, inequilateral, emarginate at base; flattened on the side ; 
umbonial slope elevated ; valves thin; beaks somewhat prominent, undulated at the tip ; 
epidermis greenish ; nacre white. 


Hab. Buck Creek, Ohio. R. Buchanan, Esq. 
My Cabinet. 


48 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Cabinet of Mr Buchanan. 

Diam. 1:1, Length 1:3, Breadth 3 inches. 

Shell transverse, inflated, subcylindrical, inequilateral, emarginate at 
the basal margin, flattened on the sides; umbonial slope elevated and 
rounded ; substance of the shell thin; beaks somewhat prominent and 
minutely undulated at the tip; ligament rather short and thin; epider- 
mis greenish, darker on the posterior slope; anterior cicatrices conflu- 
ent: posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices indistinct; cavity 
of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks shallow; nacre white, bluish on 
the posterior part. 


Remarks.—I owe to the kindness of R. Buchanan, Esq., a single 
specimen of this shell. It approaches the 4. Ferussaciana more nearly 
than any other of our Anodonte with which I am acquainted. In this 
individual the beaks are of a bright rusty colour. 


Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, July 15th, 1837. 


ee 


Havine for some years given much attention to the anatomical struc- 
ture of the Naiades, I have arrived at some results which may be deem- 
ed important enough to attract the further attention of zoologists, and 
be of sufficient interest to merit a place in our ‘Transactions. 

It is a source of congratulation to those interested in the study of this 
branch of natural history, to find that a number of naturalists are giving 
their time to examinations in localities peculiarly and fortunately situa- 
ted in regard to the number of species, as well as their size, which cir- 
cumstances tend greatly to facilitate investigations. 

Believing that the oviducts would present to us the means of discri- 
mination in some of the species, having found them to be so very dif- 


SS er Ser ee ee 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 49 


ferent in the Unio irroratus,* my attention had been particularly ad- 
dressed to these organs in the few and small species of our vicinity. 

While engaged in this investigation, I received a communication 
from Dr Kirtland of Poland, Ohio, an ardent and intelligent student 
of natural history, in which he informed me of his conviction of being 
able to distinguish the female and male shells of the same species, with- 
out recourse to the included animal. Very shortly after this, his con- 
clusive article on this subject appeared in the American Journal of 
Science and Arts, Vol. XXVI. It had been a matter of common ob- 
servation, that individuals of the same species differ very much in the 
outline of the posterior portion of the shell. In some eases this has 
been the sole cause of making species, and apparently with reason. 

It has generally been believed by European naturalists, as well as 
those of our own country, that these animals were androgynous, a prin- 
ciple so repugnant to nature, that it ought to have excited stronger 
doubts where the animal structure was so high in the scale of nature, 
as is the Naiades. 

My attention now became more addressed to sexual characters, and 
a very short series of examination satisfied me fully as to the establish- 
ment of the difference of sexes. 

The female sustaining her very large burden, naturally requires 
more space within the valves—hence we generally find an enlarge- 
ment of the posterior portion of the shell, differing in its form in vari- 
ous species. 

In the U. cariosus, ochraceus, radiatus, luteolus, occidens, purpu- 
ratus, §e., the female is less transverse than the male, being somewhat 
truncate at the posterior margin, and the greatest diameter is near this 
portion of the shell. In the species having this distinction, the ovi- 
ducts will be found to be placed in the posterior portion of the bran- 
chie. (See Pl. XV., fig. 44, 45, representing the oviducts of cariosus 
and ochraceus.) On reference to the figure of cariosus (Say), in Nich. 
Ency. (Am. Edit.) art. Conch. Pl. IIL, fig. 2, the female character 
is evident. The occidens (nobis), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. III. 
Pl. X., is female; and purpuratus (Lam.), ater (nobis), Vol. II. PI. 


* See Vol. IL, p. 269. 
VIL.—N 


50 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


VII., is undoubtedly such. It may be observed, in each of these figures, 
that there is an enlargement at the posterior basal margin. ‘lhis, so 
far as my knowledge extends, is always indicative of the female cha- 
racter in this form of shells, and this enlargement of the valve cor- 
responds with the position of the charged oviducts. In the eariosus 
I have observed frequently, that the oviducts were so full as to be pro- 
truded when the animal was at rest, and when disturbed it retracted 
them with sluggishness. Ina single case of a female radialus which I 
touched in the river, the oviducts were visibly outside of the line of 
the shell, and the sudden alarm caused so rapid a closing of the valves: 
as to cut off several of the sacks, which floated away. 

There are a few species very remarkable in the shell for a charac- 
ter, which I refer to sex entirely, but never having had the advantage 
of examining the anatomy of the included animals, I do not present it 
as an undoubted fact. In my description of U. areeformis, Trans. Am. 
Phil. Soe., Vol. IV., page 116, I noticed the enlargement and dentate 
appearance of the posterior margin. In this species, the brevidens, sul- 
eatus,* capiilaris, and triangularis,+ we find an enlargement to com- 
mence at a middle age before or along the umbonial slope, and each 
mark of growth on this enlargement is disposed to be dentate. In the 
brevidens it is so abrupt as to resemble a large cord on the inferior por- 
tion of the valves. In the arcxformis it is somewhat flattened and but 
slightly influences the plane of the margin. In the capillaris it is more 
spread out, but the enlargement and dentition are still very percepti- 
ble. One of my specimens of the sulecvfus presents the dentitions 
more complete than I have observed in any other species. In all the 
species where this enlargement takes place, a corresponding groove may 
be observed in the interior part of the valve. In corroboration of my 
conclusion, that these are female shells, we have specimens of full 
growth of undoubtedly the same species which have not the least ap- 
pearance of anenlargement; and all those which have not attained more 
than one-third or half their growth never in any case present it. 


* See my remarks, Vol. III., p. 431. 
t ‘The male differing so much in form in the posterior part, induced me to think it to be a 


distinct species, and as such, I described it in Vol. LV., p. 111, under the name of formosus. 
See Plate XVL., fig. 41. 


Unio cartosius 


(0 raddiatits 


Anodonta 


ochraceus 


undilata 


Anodonta fluviatilis 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 51 


On examining the peculiarity of this structure, we are led to the con- 
clusion, that these grooves are adapted to the enlargement of the ovi- 
ducts, and I have no hesitation in believing, that when the animal shall 
be examined, it will be found to be adapted to this structure. Ina 
former memoir, Vol. III. p. 271, I have described the very curious 
conformation of the oviducts of the irroratus. No species which has 
come under my notice since, presents any thing resembling it. The 
situation of the oviduct being about the centre of the vaive, we do not 
find that the form of the margin is changed by its sexual character. 
The phaseolus (Hildreth) presents a very peculiar arrangement of 
the oviducts, resembling no other species which I have examined. 
The line of the branchie being very long, a continued folding of 
the whole length seems to be necessary. This is accurately repre- 
sented in Mr Say’s “ American Conchology,” plate 22. In the few 
female specimens of this species which I have examined, I have not 
been able to notice a difference of form in the shell from the male. 

The females of the U. perplexus and capseformis, are distinguished 
by a remarkable spreading out and extension of the whole of the pos- 
terior part of the shell. ‘This very naturally has been taken for a 
deformity. 

So far as I have been able to examine the nodontx, I have found 
them to differ in their structure as regards the oviducts. They do not 
appear to be divided into sacks like the U. ochraceus, cariosus, §c., but 
to present an even mass from the anterior to the posterior part. I have 
examined numerous individuals of the two species, An. fluvialilis* and 
undulata (Say), which exist in our vicinity, and several Ferussaciana 
(nobis), of the western waters which have been sent to me by my 
brother, T. G. Lea, in a preserved state. The whole lobe of the supe- 
rior branchiz being charged with ova, I presume that the Anodonte 
produce more young than the Uniones. In October 1834, I examined 
a large number of our two species from the Schuylkill, and found the 
females very much advanced in gestation. The specimens of fluvia- 
tilis (see Plate XV. fig. 46), apparently, were ready to discharge their 
burdens. By the pressure of the finger cn the side of the oviducts, 


* Myt. fluviatilis (Soland.); An. cataracta (Say). 


we. ao Pe 2 7 c 


52 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


the young and perfect shells, lying as closely as possible, came from 
the orifices at the inferior part of the lobe. ‘This I considered con- 
clusive as regards this species, but I have not been able to decide so 
satisfactorily as to the mode of the Uniones discharging their young. 
I have been in the habit of keeping many living specimens in water, 
that I might observe them at convenience, and have placed them so 
near the surface of the water, in basins, as to examine their oviducts 
with a good lens. In one case, only, have I seen any discharge, and 
this was in a good sized complanatus, which sent out, while I watched 
it, perhaps a dozen sacciform oviducts in quite a quick succession. My 
draughtsman, Mr Drayton, happened to be in my room at the time, 
and witnessed this operation. Frequently, since that period, I have 
endeavoured to obtain the same result, but in no case has it recurred. 
I have, therefore, had my doubts (although I then considered it con- 
clusive) whether it might not have been the effect of accident arising 
from the unnatural position of the animal—perhaps weakness or ap- 
proaching dissolution. The An. undulata (see Plate XV. fig. 47) seemed 
nearly ready to spawn. ‘The following observations were made on 
one which was kept, and opened December 21. The mass of the lobes 
in this species differs from the fluviatilis, in presenting a darker ap- 
pearance and a very curious arrangement of the oviducts. The ova 
are placed in a kind of sack whieh lie across the lobe, presenting one 
end to the stomach and the other to the mantle of the animal. They 
lie so close together, as to take the form, on the exterior, like the cells 
of the honeycomb. This is, of course, caused by pressure. Some of 
these sacks, when carefully removed, were found to contain as many 
as twelve ova, each with a perfect living shell in it, having a brownish 
epidermis. 

Fig. a, represents a sack with its ova. 

Fig. 6, represents the ovum with its perfect young shell included. 

Fig. c, represents the honeycomb appearance, and is eight times 
magnified. 

Among the species which I had under examination, were numerous 
specimens of U. radiatus, and, very much to my surprise, I found the 
females putting on two quite different forms as regards the inferior 
posterior portion of the mantle. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 53 


Plate XV., fig. 48, represents a female, with the parts protruded, as 
she lay at the bottom of a basin of water. The inferior portion of 
both sides of the sacciform branchiz are visible, and bordered with 
black. ‘The fringe of the mantle bordering this portion is furnished 
with brownish palpi, of one-eighth to three-eighths of an inch long, 
the two longest being the anterior ones, and opposed to each other. 
This part of the mantle is in frequent motion, as if in the action of 
throwing the water on the oviducts. 

Plate XV., fig. 49, exhibits avery different apparatus for this part of 
the mantle. In the place of the palpi, we have a gray, spotted, fleshy 
ciliate prolongation of the mantle, which terminates in two long flexi- 
ble feelers, nearly an inch long. At the posterior end of this portion 
there is a remarkable black spot on each side, surrounded by a white 
ring, presenting an extraordinary resemblance to an eye. 

The difference between these two forms of the same portion of the 
mantle of the radiatus is truly curious. It seems difficult to be- 
lieve it possible that they should not differ specifically. In the charac- 
ters of the shells, however, I can find no difference whatever, and no one 
has, I believe, thought of dividing the radiatus of our rivers. Further 
investigation may throw some light on this apparent deviation in na- 
ture, and | trust the attention of the observant naturalist will be given 
to it. Circumstances have prevented me from following up these exa- 
minations, but it is my intention to resume them again. 

I had commenced with the examination for sexual character with a 
good deal of ardour, and intended to have carried this through every 
month of the year, so far as the seasons permitted. The circumstances 
alluded to above, prevented the execution of this being as complete as I 
desired, and { propose to give extracts from my notes, rather than at 
present to draw conclusions. 

Oct. 12, 1834.—I opened a large number of shells from the Schuylkill. 

Twenty-five U. complanatus. These were all found to be without 
charged oviducts!! 

Eleven U. nasutus. Four were found to be females, seven males. 

Twenty-four U. cariosus. 'Ten were found to be females, fourteen 
males. 

Vi.—o 


54 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Twenty-four U. ochraceus. Ten were found to be females, fourteen 
males. 

Six Margaritana undulata. One was found to be a female, five 
males. 

One Margaritana marginata. Sex female. 

Four Anodonta undulata. One was found to be a female, three 
males. 

Six Anodonta fluviatilis. ‘Three proved to be females, three males. 

Oct. 23, 1834.—Opened a fine specimen of Marg. marginata and 
found the oviducts forming a lobe like the 4n. fluviatilis, there being 
no apparent sacks, but the whole mass was largely distended. ‘The foot 
and surrounding portions were found to be of a salmon colour, as well 
as the edge of the mantle, which diminishes in intenseness as it ap- 
proaches the sides and back. The perfect shells could be observed, 
but they were not so far advanced as to be yet brown. 

Opened five specimens of Marg. undulata. Only one had charged 


oviducts, which were found to be similar to the above, but not quite | 


so far advanced. ‘Termination of the foot slightly salmon colour. 

Opened two U. ochraceus. One male, the other female. The lat- 
ter fully charged. 

Nov. 16, 1834.—Examined three specimens of U. eariosus, all ob- 
tuse at posterior end.—Found them all fully charged. 

Two U. ochraceus. Obtuse. Fully charged. 

One U. radiatus. Obtuse. Fully charged. 

One U. nasutus. Obtuse. Just commenced to swell on the bor- 
der of the branchiz. 

Two U. complanatus. Both males. 

Two M. undulata. Both males. 

Two An. fluviatilis. One male, one female. 

Dec. 24, 1834.—Opened the following shells, which had been kept 
in water some four, some twelve weeks, in the house. 

Four U. cariosus. One female, three males. 

Three U. complanatus. All without charged oviduets. 

Two M. marginata. Without charged oviducts. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 55 


Two M. undulata. Without charged oviducts. 

One Mn. undulata, with reddish charged oviducts, displaying, in a 
beautiful manner, the honeycomb appearance. 

Jan. 18, 183£.—Re-examined a keg of Waiades, received from T. 
G. Lea, two years since. Found An. Ferussaciana to be charged in 
its oviducts like An. undulata. One U. calceolus partly charged, and 
one fully charged. One U. parvus, thickened along the edge of the 
oviduct, but did not appear to be perfectly developed. One An. eden- 
tula was found charged like An. undulata. 

Jan. 25, 1835.—Opened a large keg from T. G. Lea, taken near 
Cincinnati. U. cornutus was found to differ in its form of the ovi- 
ducts from other species, the sacks being inclined, and lying parallel to 
each other, and pendent to the posterior part of the branchiz only. U. 
trigonus, animal of a deep nearly red colour. U. sopus, orange co- 
Jour. U. cylindricus, colour pale orange with a blackish line along 
the lower part of the foot. U. seewris was found with the oviducts 
like cariosus. Sym. complanata, colour fine orange. U. ovatus, very 
like to cariosus in the oviducts. Sym. gracilis, oviducts like cariosus, 
but much finer and closer. UW. triangularis, oviducts small and some- 
what like cariosus, but more oblong and bent in. U. foliatus had 
small oviducts. 

U. clavus,* found the animal to be orange colour. 

U. retusus, has oviducts on the posterior part of the branchie only ; 
they resemble those of eariosus, but are smaller, 

U. ellipsis. The oviducets are like retusus. 

U. orbiculatus, has oviducts like cariosus. 

U. rectus, has oviducts close to the posterior end. 

March, April, May 1835.—During these months numerous speci- 
mens were examined, which confirmed my previous observations. 

May 26.—1 opened a keg containing various species, from Cincin- 
nati the preceding autumn. 

Twenty An. Ferussaciana. Seventeen had charged oviducts. 

Four An. incerta were apparently all males. 


* Scalenius ? (Rafinesque). 


56 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Three An. edentula. All had charged oviducts. 

Four Unio calceolus. All had charged oviducts. 

One Unio planulatus. Oviducts charged. 

Four Unio luteolus. Two with charged oviducts. 

Several Unio crassus. Only one with charged oviduets. 

A few specimens of mulliplicatus, tuberculatus, asperrimus, ecrassi- 
dens, alatus, gracilis, &c., proved to be without oviducts; doubtless all 
being male. 

July 1835.—During this month examined some fifty or sixty speci- 
mens of various species, in none of which did I find the oviduets 
charged. 

Aug. 11, 1835.—Received three fine specimens of U. heterodon from 
Mr Clark, of Manayunk. One of these was found to be charged nearly 
the whole length of the brancbize with ova. These were so small as 
to require the microscope to make them out. 


Sept. 6, 1835.—Opened a specimen of U. heterodon, found a few 


days since in the Schuylkill. The oviducts were charged nearly the 
whole length of the branchia, and the ova very perceptible with the 
microscope. 

Sept. 11, 1835.—Examined another U. heterodon, and found it simi- 
lar to the last mentioned. 

Sept. 13, 1835.—Opened a number of various species. Found three 
An. undulata, with their oviducts charged, being sufficiently forward 
to exhibit very plainly their singular position across the lobe of the 
branchie. Also four Marg. undulata, with charged oviducts, but by 
no means in a forward state. 

Dec. 13, 1835.—Examined a large Marg. margaritifera, which 
proved to be without oviducts. Had a strong dorsal muscular attach- 
ment. The palpi along the fringe of the mantle were more grouped 
than those which I have observed on the Uniones. On the branchie 
were spots of a nankin yellow colour, quite consistent, but yielding to 
the pressure of the knife. 

Also a large Marg. marginata, nearly three inches in width. This 
had oviducts filled with minute ova, just perceptible with the micro- 
scope. "These two fine specimens were taken for me in Crum Creek, 


——_- 
= 
Fe a a 


p i 


at ig ig Dinah aa 


Oe Sean a ee eee 


7 


Fb} 


y i “tat ev A a 


oi 


ee re i 


i 
p 
f 
i 
i 
t 
t 


ua 
He 


PL XVI Vol.6 


- 1 f 
/ 
Nig = 
- - — ATLL PANRISUS ‘ “ 
/ en —— —_ 
Lia z 


qontad ancqulata 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 57 


by Dr Griffith. Also examined a U. radiatus, with enlarged oviducts, 
but not sufficiently advanced to observe any ova with a common micro- 
scope. Several others examined proved to be males. 

June 5, 1836.—Opened an obtuse U. ochraceus, with large and full 
oviducts. ‘The ova only so far progressed as to be visible with the mi- 
croscope. 


Unio spinosus. Plate XVI. fig. 50. 


Tesi spinosd, subtriangulari, inflaté, inequilaterali, postice acuto-angulatd ; valvulis 
subcrassibus ; clivo umboniali carinato; natibus vix prominentibus ; epidermide atro-fuscd, 
glabra; dentibus cardinalibus deorsum inclinantibus ; lateralibus subgrandibus subcurvisque ; 
margarild purpured. 


Shell spinous, subtriangular, inflated, inequilateral, acutely angular behind ; valves 
rather thick; umbonial slope carinate ; beaks scarcely prominent; epidermis dark brown, 
shining ; cardinal teeth inclining downwards ; lateral teeth rather large and curved ; 
nacre purple. 


Hab. Altamaha, Hopeton, near Darien, Geo. James Hamilton 
Cowper, Esq. 

Hab. Altamaha, Liberty County, Geo. Lewis Leconte, Esq. 

My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Shepard. 
Cabinet of Professor Ravenel. 
Cabinet of Major Leconte. 
Diam. 1:2, Length 1:8, Breadth 3-3 inches. 
From tip to tip of fourth pair of spines, 2-6 inches. 

Shell spinous, subtriangular, inflated, inequilateral, acutely angular 
behind; arcuate on the dorsal margin; substance of the shell rather 
thick, thinner behind; spines erect, opposed in each valve, placed in a 
row before the umbonial slope and nearly parallel thereto; umbonial 
slope carinate; beaks scarcely prominent; ligament short and thick; 
epidermis dark brown, shining, finely wrinkled; cardinaP teeth in- 

VI.—P 


58 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


clining downwards, single in the right and double in the left valve, 
enlarged and truneate at the anterior end; lateral teeth rather large, 
thickened and curved in the inferior portion; anterior cicatrices 
distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the 
inferior part of the cardinal teeth; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of 
the beaks angular; nacre purple. 


Remarks.—The genus Unio has particularly attracted the attention 
of naturalists, in the fact of its presenting specimens which resemble 
many of the genera and species of other families. ‘Thus we have them 
to resemble an rea, a Venus, a Solen, a Modiolus, &c. ‘The shell de- 
scribed above resembles that which I never expected to see in the 

Jaiades, viz. the Cytherea Dione! The Unio spinosus is certainly the 
most extraordinary species of this genus which has come under my 
notice. Having seen but a single specimen, [ am not prepared to say 
that the number of spines is uniform. ‘There are apparently four pairs. 
I say apparently, for I find no antagonist spine on the right valve 
opposed to that nearest the tip of the beak. The beak being slightly 
eroded there, may account for its absence. That which remains on 
the left valve, nearly a quarter of an inch from the tip of the beak, is- 
only one-tenth of an inch long, but, being fractured, may have been 
originally much larger. This I call the first pair. 

The second pair is placed nearly half an inch from the same point, 
and the spines directly opposite to each other. That on the left valve 
is half an inch long, but, being fractured at the apex, most likely was, 
in a perfect state, one-tenth of an inch longer. At the base it is nearly 
one-tenth of an inch thick, at the top one-twentieth. That of the right 
valve is about four-tenths of an inch long, and bifurcates two-thirds of 
the way up, at an angle of nearly forty degrees, the apex of each branch 
being fractured. 

The spines of the third pair are not exactly opposed to each other, 
but this I attribute to accidental causes in this specimen. In the 
left valve the spine is placed nearer to the umbonial slope than those 
which are next to it, while that of the right valve is further removed 
from it; consequently neither stand exactly in the line of the row of 
the whol@ on each valve. hat of the left valve is broken off three- 
tenths of an inch from its base; that of the right valve is six-tenths of 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 59 


an inch, and presents the only perfect apex of a spine. This apex is 
rounded, perfectly smooth, and covered over with epidermal matter. 

The fourth pair is nearly three-fourths of an inch from the third, 
and the spines are much thicker and stronger, and are both rather over 
half an inch long; that of the left valve bifurcates near the top, and a 
little lower down there is the rudiment of a third branch; that of the 
left valve presents no bifurcation, but has the rudiment of a branch at 
the same height as that of the other valve. All the spines are flattened, 
the greater diameter being transverse—their upper sides are wrinkled, 
and particularly those of the inferior pair—their lower sides flattened 
and smooth. This is exactly what we might expect in the formation 
of these spines. 'They are constructed like the tubercles on the nodu- 
lous shells and the horns on the cornutus. The border of the mantle 
having deposited the calcareous matter, and the epidermal matter over 
it, outside of the plane of the shell, where the base of the spine is placed, 
continues to do this until the apex of the spine is reached. We would 
then have the larger longitudinal part finished, with its epidermis com- 
plete, and the centre would form a kind of channel to the apex. This 
being reached, the mantle forms the same operation, descending in the 
lower side, filling up the channel, and covering the deposit with epider- 
mis, and presenting somewhat the appearance of a cicatrix. All the 
spines which are broken display the remains of the channel, and at first 
view might be thought to be perforate. This, however, is not the case ; 
the interior of the valves indicating no appearance of the position of 
the spines, except a little roughness below the last pair. 

The teeth of this shell differ in some of their characters from any 
Unio with which I am acquainted. The highest part of the dorsal 
curve is equidistant from the extreme ends of the two teeth. The ear- 
dinal teeth are remarkable for their form and position, being very much 
enlarged at the anterior end, and pointing to the anterior margin. The 
lateral teeth are lamellar, and unusually enlarged on the inferior por- 
tion—thus forming an inverted curve, the inferior portion of the double 
lamellar tooth being very much larger than the superior one. 

The nacre of the shell is purple, approaching a rose colour, and is 
very beautiful. The beaks being slightly eroded, renders it unable 


60 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


to determine if there be any undulations there. I doubt when per- 
fect specimens are found, if there will be any observed. 

The above description and observations being made under the disad- 
vantage of the examination of a single specimen only, it is proper to men- 
tion that they may not apply to all. It is very probable that some indivi- 
duals may have no bifurcation of the spines, while others may have all the 
spines possessing that character. The colour of the nacre may also vary. 
Professor Shepard informs me that two other specimens, now in the 
cabinet of Professor Ravenel, were quite imperfect. “One of them 
had but two (nearly obliterated) pairs of spines, and the other but a 
single pair. The shells being eroded in the vicinity of the spines, all 
traces of them had disappeared. The largest specimen was one-third 
larger than that now sent.” 

The existence of this curious species was first communicated to 
me by Major Leconte, in 1830 or 1831, and he then very kindly pro- 
mised to procure it for me through his brother. In a letter recently 
received from him, he says, “I first heard of, and in fact saw, a frag- 
ment of the Unio spinosus in the year 1830, as being found, along with 
several other species (cf which single valves were given to me), in 
the Altamaha River. Since then my brother (Lewis Leconte) has 
repeatedly endeavoured to obtain specimens of it, without success, until 
last winter. He once went to the situation where they are most plen- 
tifully found (a distance of fifty miles, and in an almost uninhabited 
country), but failed in procuring any.”* About two years after Ma- 
jor Leconte first called my attention to this shell, I found that it had 
been observed by Bartram in his “Travels.” In the summer of 1777 
he seems to have observed it in the Mississippi. If it be not the same 
species, it must be very like it. He says, “'The next morning I set off 
for Point Coupé; passed under the high pointed cliffs, and then set 
our course across the Mississippi, which is here near two miles over; 
touched at a large island near the middle of the river, being led there, 


Since the above was written, I have a letter from Major Leconte, of New York, (June 
13, 1836), in which he mentions having just received his specimens of this curious Unio, 


with some others which are very interesting, and he has kindly promised to place a specimen 
in my cabinet, 


~ 


PLLXAVIL Vol.o. 


II a 
Te beet 


on FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 61 


a little out of our way, in pursuit of a bear crossing from the main. 
After resting a while, we re-embarked, and continued on our voyage, 
coasting the east shore of the island to the upper end; here we 
landed again, on an extended projecting point of clean qaad and peb- 
bles, where were to be seen pieces of coal sticking in the gravel and 
sand, together with other fragments of the fossil kingdom, brought 
down by inundations and lodged there. We observed a large kind of 
muscle in the sand; the shell of an oval form, having horns or protube- 
rances near half an inch in length, and as thick as a crow-quill, which 
I suppose serve the purpose of grapnels to hold their ground against 
the current. Embarked again, doubled the point of the island, and 
arrived at Point Coupé in the evening.” — Travels, p. 431. 

I have several times endeavoured to procure the shell mentioned by 
Bartram, but have not been fortunate enough to succeed. The speci- 
men figured here belongs to Professor Shepard, to whom I am indebt- 
ed for several other fine species from the same locality. Professor 
Shepard informs me that he received three individuals from his friend 
Mr Cowper, with the remark that they were obtained with difficulty 
during the last summer from a bar in the Altamaha. Two of these 
specimens were given to Professor Ravenel, to whose kindness [ am 
indebted for the promise of one of them. 


Unto piicirervs. Plate XVII. fig. 53. 


Testa ellipticd, inequilaterali, subinflatd, postice undulata ; valvulis antic? crassioribus ; 
natibus prominulis ; epidermide atro-viridi ; dentibus cardinalibus submagnis ; lateralibus 
reclis ; margarita purpured. 


Shell elliptical, inequilateral, somewhat inflated, undulated behind ; valves thicker 
before ; beaks rather prominent ; epidermis blackish green ; cardinal teeth rather large ; 
lateral teeth straight; nacre purple. 


Hab. Mexico. Dr Burrough. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Burrough. 
Cabinet of Academy of Natural Sciences. 
VI.—Q 


} 
| 
] 


62 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Diam. °8, Length 1-2, Breadth 2-1 inches. 

Shell elliptical, inequilateral, somewhat inflated, furnished with nu- 
merous small folds on the posterior slope and side; substance of the 
shell thick before, and thinner behind; beaks rather prominent; liga- 
ment short and light horn-coloured ; epidermis very dark green ; cardi- 
nal teeth rather large, single in the right valve and double in the left; 
lateral teeth rather short and straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; pos- 
terior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices situated on the base of the 
cardinal teeth ; cavity of the shell rather deep ; cavity of the beak angu- 
lar; nacre purple, rarely white. 


Remarks.—Among the shells recently sent by Dr Burrough from 
Mexico, were many specimens of this species, which I believe not to 
have been before described. It is remarkable for the numerous small 
folds on the posterior slope, and these in some individuals extend over 
the umbonial slope and posterior half of the side. In the old speci- 
mens the posterior margin is disposed to be biangular, and the epider- 
mis is quite black—in the younger it is dark green, and obscure rays 
may sometimes be observed. Among the specimens examined, two 
were white in the nacre, and one of these salmon-coloured within the 
beaks. The lateral teeth, where the beaks are eroded, are somewhat 
curved. 


Unio Tappanranus. Plate XVII. fig. 55. 


Tesi obovatd, subinflata, inequilaterali, postice dilataté ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus sub- 
prominentibus, undulatisque ; epidermide fulvo-fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus compressis cur- 
visque ; lateralibus tenuis; margarita subsalmonia. 


Shell obovate, rather inflated, inequilateral, dilated behind; valves thin; beaks 
somewhat prominent and undulated ; epidermis yellowish brown ; cardinal teeth com- 
pressed and curved ; lateral teeth thin ; nacre somewhat salmon. 


U. viridis (Conrad), not Rafinesque. 
Hab. Juniata, near Hollidaysburg. Dr. Kirtland. 
Schuylkill, and a small stream near Lancaster. Mr Hyde. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 63 } 


My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Kirtland. 
Cabinet of Judge Tappan. 

Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 
Diam. -7, Length 1-1, Breadth 2 inches. 
Shell obovate, rather inflated, inequilateral, dilated behind, subalate ; 
umbonial slope rounded, inflated ; substance of the shell thin and trans- 
parent behind, opaque and thicker before; beaks somewhat prominent, 
furnished with double undulations ; ligament rather short and slender ; 
epidermis yellowish brown, with dark rays, more numerous on the 
portion behind the umbonial slope ; cardinal teeth lamellar, curved out- 
ward, single in the right and double in the left valve; lateral teeth aci- 
cular; single in both valves, and nearly straight; anterior cicatrices 
distinct; posterior cieatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed on the 
base of the cardinal teeth ; cavity of the shell deep and rounded ; cavity 

of the beak small and angular; nacre somewhat salmon coloured. 


Remarks.—Dr Kirtland found this shell near Hollidaysburg, on the 
Juniata, where he obtained it last autumn; and to his kindness I owe 
the specimen in my cabinet. In outline it resembles U. modiolifor- 
mis (nobis), but cannot be easily confounded with that shell, being less 
inflated, less obovate, and more carinate. In the teeth it differs also, 
and is peculiar. The specimens which have come under my notice 
have the lateral teeth single in both valves; in the left valve there is a 
slight disposition in one of the specimens to duplication. The nacre 
of the shell is very iridescent and satin-like, the border dark ochre 
brown: this causes the stages of growth to be distinct. 

It is remarkable that, being an inhabitant of the Schuylkill, there 
should have been but a single specimen taken, that river having been 
almost daily searched by so many active zoologists. 

T name it after my friend, Judge Tappan, of Ohio. 


ee 


: S nectithee ~ 
-* ee ee ae ee quien: 


64 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Anoponta DECORA. Plate XX. fig. 63. 


Testa ellipticd, inequilaterali, valde inflatd ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominulis, ad 


® 
apices undulatis ; epidermide glabra, und vittatd ; margarité alba, salmonis colore tinetd. 


Shell elliptical, inequilateral, very much inflated ; valves thin ; beaks somewhat pro- 
minent and undulated at the tip; epidermis smooth and single banded ; nacre white 
and salmon colour. 


Hab. Canal near Cincinnati, Ohio. T. G. Lea. 
Canal near Chilicothe, Ohio. Dr Ward. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of TI’. G. Lea. 
Cabinet of Dr Ward. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 
Diam. 1:8, Length 2°5, Breadth 3-9 inches, 
Shell elliptical, nearly straight on the dorsal margin, subangular be- 
hind, inequilateral, very much inflated; substance of the sheli thin; 
beaks rather prominent, and undulated in a double series at the tip; 
ligament rather long and straight; epidermis smooth and shining, fur- 
nished with green rays beyond the dark transverse band situated about 
the middle of the valve; posterior slope dark, with three rays on each 
valve; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dor- 
sal cicatrices situated in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity 
of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks rather small; nacre slightly 
salmon-coloured in the cavity, and white on the remaining portion. 


Remarks.—My brother, T. G. Lea, called my attention some years 
ago to this shell. It, however, so nearly resembled 4. plana (nobis), 
that I was disposed to consider it only a variety of that species. A re- 
markably fine suite, however, recently received from Dr Ward, has satis- 
fied me that it ought to be separated from it. Indeed these specimens 
are so much inflated, as to have induced Dr Ward to suppose they might 
belong to An. Stewartiana (nobis). ‘The broad and distinct band which 
in adults transversely crosses the valve about half way between the beak 
and the margin, is very remarkable in this species. This band defines 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 65 


the extent, in the interior, of the tint ofsalmon colour. Beyond this the 
epidermis is usually of a fine green and rayed, while the umbones and 
beaks are almost without rays. 


Buuimeus tactevs. Plate XXIII. fig. 100. 


Testd ovato-conicd, imperforatd, nitida, lacted, tenui, subdiaphand, minutissime transver- 
sim striatd, inferne bruneo vittata ; anfractibus senis ; apertura subparva ; labro acuto. 


Shell ovately conical, imperforate, shining, milky, thin, somewhat transparent, trans- 
versely and minutely striate, base with a brown band; whorls six; aperture rather 
small ; outer lip acute. 


Hab. about one hundred miles up the Magdalena River, Colombia. 
T. R. Peale. 
My Cabinet. 
Philadelphia Museum. 
Diam. °4, Length -7 of an inch. 


Remarks.—This is one of the new shells brought by Mr Peale from 
his scientific expedition into Colombia. It may be distinguished by 
the brown band, which immediately surrounds the base of the columella. 
One of the individuals under my inspection is more transparent and 
less white than the other. 


Buus Peautanus. Plate XXIII. fig. 106. 


Testi ovato-conicd, imperforatd, levi, nitidd, cinered, subcrassa ; flammulis purpureis lon- 
gitudinalibus picta ; anfractibus senis ; apertura patuld, purpurea ; labro acuto, reflexo. 


Shell ovately conical, imperforate, smooth, shining, ash coloured, rather thick ; fur- 
nished with longitudinal purple spots ; whorls six ; aperture widened out, purple ; outer 
lip acute, reflected. 


Hab. near the Rapids of Angostura, Colombia. T. R. Peale. 


Wile —— IR; 


66 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Philadelphia Museum. 
Diam. -4, Length 1-1 inches. 


Remarks.—During Mr Peale’s travels in Colombia, he found a sin- 
gle specimen of this beautiful species, and I am indebted to his kind- 
ness for the privilege of describing it. In this individual the longitu- 
nal spots are more numerous on the whorl next to the body-whorl, 
there being none on that part near to the outer lip. 


Buuimus Cotompranus. Plate XXIII. fig. 110. 


Testd elongato-turritd, perforata, nitidd, alba, tenui, minutissime transversim striata ; apice 
aurea; anfractibus septenis ; apertura subparva ; labro acuto. 


Shell elongately turrited, perforate, shining, white, thin, transversely and minutely 
striate ; apex golden colour; whorls seven ; aperture rather small; outer lip acute. 


Hab. about one hundred miles up the Magdalena River, Colombia. 
T’. R.. Peale: 


Philadelphia Museum. 
Diam. °5, Length 1-2 inches. 


Remarks.—The spire is long, and the aperture about one-third the 
length of the shell. It is nearly milk white, and so thin as to be 
somewhat translucent. 


Buiimvus cornevs. Plate XXIII. fig. 111. 


Testa ovato-conicd, umbilicatd, corned, tenui, pellucida; anfractibus septenis; apertura 
parva ; labro acuto. 


Shell ovately conical, umbilicate, horn-colour, thin, pellucid ; whorls seven ; aperture 
sraall; outer lip acute. 


Hab. Buenavista, Colombia. T. R. Peale. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 67 


My Cabinet. 
Philadelphia Museum. 
Diam. °3, Length -7 of an inch. 


Remarks.—In form and size this resembles the B. lactea, herein 
described, but may be distinguished at once by its colour, its umbilicus, 
and the absence of a band. Owing, apparently, to the roughness of 
the epidermis, its surface is scarcely shining. I owe this shell to the 
kindness of Mr Peale. 


Heuix Warprana. Plate XXIII. fig. 82. 


Testa orbiculato-converd, umbilicata, inferne depressd, nitidd, corned, diaphand ; anfrac- 
tibus senis, longitudinaliter striatis ; striis confertis ; spird obtusa ; labro acuto, intus spis- 
sata. 


Shell orbicularly convex, umbilicate, flattened below, shining, horn-coloured, trans- 
lucent; whorls six, longitudinally striate ; striae close; spire obtuse ; outer lip acute, 
within thickened. 


Hab. near Cincinnati, Ohio. T. G. Lea. 
near Chilicothe, Ohio. C. J. Ward, M.D. 
j My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of T. G. Lea. 
Cabinet of C. J. Ward, M.D. 
Diam. °4, Length -3 of an inch. 


Remarks.—While I had several specimens of this species from my 
brother, T. G. Lea, holding them somewhat in doubt as to their being 
distinct from H. ligera (Say), I received several fine specimens from 
Dr Ward, who informed me that “the inhabitant is differently marked 
from ligera.” He says, “the base of the foot is white, posteriorly 
acute. Body white, with blackish brown spots over it, and one large 
and two smaller black longitudinal bands extending from the neck to 
the end of the body.” 


68 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


CycLtostoma MacunATa. Plate XXIII. fig. 87. 


Testa suborbiculata, transversim striatd, carinatd, maculata, diaphand, umbilicata ; an- 
fractibus quinis ; spird subbrevi; ultimo anfractu medio carino cincto ; labro margine albo, 
reflexo. 


Shell suborbicular, transversely striate, carinate, spotted, transparent, umbilicate ; 
whorls five ; spire rather short; carinate on the middle of the last whorl; margin of 
the lip white and reflected. 


Hab. Manilla. W. W. Wood. 
Philadelphia Museum. 
Diam. °4, Length °5 of an inch. 


Remarks.— This pretty little species of Cyclostoma was sent by Mr 
Wood to Mr T. R. Peale, to whom I owe the opportunity of describing 
it. Its transparency and numerous brown spots distinguish it at once 
from all other species with which I am acquainted. In the individual 
before me, there is a second obscure carination above that on the mid- 
dle of the whorl. In others this may be found to be more distinct 
or entirely wanting. 


Puianorsis tens. Plate XXIII. fig. 83. 


Testa parva, lenticulari, lato-umbilicatd, ad peripheriam carinatd, pellucida, corned ; an- 
fractibus ternis ; apertura magna. 


Shell small, lenticular, widely umbilicate, carinate on the periphery, pellucid, horn- 
coloured ; whorls three ; aperture large. 


Hab. near Cincinnati, Ohio. R. Buchanan. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of R. Buchanan. 
Cabinet of T. G. Lea. 
Diam. 3-20ths, Length 1-20th of an inch. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 69 


Remarks.—This is the smallest of the Planorbes which has come 
under my notice, and may at once be distinguished by its lenticular 
form. ‘The specimens in my possession I owe to my brother, T. G. 
Lea. They were first pointed out to him by Mr Buchanan. 


Nore.—I would be glad to be permitted to mention here, that the Helicina pulcherrima 
(Vol. V. page 49), and Helix purpuragula (Vol. V. page 51), supposed to be from Java, 
really inhabit Cuba, having recently received some collected on the mountainous part of that 
island. 

Recently, in examining with a lens a very perfect specimen of Carocolla spinosa (See Vol. 
IV. page 104), I observed a remarkable character which had before escaped me. The supe- 
rior part, in very perfect specimens, exhibits a crimped epidermis of a peculiar nature, being 
very irregular in the sizes of the crimps. Beneath the epidermis the shell is striate. 


Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, August 19th, 1836. 


GENUS MARGARITA. 
Supcenvus Unro. 


Unto cranirervs. Plate XIX. fig. 60. 


Testa nodulosa, subrotunda, inflata, ponderosd ; valvulis crassibus; natibus vald2 promi- 
nentibus ; epidermide atro-fuscd ; dentibus cardinalibus grandibus ; lateralibus brevibus sub- 
rectisque ; margarita colore cocao. 


Shell nodulous, subrotund, inflated, ponderous ; valves thick ; beaks very prominent ; 
epidermis dark brown ; cardinal teeth large ; lateral teeth short and nearly straight ; 
nacre chocolate-colour. 


Hab. Ohio River, near Cincinnati. T. G. Lea. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of T. G. Lea. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 


VA) 


70 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Diam. 1-4, Length 1:9, Breadth 1-9 inches. 

Shell nodulous, subrotund, emarginate behind, inflated, ponderous, 
suleate on the posterior slope; substance of the shell very thick ; um. 
bones large; beaks very prominent; tubercles not numerous, rather 
small, disposed to be erect and transverse ; ligament rather short; epi- 
dermis dark brown; cardinal teeth large and spread out; lateral teeth 
short, thick, and nearly straight; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior 
cicatrices distinct; dorsal cicatrices situated on the inferior portion of 
the cardinal teeth; cavity of the shell small; cavity of the beaks deep 
and angular; nacre chocolate-colour. 


Remarks.—This shell is very closely allied to the verrucosus 
(Barnes), and has been, I believe, generally considered as a variety of 
it. In several of its characters, however, it is quite distinct. It differs 
in being a smaller shell, in being much more inflated over the umbones, 
in the granules or tubercles being smaller, more erect and more trans- 
verse. In the epidermis it is much darker. In my youngest specimen 
the beaks are nearly perfect, and at the tip they are very minutely and 
closely undulated. 


Unio spLenpipus. Plate XIX. fig. 61. 


Testa ellipticd, valde inflata ; valvulis subcrassibus; natibus prominentibus ; epidermide 
vald? radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus subcompressis ; lateralibus remotis lamellatisque ; mar- 
garitd: splendidé rosdque. 


Shell elliptical, very much inflated ; valves rather thick; beaks prominent; epidermis 
very much rayed; cardinal teeth somewhat compressed ; lateral teeth separate and 
lamellar ; nacre splendid rose-colour. 


Hab. Altamaha River, near Darien, Geo. James Hamilton 
Cowper, Esq. 
Hab. Altamaha, Liberty County, Geo. Lewis Leconte, Esq. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Shepard. 
Cabinet of Major Leconte. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 71 


Diam. 1-4, Length 1-7, Breadth 2-8 inches. 

Shell elliptical, very much inflated; substance of the shell rather 
thick; umbones large; umbonial slope carinate; posterior slope with 
three indistinct ribs on each valve; beaks prominent; ligament rather 
long and somewhat thick; epidermis yellowish, with numerous dark 
green rays over the whole disk; cardinal teeth somewhat compressed, 
double in both valves, enlarged at the anterior portion; lateral teeth 
separated from the cardinal teeth, lamellar, the inferior division of that 
of the left valve enlarged, and longer than the superior one; anterior 
cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices with- 
in the cavity of the beaks under the cardinal tooth; cavity of the shell 
deep and angular along the carina of the umbonial slope; cavity of beaks 
deep and rounded ; nacre splendid rose-colour. 


Remarks.—I owe this species, which came into my possession some 
months since, to Professor Shepard, who procured it from his friend 
Mr Cowper. It very closely resembles the U. ochraceus (Say), but 
may be distinguished from it by its carinate umbonial slope, and its 
being more inflated. The colour of all the specimens I have examined 
is, in the nacre, of a rose tint. A single one has a slight salmon colour 
mixed with it. When more are examined, there may be some found 
entirely salmon or white. 

I owe to the kindness of Major Leconte some very fine specimens 
from Liberty county, where they were found with the U. spinosus. 


SuspcGenus MArGARITANA. 


M. arcuna. Plate XXII. fig. 69. 


Testa plicata, triangulari, valde inflata ; valvulis tenuissimis ; clivo umboniali carinato ; 
natibus valde prominentibus ; epidermide atro-viride, radiatd ; dentibus laminatis, irregulari- 
bus; margarita ceruled. 


Shell plicate, triangular, very much inflated ; valves very thin ; umbonial slope cari- 
nate ; beaks very prominent ; epidermis dark green, radiated; teeth lamellar, irregu- 
lar; nacre bluish. 


~ 
i) 


DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Hab. Altamaha, Liberty County, Geo. Lewis Leconte, Esq. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Major Leconte. 

Diam. 1-6, Length 1-7, Breadth 2-2 inches. 

Shell plicate, triangular, very much inflated; substance of the shell 
very thin; umbones very large; umbonial slope acutely carinate ; pos- 
terior slope very much flattened, having an indistinct furrow along the 
edge of the carina; folds about eight, large on the beaks, and diminish- 
ing along the edge of the carina; ligament small; epidermis dark green, 
with numerous green rays over the whole disk; teeth lamellar, irregu- 
lar; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cicatrices not perceptible ; 
dorsal cicatrices not perceptible ; cavity of the shell very deep, acutely ° 
angular under the carina, having two furrows leading from the beak to 
the posterior margin; cavity of the beak very deep and angular; nacre 
very thin, bluish, often tinted with pink. 


Remarks.—I owe to the kindness of Major Leconte the possession 
of this very interesting species. It is entirely distinct from any I am 
acquainted with, and is peculiar for the folds which are placed along 
the umbonial slope, and lie at right angles with it. It is among the 
most inflated species of the family, and the substance of the shell is 
thinner than in any species of its size which I know. ‘The posterior 
slope is so flat, that the valves when placed on that part will rest there. 
In the folds it has some resemblance to the Alas. undulata (Say), but 
in this species they are larger and more numerous than in the undulata. 
In outline it resembles U. triangularis (Barnes). Taking a posterior 
view of it, one is reminded, by the outline, of Cardium cardissa. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 73 


Continuation of Mr Lea's Paper. Read, Nov. 4th, 1836. 


Unio Dorreumuanvus. Plate XVII. fig. 54. 


¥ 
Testa subtriangulari, inflata, tuberculata, inequilaterali; valvulis precrassis ; natibus 
magnis elevatisque; dentibus cardinalibus magnis erectisque ; lateralibus brevibus curvisque ; 
margarita alba. 


Shell subtriangular, inflated, tuberculate, inequilateral; valves very thick; beaks 
large and elevated; cardinal teeth large and erect; lateral teeth short and curved ; 
nacre white. 


Hab. Ohio River. Mr Dorfeuille, Cincinnati. 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. 2-2, Length 2°6, Breadth 2-9 inches, 

Shell subtriangular, inflated, tuberculate on the umbones ; substance 
of the shell very thick; beaks large, very prominent and recurved ; 
ligament short and thick; epidermis dark brown and transversely stri- 
ate ; cardinal teeth large and erect; lateral teeth short, thick and curved ; 
anterior cicatrices distinct, the great one forming a very deep pit; pos- 
terior cicatrices distinct; dorsal cicatrices situated on the inferior part 
of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks deep 
and angular; nacre white. 


Remarks.—A single specimen of this species belonged to the Mu- 
seum of Mr Dorfeuille, who very obligingly presented it to me. I do 
not know from what part of the Ohio it was obtained, and although a 
single specimen, and resembling two species, I have considered it pro- 
per to propose it as a new species, being unable to class it with any 
one known to me. In general outline and thickness it resembles 
U. trigonus (nobis), but, having higher beaks and being tuberculated, 
cannot be classed with that species. In the possession of tubercles it 
resembles U. pustulatus (nobis), but differs from it in having very ele- 
vated thick beaks, in having very few tubercles (these are scattered over 

VI.—T 


74 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


the central portion of the disk only), and in the outline being suban- 
gular. 


Unio piscus. Plate XVIII. fig. 57. 


Testa ellipticd, vald? compressd, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis ; natibus prominentibus ; 
dentibus cardinalibus magnis ; lateralibus longis, & cardinalibus separatis ; margarild purpurea 
et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, very much compressed, inequilateral; valves thick; beaks promi- 
nent; cardinal teeth large ; lateral teeth long, being separated from the cardinal teeth ; 
nacre purple and iridescent. 


Hab. India. 
My Cabinet. “y 

Diam. 1°4, Length 3:3, Breadth 5-2 inches. 

Shell elliptical, very much compressed, biangular behind, inequilate- 
ral; substance of the shell thick; beaks prominent; ligament long 
and thick; cardinal teeth large, regularly sulcate and deeply cleft in 
the left valve; lateral teeth long, thicker at the posterior end, and sepa- 
rated from the cardinal tooth; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior 
cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed across the base of the cardi- 
nal tooth; cavity of the shell very shallow; cavity of the beaks Ta- 
ther small and subangular; nacre purple and iridescent. 


Remarks.—This description is made from a single decorticated valve, 
procured of Mr B. Tanner, who purchased it in a Jot of shells brought 
from India. When [I first saw this specimen it was evident to me 
that it differed from any known American species; and finding, subse- 
quently, that it was most probably a native of India, I could no longer 
hesitate as to its being new. It bears some resemblance to U. crassidens 
(Lam.) and U. alatus (Say). It differs from the former in being flatter, 
more spread out, and the substance of the shell being less thick. From 
the latter it differs in being thicker in the substance of the shell, in 
being ovate, and being without a wing. It is very much to be regret- 
ted that the exterior should be so much deprived of its epidermis as to 


“9 


eS a 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 75 


render it impossible to form a correct opinion as to its appearance in 
a perfect state. 


Unto contraveEns. Plate XVIII. fig. 58. 


Testa obovald, subinflaid, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus; natibus subprominentibus 
undulatisque ; epidermide subviridi ; dentibus cardinalibus lineatis, duplicibus in valuulam dex- 
tram; lateralibus tenuibus subcurvisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. 


Shell obovate, rather inflated, inequilateral ; valves thin ; beaks rather prominent and 
undulated ; epidermis greenish ; cardinal teeth linear, the double one in the right valve ; 
lateral teeth thin and somewhat curved ; nacre pearly white and iridescent. 


in El ay Fane 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. -7, Length 1-1, Breadth 1-9 inches. 

Shell obovate, rather inflated, smooth, inequilateral; substance of the 
shell thin; beaks somewhat prominent, with numerous small undula- 
tions extending on the posterior slope; ligament rather long and thin; 
epidermis yellowish green over the whole disk, except the posterior 
slope, which is green; cardinal teeth long, linear, single in the left 
and double in the right valve ; lateral teeth long, thin, and somewhat 
curved; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cieatrices confluent; 
dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity 
of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beaks rather shallow and angu- 
lar; nacre pearly white and iridescent. 


Remarks.—I am not acquainted with the habitat of this shell, having 
purchased it of a dealer, who did not know from what waters it was 
obtained. In the exterior and general appearance it resembles U. Tup- 
panianus (nobis). ‘The remarkable character of its cardinal teeth will 
distinguish it from that and all other species with which I am acquaint- 
ed. The single and double tooth have here changed places, the single 
_being in the left valve. ‘They are thin, and run nearly paraliel to the 
margin. ‘The undulations about the region of the beaks are remarka- 
bly fine and beautiful. 


; 
_ +. Gall Ane 
aw 2 


76 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Unro Menxranus. Plate XIX. fig. 59. 


Testa ellipticd, subcompressd, inequilaterali, valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus subprominenti- 
bus undulatisque ; epidermide fulvd et multiradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis erectisque ; 
lateralibus longis subrectisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, rather compressed, inequilateral ; valves rather thin; beaks some- 
what prominent and undulated; epidermis yellow and much rayed; cardinal teeth 
small and erect ; lateral teeth long and nearly straight; nacre pearly white and iri- 
descent. 


Hab. Harpeth River, Ten. Professor Troost. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 
Diam. ‘9, Length 1:5, Breadth 2°5 inches. 
Shell elliptical, rather compressed, inequilateral, radiated over the 
whole disk; substance of the shell thin behind, thicker before; beaks 
somewhat prominent and undulated at tip; ligament rather long and 
thin; epidermis yellow, rather smooth, with numerous rather large, 
green rays, radiating to all parts of the margin; cardinal teeth small, 
conical, deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth long and nearly 
straight ; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dor- 
sal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of 
the shell rather shallow; cavity of the beaks rather small and subangu- 
lar; nacre pearly white and iridescent. 


Remarks.—This is another new species of the many I owe to the 
kindness of Professor Troost. It has some resemblance to U. inferrup- 
tus (nobis), and may be said to connect that shell with UW crassus (Say). 
The two specimens which I have before me are covered with beautiful 
green rays over the whole disk, they being thicker and darker on the 
posterior half. The undulations of the beaks are small and numerous, 
[ name it after the able German conchologist, Dr Menke. 


A 


PL .XTX Vol.6. 


f 
F po 


PE ie 


Tmo graniterws 


Unto Menktanius Unio splendidus 


Drawn ve by Jd. Drayton 


PL.XX VoLG, 


ke a 


tnadonta Wahlamatensts 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. ae 


AnoponTa NurrauuiAna. Plate XX. fig. 62. 


Testa alala, ellipticd, compressa, glabra, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus connatisque ; 
natibus compressis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide politd ; margarité alba. 


Shell winged, elliptical, compressed, smooth, inequilateral; valves thin and connate ; 
beaks compressed and undulated at the tip; epidermis polished ; nacre white. 


Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro. 

fessor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 

Diam. -7, Length 1-5, Breadth 2-3 inches. 

Shell winged, elliptical, flattened on the side and enlarged on the 
umbonial slope, subemarginate at base, smooth, inequilateral ; substance 
of the shell thin, the valves being connate over the ligament; beaks 
compressed and undulated at the tip; umbonial slope furnished with 
several impressed lines; epidermis smooth and polished, having a dark 
broad band at the line of growth near the margin; cicatrices scarcely 
visible ; cavity of the shell very small; cavity of the beaks very small; 
nacre white. 


Remarks.—I am greatly indebted to the learned and enterprising 
traveller, Professor Nuttall, for this and two other species of MAnodonia, 
which come from an entirely new locality. The rivers beyond the 
Rocky Mountains had not before been examined in regard to their 
mollusca, and we have now for the first time the pleasure of seeing a 
specimen of this family from these waters. The Wahlamat is the river 
known in Lewis and Clark’s Travels under the name of Multnoma. 

This species has some resemblance to ln. Benedictensis (nobis), but 
may be distinguished by its flattened sides and dark band, as well as its 
polished surface. 


VE.—U 


78 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Anoponta Wantamatensis. Plate XX. fig. 64. 


Testa alata, triangulari, subinflatd, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus connatisque ; natibus 
subcompressis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide subfulgidd ; margarild alba. 


Shell winged, triangular, somewhat inflated, inequilateral ; valves thin and connate ; 
beaks rather compressed and undulated at the tip; epidermis somewhat shining ; nacre 
white. 


Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro- 

fessor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 

Diam. °8, Length 1°8, Breadth 2-5 inches. 

Shell winged, triangular, inflated on the lower posterior part, inequi- 
lateral; substance of the shell thin, the valves being connate over the 
ligament; beaks rather compressed, undulated at the tip, and yellow as 
far as the first stage of growth ; epidermis rather smooth and shining, hav- 
ing a small dark band at the line of growth near the margin; cicatrices 
scarcely visible; cavity of the shell shallow; cavity of the beaks very 
shallow; nacre white. 


Remarks.—This is one of the species brought by Professor Nuttall 
from his late expedition to the Cclumbia River, over the Rocky Moun- 
tains. It has some resemblance to the Wuttalliana, but cannot be easily 
mistaken for that species, being different in outline and more inflated. 
In its outline and in the inflation of the lower posterior portion of the 
shell, it resembles Alas. complanata (Barnes). Professor Nuttall also 
met with this and the above species in Lewis’s River, a branch of the 
Shoshonee. 


AnoponTa pAyontsa. Plate XXI. fig. 65. 


Testa elliptica, inflata, valde radiata, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ;, natibus prominu- 
lis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide glabra ; margarita ceruled. — 


Be 4dnodonta Newtonensts ~ 


nodonta pavonta Anodonta Oréeyonensis 


Irawin by J Dray 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 79 


Shell elliptical, inflated, very much radiated, inequilateral ; valves thin ; beaks some- 
what prominent and undulated at the tip; epidermis smooth ; nacre bluish. 


Hab. head waters of the Little Beaver, Ohio. J. P. Kirtland, M.D. 

My Cabinet. 

Cabinet of Dr Kirtland. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 
Cabinet of Dr Jay. 

Diam. 1:1, Length 1:5, Breadth 3 inches. 
Shell elliptical, inflated, very much radiated, inequilateral ; substance 
of the shell thin; beaks somewhat prominent and furnished with ra- 
ther large undulations at the tip; ligament rather short and thin; epi- 
dermis smooth, shining and furnished with numerous dark green rays, 
which diverge to the whole margin, the larger ones being generally 
about the centre of the valye; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior 
cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices placed on the interior of the curve 
at the point of the beaks; cavity of the shell deep and large; cavity of 

the beak small and angular; nacre bluish. 


Remarks.—I owe to Dr Kirtland this beautiful Mnodonta, which 
he has recently discovered in the Little Beaver, in considerable 
quantities. In the interior it very much resembles An. Ferussacia- 
na (nobis) and has, like that shell, an incipient tooth at the immediate 
point of the beak. In the exterior it is distinguished from all the 
species with which I am acquainted, by its numerous and very beau- 
tiful dark green rays, which so much pervade as to give the disk, in 
some individuals, almost a black appearance. 


Avoponta Newrontensis. Plate XXI. fig. 66. 


Testa ellipticd, inflata, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis ; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices 
undulatis ; epidermide fulgida ; margarita alba. 


Shell elliptical, inflated, inequilateral ; valves thick ; beaks rather prominent and un- 
dulated at the tip; epidermis shining ; nacre white. 


80 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Hab. Newtown Creek, New Jersey, near Philadelphia. Wm. Hyde. 
Also Schuylkill, at Fair Mount. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 

Diam. 2-1, Length 2:3, Breadth 4-6 inches. 

Shell elliptical, inflated, inequilateral; substance of the shell thick; 
beaks somewhat prominent and rather largely undulated at the tip; liga- 
ment rather short; epidermis dark brown, smooth, shining and ap- 
parently without rays; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices 
confluent; dorsal cicatrices obsolete; cavity of the shell deep; cavity 
of the beaks very small; nacre white, sometimes salmon colour. 


Remarks.—The large specimen here figured was found by Mr 
Hyde in Newtown Creek, nearly opposite to Philadelphia, many 
years since, and is the only full grown or large one I have seen. 
Within five or six years, from time to time, I have found near Fair 
Mount, six individuals, which, although they appeared not to be mature 
shells, were evidently different from any described nodonta, and I 
have not hesitated to refer them to this species observed by Mr Hyde. 
The specimens from Fair Mount are rather thin in the substance of the 
shell, while that from Newtown Creek is somewhat thick. This may 
be referred to difference of age. In all the specimens there is an en- 
tire absence of rays and the young are possessed of a yellow epidermis. 
This species differs from the An. fluviatilis, (cataracta, Say), in being 
more transverse, in the beaks being more medial and in having the 
undulations of the beaks larger; while the fluviatilis is more granulate. 


AnoponTa Oreconensis. Plate XXI. fig 67. 


Testiz subalata, elliptica, subinflata, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus viv promi- 
nentibus, ad apices undulalis ; epidermide subfulgida striataque ; margarita alba. 


Shell subalate, elliptical, somewhat inflated, inequilateral ; valves thin ; beaks scarcely 
prominent, undulated at the tip; epidermis rather shining and striate ; nacre white. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 81 


Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro- 

fessor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 

Diam. 1, Length 1°8, Breadth 3°2 inches. 

Shell somewhat winged, elliptical, rather inflated, inequilateral ; sub- 
stance of the shell thin; beaks scarcely prominent and undulate at tip: 
epidermis somewhat shining and striate; posterior and anterior cica- 
trices both confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the ca- 
vity of the beaks; cavity of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beak 
very small; nacre white. 


Remarks.—Another species for which I am indebted to Professor 
Nuttall, procured in his late journey. It has some resemblance to An. 
eygnea, but is still more closely allied to Mn. Benedictensis (nobis). 


ANopONTA Exits. Plate XXII. fig. 68. 


Testa lala, valde compressa, inequilaterali; valvulis tenuibus; natibus vix prominulis ; 
epidermide glabra ; margarita ceruled et iridescente. 


Shell wide, very much compressed, inequilateral ; valves very thin; beaks scarcely 
prominent ; epidermis smooth; nacre bluish and iridescent. 


My Cabinet. 
Diam. °8, Length 1-6, Breadth 3-4 inches. 
Shell wide, very much compressed, slender, rounded before and an- 
gular behind, inequilateral; dorsal and basal margin nearly parallel ; 
substance of the shell very thin; beaks scarcely prominent; ligament 
long and thin; epidermis smooth, brown, apparently without rays; an- 
terior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices 
posterior to and below the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell wide 
VIL—V 


82 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


and shallow; cavity of the beaks very small; nacre bluish and irides- 
cent. 


Remarks.—I procured this remarkably compressed nodonta from 
Mr Warren, of Boston. Its habitat, unfortunately, was not known. 
It may be distinguished from all the other species with which I am 
acquainted by its compressed and slender form. 


IrnminA caLestis. Plate XXII. fig. 70. 


Testa latissimd, subcylindraced, levissima, vald2 inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus 
prominulis ; epidermide polita, tenebrosa ; margarita ceruled et iridescente. 


Shell very broad, subcylindrical, very smooth, very inequilateral ; valves thin ; beaks 
somewhat prominent ; epidermis polished, very dark; nacre bluish and iridescent. 


Hab. Africa. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Jay. 

Diam. -7, Length 1-1, Breadth 3-4 inches. 

Shell very broad, subcylindrical, very smooth, very inequilateral, 
straight on the dorsal margin, rounded before and angular behind ; sub- 
stance of the shell thin and delicate; beaks somewhat prominent, and 
apparently without undulations at the tip; epidermis highly polished, 
nearly black on the anterior, posterior and inferior portion of the valves, 
obsoletely rayed ; cicatrices scarcely visible; cavity of the shell rather 
deep; cavity of the beaks very small; nacre bluish, with a tint of pur- 
ple on the anterior portion, very iridescent. 


Remarks.—The first specimen of this shell which came under my 
notice I purchased from a dealer in New York, who informed me it 
came from Africa. For a second specimen, I am indebted to Dr Jay, 
who gave me the same habitat. It was sent to him under the impres- 
sion of its being the “ Mufel” of Adanson. By a comparison with 
Adanson’s figure, it will be at once observed to differ from it entirely 


mh {, 
Ps dal 
ia 


PL.XNIT Vol.6 


Mitch AX. Helt Nardiana 3 VITEPIS 104 Paludin 
4 r 83 Planorh s M4 “uicina 105 Bulimus 
Viana 34 Heli 15 Melania plicata 106 Physa 
ff Ia os r ENE if SudLLInwes VLPVULS 107 Succinea 
56 Melons OOSTL AT 17 virde 108 Bulimu 
27 98 Melania intlate t 109 Patwdir < 
’ lia Tix maagniti 99 Bulimus Cibbonius 10 Bulimi u 
lf ATT Viitta na 100 » lactéus Lil 
2 i Wit te Vegaspira Ruschenbergiana 172 1a 
Z ts ] 7 LTTILLA MAalCUuULS 
I2 | f 03 Altra RELA 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 83 


in outline. It cannot easily be confounded with any of the described 
species of Jridina. It is a small species, and may be distinguished at 
once by its dark ebony epidermis, and beautiful blue and iridescent 
nacre. In none of the specimens which I have seen, is there the least 
disposition to crenulation on the dorsal margin. On the carina there 
is a small line below, and nearly parallel to the dorsal margin. 


Buiimus Guanpirormis. Plate XXIII. fig. 92. 


Testa ovata, rugosa, subinflata, imperforata, subcrassd, granosd, rufo-fuscd, albo-macu- 
lata ; anfractibus quaternis, ultimo magno; apertura purpured, ovata, submagnd ; labro re- 


fleco ; columella levi. 


Shell ovate, rugose, somewhat inflated, imperforate, rather thick, granose, reddish 
brown, white spotted ; whorls four, the last being large ; aperture purple, ovate, rather 
large ; outer lip reflexed ; columella smooth. 


Hab. New Granada, between La Plata and Tocaima. J. H. Gib- 
bon, M.D. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. °7, Length 1-3 inches. 


Remarks.—This species is about the size of and somewhat resembles 
an acorn. Its rugosity is owing to the surface being covered with nu- 
merous small pits. ‘The spots are few, and placed nearly at the termina- 
tion of the last whorl. On the same whorl, further removed from the 
tip, there are numerous indistinct white marks. The body-whorl is 
about five-sixths the length of the shell, the superior whorls being lighter, 
and having a dark indistinct line along the suture. The apex is obtuse, 
and the reflected lip white and rounded like a cord. I am indebted 
to Dr Gibbon for this species, obtained during his recent travels in New 
Granada. 


84 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Buuimvus parvus. Plate XXIII. fig. 96. ° 


Testa conicd, imperforatd, carinati, lacted ; apice rufo ; anfractibus senis, planulatis ; aper- 
turd ovata; labro acuto; columellé levi, subangulata. 


Shell conical, imperforate, carinate, milky white ;- apex reddish ; whorls six, flatten- 
ed; aperture ovate ; outer lip acute ; columella smooth, subangular. 


Hab. near Carthagena, $8. A. J.H. Gibbon, M. D. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. °3, Length °5 of an inch. 


Remarks.—A very small species, of which I received from Dr Gib- 
bon only a single specimen. There are some marks on it which in- 
duce me to believe that it may sometimes be found banded. 


Buuimus yirco. Plate XXIII. fig. 97. 


Testi conico-acutd, perforata, nitidd, diaphand, longitudinaliter striata; anfractibus septe- 
nis, convexiusculis ; apertura ovata ; labro acuto ; columella angulata. 


Shell acutely conical, perforate, shining, longitudinally striate, diaphanous ; whorls 
seven, slightly convex; aperture ovate ; outer lip acute; columella angular. 


Hab. near Carthagena, S. A. J.H. Gibbon, M. D. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. °3, Length -9 of an inch. 


Remarks.—A single specimen only of this was brought by Dr Gib- 
bon. It resembles in size, and some of its characters, the maculatus 
herein described. It may, however, be at once distinguished by its 
want of spots, the absence of a black apex, and in being perforate. 


~— 
oo 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 85 


Buuimus Greponius. Plate XXIII. fig. 99. 


Test& ovatd, ventricosd, perforatd, subcrassd, granosd, tenebroso-fuscd, atro-maculatd ; 


anfractibus quinis, ultimo magno ; apertura purpurea, magna, obliqua; labro reflexo; columella 
albida. 


Shell ovate, ventricose, perforate, somewhat thick, granose, dark brown, black ma- 
culate; whorls five, the last being large ; aperture purple, large, oblique ; outer lip re- 
flexed ; columella whitish. 


Hab. New Granada, between La Plata and Tocaima. J. H. Gib- 
bon, M. D. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. 2-4, Length 3-5 inches. 


Remarks.—I owe the possession of this fine shell to the kindness of 
Dr Gibbon, who obtained it during his expedition to the Pacific Ocean, 
by Panama; and to him I dedicate it. It is remarkable for its dark 
colour, the substance of the shell being of a dark purple. The spots 
are dark, small, irregular and indistinct, and the surface irregularly pit- 
ted and minutely granulate. The body-whorl is about five-sixths the 
length of the shell, the superior whorls being darker, and having a 
white indistinct line along the suture. The apex is pointed. 


Buuimus cGracinis. Plate XXIII. fig. 102. 


Testa subfusiforma, nitidd, subperforata, albidd, trivittatd, longitudinaliter striata ; an- 
fractibus planulatis ; apertura ovata ; labro reflexo ; columella levi, purpurea. 


Shell subfusiform, shining, subperforate, whitish, with three imperfect bands, longi- 
tudinally striate; whorls flattened; aperture ovate; outer lip reflexed; columella 
smooth and purple. 


Hab. near Carthagena, S. A. J.H. Gibbon, M. D. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. °6, Length 1-4 inches. 
VI.— Ww 


D 
is) 


DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Remarks.—Among the fine land shells which I owe to Dr Gibbon 
was a single specimen of this graceful looking species. Other indivi- 
duals may be more or less coloured. In this one the bands are indis- 
tinct, and are of a brownish tint, being more strongly marked in the 
interior. 


Buutimus pecoratus. Plate XXIII. fig. 108. 


Testa subturrita, imperforatd, nitidd, croced, trifasciatd ; anfractibus senis, convexiusculis ; 
apertura ovatd, caniculata ; labro subreflexo ; columella arcuata. 


Shell somewhat turrited, imperforate, shining, reddish saffron, three-banded ; whorls 
six, somewhat convex; aperture ovate, channeled; outer lip slightly reflexed; colu- 
mella arched. 


Hab. near Carthagena, 8. A. J. H. Gibbon, M. D. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. °5, - Length 1-2 inches, 


Remarks.—A singularly beautiful species, and remarkable for its fine 
colour, its three yellow bands, and the channel at the base. It is among 
the finest of the species brought by Dr Gibbon from his late voyage 
to New Granada. 


Buximus Macunatus. Plate XXIII. fig. 112. 


Testi conico-acula, imperforata, nitidd, alba, rufo-maculata; apic? nigro; anfractibus 
. - 4 A A n 
septenis, subplanulatis; apertura ovata; labro acuto ; columella subangulata. 


Shell acutely conical, imperforate, shining, white, with reddish spots; apex black ; 
whorls seven, rather flattened; aperture ovate ; outer lip sharp; columella somewhat 
angular. 


Hab. near Carthagena, S$. A. J. H. Gibbon, M.D. 
My Cabinet. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 87 


Diam. -3, Length -9 of an inch. 


Remarks.—A delicate little species, of which I received but a sin- 
gle specimen, and this not entirely perfect in the mouth. The spots 
are quadrate, and arranged in a double series on the four lower whorls. 


Hevix Mircneiuiana. Plate XXIII. fig. 71. 


Testd superne obtuso-conicd, inferne inflatd, longitudinaliter et subtiliter striata, corned, dia- 
phand, imperforatd ; anfractibus quinis ; aperturd subrotundatd; labro reflexo; columelld levi. 


Shell above obtusely conical, below inflated, longitudinally and finely striate ; horn- 
colour, transparent, imperforate ; whorls five ; aperture nearly round ; outer lip reflexed ; 
columella smooth. 


Hab. Ohio. J. K. Mitchell, M. D. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. -7, Length +4 of an inch. 


Remarks.—I am indebted to Dr Mitchell for this shell, which was 
sent to him by afriend from Ohio. It is rather larger than the H. clausa 
(Say) and H. jeyuna (Say), but in form resembles them. It may be dis- 
tinguished from the latter in not being perforate, and from the former 
in having a sharper lip. In its stria it is distinct from both, in having 
them larger and much better defined. 3 


Heuix Vancovyerensis. Plate XXIII. fig. 72. 


Testd plano-converd, inferne planulata, nitidd, longitudinaliter striat@, corned, late wmbili- 
cata ; anfractibus quinis, rotundatis; apertura subrotundata ; labro inferne subreflexo, supern? 
depresso ; columelld brevi. callosd. 


Shell plano-convex, below flattened, shining, longitudinally striate, horn-colour, wide- 
ly umbilicate ; whorls five, rounded; aperture roundish; outer lip below somewhat re- 
flexed, above depressed ; columella short, callous. 


88 «» DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Hab. Fort Vancouver, Oregon. Professor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. 1°1, Length -5 inches. 


Remarks.—Professor Nuttall informs me that this species is common 
to the shores of the Columbia River. Young individuals very closely 
resemble H. concava (Say). In the older specimens the lip will at 
once distinguish it. ‘The depression of the superior part of the outer 
lip is a remarkable character. In the older specimens the inferior and 
superior termination of the outer lip are joined by a remarkable callus. 


Heurwx Norravuana. Plate XXIII. fig. 74. 


Test@ obtuso-conicd, subtus planulatd, umbilicatd, longitudinaliter minute striald, superne 
luted, infern? tenebroso-fuscd, prope carinam fasciald ; anfractibus septenis ; apertur@ subro- 
tundati, intus fasciatd; labro subreflexo ; columella levi. 


Shell obtusely conical, beneath flattened, umbilicate, longitudinally and minutely 
striate, above yellowish, below dark brown, near the carina banded ; whorls seven ; 
aperture nearly round, banded within ; lip somewhat reflexed ; columella smooth. 


Hab. from Fort Vancouver down to the ocean, Oregon. Professor 
Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. 1.3, Length -8 inches. 


Remarks.——This may be considered to be the finest Helix found 
within the territory of the United States. It has little resemblance to 
any of our species yet known. It most resembles the HZ. solilaria, but 
is rather larger than that species. I owe to the kindness of Professor 
Nuttall two specimens—one is darker on the superior part than the 
other, being brownish. The dark band about the middle of the whorl 
is remarkable—above it are two indistinct bands. 


a oe 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 89 


Hevix Corumprana. Plate XXIII. fig. 75. 


Test@ obluso-convexd, inferne subrotundatd, nitidd, longitudinaliter striald, corned, dia- 
phand, umbilicatd ; anfractibus senis, subrotundatis ; apertura subrotundatd; labro albo et re- 
flexo, inferne subcalloso ; columelld levi. 


Shell obtusely convex, rounded below, shining, longitudinally striate, horn-coloured, 
transparent, umbilicate ; whorls six, roundish; aperture rather round; outer lip white 
and reflexed, slightly callous below; columella smooth. 


Hab. Fort Vancouver, Oregon. Professor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
: Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. -7, Length -4 of an inch. 


Remarks.—One of the new shells brought by Professor Nuttall from 
his late expedition. It very closely resembles a small individual of #. 
thyroideus (Say), but may be distinguished by its having the striz more 
distant, and in having a more depressed spire. 


Hexix maenirica. Plate XXIII. fig. 8s. 


Testd obtuso-conicd, subcarinald, longitudinaliter striata, fasciis flammeis, rubris albisque 
picld, sublus seriebus pluribus punctorum rufescentium ornatd, lat? umbilicatd ; anfractibus 


quinis, superne planulatis, inferne subconvevis ; apertura transversd ; labro sinuoso, reflexo ; 
columell@ levi. 


Shell obtusely conical, subcarinate, longitudinally striate, with white and red flame- 
shaped bands, beneath furnished with many series of reddish spots, widely umbilicate ; 
whorls five, above flattened, below rather convex; aperture transverse ; outer lip sinu- 
ous, reflexed ; columella smooth. 


Hab. New Granada. J. H. Gibbon, M.D. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. 2-7, Length 1-2 inches. 


Remarks.—This remarkably fine shell was among the collection 
VI.—x 


6G. «a DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


which I owe to Dr Gibbon. In many respects it very closely resem- 
bles the H. pellis serpentis (Lam.). It may, however, be at once dis- 
tinguished from that species by its being striate and not granulate, a cha- 
racter in pellis serpentis not noticed by Lamarck, but which exists in 
all I have examined. It is also a much larger shell, and much more 
flattened above. ‘The umbilicus is larger, and the area around it white. 
Beneath these are seven revolving lines, which are red and white 
spotted. 


PaLupINA SrINIsTROSA. Plate XXIII. fig. 78. 


Testa sinistros@, ventricoso-conoided, subtenui, tenebroso-corned, striald, late umbilicatd ; 
suluris impressis ; anfractibus quinis, valde convewis ; aperturd subrotundald, intus purpuras- 
centi. 


Shell sinistral, ventricoso-conoidal, rather thin, dark horn-colour, striate, widely um- 
bilicate ; sutures impressed; whorls five, very convex; aperture nearly round, purplish 
within. . 


Hab. .... East Indies. Miss Hodges. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Miss Hodges. 
Diam. 1:1, Length 1-3 inches. 


Remarks.—This is the only sinistral species of Paludina which has 
come under my notice, and Iam indebted to the kindness of Miss 
Hodges, of Salem, Massachusetts, for one of the two specimens which 
were in her fine cabinet. This species is so ventricose that it might 
be almost mistaken for an Ampullaria. It cannot, however, be con- 
founded with that from the Nile (mp. carinata, Caill.). The interior 
is purple brown, being at the edge of the lip bordered with white. 
Under the lens the longitudinal striz will be observed to be very close 
and small. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 9] 


Patuprina virens. Plate XXIII. fig. 93. 
Testd obliqua, crassa, subgranosd, viridi ; anfractibus subinflatis; apertur@ ovata. 


Shell oblique, thick, somewhat granose, green; whorls rather inflated; aperture 
ovate. 


Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia river. Pro- 
fessor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. -2, Length -4 of an inch. 


Remarks.—The apices of all the specimens which Professor Nuttall 
gave me are destroyed, so that it is impossible to give some of the cha- 
racters of this species. It is remarkably solid for so small a species. 


PanupiIna NuCLEA. Plate XXIII. fig. 103. 


Testa obtuse turritd, corned, levi; suturis impressis ; anfractibus quinis ; apertura alba, 
ovald. 


Shell obtusely turrited, solid, horn-colour, smooth ; sutures impressed ; whorls five ; 
aperture white, ovate. 


Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia river. Pro- 
fessor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. 2, Length -4 of an inch. 


Remarks.—This is a small solid species, and is more oblique than 
P. decisa (Say). Like it, the apex is usually cut off. Round the 
mouth there is a black border, which contrasts with the pale horn- 
coloured epidermis. 


92 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Patupina Nickurmrana. Plate XXIII. fig. 109. 
Testé turrit@, viridi, levi; apice obtuso ; anfractibus quaternis, convewis ; apertura ovata. 
Shell turrited, green, smooth; apex obtuse ; whorls four, convex; aperture ovate. 


Hab. Hot Springs, Virginia. P. H. Nicklin. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Mr Nicklin. 
Diam. 2-20ths, Length 3-20ths of an inch. 


Remarks.—This shell, with several other species, was brought by 
Mr Nicklin from the Hot Springs of Virginia, and kindly placed in 
my cabinet. It lives in a rivulet, whose channel is supplied by the 
waters of a hot anda cold spring. The Physa aurea inhabits the same 
stream. [It is the smallest species I know in our country, except the 
granosa of Say. It is rather larger, and very much resembles the vi- 
ridis (Lam.). Its habitat, however, is very different, as the viridis 
lives in “cold fountains.” 


Mexania Troostrana. Plate XXIII. fig. 86. 


Testd elevatd, fuscd, multistriald ; apice acuto ; anfractibus decem, supra carinalis ; aper- 
turd ovatd. 


Shell elevated, brown, thickly striated ; apex acute; whorls ten, above carinate ; 
apertare oval. 


Hab. Mossy Creek, Jefferson County, Ten. Professor Troost. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 
Diam. -5, Length 1-2 inches. 


Remarks.—I owe to Professor Troost this interesting species. It 
differs from any American species with which I am acquainted, in hav- 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 93 


ing a sharp carina, which is placed on the inferior part of the superior 
whorls. In its numerous striz it resembles the MM. multilineata (Say), 
which is now I believe acceded to be only a variety, much striated, of M. 
virginica of the same author. Most of the specimens which have come 
under my notice are white inside, with a purple spot on the columella, 
and an indistinct light band along the inferior part of the suture. Some 
individuals are, however, entirely purple inside, and this gives the epi- 
dermis quite a black appearance. 


Note.—When I described a Melania under the name of tuberculata, I had not seen Spix’s 
work on the fresh water shells of Brazil. Finding there the same name used for a Melania, 
mine must of course be changed, and I would propose the name of Spixiana for it. 


MEeELaAnia PLICIFERA. Plate XXIII. fig. 90. 


Testa acuto-turritd, subcrassd, tenebrosd ; spird plicifera ; apice truncato ; anfractibus 
convexiusculis, ultimo superne levi, inferne striato; apertura alba. 


Shell acutely turrited, rather thick, nearly black; spire full of folds; apex truncate; 
whorls somewhat convex, the last being smooth above and striate below ; aperture 
white. 


Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro- 
fessor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. °4, Length 1-1 inches. 


Remarks.— Among the fine shells brought by Professor Nuttall from 
beyond the Rocky Mountains, was this single species of Melania. It 
is remarkable for its numerous folds, or ribs, which fill the superior 
whorls. The inferior whorl is entirely without these ribs, but the 
inferior portion is furnished with transverse striae. I am indebted to 
Professor Nuttall for many specimens of this shell, all of which are 
more or less truncate at the apex. The most perfect one, which is 
small, has nine whorls. 

VI.—¥ 


94 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


~ Cycnostoma Popayana. Plate XXIII. fig. 76. 


Testa obtuso-converd, albida, pellucida, longitudinaliter striata, late umbilicatd, unifas- 
ciatd ; anfractibus quaternis ; apice acuminato ; labro acuto ; operculo subcrasso. 


. 
Shell obtusely convex, whitish, translucent, longitudinally striate, widely umbilicate, 
with a single band ; whorls four; apex pointed; lip sharp; operculum rather thick. 


Hab. New Granada, near Popayan. J. H. Gibbon, M.D. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. °8, Length °5 of an inch. 


Remarks.—Brought by Dr Gibbon from his recent expedition to 
South America. It very closely resembles C. striata (nobis), but may 
at once be distinguished by its longitudinal striae, the striata being 
transversely striate. The specimens were generally worn. That which 
is represented is the only one which had any part of the epidermis 
remain ng. 


LymneA sotipa. Plate XXIII. fig. 91. 


Testa elevato-conica, solida, levi, corned; spird subturritd ; anfractibus quinis ; columella 
reflecd ; apertura subovatd. 


Shell acutely conical, solid, smooth, horn colour ; spire rather turrited; whorls five ; 
columella reflected ; aperture subovate. 


Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro- 
fessor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. 5-20ths, Length 8-20ths of an inch. 


Remarks.—A single specimen of this species was among the shells 
given to me by Professor Nuttall. It differs from any species which 
I know, in being more solid. In this specimen the interior is brownish. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 95 


Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, July 21st, 1837. 


Unto Raneranus. Plate XVIII. fig. 56. 


Tesla obliqua, subcompressd, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominen- 
tibus ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus longis rectisque; margarita albd. 


Shell oblique, somewhat compressed, very inequilateral; valves rather thick ; beaks 
prominent ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long and straight; nacre white. 


Hab. Ohio River, near Cincinnati. T. G. Lea. 
near Poland, Ohio. Dr Kirtland. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 
Cabinet of Dr Kirtland. 

Diam. .8, Length 1-2, Breadth 1-8 inch. 

Shell oblique, somewhat compressed, flattened before the umbonial 
slope, very inequilateral; substance of the shell rather thick before, 
thinner behind; beaks prominent; ligament rather short; epidermis 
yellowish, covered with numerous green rays; cardinal teeth small; 
lateral teeth long and straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior 
cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed on the inferior part of the 
cardinal tooth ; cavity of the shell small; cavity of the beaks angular; 
nacre white. 


Remarks.—This shell has been known to our naturalists for some 
years, and has usually been considered a variety of U. perplexus (nobis), 
without the tubercles. In some of their characters they agree entirely, 
and the female, in both, has the same spreading out of the posterior 
inferior portion, which is usually of a darker green. It is a smaller 
shell than perplexus, and may be distinguished at once by its want of 
tubercles and by its having nearly equidistant distinct marks of growth 
which are scarcely visible in the other. In some of its characters it re- 


4, 


96 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


sembles U. capseformis (nobis), but that shell is elliptical while this is 
oblique. 

I owe to Dr Kirtland a fine suite of male and female specimens, and 
it was the examination of these which induced me to assign a distinct 
place for it among the species. 

I name it after an ardent student of the Mollusca, Mons. Sander 
Rang. 


AnopontTa Pepinianus. Plate XVI. fig. 51. 


Testa trapezio simili, inqwuilaterali, transversd; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominentibus ; 
clivo umboniali subelevato; epidermide striata; margarild alba. 


Shell trapezoidal, inequilateral, transverse; valves thin; beaks prominent ; umbonial 
slope rather elevated; epidermis striated; nacre white. 


Hab. Lake Pepin, Portage County, Ohio. B. Tappan, Esq. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Judge Tappan. 

Diam.;-7, Length 1-2, Breadth 2 inches. 

Shell trapezoidal, rather inflated, flattened on the sides, carinate be- 
hind, inequilateral, transverse; substance of the shell thin; beaks pro- 
minuent; umbonial slope rather elevated and rounded ; epidermis trans- 
versely striated, with the lines of growth strongly marked and appa- 
rently without rays. Anterior and posterior cicatrices both confluent; 
dorsal cicatrices in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the 
shell rather deep; cavity of the beaks rather deep; nacre white. 


Remarks.—I owe this shell to the kindness of my friend, Judge 
Tappan, who informs me that has observed it only in Lake Pepin. In 
its colour, and being fragile, it resembles the 4n. fragilis (Lam.). It 
may be distingnished from any of our species by its trapezoidal out- 
line. The two specimens in my possession, are both in the naere slightly 
incrusted with yellow spots. The smaller one being young and having 
the beaks perfect, exhibits numerous fine undulations at the tip. 

The specimen represented is of the largest size which Judge 'Tap- 
pan has seen. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 97 


AnoponTa ancuLaTa. Plate XVI. fig. 52. 


Testd obovatd, snbinflatd, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus, natibus subpromi- 
nulis ; clivo wmboniali carinato ; epidermide luteold, subradiatd ; margarita alba. 


Shell obovate, rather inflated, very inequilateral ; valves rather thin; beaks some- 
what prominent; umbonial slope carinate; epidermis yellow, somewhat radiated ; na- 
cre white. 


Hab. Lewis’s River. Professor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. °8, Length 1-1, Breadth 2-4 inches. 

Shell obovate, rather inflated, flattened before and behind the um- 
bonial slope, very inequilateral; substance of the shell rather thin; 
beaks somewhat prominent; umbonial slope acutely carinate ; epider- 
mis yellow, obscurely radiated on the posterior slope dark green; an- 
terior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices 
placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell 
rather deep and angular; cavity of the beaks shallow; nacre white. 


Remarks.—A single valve, and that with a small fracture, of this 
species was brought by Professor Nuttall. It is very peculiar in pos- 
sessing a carinate umbonial slope, and might, on account of this cha- 
racter, at first sight be mistaken for a wide specimen of Margaritana 
marginata. In this individual the cavity of the beak is salmon colour, 
but this may not be a permanent character. ‘The anterior margin 
being small, and the posterior one large, gives it the outline of a Modtola. 

Among the shells of this family brought from the Columbia River 
by this distinguished traveller and naturalist, were several specimens 
of Margaritana margaritifera. To find that this species inhabits the 
waters flowing into the Pacific, is of peculiar interest. Its being com- 
mon to the European rivers and those of the United States flowing 
into the Atlantic, gave it an importance in regard to its geographical 

VI.—Z 


98 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


distribution, which had attracted attention, as it is the only species 
which has been observed on both continents. Its discovery, now, in 
the Columbia River, adds much to that interest, as it proves it to exist 
on a very large portion of the circuit of our globe. It should be re- 
marked that the nacre of these specimens is purple, a character not 
observed from other localities. In all other characteristics there is not 
apparently any difference whatever. 


Carocotua Hyprana. Plate XXIIFE. fig. 73. 


Testa orbiculatd, utrinque converd, subfuscd, minute granulata, late umbilicata ; anfrac- 
tibus quinis; apertura subtriangulata, plicis quaternis inequalibus coarclatad; marginibus — 
connewis, reflexis, subrufis. 


Shell orbicular, on both sides convex, brownish, minutely granulated, widely umbi- 
licate ; whorls five ; aperture subtriangular, contracted, with four unequal folds ; mar- 
gin continuous, reflected, reddish. 


Hab. near Porto Cabello, S. A. J.H. Gibbon, M.D. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. 
Diam. 1:9, Length -9 of an inch. 


Remarks.—I owe the possession of this fine shell to the kindness of 
Dr Gibbon. It resembles so closely C. dabyrinthus (Lam.), that I have 
had some hesitation in proposing it as a new species. ‘There appears, 
however, to be a difference in the form of the mouth, in the number 
of the teeth, and in the surface being minutely granulate. The figure 
in Wood’s Catalogue (HZ. plicata, No. 27), is no doubt intended to re- 
present Lamarck’s labyrinthus, but the lower part of the mouth seems 
to be represented by three distinct folds. In some specimens of our 
shell the fourth tooth is wanting, and I presume this is owing to its 
immaturity. I have great pleasure in dedicating this species to my 
friend William Hyde, Esq. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 99 


Heuix Cauirorniensis. Plate XXIII. fig. 79. 


Test@ globosd, imperforatd, granosd, fused, unifasciatd; anfractibus quinis ; apertura 
subrotundatd ; labro reflexo; columella levi. 


Shell globose, imperforate, granose, brownish, single banded ; whorls five; aperture 
nearly round; outer lip reflected ; columella smooth. 


Hab. St Diego, Upper California. Professor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. -7, Length -6 of an inch. 


Remarks.—This species is remarkable for its globoseness and the 
single small dark band placed in the middle of a light and broader one 
immediately above the centre of the whorl. 


—_—_— 


Hexix Townsenprana. Plate XXIII. fig. 80. 


Testa obtuso-conicd, longitudinaliter striata, rugosd, fusca, umbilicaté 3 anfractibus quinis ; 
aperturd subrotundatd ; labro reflexo ; columellé levi. 


Shell obtusely conical, longitudinally striate,"rough, brownish, umbilicate ; whorls 
five ; aperture nearly round; lip reflected ; columella smooth. 


Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro- 
fessor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. 1, Length -6 of an inch. 


Remarks.—In general form, and nearly in size, this species resembles 
H.. thyroidus (Say), but differs from it in being of a darker colour and 
in being rugose. Under the microscope minute transverse strize may 
be observed. The lip is beautifully white, and the last whorl near its 


100 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


termination yellow. I name it after Mr Townsend, who accompanied 
Professor Nuttall in his travels to the Pacific. 


Heurx Nicexuinsana. Plate XXIII. fig. 84. 


Testd subglobosd, tenuiculd, albidd, longitudinaliter striata, nubild, perforata, unifascia- 
ta ; anfractibus quinis ; apertur@ rotundatd ; labro subreflexo ; columella levi. 


Shell subglobose, rather thin, whitish, longitudinally striate, clouded, perforate, sin- 
gle banded; whorls five ; aperture round ; lip slightly reflected ; columella smooth. 


Hab. St Diego, Upper Calefornia. Professor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 


Diam. °9, Length -7 of an inch. 


Remarks.—This species resembles #7. Caleforniensis (herein de- 
scribed), but differs in being less globose and in having no broad light 
band, as well as in being larger. ‘The whole shell, except the apex, 
is mottled, the inferior part of the whorls being lighter. In the spe- 
cimens before me the umbilicus is very nearly closed. 


Heuix Oreconensis. Plate XXIII. fig. 85. 


Testa subcarinatd, tenui, levi, rufo-fuscd, ad carinam bifasciatd, supern? subconvexd, in- 
ferne subinflatd. 


Shell subcarinate, thin, smooth, reddish brown, double banded on the carina, above 
slightly convex, below somewhat inflated. 


Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro- 
fessor Nuttall. 


My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 


Diam. °6, Length -4 of an inch. 
si 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 101 


Remarks.—It is much to be regretted that Professor Nuttall was 
unable to procure a mature specimen of this beautiful species. The 
description being made from a young individual is, of course, defective. 
It is impossible to say whether it be umbilicate and whether it may 
possess a reflected lip when mature. It may also acquire a much lar- 
ger size. It is remarkable for a dark brown and a white band on the 
carina. ‘That part of the specimen which has the epidermis, presents 
in it, under the microscope, a remarkable waved appearance. 


SuccineEA APERTA. Plate XXIII. fig. 107. 


Testa subrotunda, tenui, flavescente, levi; spird brevissinad; anfractibus binis, ultimo 
grandissimo ; aperturd latissima. 


Shell subrotund, thin, yellowish, smooth; spire very short; whorls two, the last 
being very large; aperture very wide. 


Hab. Banks of Columbia River. Professor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. -4, Length -& of an inch. 


Remarks.—This is one of the interesting shells brought by Mr 
Nuttall. It is remarkable for its fullness, for the size of the last whorl, 
and its mammiform apex, which is remarkably small. 


Patupina Nutrauuiana. Plate XXIII. fig. 89. 


Testa subglobosd, corned, levi ; suturis subimpressis ; anfractibus quaternis ; apertura 
alba, subrotunda. 


Shell subglobose, horn-coloured, smooth ; sutures rather impressed ; whorls four ; 
aperture white, nearly round. 


Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro- 
fessor Nuttall. 
‘VI.—2 A 


102 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. °3, Length 4 of an inch. 


Remarks.—There is a very close resemblance between this species 
and P. nuclea (herein described). It is, however, less oblique, larger, 
and less elevated in the spire. 


Lymnea apicrna. Plate XXIII. fig. 94. 


Testa obtuso-conicd, subsolidd, levi, corned ; spird breviuscula; anfractibus quaternis ; 
columellé reflexd ; apertura subovata. 


Shell obtusely conical, rather solid, smooth, horn-coloured; spire rather short; whorls 
four; columella reflected ; aperture subovate. 


Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro- 
fessor Nuttall. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall. 
Diam. °3, Length -4 of an inch. 


Remarks.—This small species is rather more globose than usual. 
It is distinguished by a dark apex. Within the outer lip there is a 
dark brown band. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 103 


Coxtinuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, January 5th, 1838. 


Unio pouapreFormis. Plate XXIV. fig. 113. 


i ellipticd, i it, 1 i AAS vulis crassis ; natibus inflatis inentibusque ; 
Tesla elliptica, inflata, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis ; natib lis prominentibusque ; 
epidermide levi; dentibus cardinalibus sublamellatis; lateralibus longis lamellatisque; mar- 
garitd alba et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, inflated, inequilateral; valves thick; beaks inflated and prominent ; 
epidermis smooth; cardinal teeth somewhat lamellar; lateral teeth long and lamellar ; 
nacre white and iridescent. 


Hab. Altamaha River, Liberty County, Georgia. Lewis Leconte, 
Esq. 

Hab. Altamaha River, near Darien. Professor Ravenel. 

My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Major Leconte. 
Cabinet of Professor Ravenel. 

Diam. 2:1, Length 3, Breadth 4-5 inches. 

Shell elliptical, inflated, inequilateral; substance of the shell thick, 
thinner on the posterior portion; beaks inflated and prominent; liga- 
ment rather short and very thick; epidermis brown, finely wrinkled, 
polished ; umbonial slope somewhat carinate, obscurely rayed; car- 
dinal teeth not very large, compressed; lateral teeth long, lamellar, 
curved, and separated from the cardinal teeth; anterior cicatrices dis- 
tinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices very large, and 
placed on the inside of the plate between the cardinal and lateral 
teeth; cavity of the shell large and deep; cavity of the beaks large 
and subangular; nacre pearly white, iridescent, sometimes pinkish in 
the teeth and cavity of the beaks. 


Remarks.—There is a group of Uniones to which this belongs, 
which have a close resemblance to each other in nearly all their cha- 
racteristics. The U. ovatus (Say) may be considered the type of this 


104 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


group, and it has been with some hesitation that I have added another 
species. The dolabraformis stands between ovatus (Say) and occidens 
(nobis), and when young I should suppose would resemble U. globosus 
(Lea). This shell was among those sent by Lewis Leconte, Esq. to 
his brother, to whom I am greatly indebted for the possession of many 
fine species. The strong resemblance this species bore to the occt- 
dens (nobis) induced me to defer, when I described the other new 
ones, the description of this for better specimens to decide upon. The 
acquisition of several fine ones from Professor Ravenel no longer left 
any doubt in my mind of the propriety of proposing it as a new spe- 
cies. The female shell, like the oecidens, is very broad at the posterior 
margin. 


Unio Novi-Esoract. Plate XXIV. fig. 114. 


Teslii ellipticd, subcompressd, inequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus subprominen- 
libus, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide luteola, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis erec- 
tisque; lateralibus longis rectisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, somewhat compressed, inequilateral; valves rather thick; beaks 
somewhat prominent, undulated at the tip; epidermis yellow and radiated; cardinal 
teeth large and erect; lateral teeth long and straight; nacre white and iridescent. 


Hab. Oak Orchard Creek, Orleans County, New York. J.C. Jay, 

M.D. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Jay. 

Diam. -7, Length 1-1, Breadth 2-2 inches. 

Shell elliptical, somewhat compressed, inequilateral; substance of 
the shell rather thick, thinner on the posterior portion; beaks some- 
what prominent, and minutely undulated at the tip; epidermis yellow, 
with green rays nearly over the whole disk; cardinal teeth large, erect 
and deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth long, straight, and sepa- 
rated from the cardinal teeth; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior 
cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavi- 
ty of the beaks; cavity of the shell shallow; cavity of the beaks sub- 


+ 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 105 


angular and shallow; nacre white, and very iridescent on the posterior 
portion. 


Remarks.—This species more nearly resembles U. iris (nobis) than 
any other I am acquainted with. It is, however, a thicker shell, more 
angular behind, and not quite so transverse. The epidermis is more 
yellow. I am indebted to the kindness of Dr Jay for the specimen 
in my cabinet, from which the figure is taken. 


Unio Cuarmornensis. Plate XXIV. fig. 115. 


Testa ellipticd, subinflata, inequilaterali; valvulis crassis; natibus subprominentibus ; 
epidermide luteola, levi; dentibus cardinalibus parvis; lateralibus longis lamellatisque ; 
margarild alba et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, somewhat inflated, inequilateral; valves thick; beaks somewhat pro- 
minent; epidermis yellow, smooth; cardinal teeth small ; lateral teeth long and lamel- 
lar; nacre white and iridescent. 


Hab. Alabama River, near Claiborne. Judge Tait. 
My Cabinet. 

Diam. -6, Length 1, Breadth 1-7 inches. 

Shell elliptical, somewhat inflated, inequilateral; valves thick; 
beaks somewhat prominent; ligament rather long and thin; epider- 
mis yellow, smooth, with a few obsolete rays; cardinal teeth small and 
compressed ; lateral teeth long, lamellar, and nearly straight; anterior 
cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices 
placed in the interior of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell 
not very deep; cavity of the beaks small; nacre pearly white and iri- 
descent. 


Remarks.—Among the number of fine shells sent to me some years 
since by the late Judge Tait, was one whole specimen and an odd 
valve of this shell. In hopes of procuring more and better specimens. 
I delayed bringing it forward as a new species, and regret now to have 
to figure and describe an individual not mature, the odd valve being 

VI.—2 B 


106 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


considerably larger. It has a strong resemblance to U. luteolus (Lam. ) 
and to U. Hydianus (nobis), but does not, like them, possess distinct 
rays. 


ANODONTA SUBCYLINDRACEA. Plate XXIV. fig. 117. 


Tesla ellipticd, inflata, subcylindraced, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus; natibus 
subprominentibus undulatisque; epidermide fusca; margarita subcaruled et iridescente. 


Shell elliptical, inflated, nearly cylindrical, very inequilateral; valves thin; beaks 
somewhat prominent and undulated ; epidermis brown; nacre bluish and iridescent. 


Hab. Oak Orchard Creek, Orleans County, New York. J. C. Jay, 

M. D. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Dr Jay. 

Diam. ‘8, Length 1-1, Breadth 2-2 inches. 

Shell elliptical, inflated, rounded at both ends, nearly cylindrical, 
very inequilateral; substance of the shell very thin; beaks somewhat 
prominent and minutely undulated at the tip; epidermis brown, and 
without rays; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cicatrices con- 
fluent ; dorsal cicatrices not perceptible; cavity of the shell deep; cavi- 
ty of the beaks very shallow; nacre bluish and iridescent. 


Remarks.—This Anodonta resembles, particularly in an immature 
state, the dn. Ferussaciana (nobis). It is not, however, so large a shell, 
and the beak is more terminal. The undulations of the beaks, which 
are nearly concentric, are also smaller. Dr Jay very kindly placed 
the shell above described at my disposal many months since. 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 107 


Potyeyra DorreuituiaNna. Plate XXIV. fig. 118. 


Testi supern? obtuso-conicd, inferne subinflatd, nitidd, corned, longitudinaliter striata, 
late umbilicata ; anfractibus senis ; apertura lunatd, tridentata. 


Shell above obtusely conical, below somewhat inflated, shining, horn-colour ; longi- 
tudinally striate, widely umbilicate; whorls six; aperture lunate, three-toothed. 


Hab. Ohio. Mr Dorfeuille, Cincinnati. 
My Cabinet. 
Diam. °3, Length -2 of an inch. 


Remarks.—I adopt Mr Say’s genus Polygyra, believing the divi- 
sion, though very artificial, quite as good as many made by Lamarck. 
This species has, like Polygyra fatigiata (Say) and P. plicata (Say), 
one large tooth on the left lip and two smaller ones on the right lip. 
It differs from the first in not being carinate, from the last in being 
larger and having larger strie. In the Dorfeuilliana the tooth on the 
left lip is large and square, with an indentation in the centre. The 
view into the mouth is nearly obstructed by the teeth, leaving, to ap- 
pearance, three nearly square apertures. The superior part of the shell 
is striate, while the inferior part is nearly smooth, and exhibits two 
volutions. I have seen but a single specimen, which I believe is the 
only one obtained by Mr Dorfeuille, who obligingly sent it to me. 


Potyeyra Troostiana. Plate XXIV. fig. 119. 


Testa superne subplanulata, inferne subinflatd, corned, longitudinaliter striat@, late umbi- 
licata ; anfractibus senis ; apertura lunatd, tridentata. 


Shell above nearly flat, below somewhat inflated, horn-coloured, longitudinally stri- 
ate, widely umbilicate ; whorls six; aperture lunate, three-toothed. 


Hab. Tennessee. Professor Troost. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Professor Troost. 
Diam. -4, Length -2 of an inch. 


108 DESCRIPTION OF NEW 


Remarks.—This species strongly resembles P. Dorfeuilliana, here- 
in described, being nearly of the same size, and possessing most of its 
characters. It differs, however, in the large solid tooth on the left lip 
being more angular, and in the two teeth on the right lip being some- 
what differently placed. In the stria it differs much, these being lar- 
ger, much better defined, and passing entirely over the whorls. In 
the umbilicus it is wider, and shows more of the two whorls. This 
shell forms the fourth of a group, the form of the apertures of which 
is exceedingly alike, viz. P. fatigiata (Say), P. plicata (Say), and P. 
Dorfeuilliana (nobis). 


Continuation of Mr Leas Paper. Read, January 19th, 1838. 


Unio Browntanus. Plate XXIV. fig. 116. 


Testa trigoni, inflatd, vald? inequilaterali, alata ; valvulis crassis ; natibus prominentibus , 


epidermide striata; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus ; lateralibus longis; margarilé 
alba. 


Shell triangular, inflated, very inequilateral, winged; valves thick; beaks promi- 
nent; epidermis striated; cardinal teeth rather large; lateral teeth long; nacre 
white. 


Hab. River Amazon, South America. Captain George Brown. 
My Cabinet. 
Cabinet of Captain Brown. 

Diam. 1, Length 1, Breadth 2 inches. 

Shell triangular, inflated, very inequilateral, winged on the poste- 
rior part; substance of the shell thick; beaks prominent; ligament 
rather long and thin; epidermis dark brown, finely striate, and polish- 
ed on the umbones; umbones inflated; umbonial slope carinate ; car- 
dinal teeth rather large and striate; lateral teeth long and nearly 


FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 109 


straight; anterior cicatrices distinct, the smaller being situated above 
the large one; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices very 
small; cavity of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beaks shallow. 


Remarks.—This shell belongs to Lamarck’s genus Hyria, which, in 
my proposed arrangement, I have placed among the Uniones having 
one cardinal and one lateral tooth. Iam induced to believe in the 
propriety of this remaining so, until we shall have a better knowledge 
of the whole family, and of course a natural arrangement. In a pre- 
vious memoir* I noticed the fact, that in the genus Hyria the cicatrix 
of the extensor muscle was placed over that of the anterior adductor 
muscle. In the Brownianus we find them in the same relative posi- 
tion. 

I am indebted to Captain Brown for the examination of three spe- 
cimens of this species, which he brought from the Amazon, with the 
other two species already known to exist there. It most resembles 7. 
syrmatophora, but differs from it in being more transverse, being less 
carinate, having a shorter cardinal tooth, which is more striate, and in 
having a wing much less elevated. The umbones are also more infla- 
ted before the umbonial slope. It may be proper to remark here, that 
in some individuals of the genus Hyria an imperfect crenulation of 
the lateral tooth may be found, somewhat similar to the genus Casta- 
hia (Lam.), and this is the case with one of the specimens of the spe- 
cies proposed above. : 


* Vol. IV., p. 67. 


yi.—2 ¢ 


SYSTEMATIC INDEX 


OF 


THE SHELLS DESCRIBED IN MR LEA’S MEMOIR. 


Page _ Page 
Unio arctior - - ) Unio Muhlfeldianus - - 41 
Barnesianus - - 31 notatus = - - - 28 
Bengalensis - - - 3 Novi-Eboraci - - 104 
Brownianus - - 108 obscurus = - - 7 
carbonarius - - - 37 pliciferus - - - 61 
Claibornensis - - 105 pulcher - - - 6 . 
coccineus - - - 12 pumilus - - e. 23 
contradens - - 75 Rangianus - - 95 os 
creperus - - - 33 Roanokensis = - - - 27 . a . 
Cumberlandicus— - - 25 simus - - - 26 a 
discus - - - 74 splendidus - : - 70 
dolabreeformis : - 103 spinosus - - - 57 
Dorfeuillianus - - 73 solidus - - - 13 e 
Fisherianus - - 8 Tampicoensis : - 24 1 , 
folliculatus - - - 38 Tappanianus” - - - 62 
gibber - - - 35 turgidus- - - 11 
_glaber - - - 34 Vanuxemensis - - 36 
graniferus - - 69 Vaughanianus - : 5 
Hopetonensis - : - 29 venustus - - - 4 
Hydianus - - - 14 Zeiglerianus - - 32 
interruptus : - - 15 Margaritana arcula - - = 7 
Jayensis  - - - 28 _deltoidea = - - 43 
jejunus = % - 9 fabula_ - a 41a 
lamellatus - - - 19 Holstonia - - 42 - 
Lecontianus = - - - 40 Anodonta angulata = - : - 97 
lugubris- - - 30 Buchanensis  - - 47 
Medellinus - - - 39 cylindracea - - 45 " 
Menkianus - - 76 decora - - - 64 


SYSTEMATIC INDEX OF MR LEA’S MEMOIR. 


Anodonta exilis - - 
gigantea 
Newtoniensis 
Nuttalliana 
Oregonensis 
ovata - 
Pepiniana - 
pavonia - 
salmonia - 
subcylindracea 
Wahlamatensis 
Wardiana 

Tridina celestis - - 

Helix Californiensis 

Columbiana - 
magnifica - 
Mitchelliana - 
Nickliniana - 
Nuttalliana - 
Oregonensis 
Townsendiana~ - 
Vancouverensis 
Wardiana - 

Carocolla Hydiana - 

Polygyra Dorfeuilliana - 
Troostiana 

Bulimus Columbianus~ - 

corneus - 
decoratus - 


Page 
81 


100 


100 


107 
107 


Bulimus Gibbonius 
glandiformis 
gracilis - 
lacteus - 
maculatus - 
parvus - 
Pealianus - 
virgo - 

Succinea aperta - 


Megaspira Ruschenbergiana - 


Cyclostoma maculata 
Popayana 
Planorbis lens - 
Physa aurea - 
Lymnea solida - 
apicina 
Melania inflata - 
plicata 
plicifera - 
Troostiana 
Paludina hyalina 
Nickliniana 
nuclea - 
Nuttalliana 
pallida - 
sinistrosa 
virens - 
Ampullaria Pealiana 


1 


Page 


102 


101 


it) mo) “Aue 10 
a4 
an rroltlinaly wg) ; ret 
Mims ~ i Ailionty ~ WW, ‘ se, pd s . 
Ay pee = wapoul vr Hit pom i a 
is 7 annfoowae aT) i i ; 
af we Ae 
7 2 unt liin ey Ae : 
aa) »- onal y “oy. , 7 5 cts . 
101 C= may domiaggth SRY) Qe sé et aa? 
ig wit wine uns wianyn hh ths os » ipl ~ 
Pa hel Ahir antabroly: 1 oe Ay ‘duals » 
WV bowearpa’t iy. - - 
ely onal fhianall $e 
+i aura nayh he a 
bu ahiioe nana tet ths 
roi - HAH ’ Wii 
i f z: e. litt wn vos « 
mn _ Basile (hp) oe - Al 
i custo Cer a 
ie = i fadhyoryt qutiie a Z " lids 0 at a 
j 7 vitiforgrl aap hates wT =» a. : 4 is 
th paratitla ¥ Me} _er > s i is Vi Ay = 
Ai Hols ey ny is — a Tail in) hs 
ial oy F diet univ aU is =o Ainih i “on™ 
¥ ’ Ahibig : ny it ‘ ‘yt Vien & : 
ia nad daltby >is i = 
iG : ~ anti ange rye a" me, / “ ioe : 
uf - = ausilen’ t evn tluguta ii os Soe “ty 
7 he % : a 
es 


Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. 


SYNOPSIS 


OF 


THE FAMILY OF NAIADES. 


Tue following table of arrangement and synonymy was undertaken 
purely with the view and in the hope of clearing away the difficulties 
which had incumbered one of the most interesting families of the 
Mollusca. In this attempt the author met, while pursuing his task, 
with obstructions and difficulties which he little anticipated at its com- 
mencement. The want of some of the books of reference, and the 
confusion which reigned throughout many of them, sometimes pre- 
sented obstacles which seemed almost insurmountable. Inattempting 
to establish the synonymy, he has endeavoured to render the strictest 
justice, and if in any case it is found he has failed to do this, it will be 
a matter of sincere regret to him. 

In the following tables there will be found in the family 323 recent 
species as admitted, 29 unknown to me or doubtful, and 22 fossil; in 
all 374. 

Of the subgenus Unio, there are 235 species in a recent state, and 
20 which I have not been able to admit as certain ; of fossil species 21, 

viI.—2 D 


114 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


Of the subgenus Margaritana there are 20 admitted species, and 2 
which are unknown to me. 

Of the subgenus Dipsas I know of but 2 species, both of which 
are recent. 

Of the subgenus Anodonta there are 58 admitted species, and 7 
which are unknown to me. Of fossil species there is one which is 
doubtful. 

The subgenus Jridina has 2 species, both recent. 

The subgenus Spatha has 6 species, all recent. 


Most of the distinguished authors who have written on the subject 
of the division of the Family Naitades of Lamarck, have acknowledged 
the extreme difficulty they have encountered in separating it into sub- 
divisions. This difficulty is not peculiar to the Naiades. In most of 
the families where a great number of species have been observed, we 
find these species so merging, and in some of their characters so fading 
away into each other, that we scarcely know how, indeed in some 
instances it is impossible, to make the separation with precision. “ Na- 
tura non facit saltum.” In the vegetable kingdom the same obstruc- 
tions to a system are encountered. The observations of Lindley* are 
so just and philosophic, that I cannot refrain from quoting them here :— 

“Species are created by Nature herself, and remain always the same, 
in whatever manner they may be combined: they form the basis of 
all classification, and are the only part of it which can be considered 
absolute. For although ina natural system, all other combinations, 
whether genera, tribes, orders, or by whatever name they may be 
known, comprehend species agreeing much more with each other than 
with any thing else, and having a positive general resemblance in the 
majority of their features, yet no fixed limits can be assigned to any of 


* See Introd. to Botany, p. 307. 


THE FAMILY OF NAIADES. 115 


them; on the contrary, they pass, by means of various intermediate 
species, into the other genera, tribes, orders, &c., to which they are 
most nearly allied. For this reason, viz., that no fixed limits can be 
assigned to orders, genera, &c., we find the ideas about them fluctuat- 
ing with the degree of our knowledge; which is the true cause of those 
changes in the limits of genera, &c., which persons unacquainted with 
the subject are apt to consider arbitrary; but which, in skilful hands, 
are dependent upon a progressive advance in the knowledge of science.” 

Blainville, in his “ Manuel de Malacologie,” divides the Matades (his 
Sub-Mytilacea) into Anodonta and Unio, but thinks that species will 
be found which will make these to be united.* 

Sowerby says, “the difficulty of ascertaining to which genus of La- 
marckian JVatades certain species belong, arises from the very general 
similarity of form,” &c.; “in fact, an examination of a sufficient num- 
ber of species will prove that no dependence can be placed upon the 
characters by which authors usually attempt to discriminate between 
these genera, and that the transition from one to another is so gradual 
in some instances, and so strongly marked in others, that it is not sur- 
prising that authors who having only met with certain species, and not 
being aware of such intermediate links, should have considered them 
as the types of new genera.”+ And further, “we think we have al- 
ready said enough to prove, that unless it be thought wise to elevate 
each of the peculiar sorts we have mentioned, and many more, into dis- 
tinct genera, it will be positively necessary to unite them altogether 
under one generic appellation.” Swainson (Zool. Illus., second series) 
divides this family into Unio, Hyria, Iridina, Anodon, and Alasmodon, 
but in describing An. areolatus speaks of the genera gliding into each 
other. 

Deshayes, in his edition of Lamarck’s “Animaux sans Vertebres,” 
says it is impossible to separate the genera of the Waiades. “Nous 
pourrions prendre pour exemple celui des genres qui est consideré 
comme l’un des mieux caractérisés. Le genre Symphynote est fondé 
sur ce caractere remarkable que les deux valves sont soudées entre elles 
le long du bord superieur,” etc. “Nous concluons que tout ce grand 


* See page 540. t Zool. Journ. Vol. I. 


116 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


ensemble ne peut et ne doit former qu’un seul genre constituent a lui 
seul la famille des ayades.”* 

It might be expected that some attempt of the application of M’Leay’s 
circular system should be made in regard to this family. Swainson 
says that “the progression of every natural series is in a cirele.”+ In 
my attempts to verify this, I have not been successful. That the came 
idea exists in the construction of species is evident through a great num- 
ber, but that this idea is returned to the point at which it commenced 
I am not prepared to admit. 

To form a systematic, and, so far as possible, a natural arrangement 
of this family, has long occupied my serious attention. 

I was, from my first knowledge of the family, struck with the very 
different aspect of the winged species, and, taking the hint of Lamarck,t 
I thought that an important division could be made by separating the 
connate from the free shells, and proposed the name of Symphynota 
for such as were connate. I was not satisfied at that time in separating 
a genus of this family by a character differing from that of the teeth, 
but presumed that the family would be taken up by some one, if not 
by myself, and that the first division of it would be symphynote and 
non-symphynote Natades. 'The numerous new species which have 
been made known since, have satisfied me that this character cannot 
be so extensively and usefully applied as I then thought it could, and 
that it is not in fact free from the same objection which pervades so 
many generic characters as adopted by the most intelligent naturalists, 
viz. that perfect fading and mingling of character which interferes with 
all the systems yet formed. 


Vol. VI. p. 526.—I will be excused in taking this opportunity to correct an erroneous 
impression on the mind of M. Deshayes. He says that I was not able to examine the collec- 
tion of the Museum of Paris. ‘‘ Malgré cette imperfection qu’il ne pouvait empécher, le travail 
de M. Lea se recommende & l’attention des naturalistes par ces observations judicieuses, des 
descriptions exactes,”’ ete. It would be strange, indeed, if after spending so many years in 
the study of this family, that I should neglect, while in Paris, to see the collections from 
which Lamarck made so many descriptions. I was frequently at the museum, and on one 
particular occasion, by appointment of MM. Blainville and Ferussac, arranged, in the pre- 
sence of these and other gentlemen, all the species of the Naiades that were in the museum, 
and named them; and also presented to the museum about fifteen species which were new to 
that great national institution. I also did the same thing for Baron Ferussac, having desig- 
nated every specimen in his cabinet belonging to this family. 

+ Swainson, in Lard. Cycl. Nat. Hist. p. 247. tee VOleov ls p37.0, 


THE FAMILY OF NAIADES. 117 


Sowerby, after examining into the propriety of dividing the family 
into genera, came to the conclusion of keeping but one genus, viz. Unio: 
this he divided into A without teeth, B with teeth. These he subdi- 
vided into winged and not winged. Another subdivision followed 
these, on the presence, form, and absence of teeth. There is evidently 
much merit in this division; but it is not perfect; nor ought we to ex- 
pect perfection, I believe, in any system. Ferussac informed me, when 
in Paris, that he proposed to consider the Family Naiades to consist of 
one genus, Margaritifera, which genus he divides into the following 
subgenera: 1. Anodonta; 2. Iridina; 3. Dipsas; 4. Triquetra;* 5. 
Alasmodonta; 6. Unio. 

In Vol. 3 of our Trans. p. 398, Mr Nicklin expresses the opinion 
“that the seven genera, now referred to the family of Naiades, are 
founded in artificial distinctions, and not in nature ; and that in fact the 
family contains but one genus.” 

After mature reflection, I have come to the conclusion, in forming 
this systematic arrangement and catalogue, to divide the family into 
two genera, Margarita and Platiris, and both of these into subgenera. 
Under this system, the best place for the symphynote shells would be 
a division of the subgenera into Symphynote and Non-Symphynote. 


* Klein. This it would appear Baron F. intended should embrace my genus Symphy- 
nota, as he included all he knew of them except S. bialata. 


vVI.—2E 


FAMILY NAIADES 
I. GENUS MARGARITA 
= w 2 


. Subgenus Unio, 


. Subgenus Dipsas, 


LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


Symphynote—Unio alatus," 
Xe. 
Non-Symphynote—U. picto- 


Having a cardinal and lateral tooth. “4 
rum,’ Xc. 


nata,° Ke. 


Subgenus Margaritana, Symphynote—Alas. compla- 
Non-Symphynote—Alas. un- 


Having one tooth (cardinal). 


‘{  dulata,’ &c. 


Symphynote—Dipsas _plica- 
Having a linear tooth under the dor- tus.” 


sal margin. 


Subgenus Anodonta, fica,’ &e. 
Non-Symphynote—An. flu- 


Having no teeth. 


L 
f Symphynote—Sym. magni- 
| 


viatilis,’ Xe. 
= { 1. Subgenus Iridina, PHP ERIDE re exoti- 
& 
= Having a crenulate dorsal margin. 
a 
£ ) 2. Subgenus Spatha say ts 
e 6 =~ Non-Symphynote—I. Niloti- 
F Having the dorsal margin non-cre- ca. 
. nulate. 
After the divisions of Symphynote and Non-Symphynote shells, we 
have what appears to me four very natural subdivisions, viz. 

a Of Say. 

b Of Lamarck. 

© Of Barnes. 

a Of Say. 

© OflLeach. Only two species yet known, this and S. discoidea, Lea. 

£ Lea. 

8 Mytilus fluviatilis, Sol., Dill. &c. An. cataracta, Say. 

h Of Lamarck. 

' Of Sowerby, 


— ee — lO 


THE FAMILY OF NAIADES. 119 


1. Plicate shells.* 3. Spinous shells.t 
2. Nodulous shells.t 4, Smooth shells. 


Each of these subdivisions may be again separated, according to the 
form of their outline, thus: 


1. Quadrate.* 6. Subrotund.* 
2. 'Triangular.° 7. Wide.‘ 

3. Oblique.* 8. Obovate." 
4. Oval.’ 9. Arcuate.’ 
5. Oblong.° 


The shell is supposed to be lying on its side with the ligament fur- 
thest removed from the observer, and the beak to the right of it. The 
base will of course be nearest to him, and the anterior margin to his 
right, while the posterior margin will be to the left. This is my mode 
of arranging my whole cabinet, which contains over 2100 specimens 
of this family, each differing in some character or locality. 

In attempting to make acomplete synopsis of the Naiades, much la- 
bour has necessarily been expended. I do not present this as a perfect 
work, but it has been made as much so as the opportunities in my pos- 
session permitted. Errors may have arisen from two sources: first, 
default of judgment; second, from accident, owing to the mass of re- 
search necessary to accomplish the object, considering the crude state 


As Unio plicatus. Lesweur. 

As Unio pustulosus. Lea. 

As Unio spinosus. Lea. 

As Unio complanatus. (U. purpureus. Say.) 
No regard of course is paid in this division to the folds or undulations of the beaks, as all 

the species are more or less disposed to this character. 
2 As U. asperrimus. Lea. 

As U. triangularis. Barnes. 

As U. clavatus. Lam. 

As U. crassus. Say. 

As U.complanatus. Solander. 

As U. circulus. Lea. 

As U. rectus. Zam. 

As U. modioliformis. Lea. 

As M. margaritifera. (Al. arcuata. Barnes.) 


Wr a OK 


“wm rohan 


120 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


the subject was in. I shall be most agreeably disappointed if there be 
not parts pointed out as erroneous which are substantially correct. It 
will be observed that the works of M. Rafinesque are but little quoted. 
This has arisen from the utter impossibility of satisfying myself as to 
his species, causing me at an early period to abandon the task of mak- 
ing out his very imperfect descriptions. His own discrepancy in the 
names sent to Ferussac,* and those which are attached to specimens 
here, together with the want of accordance in the tables made out by 
his friends, have induced me to regard his claims as being too slender 
torely upon the decisions, so contradictory, of the several parties, in the 
absence of the individual specimens noted. In the absence of these 
specimens, which no naturalist has, I believe, ever seen but the Profes- 
sor, I feel myself compelled to prefer other authorities, which are now 
almost universally received by our men of science. I am the more 
fortified in this conclusion, when I see that his most ardent advocate 
acknowledges that he has made six species from a single one ;} and the 
absurdity is still stronger when we turn to Professor R.’s monograph, 
and find that this single species has furnished several gencra, and is 
placed in fact in two different sub-families !!! 

In regard to the Catalogue published last year by Baron Ferussac, 
in which he gives precedence to many of Professor Rafinesque’s names, 
it must be remembered that this has been done on the authority of 
others, and not from the inspection of the subjects themselves. Had 
he known the manner in which these claims had been brought for- 
ward, he certainly would have admitted them with doubt. 


‘« Les erreurs involuntaires qui échappent & M. Rafinesque dans ses envois augmentent 
aussi la difficulté de reconnaitre ses espéces. Nous avons recu de lui les mémes coquilles 
sous différents noms, et d’autres avec les noms évidemment autres que ceux qu’elles portent 
dans sa Monographie. II en est résulté une difficulté inextricable pour la détermination de 
ses espéces, et pour pouvoir établir une synonymie exacte entre lui et les autres qui, depuis, 
se sont occupés des Mulettes.”’"—Magasin de Zoologie, p. 13. 

+ Conrad’s Synoptical Table on New Fresh Water Shells of the United States, p. 72. 
U. triangularis. 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 121 


FAMILY NAIADES.—Zamarck. 


GENUS MARGARITA. 


I. SUBGENUS UNIO. 


TRIANGULAR. 
TRIANGULAR. Hyria avicularis. Lam. Crouch. 
*angulatus. Lea. Hyria syrmatophora. Sow. 
Hyria corrugata.t Lam. Sow. Hyria elongata?|| Swain. 
Mya angulata. Wood. Unio caudatus.§ Wagner. 
si Unio corrugata. Blain. Prisodon obliquus. Schum. 
3 Unio rugosus. Wagner.§ Prisodon truncatus. Schum. 
m Paxyodon ponderosus. Schum. Diplodon furcatum.§ — Spiz. 


Triplodon rugosus. Spix.§ 


n : 
z a *Brownianus. Lea. 
S gigas. Lea. = 
Zz 4 . 6 i 
L dia gigas. Swain. Zz 
# a a na = |e *levissimus. Lea. 
= 48 Symph. levissima. Lea, in Trans. 
S *inflatus. Lea. Sq ier ae ° 
= aaa Ton A ecle Am. P.S. Eaton. 
= eee ean Trans. Ain. bri Unio levissima. Deshayes. 
= Ps: Aa 
> = 
: : 
*alatus. Say. *eracilis. Barnes. Hild. 
Unio alatus. Say. Lam. Swain. Unio planus. Barnes. 
Jey eAth Unio fragilis. Swain. 
Mya alata. Wood. Symph. gracilis. Lea, in Trans. Am. 
Symph. alata. Lea, Trans. Am. P.S. P.S. Eaton. 


*syrmatophorus. Lea. *compressus. Lea. 


Mya syrmatophora. Gronovius. Gmel. Symph. compressa. Lea, in Trans. 
Wood. Dill. Am. P.S. 


ee 
SMOOTH. 


* All the species preceded by an * are in my Cabinet. ‘The inner column forms the Synonyms. 

+ It will be observed, throughout this Synopsis, that where any change has been made of generic or speci- 
fic names, that I have placed my name there. This is not done with a view to claim any merit, but in accord- 
ance with that which is usually done. The object is to show the author of the change, and nothing further. 

t This specific name having been used by the older conchologists, as well as Lamarck, for a shell from In- 


dia (Unio corrugata), it becomes necessary, as I retain that as the older, to change this, which I do to Wood’s 
name. 


§ On the authority of Ferussac. 


|| Mr Gray thinks this to be a « perfectly distinct species.” I have never seen the shell, and feel too much 
in doubt to insert it as such. 


VI.—2 F 


122 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


( {QUADRATE. TRIANGULAR. 
*Nicklinianus.t Lea. Cast. quadrilatera.|| D?’ Orb. 


Cast. inflata. D? Orb. 
*celatus. Con. ban 


PAE *foliatus.4] Hild. 
*multiplicatus.{ Lea. Unio flexuosa? Ref 
Unio heros. Say, in Disseminator. Unio Aces eau: Con. ee eniaes 
Unio undulatus. Say, Am. Conch. Shik uaae , > 
é y pe le 


No. 2. Deshayes. : : : 
Unio foliatus. ‘ = 
Unio heros. Say, Am. Conch. No. 6. tcoat Comer tnplale 4, Mo 


*undulatus. Bar. Valen. Hild. Desh. 
Unio costata? Raf. 
Unio costatus. Con. 


OVAL. 
*pliciferus. Lea. 


WIDE. 
*multistriatus. Lea. D’Orb. 
Diplodon ellipticum? —Spix. 


*plicatus. Lesueur. Say. Bar. Eat. Hild. 
Unio Peruviana. Lam. 
Unio rariplicata. Lam. 
Unio Dombeyanus. Valen. 
Unio undulata. Desh. 
Unio multiplicata. Desh. 


PLICATE. 


*subtentus. Say. Con. 


*Conradicus. Lea. 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES. 
PLICATE 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNLONES. 


sope 
aculissimus. Lea. 
Lea. 


Unio crassidens. Lam. Var. a. 


*Murchisonianus. Lea. 
Unio interruptus.§ Say. 


Unio Douglasiz. Gray. 


TRIANGULAR. *Grayanus. Lea. 
*ambiguus. Lea. ‘ 


Castalia ambigua. Lam. D’Orb. ARCUATE. 

Unio ambigua. Blain. Desh. Sow. ponderosus. Lea. ‘ 

Mya ambigua. Wood. Mya ponderosa. Solan. Dill. 
Tetraplodon pectinatum.  Spiz. Mya crassa. Wood. 


| *trapezoides. 


+ This distinct and beautiful species was described from a single valve not entirely perfect. When the 
whole shall be found perfect, I think it likely to prove symphynote. 

{ When I deseribed the multiplicatus in 1830, I had had several specimens for two or three years, and was 
not aware that Mr Say had published a shell under the name of heros, which he subsequently abandoned as the 
undulatus of Barnes; but in 1834 reclaimed as heros. I consider that Mr Say’s abandonment of the species 
entitles me to it, if my previous claim be not sufficient. 

§ Mr Say, in his “Synonymy,” claims precedence in this species, although my Memoir bears date May 
1830, while his is December 1831. (See Transylvania Journal, Vol. V.) ‘The reader will not after this be 
surprised to be told that Mr Say does not allow me, in his very incorrect ‘‘ Synonymy,” to be the discoverer of 
a single new species of Unio from our western waters! ! I may be allowed also to state, that I do not under- 
stand why he gives the same name to two of his different numbers: thus, he calls No. 17, U. interruptus, Ra- 
fin.; and No. 47, U. interruptus, Say. The species are evidently distinct. 

| Lowe to the kindness of M. D’Orbigny specimens of this and inflata. I regret, however, that I am compelled 
to differ in opinion with this distinguished naturalist, believing, as I do, that there has been as yet observed but 
one species of Lamarck’s Castalia. 

§ The male of foliatus is certainly a triangular shell—the female differs in form very much, having a deep 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 123 


QUADRATE. TRIANGULAR. 
*lacrymosus.t Lea. *cornutus. Bar. 
Unio reflexa? Raf. 
*asperrimus.{ Lea. Unio reflexus. Con. 
Unio quadrulus. Say. 
SUBROTUND. 
*fragosus.§ Con. *pustulosus. Lea. 
Unio verrucosus. Bar. Var. b. 
Phillipsii. Con. Unio verrucosa. Valen. 
- &, Unio verrucosus albus. Say; but 
eI *pustulatus. Lea. SI not of Hildreth.|| 
S S 
Bi *Schoolcraftensis. Lea. S *turgidus. Lea. 
ae Unio prasinus. Con. A|s Unio Mortoni. Con. 
OJA OW-g 
m) a Zs *C rl Lea 
& | | rrrancurar. aie oe ca j 
a : 
= SEDER oy Re ; *verrucosus. Bar. Lat. 
z a @ Unio tuberculata? Raf. 
fo epee Was S Unio tuberculosa. Valen. 
z 4 
tek Unio verrucosus purpureus. Hild. 
Se eee ian Unio rabereniaiie ea 
*stapes. Lea. *oraniferus. Lea. 
*metanever. Lea. *nodulosus. Lea. 
Unio metanevra. Raf. Mya nodulosa.§[ Wood. Dill. 
Unio nodosus. Bar. 
Uniorugosus (Flat). Bar. *jrroratus. Lea. Eaton. 
L Unio metanevrus. Con, Unio verrucosus albus. Hild. 


inflection on the posterior basal margin. It may be doubted if this should be considered a plicate shell. I con- 
sider that the folds of the growth, particularly in the male shells, require it to be placed here. 

+ It is a matter of some doubt if this be more than a beautiful variety of asperrimus (nobis). Future ob- 
servation must determine. Ferussac and some other zoologists believe it to be distinct. Dr Ward says they 
‘‘are certainly distinct.” 

it Mr Say supposed this to be the rwgosus, Barnes. Two specimens referred to by Mr B. as rugosus were 
under my inspection, and proved to be—the one a flat metanevra, Rafin., the other a plicafus (Lesueur). Mr 
B. in his reclamation recognises his rugosus as U. Peruviana, Lam., which shell is undoubtedly the plicatus, 
(Lesneur and Say). 

§ This shell has been considered the female of asperrimus (nobis), but I am, after the examination of 
many specimens, disposed to think it to be distinct. Some of our best western naturalists think it to be the true 
rugosus of Barnes. 

|| A specimen sent to me by Dr Hildreth as Unio verrucosus albus, proved to be a true trroratus (nobis). 

4 This shell, as figured by Wood in his ‘‘ General Conchology,”’ seems to me to be distinct from the pus- 
tulosus (nobis), with which it has been confounded. The figure of Wood is longer than any pustulosus I have 
seen, and the epidermis is much darker (‘bottle green’’). The nodules are more numerous about the beaks, and 
the lateral tooth is longer and thicker. I doubt if the nodulosus be an American species. 


124 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


( {SUBROTUND. : 


= { WIDE. 
* 4 ° 
dromas. Lea. = *spinosus. Lea. 
2 
ee QUADRATE 
*sopus. Green. = 
5 he *arceformis. Lea. 
Unio cicatricosus. Con. ; not of Say. Unio nexus.¢ Say 
Unio varicosus. Con.; not of Lea. , . 


TRIANGULAR. 
*triangularis. Bar. Eat. Hild. Say. 
Unio formosus.§ Lea. (Male.) 


*varicosus. Lea. 
Unio cicatricosus? Say.t 


*perplexus. Lea. 


P Unio cuneatus. Swain. 
1s Unio gibbosus? Raf. 
: ae if *elegans.|| Lea. 
8 Unio gibbosus. Con. bi 
& 
° 
8 . : ; 
saa = donaciformis.4] Lea. 
*Leaii. Gray. 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES. 


*zigzag. Lea. Eat. 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES. 


*granosus. Brug. Lam. Pane : 

eterodon. Lea. 
*tuberculatus. Bar. Eat. Hild. 
*penitus.t+ Con. 
Nove Hollandie. Gray. 
*securis. Lea. Eat. 


Unio depressa.t¢ Raf; but not of 
Lam. 


*cylindricus. Say. Eat. Hild. 
Unio naviformis. Lam. Blain. Valen. 


+ Never having seen the specimen described by Mr Say as cicatricosus, I am unable to decide if it be the 
same with varicosus (nobis). ‘T'wo things mentioned by Mr Say induce me to doubt it. He calls his ‘a com- 
mon species,”’ and says it is ‘‘ distinguishable by the single series of transverse elevations on the middle.’’ The 
latter remark does not apply to varicosus, and I have always deemed it a rare shiell. 

t Say and Conrad both commit the error of giving precedence to nexus. My description of arcxformis is 
in my memoir, read before the American Philosophical Society May 20, 1831, while Mr Say’s was first de- 
scribed in the Transylvania Journal of December 1831. Subsequently he republished it in his American Coneh- 
ology, No. 6, where he places erroneously the date of 1832 to my memoir. 

§ Mr Barnes’s description of triangularis was made from a female shell, and mine of formosus from the 
male. There being an obvious distinction of the sexes in every specimen, my error was a very natural one, as 
we were not at the time acquainted with the sexual differences in the Naiades. 

| Mr Say thinks that Mr Barnes’s wdulatus, Var. a, is the same with elegans. I think differently, and 
would fortify my opinion in the fact, that Mr B. does not mention the zigzag rays which are strikingly singular 
in the elegans, and could not have failed to have elicited his remarks had it been under his eyes. 

§| Ihave expressed my doubts, Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, Vol. IV., page 84, (page 
94 in ‘* Observations on the Genus Unio,’’ &c.,) if this be more than a fine variety of zigzag (nobis). Mr Say 
gives it as a synonym to nervosus, Raf., and Mr Conrad as truncata, Raf. 

t+ I received from Judge Tait of Alabama, in 1830, several specimens of this species, but they were not 
sufficiently perfect to induce me to publish them. Mr Conrad does not mention the rays, a very peculiar cha- 
racter of which is their being dotted somewhat like those of secwris (nobis), but in a lighter manner. 


ti Mr Conrad makes depressa, Raf., ellipsaria, Raf., and securis (nobis), synonymous with lineolata, 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 125 


TRIANGULAR. TRIANGULAR. 
*camelus. Lea. *pileus. Lea. 


*ovatus. Say. Lam. Bar. Valen. 
Eat. Hild. Con. 
Unio ventricosus. Desh. *trigonus. Lea. 
Unio subovatus. Desh. 
Unio occidens. Desh. 


*Sowerbianus. Lea. 


--—___—_———., 


*solidus. Lea. 


*subovatus.t Lea. *obliquus. Lam. 
Unio undatus. Bar. 
Unio trigonus.§ Say and Con.; not 
of Lea. 
Unio mytiloides. Eat. 
Unio undulatus. Desh. 
Unio cordatus? Raf. 


Unio cordatus. Con. 


*crassidens.{ Lam. 
Unio cuneatus. Bar. Eat. Hild. 
Unio niger? Raf. 
Unio niger. Con. 


*carbonarius. Lea. 


NON. SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES. 
sMooTH 

NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES. 
SMOOTH 


*gibber. Lea. 
gibber. Lea *pyramidatus. Lea. 


*pumilis. Lea. Unio rubra? Raf. 
Unio mytiloides. Con. 

* ioj x 

rubiginosus. Lea. *mytiloides.| Raf 


*Barnesianus. Lea. Mya obliqua. Wood. 


Raf. Mr Say does the same, with the exception of ellipsaria, which he considers distinct; while Mr Rafinesque 
himself places /ineo/ata and ellipsaria in different subgenera! ! 

+ Mr Say makes ‘ ventricosus, Bar., occidens (nobis), subovatus (nobis), (var.), and capaa, Green, (var.),”’ 
synonymous with cardium, Raf. In my opinion they form at least three, perhaps four distinct species. 

t Crassidens, Var. a, Lam., is trapezoides (nobis). 

§ Say and Conrad both give érigonus (nobis) as a synonym to undatus, Barnes. It is difficult for me to 
understand why they should not at once on comparison be recognised as different species. The frigonus is 
always more angular on the umbonial slope, and the undulations at the tips of the beaks differ. ‘This may be 
observed particularly in the young and perfect specimens. If a doubt could be admitted as to the difference of 
the form of the shell, the colour of the animal in frigonus would at once settle the question. It is peculiar, and 
differs from all the species I know in being of so deep a colour as to be almost red. 

Some years since, when I described this species, I deposited a specimen in the Academy of Natural Sciences 
of this city, with its proper name appended. Subsequently, I found the Academy had prefixed the name of 
undatus, Barnes, to the label, and I presume this error is still continued there. 

|| It is a matter of great doubt if this name ought to be admitted at ail in this table. It was applied many 
years since, by the naturalists of this city, without reference to any particular specimen, but, as it now appears 
nearly certain, incorrectly. Dr Ward says the description and outline would ‘ equally well apply to six or 
eight different species.” ‘The difficulty of recognising Mr Rafinesque’s species is well illustrated in this one. 
Mr Conrad considers triangularis, Raf., as the type, and gives the following names of the same author as sy- 
nonyms, viz. lateralis, sintoxia, pachostea, mytiloides, and rubra; thus charging him with making six species 
of one. But what is still more extraordinary, this single species, (agreeably to Mr Conrad’s synonyms) is not 
only divided by Mr R. into different subgenera, but into different genera, and even into two DIFFERENT sUB- 


yVI.—2 G 


126 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


{ { OBLIQUE. OVAL. 
*Troostensis. Lea. *Tampicoensis. Lea. 
Unio trabalis. Con. 


eae *Lecontianus. Lea. 
*Tigtis. Fer. 


* . 
ae erdix. Lea. 
*Taitianus. Lea. P 


cor. Con. pectorosus. Con. 


truncatus. Swain. *ventricosus. Bar. 


*“decisus. Lea. Con. 


*occidens.|| Lea. 
*clavus. Lam. Con. Unio ventricosus. Say. 
Unio scalenia. Raf. 


Unio modioliformis. Say; not of Lea. 


LS 


*dolabreeformis. Lea. 


SMOOTH, 


—“ 


*patulus. Lea. *globosus. Lea. 


Sn ee pl Sym. globosa. Lea, Trans. Am. P. 8. 
Unio capax? Green. 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES. 
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES. 
SMOOTH 


*Rangianus. Lea, 
*splendidus. Lea. 


*sulcatus. Lea. Eat. Say. 
Unio ridibundus. Say. Eat. (Fe- 
male. )$ 


*ochraceus. Say. Con. 
Sym. ochracea, Lea. Trans. Am. 
Rois: 


*Haysianus. Lea. 


*ellipsis.§ Lea. Eat. *cariosus. Say. Bar. 


Unio brevialis? Sow. Unio cariosa.4{ Lam. 
| Unio ovata. Valen. 
*castaneus. Lea. Unio luteola. Con.; not of Lam. 


FAMILIES!! See ‘‘ New Fresh Water Shells of the United States,’ p- 72, and Mr Rafinesque’s ‘* Monographie.” 
In Mr Say’s “* Synonymy,” triangularis, Raf., is considered to be the same as ellipsis (nobis) ! 

+ Mr Conrad has subsequently published a different species under this name. 

t For some years I was satisfied that Mr Say’s ridibundus was only a variety of selcatus (nobis). There 
can now, however, scarcely be a doubt that it is the female of that species; but it must be remarked, that 
this serrated shell is usually found smaller than the other; a circumstance not common with the females of other 
species. Mr'S. describes and figures ridibundus in No. 1 of ‘* American Conchology,”’ but does not insert it 
in his ‘* Synonymy” in No. 6. 

§ Mr Say in his * American Conchology,” refigures this, and recognises my name. Subsequently, in his 
‘** Synonymy,”’ he makes it a synonym of triangularis, Raf. Mr Conrad says it is olivarius, Raf. 

| This and the preceding shell are so nearly allied, that it is a matter of doubt with me if it would not be 
preferable to unite them. Dr Ward thinks they are male and female. Subsequent examination may throw suf- 
ficient light upon them to decide with certainty. Among Mr Barnes’s varieties of ventricosus, it is evident there 
are several distinct species. 

{ U. cariosa, Lam. (Var. 2,) is the Alas. marginata, Say. 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 127 


fovar: (ovaL. 
perovatus. Con. Mya gravis. Wood. 
| Unio fasciatus. Con. 
altilis. Con. 
*orbiculatus. Hild. 
*multiradiatus. Lea. Unio abruptus.§ Say. 
Unio fasciola? Raf. Unio crassus. Con. 
Unio fasciolus. Con. : 
| Unio ligamentina. Desh. australis. Lam. 
| *Novi-Eboraci. Lea. *Hydianus. Lea. 
n n 
a a] : F 
a perovalis. Con. z *Claibornensis. Lea. 
2 | el | 
2 *capseformis. Lea. » luteolus. Lam. 
B | F ; zs FI Unio siliquoideus.|| Bar. Con. 
& chert 
z 3 Greenii. Con. 543 Unio inflatus. Bar. 
= Bla 
= un = 
S *pictus. Lea. = Childreni.] Gray. 
2 a 
Zz - Zz 
fe} teeniatus. Con. fe) pulcher. Lea. 
a Zz 
* ; . 
“interruptus. Lea. radiatus. Lam. Bar. Hild. 
Unio Virginiana. Lam. 
H EMeniinniaee Le: | Mya radiata. Gmel. Wood. Dill. 
Mya oblongata. Wood. 
eee WOE | Mya pictorum tenuis. Chem. 
*Medellinus. Lea. 
*crassus. Say. Bar. | 
Unio ellipticus. Bar. He Statigte Bea 
Unio carinatus. Bar. 
Unio ligamentina. Lam. | *Vanuxemensis. Lea. 


t+ Mr Barnes made eleven varieties of crassus ; most of which were no doubt distinct species, some were 
plicate. 

t+ Mr Conrad thinks the crassus of Say is fasciata of Mr Rafinesque. An examination of his description 
ought to satisfy any one that the crassus of Say could not have been under the eye of the author when he made 
his description of fasciata. 

§ The specimen figured by Mr Say in Amer. Conch. No. 2, is a female shell. ‘The male shell is not abrupt 
at the posterior margin. 

|| Mr Say makes siliguoideus the same with viridis, Raf. Ferussac, in his cabinet, makes it the same with 
fasciata, Raf. Mr Conrad makes it the same with vittata, Raf. Ferussac, in his ‘‘ Observations,’’ states the 
inextricable difficulty resulting from the confusion caused by Mr Rafinesque. See ‘ Observations,’’ p. 13, in 
Magazin de Zoologie. 

4] Ihave never seen this species, but presume, from the figure in Griffith’s Cuvier, very poor as it evi- 
dently is, that it is a distinct species, 


128 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


{ OVAL. OVAL. 

*Nashvillianus, Lea. Unio fusculus. Mihi. 
Unio gibba. Mihl.  Pfeif. 

*Zeiglerianus. Lea. Unio Labacencis. Mihl. 
Unio reniformis. Schmidt. 

lienosus. Con. Unio fuscus. Zeig. 
Unio consentaneus. Zeig. 
Unio amnicus. Zeig. 
Unio carynthiacus? Zeig. 


*obscurus. Lea. 


*delodontus. Lam. Unio decurvatus. Rossmaeslers 
on Unio lacteolus. Lea. D’Orb. a Unio sinuatus. Stud. 
z Zz Unio planus. Stud. 
I *charruanus.t D’Orb. S Unio ater.§ Nil. 
=) > 
B | *lamellatus. Lea 2 ‘ 

5) 5 : : S E *Cumberlandianus. Lea. 
a *Bengalensis, Lea. ai Smithii.|| Gray. 
= = 
al 
5 *ceruleus. Lea. Ben. 2 vibex. Con. 
2) 2) 
Zz A 

*olivarius. Lea. Ben. *Miihlfeldianus. Lea. 

. : *creperus. Lea. 

Batavus. Lam. Pfeif. Flem. 

Mya pictorum. Chem. Schroeter. 

Monti *olaber. Lea. 
Mya ovalis.t Soland. : 
Mya Batava. Wood. Maton. Dill. *Hildrethianus. 4] Lea. 
Mysca Batava. Turton. Al. ambigua? Say. 
Unio riparia. Pfeif. 
Unio pictorum. Drap., pl. 11, fig. 3. *fabalis. tt Lea. 


+ The two specimens sent to me by M. D’Orbigny are so like delodontus, that I am strongly induced to 
believe that they will prove to be the young of that species. 

t On the authority of Dillwyn. 

§ On the authority of Ferussac. 

Never having seen this shell, I place it here on the authority of Mr Gray.—See his figure in Griffith’s 

Cuvier, Vol. XII. - 

© Iretain this species among the Uniones, although it does not possess a perfect lateral tooth. As it is, 
however, thickened along the dorsal margin, and puts on the appearance of a tooth, I have concluded that it was 
better not to remove it to the Sub. Gen. Margaritana, to which it has little resemblance in its general characters. 
These observations may apply to U. oriens (nobis), and partially to U. monodonta, Say, (U. soleniformis, 
nobis.) Mr Say’s deseription of ambigua answers well to Hildrethianus, but I am not sure it is the same, as 
he has given no figure of it. He seems to have abandoned it, as he does not insert it in his « Synonymy.” 
Mr Conrad also avoids the insertion of it in his Synoptical Table. 

++ Say and Conrad both in their catalogues give precedence to lapillus. Fabalis is in my Memoir read 
before the Am. Philos. Soc., May 7, 1830, and inserted in the Transactions ; capillus was first inserted in the 


a 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 129 


{ OVAL OVAL. 
| Unio capillus. Say, Transylvania Mya nodosa? Gmel. Wood. Dill. 
| Journal, Vol. V. Myaspuria. Gmel.? Wood. 
U. lapillus. Say, Am. Conch. No. 5, Unio spuria. Lam. 
| Con. Unio triradiata. In “ Museum” at 
Paris, 
: *parvus. Bar. Eat. 
: Unio parvus. Con. # *Niloticus. Fer. Caill. 
3 = Mya pictorum. Forkael.t 
S | *olans.t Lea. g 
a] > *Egyptiacus.§ Caill. Fer. 
2 =} “divaricatus, Lea. |e 
| aa S) 3) osLone. 
SI | *faba. D’Orb, 2a 2 *brevidens. Lea. 
z Burroughianus. Lea, D?Orb. a tetralasmus. Say. 
: E 
“discus. Lea. qi *camptodon.|| Say. 
Unio declivis.4] Con. 
*simus. Lea. 
| *obesus.tt Lea. 
| *corrugatus. Lam. 
Mya corrugata, Miller. Chem. *Hopetonensis. Lea. 
| Gmel. Wood. Dill. 
L Mya rugosa. Gmel. Wood. Dill. t *Roanokensis. Lea. 


December number (1831) of the Transylvania Journal, and subsequently in the ‘* Amer. Conch.” No. 5, (Aug. 
1832) under the name of /apillus. Mr Say does not mention why he changed the name on redescription. I 
should prefer the first, as a more descriptive name, were I to choose between the two. 

+ Mr Say doubts if the glans be not the same with parvus. Ido not see how there can be any difficulty 
in distinguishing them. ‘The glans is a much heavier shell, and the nacre of all the specimens I have seen is 
more or less purple, while that of parvus is always, I believe, white. Among many hundred specimens which 
have come under my notice, I have never seen one of any other colour. ‘The texture of the nacre is also totally 
different, the latter being more pearly than any other of our Uniones. In the epidermis and beaks they also 
differ essentially. 

t On the authority of Ferussac. 

§ The specimen of this species which I received from M. Caillaud, the traveller, is so much like Néloticus, 
that I certainly would not myself have separated it. 

|| This fine shell, as well as the preceding one, both of which are Mr Say’s, seem to have been overlooked 
in the formation of his catalogue. They are described in his Amer. Conchology. I have never seen the shell 
he calls tetralasmus,—they may possibly prove to be the same. 

4 The shell in the Academy of Nat. Sci., described and figured by Mr Conrad in his ‘*Monography,”’ page 
45, as declivis, Say, I consider to be a middle aged camptodon, Say. This, however, is not the opinion of all 
our conchologists. 

t+ Ferussae believes that this is Carolinianus of Bosc. Not having seen the specimen described by Bosc, 
nor having access to his description, I am unable to decide. ‘The fact, however, of Bose’s having visited Caro- 
lina some forty years since, renders it highly probable to be so. Ferussac gives his ¢rapezium as a synonym 
to Carolinianus. In my table of the Uniones made in 1829, I considered Carolinianus as the corplanatus : 
in which I was most likely wrong. 


VI.—2 = 


130 LEA’S 
OBLONG. 


“jejunus. Lea. 


Lea. 
Mya complanata. 


*complanatus. 


Unio violaceus.¢ Spangler. 
Unio purpureus.{ Say. Bar. 


Unio rarisuleata. Lam. 
Unio coarctata. Lam. 
Unio purpurascens. Lam. 
Lan. 
Lam. 
Unio Georgina. Lam. 
Unio glabrata. Lam. 
Unio sulcidens. Lam. 
Unio fluviatilis. Green. 


Mya rigida? Wood. 


*Griffithianus. Lea. 


SMOOTH, 


| Unio rhombula. 
Unio carinifera. 


*auratus. Lea. 
Nifia aurata. Swain. 
Unio obtusa.§ Fer. 
Unio depressus.§ Less. 


*atratus. Lea. 
Nida atrata. 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES. 


Swain. 
Nida fragilis. Swain. 


*confertus. Lea. 


*paliatus. Ravenel’s Letter. 


Lea. 
L Unio Raveneli.|| 


Watereensis. 


Con. 


Soland. Dill. 


SYNOPSIS OF 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES. 


SMOOTH. 


OBLONG, 


*fulvus. Lea 
Unio icterinus. 


Con. 


*Congareus. Lea. 


*declivis. Say. 
Unio geometricus.4] Lea. 


*Blandingianus. Lea. 

*depressus. Lam. D?Orb. 
angustus. Lam. 

*modestus. Fer. 


*litoralis. Lam. Pfeif. Des Moul. Grat. 


Unio crassus. Schr. Retz. Neil. 
Speng. 
Unio rhomboidea. Schr. 
Unio brevialis. Lam. 
Unio semirugata. Lam. 
Unio nana. Lam. 
Unio subtetragona. Mich. 
Unio incurvus. Lea. 
Unio Pianensis. Farines. 
Unio granosus. Schum. 
Mysca ovata. Trt. 
Mya depressa, Don. 
SUBROTUND. 
*circulus. Lea. Eat. 
Mya rotunda? Wood. 


*lens.ft Lea. 


4 


+ On the authority of Ferussac. 


+t Mr Conrad is wrong in his ‘*Synoptical Table,’’ in giving Mr Say’s name precedence, making compla- 


~atus a synonym. 
§ On the authority of D’Orbigny. 


| Prof. Ravenel’s name being previously used for a Unio (Amer. Phil. Soc. Trans., Vol. V.), it becomes 
necessary to change Mr Conrad’s name, which I do, to that of the river in which it was found. 


© Ido not find either of these names in Mr Say’s Synonymy. 
++ I have some doubts whether this should be considered more than a variety of circulus. 


ever, sure, that it is not distinct. 


He has, however, priority. 
T am not, how- 


THE FAMILY NAIADES, US 


SUBROTUND SUBROTUND 
rubellus. Con. *Kirklandianus. Lea. 
Masoni. Con. *subrotundus. Lea. 
Unio politus? Say. 
*rotundatus. Lam. Unio brevialis? Crouch. 
Unio suborbiculata. Lam. Blain. 
Unio glebulus.t Say. infucatus. Con. 
Unio subglobosus. Lea. 
3 *coccineus. Lea. 
a *Paranensis. Lea. D? Orb. a Unio coccineus. Dr Hildreth’s Letter. 
a Unio Solisiana. D’Orb. S) Unio coccineus. Con. 
z a Unio catillus. Con. 
ze membranacea.{ Lea. a]. 
5 | a Myt. membranacea. Mat. BS Als 
5 : ‘ = 4 2+ WIDE. 
Zi) 8 Myt. Matoniana. D?Orb. bm |e : é 
es Z| 2 Shepardianus. Lea. 
a4 eee & 
z variabilis. Lea. = 
n | | Mya variabilis.§ Mat. Wood. Dill. Z *folliculatus. Lea. 
6 Unio rotundus. Wag. 9 
a *rectus. Lam. Eat. 
*personatus. Say. Unio prelongus. Barn. Hild. 
Unio capillaris. Lea. Unio recta. Valen. 
Unio Sageri?|| Con. 
*retusus. Lam. Con. Mya prelonga. Wood. 
Unio torsa. Raf. Eat. 
Se 
| #eBa nak a Dea: dehiscens. | Say. 
Unio mytiloides. Con. ; not Raf. Unioloriens. | Tea. 
maculatus. Con. *angustatus. Lea. 


t+ Although Mr Say had published this shell in the Transylvania Journal, and in his Am. Conchology, he 
omitted it altogether in his ‘‘ Synonymy.” Other species are inserted from the vicinity of New Orleans. 

t I formerly placed this with the Anodonte, but D’Orbigny, who has seen the shell in its native waters. 
having placed it among the Uniones, 1 follow him, never myself having seen the shell. ‘The figure of Dr 
Maton (Linn. Trans. Vol. X) is without teeth, and the text says expressly ‘‘cardo edentulus.’’ Notwithstand- 
ing this, I am inclined to believe that D’Orbigny is right, for the form of the shell is such as I have not seen in 
the Anodonte. Not knowing what induced M. D’Orbigny to change Dr Maton’s name, I have restored it. 

§ The figure of this shell in the Lin. Soc. Trans., Vol. X., although so much smaller a shell than Para- 
nensis (nobis), is so much like it, that I should not be surprised if they should prove to be the same. 

|| Mr Conrad’s figure so nearly resembles the male specimens of U. rectus, from Green Bay, in my cabinet, 
that I am persuaded the Sageri will not prove to be a distinct species. Drs Kirtland and Ward, and Judge 
Tappan, consider it a variety of gibbosus of Barnes. 

{| Mr Say gives Mr Rafinesque’s name of /ata precedence. Mr Eaton says that An. lata, Raf., is Sym. 
tenuissima, Lea, 


1382 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


P WIDE. WIDE, 
*lanceolatus.f Lea. Mya angustata. Schret. Klein. 
Mysea pictorum. Trt. 
“Anodontoides. Lea. Unio rostrata. Lam. Pfeif. Mich. 
Unio teres? Raf. Desh.  Bouil. 
Unio teres. Con. Unio manca. Lam. 
Unio elongatula, Michi. 
*parallelopipedov. Lea. D?Orb. Unio Turtonii. Payraud. 
Unio Capigliolo. Payraud. 
*platyrhynchus.{ Rossmaesler. Unio Requienii. Mich. 
Unio Deshayesii, Mich. 
: *Cailliaudii. Fer. ; Unio limosa. Nil. 
nN n . : . A 
= | Unio longirostris. Zeigl. 
Zz Z Se ate 
S *ovalis. Flem. Sow. |S Unio Limovianscee. Fer. 
S Mytilus angustior.§ List. es 
Bie Mya ovalis. Monta. Z| e| “*elongatus. Pfeif. 
BS Myaovata. Don. Mat. Wood. Dill. 945 
ihe Mya depressa. Don. Be productus. Con. 
= Mysca solida. Turt. = 
> ; a 
@ Unio nodulosa. Lam. ; ; mB *nasutus. Say. Barn. Swain. 
A Unio tumida. Retz. Pfeif. Nil. zi Tinie vocemitaee aman 
z Unio Michaudiana? Des Moul. 4 M sort : 
Unio ovata. Boul ya nasuta. Wood. 
: ¥ Unio subrostratus? Say. 
Unio Limagne. Bouil. 


*pictorum. Lam. Pfeif. Drap. Blain. 
Crouch. Flem. Des Moul. Grat. 
Bouil. 

Mya pictorum. Lin. Poli. Dill. 
Wood. Mat. 

Mya corrugata Maroccana.|| Chem. 

Long thick horse mussel. Peliv. 


*Jayensis. Lea. 
*lugubris. Lea. 


*marginalis, Lam. 


Unio rostrata. Stud. | 
| *Fisherianus. Lea. 
L L 


Unio anodontina. Lam. 


2 


+ M. Deshayes (2d edit. Lamarck) doubts if danceolatus be not the young of nodontoides. ‘The first has been 
found only in the waters east of the Alleghany mountains, the last only in the western waters. There cannot 
be a doubt of their being distinct species. In size they differ altogether. 


t This is a curious and very interesting new species which I recently received from Vienna. Its habitat is 
Carynthia. 

On the authority of Fleming. . 

Chemnitz figures this shell, Vol. VI. table 3, fig. 23 & 24, From the description and outline, { have 
little doubt of its being a young pictorum, more than usually undulated in the region of the beaks, Its being ru- 
gose over the whole surface, as mentioned by him, is not evidence against its being such. As the first growth 
subsequently forms the beak of the shell, it ought of course to be rugose, if that be the character of the shell. 
The inside view is without teeth, but this is doubtless the fault of the draftsman or engraver, as the author 
speaks of the hinge being like the common mussel. 


THE FAMILY NAIADES, 133 


WIDE. WIDE. 
*iris.f Lea. *Vaughanianus. Lea. 
Unio nebulosus. Con. Unio Carolinensis. Prof. Ravenel’s 


Letter. 
*tenuissimus. Lea. 


Symp. tenuissima. Lea, in Trans. 
OBOVATE. 
Am. P. 5. 


* : 
An. purpurascens. Swain. purpuraye: ee 
Unisivelunt, Say Mya ventricosa.§ Solan. Hum- 


phreys ? 
*bilineatus. Lea. Ben. Unio ater. Lea. 
Symp. bilineata. Lea, in Trans. Am. Unio lugubris. Say. 
RUS: Unio Poulsoni. Con. 


*Corrianus. Lea. rhombeus. Wag. 


*phaseolus. Hild. Eat. Diplodon rhombeum. ‘Spiz. 


Unio planulatus. Lea. 
Unio cuneatus.{ Barn. (White 
var.) 


SMOOTH. 


*cuprinus. Lea. 
Unio metallicus. || Say. 


arcus. Con. 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES. 


ao 
lam eS ee 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES. 
SMOOTH 


*modioliformis. Lea. 


Fee aera Unio delumbis. Con. 


*tenerus. Rav. 
Unio tenebrosus. Con. 


*sibbosus. Bar. Eat. Hild. 
Unio mucronatus. Bar. 
Unio nasuta. Lam. 

Unio dilatatat Raf. 


*Tappanianus. Lea. 
| Unio dilatatus. Con. 


Een *contradens. Lea. 


*arctior. 
[ *Patagonicus. D’ Orb. stramineus. Con. 


+ Mr Say in his ‘* Synonymy”’ gives iris as a synonym to his subrostratus. If they were the same I would 
be entitled to precedence, as my description bears date March 1829, while his is January 1831. His descrip- 
tion, however, of subrostratus does not apply to my iris, and certainly this shell could not have been under his 
eye when his description was made. He says that the swbrostratus ‘“ may be said to be the analogue of the 
Unio nasutus (nobis) of the western waters.’”’ As the U. nasutus inhabits the western waters, a variety of that 
species may have been described by him for subrostratus. 

{ In note to Dr Hildreth’s Memoir on the shells in the vicinity of Marietta, Ohio, published in Silliman’s 
Journal. 

§ On the authority of Ferussac. 

| Mr Say in his *Synonymy”’ claims precedence. My Memoir bears the date of May 7, 1830; his that of 
January 1, 1831. : 


yI.—2 1 


134 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


{ { ARCUATE. Unio hylea, D’ Orb. 
| *crassissimus. Fer. Des Moul. Grat. Unio Guaraniana. D’ Orb. 
Ea Mya crassissima.t Klein. 
z Unio auricularis.¢ — Speng. The following species are supposed to exist in a 
Zz Unio margaritacea. Drap. fossil state. As the casts only are usually observ- 
St 4 Unio sinuata. Lam. Blain. Pfeif. | ed, itmust be a matter of great doubt as to the pro- 
SIE Desh. priety of making species where that is the case :— 
ae Unio rugosa.t Poir. ? Unio crassiusculus. Sow. Flem. 
=|* Unio concinnus. Sow. Flem, 
z . Unio uniformis. Sow. Flem. 
a monodontus. Say. Eat. Unio acutus. Sow. Flem. 
iS Unio soleniformis. Lea. Unio Listeri. Sow. Flem. 
mi Unio Solandri. Sow. Flem. 
lease ee eae ea Unio porrectus. Sow. 
§ : : Unio compressus. Sow. 
Unio antiquus. Sow. 
Unio aduncus. Sow. 
Being unacquainted with the following species, Unio cordiformis. Sow. 
I have deemed it best simply to insert a list of them, Unio crassissimus.{ Sow. Flem. 
with the hope of their being determined at a future Jnio subconstrictus. Sow. Flem. 
period :— Jnio hybridus. Sow. Flem. 


U 

U 

Unio rubens. Menke. Unio Urii. Flem. 

Unio rugatus. Menke. Unio abductus. Phil. 
Unio Grenlandicus.t Schro. Fer. Unio peregrinus. Phil. 
Unio orientalis, Fer. Unio petrosus. Mort. 
Unio nitidens. Fer. Unio tumulatis. Mort. 
Unio obtusus. Fer. Unio terrenus. Mort. 
Unio preciosus. Fer. Unio saxulum. Wort. 
Unio pulchellus. Fer. 
Unio purpuriatus. Say. 
Unio musivus.t Speng. 
Unio gibbus.f Speng. 
Unio trubcatus.¢  Speng. 
Unio oviformis. Con. 


II. SUBGENUS MARGARITANA.S$§ 


o ( TRIANGULAR. 
Unio furvus. Con. =| ; *complanata. Lea. 
Unio Juliani. Rang. ze Alas. complanata. Bar. Hild. 
Unio psammoica. D?Orb. Z| 3 Symp. complanata. Lea, Trans. 
Unio rhuacoica. D’Orb. =i ae uN 
. 1:0... 
Unio Fontainiana. D’Orb. a 


+ On the authority of Ferussac. 

t This name is pre-occupied by Ferussac. ' 

§ The genus Margaritana was proposed by Shumacher in his “ Essai d’un Nouveau Systéme des Habita- 
tions des Vers Testacés,” published in 1817, for the Mya margaritifera, Lin. (Unio elongata, Lam. and Alas- 
modonta arcuata, Bar.) Mr Say, in 1818, proposed to establish this same division under the generic name of 
Alasmodonta. The Danish zoologist having priority of date must have his name preferred, unless, as Mr Gray 


thinks, Leach’s name of Damalis has priority of both. Unfortunately, I have not the means of referring to his 
description. 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 135 


{ QUADRATE. TRIANGULAR. 
*confragosa. Lea. Mya undulata. Wood. 
Alas. confragosa. Say. Unio hians. Valen. 


Unio glabratus. Sow. 


TRIANGULAR. 
*arcula. Lea. OVAL. 


*Raveneliana. Lea. 
OBLONG. 


*marginata. Lea. 
Alas. marginata. Say. Bar. 
Alas. truncata.t Say. 
Unio cariosa. (Var. 2.) Lam. 
Unio varicosa. Lam. 
Unio calceolus. Say, not of Lea. 
Mya regulosa. Wood. 


radiata.$ Lea. 
Alas. radiata. Con. 


*calceola.§ Lea. 
Unio calceolus. Lea, Trans. Am. 
Pas: 
Alas. marginata.|| Say. 


Alas. truncata. Con., not of Say. 
*rugosa. Lea. 


{ Alas. rugosa. Bar. Eat. Hild. 
Alas, abducta. Say. 


OBOVATE. 
*Bonellii. Lea. 
Alas. Bonellii. Fer. 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE MARGARITANA. 
ee 0800 OOO 
PLICATE 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE MARGARITANZ. 
SMOOTH 


(aes ea Unio depressa. Pfeif. Mithl. 
é | *deltoidea. Lea. Unio compressa. Wenke. 
& i 
2 *undulata. Lea. i *Paraguayana. Lea. 
Alas. undulata. Say. Bar. | | Monocondylwa. Paraguayana.{] 
Q Alas. sculptilis (young). Say. eam D Orb. 


—- 


+ Several specimens of fine marginata have been sent to me from the west, marked as. truncata, Say, being 
one of his unpublished names, but given by him to various conchologists under thatname. I have never consi- 
dered it distinct from the marginata of the eastern rivers, although it is generally larger and of finer colour in 
the exterior, 

{ This shell, in the teeth, except in the size of them, very closely resembles the .2n. areolatus, Swain. 
which Mr Say described as Alas. edentula. Although in both these shells there is a small cardinal tooth, in all 
their other characters they so closely resemble the Anodontz, that it is a matter of doubt with me as to the pro- 
priety of separating them. An examination of the animals, when satisfactorily dissected, may show the ne- 
cessity of placing them both, notwithstanding their possessing small teeth, with the Anodontz. 

§ Inmy Memoir in the Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. II. page 420, (page 34 of ‘¢ Observations on the Genus 
Unio,”’) I mention this shell as being closely allied to the genus 4lasmodonta of Say. In this Synopsis I have 
deemed it better to transfer it to the subgenus Margaritana, as the lateral tooth is observable in very few indi- 
viduals. Deshayes says it is between Unio and Alasmodonta. 

|| Mr Say in his “Synonymy”? makes calceolus and Alas. marginata the same. I am surprised at this, as 
their characters, in many respects, are very different, and I have never heard it even suggested before that they 
eould be confounded. 

§ D’Orbigny, the distinguished traveller in South America, forms the genus J/onocondylea for a group of 
shells which he has first observed, and which possess a single cardinal tooth. ‘This tooth certainly differs from 
that of the Margaritana fluviatilis, Schum., Alasmodonta, Say ; but for the present, at least, I prefer placing 
them in Schumacher’s genus. The possession of one cardinal tooth, and the absence of a lateral one, is the dis- 
tinguishing character of both of them. I am indebted to the great kindness of M. D’Orbigny for the first five— 


136 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


{ OBOVATE. The following species are unknown to me :— 
*Parchappii. Lea. Alasmodonta Tripolitana. Fer, 
Monoc. Parchappii. D' Orb. Alasmodonta incurya, Fer, 


*Corrientesensis. Lea. a 
Monoc. Corrientesensis. D’Orb. 


*Guarayana. Lea. . III. SUBGENUS DIPSAS. 


Monoc. Guarayana. D’Orb. \ 
TRIANGULAR. 


*plicatus.t Leach. 

Barbata plicata.{ Humph. 
Myt. plicatus. Soland. 
Myt. dubius. Gmel. Dill. 
Cristaria tuberculata. Schum. 


An. dipsas. Blain. Fer. 


*fossiculifera. Lea. 
Monoc. fossiculifera. D’ Orb. 


Minuana. Lea. 
Monoc. Minuana. D’Orb. 


PLICATE. 


ARCUATE. 
*margaritifera. Lea. 

Mya margaritifera. Lin. Chem. 
Knorr. Dill. Desh. Wood. 
Mat. Monta. Mihl. Retz. Nil. 

Margaritana fluviatilis, Schum. 

Unio elongata. Lam. Mich. Bouil. 

Unio sinuata. Pfeif. 

Unio Roissyi. Mich. 

Unio margaritiferus. Pfeif. Drap. 
Turt. 

Unio rivalis. Zeig. 

Alas. margaritiferum. Flem. 

Alas. arcuata. Bar. 


An. tuberculatus. Fer. 

An. alatus. Sow. 

Symph. bi-alata. Lea, Trans. Am. 
PAS. 

Unio bi-alata. Desh. 


SYMPHYNOTE DIPSADES. 


OVAL. 
*discoideus.§ Lea. 
ee baci Lea, Trans. Am, 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE MARGARITAN/. 
sMOoTH 


SMOOTH. 


a, Gray.|| 
An. tenuis. Gray.|| 


*Holstonia. Lea. a 


*fabula, Lea. 


the sixth one I place here with some hesitation, as to its proper situation, never having seen it. It is certainly 
a most interesting group, and it is to be regretted that we have no description of the animal. 

+ Perfect specimens show the whole linear tooth, and the folds on the posterior slope and on the posterior 
wing, but old and imperfect specimens sometimes exhibit neither. The imperfect figure and description by 
Leach of this fine shell, led me to believe that it could not be the same with that which I described under the 
name of Sym. bi-alata. 

~ On the authority of Gray. 

§ ‘The posterior termination of the tooth shows some disposition to duplication, and evidently inclines to pass 
into the subgenus Unio. 

In Griffith’s Cuvier. 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 137 


Schum. Wood. Monta, Tur. Dill. 


Mat. 
Myt. stagnalis. Gmel. Bose. Dill. 


Sow. 
Myt. fluviatilis.§ Gmel. 
Myt. fucatus. Dill. 
Myt. Zellensis. Gmel. Schro. Bosc. 
Myt. Avonensis. Monta. Wood. 


IV. SUBGENUS ANODONTA. ff ke 


TRIANGULAR. 
*Wahlamatensis. Lea. 


OVAL. 
‘magnifica. Lea. 
Symp. magnifica. Lea, Trans. Am. 
P.S. 


SYMPHYNOTE ANODONT#. 


—S— err —————————EE EE ea—AEAr 
—e a ——_——_ 


i : Ed. Encyclopedia. 
Sop pgodionas: Lea. Myt. radiatus.|| JMihl. Schro. 
= Symp. Woodiana. Lea, Trans. Am. Meera Shey 
ae Myt. macula. Shep. 
#Renedietensiaianiens : An. anatina. Lam. Dill.  Drap. 
Symp. Benedictensis. Lea, Trans. 5 
‘ a toa ; : E MMoul. Bouil. 


An. suleata. Lam. 

An. dentiens. Menke. 

An. intermedia. Lam. Pfeif. Bouil. 
An. variabilis. (Var. b.) Drap. 
An. cellensis. Pfeif. 

An. ventricosa. Pfeif. 

An. ponderosa.§]  Pfeif. 

An. paludosus. Tur. 

An. grossa, Zeig. 

An. compressa ?{{ Zeig. 

An. obvolutattt  Zeig. 

An. spuria. Count Yoldi’s Letier. 
An. proboscidalis, Zeig. 

An. piscinalis. Nil. 


*Nuttalliana. Lea. 


OROVATE. 
*crispata. Lam. 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE ANODONT#, 
a a 


PLICATE. 


| Sow. Pfeif. Elem. Grat. Des 
| 


Pfeif. Turt. Des Moul. Flem. 
Grat.  Bouil. 

Myt. cygneus. Gmel. Chem. Schro. 
Dill. Mithl. Monta. Mat. 
Shep. Tur. 

Myt. anatinus. Gmel. Chem. Schro. 


SMOOTH. 


| 


t+ Thave, after a good deal of consideration and examination of my specimens, and the figures in the nume- 
rous works describing the Naiades, satisfied myself that An. cygnea and An. anatina are not specifically dis- 
tinct. Ifthe observation of M. Poiret, that the first is viviparous and the last oviparous, be correct, then they 
should be certainly separated. I feel perfectly persuaded, however, that he must be in error. ‘Turton, 
in his recent work on the Land and Fresh Water Shells of Great Britain, says he is ‘‘ inclined to think that all 
our supposed species of this genus may be justly resolved inte one.”’ 

t # of Maton and Racket (Lin. Soc. Trans., Vol. IV.) is evidently, judging from the figure, Unio litoralis. 

§ Gmelin states this shell to be from the fresh waters of Europe, and allied to Anatina. If this be true, 
there cannot be a doubt of its being the same with cygnea. The fluviatilis of Solander and Dillwyn is said to 
be from North America, and is no doubt the cataracta of Say. 

|| On the authority of Dillwyn. 

4 This and the grossa are certainly very different in aspect from the cygnea, Lam., being more ponderous 
and less produced behind. This difference may, however, be effected by locality. Should it prove constant, 


ponderosa ought to be considered a distinct species, and I am much disposed to think that such will prove to 
be the fact. 


tt On the authority of Ferussac. 
vVI.—2 kK 


NON-SYMPH. ANODONTE. 


OVAL, 
| *cygnea.t Drap. Lam. Crouch. Blain. 


— 


138 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


OVAL. OVAL. 
Anodontiles cygnea.t Poir. *Ferussaciana. Lea. 
Anodontites anatina. Poir. 
*salmonia, Lea. 
*Oregonensis. Lea. 
*incerta.|| Lea. 


*Pepiniana. Lea. imbecillis? Say. 
*fragilis. Lam. “Newtonensis. Lea. 


*fluviatilis. Lea. 
Myt. fluviatilis.§]  Soland. Dill. 
Wood. 
Myt. illitus. Soland. 
An. cataracta. Say. 
An. marginata. Say. 
An. implicata? Say. 
An, teres. Con. 


uniopsis. Lam. 


Chaiziana.{ Rang. 


*undulata. Say. 
Anodon rugosus. Stain. 
Anodonta Pennsylvanica. Lam. 


SMOOTH, 
a 


*Wardiana. Lea. 


A. virgata. Con. *Mortoniana. Lea. 


Medecialn. Abae An. Chiquitana. D’ Orb. 


Alas. edentula. Say. 
Anodon, areolatus. Stain. Coop. 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE ANODONTS. 
SMOOTH 


*olauca.tt Valen. 
An. glauca. Lam. 
*pavonia. Lea. 
*ovata. Lea. 
*limnoica. D’Orb. 
*plana. Lea. 
trigona.§ Spi. An. declivis. Con. 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE ANODONTS. 
A 


—_— 


co: 


purpurea, Valen. *decora. Lea. 


+ On the authority of Des Moulins. 

t M. Rang informs us that this species has the singular power of maintaining its vitality in the desiccated 
marshes of Africa, through six months of the burning sun of that region ; and that he had a specimen sent to him 
in Paris, which was killed nearly thirteen months after it had been taken from its native bed, having occasion- 
ally been dipped in water for an hour or two only. He also mentions that the /ridina rubens is found with the 
Chaiziana in the Senegal, and possesses the same peculiarities of remaining in a state of torpidity during the 
season of great heat. 

§ Ferussac considered trigona as the same with crassa of Swainson. The two figures, however, appear 
to me to be too different to be considered the same. 

Dr Kirtland informs me, that a specimen of this shell, which he showed to Mr, Say, was considered by 
Mr S. to be his imbecillis. If this be so, Mr Say’s name is entitled to precedence. I have never seen the shell 
described by Mr S. as imbecillis. 

§ See note on An. cygnea, page 137. 

++ The figure of this shell resembles some individuals of Myt. fluviatilis, Soland. (Say’s 4n. cataracta), but 
is straighter on the superior margin. In this character it resembles the ¢rapezialis. ‘The observations of Barnes, 
being made when little was known of this genus, cannot now be admitted. 


4d 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 139 


{  { OVAL. OBOVATE. 
*oigantea.t Lea. | | *lato-marginata.{ Lea. D’Orb. 
An. trapezius?§ Spia, 
| | subvexa. Con. An. rotundus? Spi. 
| *Stewartiana. Lea. *Spixii. D’ Orb. 
i | *gibbosa. Say. ej porcifer.|| Gray. 
ole An. inflata. Major Le Conte’s Cabi- | % *trapezialia. | Lam. Blain, 
ne S An. exotica.§[ Lam. D’Orb. 
<a lee Fi : SS An. giganteus. Spiz. 
B = grandiag, Say, 5 Lussier. a é An. pencillatus? Gray. 
z | Ba CORGUL CREA as 20R, 5 | 2 An. Susanne. Gray. 
& : a An. radiatus. Spi. 
= | SUBROTUND. = 
as *suborbiculata, Say. PA *anserina. Spia. 
au j 
z | OT Aae z Georgine. Gray. 
| popieae: pee i Parishii.tt Gray. 
| An. lituratum. Spiz. Tice Pei rae 
| *sirionos. D’ Orb. | *Blainvilliana.t{ Lea. 
| | An. trapezialis. Crouch. 
Lt *Patagonica. Lam. t Trid. trapezialis. D’ Orb. 


t An. giganteus, Spix., having been before described by Lamarck under the name of trapezialis and ex 
otica, my species must retain this name. 

t The Patagonica and lato-marginata, when they are better observed, may prove to be the same. 

§ Spix’s figure so closely resembles the lato-marginata, that I scarcely feel a doubt as to their being the 
same. He does not, however, notice the broad margin which is so characteristic of this species. 

|| Never having seen this species, I place it here on Mr Gray’s authority. 

§] So far as I have been enabled to examine specimens of this and ¢rapezialis, I am disposed to think they 
are not distinct species. 

tt On the authority of Mr Gray. 

tt In my description of Blainvilliana (Vol. V. page 77), I observed that I was induced to believe that the 
animal of this shell would be found to differ from that of the genus Anodonta. M. D’Orbigny, in his Synopsis of 
the Fresh Water Shells of South America, has in fact so found it. The animal has two tubes. Nevertheless, 
although I then proposed if such should be the ease that it should be placed in a new genus, under the name of 
Columba, Uhave continued it in the subgenus nodonta, as, with the present artificial system, which is founded 
on the hinge, it could not with propriety be elsewhere classed. When the family shall be arranged in a system 
founded on the animal structure only, it evidently must be changed, and I doubt then if it should be placed in the 
Tridina, for although it is likely that all the species of that genus have two tubes, they do not seem to possess 
the deflected palleal cicatrix, which I noted in the description of Blainvilliana. 


140 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


{ ARCUATE. 
*tenebricosa. Lea. D’Orb. 


{ f{OBOVATE. 
*esula.t Jan. 
Irid. esula.- .D’ Orb. 


*arcuata. Fer. 


SMOOTH. 


| crassa, Swain. sinuosa. Lam. 


NON-SYMPH. ANODON. 
—- 


WIDE. [ *soleniformis. .D’ Orb. 


elongata. Swain. 
. 


The following species are unknown to me :— 
Anodonta folium. Fer. 
Anodonta Chinensis. Fer. 


SMOOTH. 


*cylindracea. Lea. Anodonta curvatus. Fer. 
Anodonta lugubris. Say. 
*subcylindracea. Lea. Anodonta impura. Say. 


Anodonta arcuta. Cail. 
Anodonta Tevaii. Rang. 
Anodonta Ferrarisii. .D’ Orb. 
Anodonta lucida. D’ Orb. 


NON-SYMPHYNOTE ANODONTS. 


*Buchanensis. Lea. 


| *ensiformis. Spix. D’Orb. 


*exilis. Lea. Anodonta Puelchana. D’Orb. 
OBOVATE. Fossit Species. 
*angulata. Lea. Anodonta? Abyssina. Moré. 


+ M. D’Orbigny thinks that this is my Blainvilliana, but having his specimens and mine of both the spe- 
cies, I am induced still to believe that I am correct. The two specimens resemble each other, but are certainly 
distinct. The deflected palleal cicatrix exists in both, but the esw/a is more rotund, and the dorsal margin is 
more sinuous, and the nacre bluish white, while the five or six specimens of Blainvilliana which I have seen 
are all salmon colour. 


Ph 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 141 


GENUS PLATIRIS.t+ 


I. SUBGENUS IRIDINA.+¢ II. SUBGENUS SPATHA. 
, OBOVATE. f (OVAL. 
i ovata. Swain. *“rubens.§ Lea. 
a | Irid. exotica. Children. ' Irid. rubens. Desh. Rang. 
= ie Pleiodon Macmurtriei, Con. rs An. rubens. Lam. Blain. 
ws I An. Clappertoni. Kenig, in Denham 
= | & | ARCUATE. & | and Clapperton’s Journey. 
, exotica. Lam. mis 
a re is R wis 
9 Irid. striata. Sroain. a Sloop. 
[ An. exotica. Blain. nD *Nilotica. Lea. 
5 Irid. Nilotica. Sow. Fer. Crouch. 


Caill. 
An. dubia? Bose. 
Irid. Oudnicei. Kenig. 


os 
——— ee 


t Genus Platiris (nobis), rr2rus, latus ; sets, iris. Testa xquivalvis, laté transversd ; impressiones muscu- 
lares grandes; cardo longus, linearis; ligamentum externum. 

{ When Lamarck established his genus /ridina, he had seen but a single species, and of that only one in- 
dividual, which is figured in the Encyclop. Methodique, pl. 204. Other species have been since referred to his 
genus, which do not seem to me to fulfil the conditions of his generic description. The phrase ‘ cardo per 
longitudinem tuberculosus, subcrenatus,” is by no means descriptive of the hinge belonging to the species just 
alluded to, which have their hinge smooth, or very slightly tuberculated. The figure in the Encyclopedia, and 
that of Blainville (Pl. 66, fig. 3), represent the same individual, and exhibit a character of hinge resembling in 
some measure that of an “rca. A second species, apparently agreeing with Lamarck’s generic description, has 
been observed and described by Swainson, under the name of Jridina ovata (Phil. Mag. Vol. LXI.) ; and it has 
also been described by Mr Children under the name of J. exotica, (Brande’s Journ. Vol. XV.). ‘The specimen 
described in Brande’s Journal is now in the British Museum, and that accurate naturalist, Mr John Edward 
Gray, who is one of the officers of that noble institution, informs me that he thinks it is identical with the shell 
upon which Mr Conrad has lately proposed to form a new genus, Pleiodon. Under these circumstances, it 
seems to me necessary to separate those shells having a crenulated hinge (which are true /ridinz), from those 
having the hinge smooth, or very slightly tuberculated. J therefore arrange the Jridina rubens, Nilotica, &c., 
in a new subgenus, for which I propose the name of Spatha. 

§ Mr Gray informs me that Cailliaud figures a species near to this from Egypt, which is in his possession, 
but I have not seen the shell or description. 


VI.—2 L 


142 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


WIDE. WIDE, 

wi | Myt. Niloticus. Wood. ii *siliquosa. Lea. 
FE Le mutel. dan. ee An. siliquosus. Spia. 
< | Irid. mutel? Rang. a An. pygmeum (young). Spix. 
aye ay An. longinus.  Spiz. 
=4° xd ° . . 
a): *elongata. Lea. a) .g Irid. longina. Fer. 
EB . Irid. elongata, Sow. s . Mycetopoda siliquosus. D’ Orb. 
z *soleniformis. Lea. z *celestis. Lea. 

Mycetopodat soleniformis. .D’Orb. Irid. rostrata? Rang. 


+ Inthe present arrangement, founded on the form of the hinge, I have deemed it better not to adopt D’ Orbigny’s 
genus D/ycetopoda, founded on the natural character or habit of the animal. He says, ‘ perforat, sicut pholade.”’ 
In this habit it resembles Unio oriens (nobis), which I have elsewhere stated buries itself about twelve inches 
below the surface of the sand in which it lives. D’Orbigny mentions that the two anterior cicatrices are widely 
separated. A more important character appears to be in the fact, that the smaller cicatrix is placed before the 
larger one. In the Unio and Anodonta it is placed below it, and in the Hyria (Lam.) it is placed above, that 
is, ina line with the beak. JI regret that I have only the very short description that this distinguished na- 
turalist and traveller has given in his Synopsis. Should he publish these descriptions in a fuller manner, 
which I believe he intends, we may be so informed as not to disagree with him. 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 143 


ADDENDA. 


Unio Katherine.t Lea. 


*Margaritana Franciscana.{ Lea. 
Monocondylea Franciscana. WMori. 


+ Testa obovata, inequilaterali, subcompressd ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominu- 
lis; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, lateralibus subrectisque ; margarita alba. 

Just as this sheet was going to press I had the pleasure to receive a communication from 
Lady Katherine Douglas, of St Mary’s Isles, Scotland, accompanied by three beautiful views, 
drawn by her ladyship, of a shell from Lake Superior, which appears to me not to have been 
before observed. Wishing that it should be appended to this Synopsis, I have given a short 
description of it, taking the liberty to propose that lady’s name for it. Ata future period I 
hope to be able to present it with a figure from her drawings. Its place in the preceding 
arrangement would be immediately after U. purpuratus (Lam.), being an obovate, smooth, 
non-symphynote Unio. 

i Since this sheet was in type I have received from M. Moricand, of Geneva, a speci- 
men of this interesting shell. Its place in this Synopsis would be between MV. calceola and 
Bonellii, under the division swbrotund, smooth, non-symphynote Margaritane. 1 owe to 
the kindness of this gentlemen also the U. rotundus (Spix and Wagner), and find it distinet 
from U. Paranensis (nobis), a matter which has been doubted by M. Moricand. 


144 


LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


In Professor Rafinesque’s Monograph, and in his subsequent Papers, 


are inserted descriptions under the following names. 


Not being able 


to identify them, I have deemed it better simply to give a catalogue of 
them. Those which I suppose I have identified will be found in the 


foregoing table. 


Alasmodonta atropurpureum 1 


badium ? 
costata ? 
hians? 
ponderosum 4 
papyraceum 4 
rugosum ? 
sulcatum ? 
scriptum ? 
viridis? 


Anodonta atra 1? 
aperta ? 
cuneata ? 
digonota? 
inflata? 
lata? 
Ohiensis ? 
solenoides ? 


Unio antrosa? 
atroviolacea? 
argyratus 4 
attenuata 1? 
aurata’? 
bicolor 2 
bullata ? 
biloba ? 
cardium? 
Cliffordiana ? 
calendis? 
chloris? 
castaneus 2 
crassa? 
cinerescens ? 
cuneata ? 


Unio cyclips? 


cuprea? 
cyphia? 
decorticata 4 
diploderma ? 
diaphanus ? 
ellipsaria ? 
elliptica ? 
fasciata ? 
fulvus? 
fontinalis ? 
fulgens ? 
fasciolaris t 
flava? 
flexus ? 
fragilis ? 
granulatus 4 
interrupta ? 
lateralis? 
latissima ? 
leptodon ? 
levigata ? 
Jamobrachys 4 
lineolata 2 
lividus ? 
megaptera 4 
montanus ? 
melaplata? 
nervosa ? 
nodulata ? 
obliquata 1 
obovalis ? 
olivaria ? 
ovata 2 
Paphos ? 
pachostea ? 


Unio ponderosus 4 


pallida ? 
plateolus? 
pusella ? 
pallens? 
perplexus 4 
quadrula ? 
retusa ? 
rimosus ? 
rosea ? 
rivularis 4 
stegaria ? 
sintoxia 2 
sinuata 2 
solenoides ? 
striata 1 
subrotunda 4 
torulosa ? 
teneltus ? 
triangularis 4 
triqueter ? 
truncata 1! 
verrucosa ? 
viridis 4 
vittatus ? 
Venus? 
zonalis ? 


Odatelia radiata? 
Lasmonos fragilis ? 


Diplasma marginate ? 


similis 2 
vitrea ? a 
striata 2 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 145 


GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION 


OF THE 


SPECIES OF THE FAMILY NAIADES. 


To render the preceding Synoptical Arrangement more complete, it was 
deemed advisable to make such a table as would throw together the spe- 
cies from each great division of the world; and to make this more useful, 
it has been thrown into alphabetic arrangement. 


GENUS MARGARITA. 


I. SUBGENUS UNIO. Grayanus. Lea. 
lamellatus. Lea. 
SUBOEE: Leaii. Gray. 
Batavus. Lam. marginalis: Lam. 
crassissimus. Fer. Murchisonianus. Lea. 
elongatus. Pfeif. olivarius. Lea. 
litoralis. Lam. ponderosus. Lea. 


ovalis. Flem. tigris. Fer. 


pictorum. Lam. 


platyrhynchus. Rossmaesler. AFRICA. 


divaricatus. Lea. 
ASIA. Egyptiacus. Cailliaud. 
Niloticus. Fer. 


Bengalensis. Lea. 
bilineatus. Lea. 
coeruleus. Lea. 


NORTH AMERICA. 


corrugatus. Lam. acutissimus. Lea, 
Corrianus. Lea. Esopus. Green. 
vVI.—2™M 


146 


alatus. Say. 
altilis. Con. 
Anodontoides. Lea. 
angustatus. Lea. 
apiculatus. Say. 
arceeformis. Lea. 
arctior. Lea. 
arctatus. Con. 
arcus. Con. 
asperrimus. Lea. 
asper. Lea. 
Barnesianus. Lea. 
‘Blandingianus. Lea. 
brevidens. Lea. 
camelus. Lea. 
camptodon. Say. 
capseformis. Lea. 
carbonarius. Lea. 
cariosus. Say. 
castaneus. Lea. 
Claibornensis. Lea. 
clavus. Lam. 
circulus. Lea. 
celatus. Con. 
coccineus. Lea. 
compressus. Lea. 
complanatus. Lea. 
confertus. Lea. 
Congareus. Lea. 
Conradicus. Lea. 
contradens. Lea. 
Cooperianus. Lea. 
cor. Con. 
cornutus. Bar. 
crassidens. Lam. 
crassus. Say. 
creperus, Lea. 
cuprinus. Lea. 
Cumberlandianus. Lea. 
cylindricus. Say. 
decisus. Lea. 


LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


declivis. Say. 
dehiscens. Say. 
dolabriformis. Lea. 
donaciformis. Lea. 
Dorfeuillianus. Lea. 
dromas. Lea. 
ebenus. Lea. 
elegans. Lea. 
ellipsis. Lea. 
fabalis. Lea. 
Fisherianus. Lea. 
foliatus. Hild. 
folliculatus. Lea. 
fragosus. Con. 
fulvus. Lea. 
gibbosus. Bar. 
gibber. Lea. 
glaber. Lea. 
glans. Lea. 
globosus. Lea. 
gracilis. Barnes. 
graniferus. Lea. 
Greenii. Con. 
Griffithianus. Lea. 
Haysianus. Lea, 
heterodon. Lea. 
Hildrethianus. Lea. 
Hopetonensis. Lea. 
Hydianus. Lea. 
inflatus. Lea. 
infucatus. 5A 
interruptus. Lea. 
iris. Lea. 
irroratus. Lea, 
Jayensis. Lea. 
jejunus. Lea. 
Katherine. Lea. 
Kirklandianus. Lea. 
leevissimus. Lea. 
lacrymosus. Lea. 


lanceolatus. Lea. x 


Lecontianus. Lea. 
lens. Lea. 
lienosus. Con. 
lugubris. Lea. 
luteolus. Lam. 
maculatus. Con. 
Masoni. Con. 
Medellinus. Lea. 
Menkianus. Lea. 
metanever. Lea. 
Miihlfeldianus. Lea. 
miultiplicatus. Lea. 
multiradiatus. Lea. 
mytiloides. Raf. 
modioliformis. Lea. 
monodontus. Say. 
Nashvillianus. Lea. 
nasutus. Say. 
notatus. Lea. 
Novi-Eboraci. Lea. 
obesus. Lea. 
obliquus. Lam. 
obscurus. Lea. 
occidens. Lea. 
ochraceus. Say. 
orbiculatus. Hild. 
ovatus. Say. 
palliatus. Lea, 
parvus. Bar. 
patulus. Lea. 
pectorosus. Con, 
penitus. Con. = 
perdix. Lea. 
perovatus. Con. 
perovalis. Con. 
perplexus. Lea. 
personatus. Say. 
phaseolus. Hild, 
Phillipsii. Con. 
pictus. Lea. 
pileus. Lea, 


THE FAMILY NATADES, 


pliciferus. Lea. 
plicatus. Lesweur. 
productus. Con. 
pulcher. Lea. 
pumilis, Lea. 
purpuratus. Lam. 
pustulatus. Lea. 
pustulosus. Lea. 
pyramidatus. Lea. 
radiatus. Lam. 
Rangianus. Lea. 
Ravenelianus. Lea. 
rectus. Lam. 
retusus. Lam. 
Roanokensis. Lea. 
rotundatus. Lam. 
rubellus. Con. 
rubiginosus. Lea. 
Schoolcraftensis. Lea. 
securis. Lea. 
Shepardianus. Lea. 
simus. Lea. 
solidus. Lea. 
Sowerbianus. Lea. 
spinosus. Lea. 
splendidus. Lea. 
stapes. Lea. 
stramineus. Con. 
subovatus. Lea. 
subrotundus. Lea. 
subtentus. Say. 
sulcatus. Lea. 
Taitianus. Lea. 
Tampicoensis. Lea. 
Tappanianus. Lea. 
teeniatus. Con. 
tenuissimus. Lea. 
tenerus. Rav. 
tetralasmus. Say. 
trapezoides. Lea, 
triangularis, Bar. 


147 


148 


trigonus. Lea. 
Troostensis. Lea. 
tuberculatus. Bar. 
turgidus. Lea. 
undulatus. Bar. 
Vanuxemensis. Lea. 
varicosus. Lea. 
Vaughanianus. Lea. 
ventricosus. Bar. 
venustus. Lea. 
verrucosus. Bar. 
vibex. Con. 
Watereensis. Lea. 
Zeiglerianus. Lea. 
zigzag. Lea. 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


ambiguus. Lea. 
angulatus. Lea. 
atratus. Lea. 
auratus. Lea. 
Brownianus. Lea. 
Burroughianus. Lea. 
charruanus. D’Orb. 
Childreni. Gray. 
depressus. Lam. 
delodontus. Lam. 
faba. D’Orb. 
gigas. Lea. 
granosus. Brug. 
membranaceus. Lea. 
modestus. Fer. 
multistriatus. Lea. 
Paranensis. Lea. 


parallelopipedon. Lea. 


Patagonicus. D’Orb. 
rhombeus. Wag. 
syrmatophorus. Lea. 
variabilis. Lea. 


LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


NEW HOLLAND. 


Australis. Lam. 
Nove Hollandiz. Gray. 


HABITAT UNKNOWN. 


angustus. Lam. 
Cailliaudii. Fer. 
emarginatus. Lea. 
discus. Lea. 
Nicklinianus. Lea. 
nodulosus. Lea. 
Smithii. Gray. 
truncatus. Swain. 


EUROPE. 


Bonellii. Lea, 
margaritifera. Lea. 


NORTH AMERICA. 


arcula. Lea. 
calceola. Lea. 
complanata. Lea. 
confragosa. Lea. 
deltoidea. Lea. 
fabula. Lea. 
Holstonia. Lea. 
marginata, Lea. 
radiata. Lea. 
Raveneliana. Lea. 
rugosa, Lea. 
undulata. Lea. 


| SOUTH AMERICA. 


Corrientesensis. Lea. 
fossiculifera. Lea. 


II. SUBGENUS MARGARITANA. 


THE FAMILY NAIADES. 


Franciscana. Lea, 
Guarayana. Lea. 
Minuana. Lea. 
Paraguayana. Lea. 
Parchappii. Lea. 


I am unable to place the following in 


the table : 


AFRICA. 


Alasmodonta Tripolitina. Fer. 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


Alasmodonta incurva. Fer. 


Ill. SUBGENUS DIPSAS. 
ASIA. 


discoideus. Lea. 
plicatus. Leach. 


IV. SUBGENUS ANODONTA. 


EUROPE. 


cygnea. Drap. 


ASIA. 
magnifica. Lea. 
Woodiana. Lea. 

AFRICA. 


arcuata, Fer. 
Chaiziana. Rang. 


VI.—2 N 


NORTH AMERICA, 


angulata. Lea. 
Benedictensis. Lea. 
Buchanensis. Lea. 
cylindracea. Lea. 
decora. Lea. 
edentula. Lea. 
fragilis. Lam. 
Ferussaciana. Lea. 
fluviatilis. Lea. 
gibbosa. Say. 
gigantea. Lea. 
glauca. Valen. 
grandis. Say. 
incerta. Lea. 
Newtonensis. Lea. 
Nuttalliana. Lea. 
Oregonensis. Lea, 
ovata. Lea. 
pavonia. Lea. 
Pepiniana. Lea. 
plana. Lea. 
salmonia. Lea. 
Stewartiana. Lea. 
suborbiculata. Say. 
subcylindracea. Lea. 
subvexa. Con. 
Wahlamatensis. Lea. 
Wardiana. Lea. « 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


anserina. Spica. 
Blainvilliana. Lea. 
crassa. Swain. 
elongata. Swain. 
ensiformis. Spiz. 
esula. Jan. 
Georgine. Gray. 
lato-marginata. Lea. 
limnoica. D? Orb. 


149 


150 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF 


Mortoniana, Lea. The following species are unknown to 


obtusa. Spizx. me :— 
Parishii. Gray. 
Patagonica. Lam. 
porcifer. Gray. 
Spixii. D’Orb. 
sinuosa. Lam. 
sirionos. D’Orb. 


soleniformis. D’Orb. Anodonta folium. 
tenebricosa. Lea. Anodonta Chinensis. 


trapezialis. Lam. 
trigona. Spiz. 


Anodonta arcuta. 
Tawaii. Rang. 


NEW HOLLAND. 


purpurea, Valen. 


HABITAT UNKNOWN. Anodonta lugubris. 
Anodonta impura. 


crispata. Lam. 
exilis. Lea. 


uniopsis. Lam. Fossit Species. 


undulata, Say. 


Anodonta? Abyssina, 


GENUS PLATIRIS. 


ly SUBGENUS IRIDINA. Il. SUBGENUS SPATHA. 


AFRICA. 


celestis. Lea. 
elongata. Lea. 


Nilotica. Lea. 
HABITAT UNKNOWN. rubens. Lam. 


ovata. Swainson. 


exotica. Lam. 


siliquosa. Lea. 


soleniformis. 


Anodonta curvatus. 


NORTH AMERICA 


NORTH AMERICA. 


SOUTH AMERICA, 


d 


THE FAMILY NATADES. 151 


Not being able satisfactorily to make out HABITAT UNKNOWN. 
or arrange the following species, I have 
deemed it best simply to insert a list, in their 
order of habitat. 


Unio pulchellus. Fer. 
Unio musivus.f Speng. 


EUROPE. 


WiniatabensVenke: The following Fossil species have been 


Unio rugatus, Menke. observed in Great Britain :— 


Unio gibbus.t Speng. 


. Unio crassiusculus. Sow. 
Unio truncatus.t Speng. 


Unio concinnus. Sow. 
Unio uniformis. Sow. 


pee Unio acutus, Sow. 
Unio orientalis, Fer. Unio Listeri. Sow. 
Unio Solandri. Sow. 
AFRICA. Unio porrectus. Sow. 
Unio Juliani. Rang. Unio compressus. Sow. 
Unio antiquus. Sow. 
NORTH AMERICA. Unio aduncus. Sow. 


Unio cordiformis. Sow. 
Unio crassissimus. Sow. 
Unio subconstrictus. Sow. 
Unio hybridus. Sow. 
Unio Urii. Flem. 

Unio abductus. Pail. 
Unio peregrinus. Phil. 


Unio Grenlandicus.f Schro. 
Unio purpuriatus. Say. 
Unio oviformis. Con. 

Unio furvus. Con. 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


Unio nitidens. Fer. 

Unio obtusus. Fer. 

Unio preciosus. Fer. 
Unio psammoica. DD? Orb. 


The following have been observed in the 
United States: 


Unio rhuacoica. D’ Orb. Unio petrosus. Mort. 
Unio Fontainiana. D’Orb, Unio tumulatis. Mort. 
Unio hylea. D?Orb. Unio terrenus. Mort. 
Unio Guaraniana. D’Orb. Unio saxulum. Mort. 


t On the authority of Ferussac. 


152 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILY NAIADES. 


LIST OF AUTHORS. 


The following Authors are quoted, and their names chiefly abbreviated. 


Adan.—Adanson. 


Bose. 
Bouil.—Bouillet. 
Blain.—Blainville. 
Bar.—Barnes. 
Brug.—Bruguiere. 
Ben.—Benson. 


Crouch. 
Con.—Conrad. 
Chem.—Chemnitz. 
Caill.—Cailliaud. 
Cooper. 

Children. 


Dill.—Dillwyn. 
Desh.—Deshayes. 
Drap.—Draparnaud. 


Des Moul.—Des Moulins. 


Don.—Donovan. 
Den.—Denham. 
D’ Orb.—D Orbigny. 


Eat.—Eaton. 
Fer.—Ferussac. 
Flem.—F leming. 
Fork.—Forkeil. 


Far.—Farines. 


Gray. 


Green. 
Grat.—Grateloup. 
Grono.—Gronovius. 
Gmel. Gmelin. 


Hild.—Hildreth. 
Humph.—Humphreys. 


Jan. 


Klein. 
Knorr. 
Kenig. 


Lam.—Lamarck. 
Lesueur. 
List.—Lister. 
Less.—Lesson. 


/Mort.—Morton. 
Mich.—Michaud. 
Monta.—Montagu. 
JMori.—Moricand. 
JMat.—Maton. 
Mihl.—Miiblfeld. 
Menke. 


Nil.—Nilsson. 
Poir.—Poiret. 


Petiv.—Petiver. 
Pfeif.—Pfeiffer. 


Poli. 
Pay.—Payraudeau. 
Phil.—Phillips. 


Retz.—Retzius. 
Rav.—Ravenel. 
Ross.—Rossmaesler. 
Raf.—Ratinesque. 
Rang. 


Shep.—Shepherd. 
Speng.— Spengler. 
Stud.—Studer. 
Schmidt. 
Schroet—Schroeter. 
Solan.—Solander. 
Sow.—Sowerby. 
Schum.—Schumaker. 
Spiz. 
Swain.—Swainson. 


Say. 
Turt.—Turton. 
Valen.—Valencienes. 


Wag.—Wagner. 
Wood. 


Voldi. 


Zeig.—Zeigler. 


CONTENTS OF Mr LEA’S MEMOIR. 


Description of Freshwater and Land Shells. Read December 19, 1834. ~ 
Continuation, Read January 2, 1835. 2 F 3 


Do, Read September 18, 1835. 

Do. Read February 5, 1836. 

Do. Read July 15, 1836. ‘. 
Do. Read August 19, 1836. c . 
Do. Read November 4, 1836. 

Do. Read July 21, 1837. 

Do. Read January 5, 1838. 

Do. Read January 19, 1838. 


Systematic Index of the Family Naiades. 
Synopsis of the Family Naiades. 
Division of the Family Naiades. : 5 S d : : : . 
Genus Margarita. : 5 B 
Subgenus Unio. . . : ; : 
Subgenus Margaritana. 
Subgenus Dipsas. . 
Subgenus Anodonta. 
Genus Platiris. . 0 : 
Subgenus Iridina. 
Subgenus Spatha, 


Addenda. : : : : : : : : 
Geographical Distribution of the Species of the Family Naiades. 
Genus Margarita. 2 : : . . . : 3 : d S 
Subgenus Unio. : , 9 : . 
Subgenus Margaritana. . . 5 . 5 


Subgenus Dipsas. : 5 : : : 5 
Subgenus Anodonta. 


Genus Platiris. : 5 c : . . 
Subgenus Iridina. . ” 5 0 
Subgenus Spatha. : : 5 O - 5 : 
List of Authors. : ; : : C : : c 3 


* ; 


ERRATA. 


Page 48, line 15 from top, for 1837 read 1836. 

Page 49, line 17 from top, for zs read in. 

Page 59, line 7 from top, for left valve read right valve. 
Page 59, line 17 from bottom, for forms read performs. 
Page 96, line 8 from top, for Pepinianus read Pepiniana. 
Page 13], line 9 from top, for Membranacea read Membranaceus, 


b> | 


ARTICLE II. 


Descriptions of new North American Insects, and Observations on 
some already described. By Thomas Say.—Continued from Vol. 
IV., N. S., p. 470. Read June 17, 1836. 


ALEOCHARA, Grav. 


9.* A.simplicicollis. Blackish; antenne, feet, inner tip of the elytra 
and posterior margins of the segments of the tergum reddish brown.— 
Inhab. Missouri. : 

Body with short prostrate hairs: head black : anfennz reddish brown ; 
transverse joints somewhat darker: e/ytra on the sutural margin, par- 
ticularly towards the tip, obscure reddish brown; common emargina- 
tion at tip very obvious: ¢ergum with the posterior margins of the 
segments dull reddish brown: feef reddish brown or honey-yellow.— 
Length about one-tenth of an inch. 

Distinguished from the two preceding species by the simplicity of 
the thorax and the margined segments of the tergum. 

10. A. falsifica. Black; with converging hairs; elytra and feet 
yellowish.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body black, with rather long, prostrate hairs: head with the hairs 


* In the description of the preceding species (A. semicarinata, see Vol. IV., N. S., p. 
470), the following details were accidentally omitted :— 

Length less than one-tenth of an inch. 

Resembles A. propera, but may be distinguished by the double thoracic groove, forming 
an inclined carina. 


VI.—2 0 


156 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


converging to the middle line, and directed forward: antenne black- 
ish; basal joints obscure piceous: palpi dull yellowish: thorax with 
the hairs converging to the middle line and directed forwards: elytra 
dull yellowish, darker on the base, suture and outer margin; the hairs 
somewhat arranged so as to resemble striae: /eef honey-yellow.— 
Length about one tenth of an inch. 

11. A. verna. Black; distinetly punctured ; inner top of the elytra 
dull yellowish.—Inhab. Missouri. 

Body with scattered hairs: head polished, with sparse irregularly 
arranged, rather large punctures: anfennzx of the basal joints hardly 
tinged with piceous: ¢horaz polished, with numerous, rather large, 
unequal and irregularly scattered punctures; middle line destitute of 
punctures: feet black-piceous.—Length about one tenth of an inch. 

The more conspicuous and irregular puncturing will distinguish 
this species from the above described. 

12. A. exigua. Black; punctured; antennz and feet hardly tinged 
with piceous.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body black, a little polished, with short hair; punctures numerous, 
somewhat regular: anfennz at base, and palpi very slightly tinged with 
piceous : elyfra a little indented at the scutel ; at tip the common emar- 
gination obtuse, not profound: feet black-piceous.—Length one-twen- 
tieth of an inch. 

13. A. minima. Black; elytra and feet dull yellowish.—Inhab. 
Indiana. 

Body black, with numerous prostrate hairs: anfenne towards the 
base with a very slight tinge of piceous: elytra dull yellowish: fergum 
dirty yellowish at tip: feet whitish-yellow, dull.—Length nearly one 
tenth of an inch. 

Var. a. Thorax nearly the colour of the elytra. 

14. A. bilobata. Dark reddish brown; thorax subcordate, canali- 
culate, feet pale-—Inhab. Missouri and Indiana. 

Body very dark reddish brown, with numerous regular punctures: 
antenn, two basal joints paler: mouth beneath, excepting the termi- 
nal joints of the maxillary palpi, pale testaceous: ¢horax rounded be- 
fore and narrower behind ; very deeply canaliculate; groave abruptly 
abbreviated on the basal margin: elyfra at tip and sides with smaller 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 157 


punctures than the thorax; suture indented: feet pale testaceous: ter- 
gum, segments with dilated punctures at base. —Length less than three- 
twentieths of an inch. 

The thoracic canal is less dilated, but at least as profound as that of 
the canaliculata, Grav. ; the thorax is more contracted behind, and the 
head more prominent, and distinctly separate from the thorax by a 
short neck. 

The genus Aleochara, as is obvious to entomologists, needs reforma- 
tion. The present species, and some others of Gravenhorst’s first di- 
visions, may be separated from it under the following name and cha- 
racters. 

Genus Aleodorus. Head prominent, with a distinct neck, not in- 
serted into the thorax; antenne inserted into the anterior internal orbit 
of the eye; three basal joints longest; maxillary palpi long, terminal 
joint acicular; thorax longitudinal, rounded on the sides, or without 
lateral edge: feet simple.* 


BUPRESTIS, F. 


1. B. virginica. Turton’s Linn. p. 411 ; Drury’s Ins., vol. L., p. 66, 
pl. 30, fig. 3. 

This species very closely resembles B. mariana, L., and notwith- 
standing the magnitude of Drury’s figure, it is somewhat smaller than 
the latter species, the posterior part of the thorax is a little narrower 
and the curvature of its lateral edge is somewhat different. It inhabits 
the eastern and middle states. 

2. B. liberta, Germ. This differs more in colour from the virgini- 
ensis, than the latter species does from the mariana; but it corresponds 
with virginiensis in the form of the thorax. Iam still inclined to 
consider it a variety of that species, which Germar does not refer to in 
his description of liberta. 

3. B. lurida, F. (and Melsh. Catal.) 

This is the corrosa, Deg. MSS. Herbst. Olivier did not observe 
the anal points, which are sometimes obscured by the hair. 


* lam indebted to Professor Wiedeman for the two very useful works on ‘‘ Coleoptera 
Microptera” by Gravenhorst. They contain detailed descriptions of many North American 
species of the Linnean genus Staphylinus, which now constitute a large family. 


158 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


4. B. divaricata, Nob. That this insect is closely allied to acumi- 
nata, F., there can be no doubt, and Dejean (in a letter) considers it 
the same; but, on reference to the description of that species by Gyl- 
lenhal (Insecta Svecica*), I find the following characters, “ thorax ante 
scutellum puncta duo impressa: anus emarginatus.” In the present 
species is only a single indentation at the base of the thoracic groove, 
and immediately anterior to the scutel, and the anus is tridentated, the 
middle tooth being more slender and acute. A variety in my collec- 
tion is destitute of the punctured striz of the elytra. 

4. B. obscura, F. (and Melsh. Catal.) 

Herbst says the side of the thorax is rectilinear, not arcuated. This 
would agree better with durida, F.; my specimens of obscura are rec- 
tilinear only from before the middle to the base. 

5. B. dentipes, Germar. This is the characteristica of Melshei- 
mer’s Catalogue; but, as no mere catalogue can establish a name, Ger- 
mar’s must be of course retained, because it is the first name recogniz- 
able by a description. 

6. B. hybernata,F. From the specimen in my collection, I am led 
to believe that the hybernata, F. is but a variety of the frontalis, Oli- 
vier, and that both have serrate elytra; but I have not at present the 
means of referring to Olivier’s work. My specimen is reddish purple ; 
thorax immaculate ; elytra serrate, with but five green spots; and the 
anterior thighs are armed with a prominent tooth. 

7. B. sexguttata, Nob. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Se.). This name being 
preoccupied by Herbst for an American species, we change it to sex- 
signata. 

8. B. gibbicolis, Nob. (Journ. A. N.S.). This name is pre-occu- 
pied by Illiger for an European species, it must therefore be changed. 

9. B. pulchella, Herbst. The volvulus, F. is probably the same 
species; but which of the two names has the priority I cannot now 
ascertain, not having the date of Herbst’s volume. There is some con- 
fusion amongst the species of the small group to which this belongs, in 
consequence of the short descriptions of Fabricius. Herbst’s descrip- 
tion of this species cannot well be mistaken. J have found it in Penn- 


For this very accurately descriptive work, I am indebted to the politeness of the author. 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 159 


sylvania, Florida and Arkansa. It is the ornata of Dejean’s Cata- 
logue ; and Germar, in a letter, considers it a new species under the 
name of olydonia. 

10. B. ornata, F. About the size of the preceding, though per- 
haps a little more robust, of a much darker colour; and may also be 
distinguished from it by the thorax having the dorsal line deeply in- 
dented, more especially on the posterior margin, and being obtusely 
angulated behind the middle of the lateral edge. Dejean supposed it 
a new species, and gave it, in MSS., the name of multiguttata, but I 
think there is no doubt that it is the Fabrician ple 

11. B. fubulus, F. This species is described as having but five yel- 
low punctures on the elytra, placed 2.2.1, the latter being the largest. 
But it varies considerably in this respect, sometimes having eight or 
nine spots, and again other specimens occur with not more than are 
indicated by Fabricius, if we consider the posterior larger one as being 
composed of two confluent ones. ‘The rest of the description agrees 
precisely, and even the noted size corresponds with our insect; as Fa- 
bricius says, “statura omnino B. volvuli, at duplo minor.” It may 
indeed be at once distinguished from pulchella by its much inferior 
size, very different colour, and the greater regularity of its elytral spots; 
but the lateral edge of its thorax has a similar curvature. It is the 
smallest of our species of the group distinguished by the want of scu- 
tel, &c., and approaches the ornata by its colouring and the somewhat 
similar arrangement of the elytral spots, but differs in the regular cur- 
vature of its lateral thoracic edge. It is the volvulus of Dejean’s Cata- 
logue. Germar believed it new and gave it the name of zanthocyma: 
it is the culéa of Weber; and Dr Harris has described it under the name 
of geranii. : 

12. B. acornis. Brassy black ; antenne short; scutel green; be- 
neath cupreous.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body with dense, rather large, confluent punctures: head a little 
tinged with cupreous, particularly towards the tip; tip of the clypeus 
not narrowed, not emarginate, but with a slight concave curvature: 
labrum hardly prominent, not visible when viewed from above: anten- 
nz very short, not reaching the vertex, the three basal joints together 
about as long as all the others combined: ¢horax in breadth at least 

VI.—2 P 


160 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


twice the length, with transverse confluent punctures: scutel bright 
green: elyéra with transversely confluent punctures ; serrate from near 
the humerus; surface obsoletely undulated : beneath cupreous: anterior 
thighs with a prominent acute spine.—Length seven-twentieths of an 
inch. 

A small and distinct species. 

13. B. impedita.* Elytra bluish-green, grooved and punctured.— 
Inhab. Pennsylvania. 

Head confluently punctured, green with a cupreous reflection: an- 
fenne steel-blue, at base green: labrum green, ciliate at tip: thorax 
cupreous, with green confluent punctures; on some parts of the disk 
the punctures are sparse: scutel oval, regularly concave, green: elytra 
densely punctured, with five dilated grooves and four elevated lines, 
the latter sparsely punctured; green, gradually shaded into a blue vitta 
along the middle; suture and outer margin cupreous; tip somewhat 
truncated: beneath green cupreous.—Length three-fifths of an inch. 

The specimen was taken near Philadelphia. It is evidently related 
to salishuriensis, as described by Weber, to decora, F., and splendens, 
F. of China. But Weber’s description states the former to have stri- 
ated elytra, without elevated lines. The splendens has only three ele- 
vated lines on the elytra, and the decora is larger, with the tip of the 
elytra two-toothed. Neither can it be the striata, Oliv., as the elytra 
are not slightly bidentate, nor are their two inner elevated lines abbre- 
viated. A variety found by my brother, B. Say, in New Jersey, is 
much tinted with copper, and is smaller, but the sculpture and form 
are the same. 

I may add, as closely allied to the impedita and to the salisburiensis, 
Web., in point of colouring, a specimen which I found in New Jersey 
many years since, and which I then described under the name of wi- 
tramarina; but the description was mislaid and never published, and 
the specimen is now deprived of its head and thorax. The following 
is a description of what remains of it. 


Dr Harris is of opinion that this species, the awrulenta of Linneus and Olivier, and the 
striata of Fabricius are the same; and that the decora, F. and salisburiensis, Weber and 


Herbst, are identical. ‘The latter differ from the aurulenta, L. in not having elevated lines on 
the elytra. 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 16] 


Scutel orbicular, disk indented: elytra blue on the disc ; submargin 
and subsuture green, passing into golden towards the margin and suture, 
which are brilliant coppery or red golden; basal margin green golden; 
surface with seven or eight stria of dilated profound punctures ; the 
interstitial lines with each a single series of smaller punctures; no ele- 
vated lines; tip /runcated, with a slight projection at the inner angle: 
beneath green-golden, with a slight coppery tinge: ¢ibi# coppery.— 
Length of the elytra two-fifths of an inch. 

It is more brilliant than either the impedita or pare Nice From 
the former it is distinguished by being destitute of elevated lines on the 
elytra, and from both by its regular series of large profound punctures. 

14. B. viridicornis, Nob. This has been-mistaken by an European 
entomologist for the agrilus ruficollis, F.; but it is very different in 
form, which is much more like that of a true Buprestis ; and the colour 
is also different, though that of the head and thorax probably deceived 
him, being coppery in each, though much more obscure in our insect. 
I have taken a variety in this state differing greatly in colour, so much 
so, that it might lead to error unless actually compared. 

The colour is bright green; thorax on the disc tinged with coppery, 
with a common green triangle extending from the humerus to beyond 
the middle; beneath the green colour is less brilliant. Another variety 
has the cupreous colour of the thorax confined to the lateral margin. 
the remainder being of the colour of the elytra. 

I may add to the specific description that the head has an orbicular 
indentation between the eyes, and aslightly indented line on the ver- 
tex; the scutel is altogether destitute of a transverse elevated line; it is 
convex, and widely triangular; the elytra are minutely serrate at tip. 

This species has characters in common with buprestis and agrilus, 
and it may perhaps belong to the latter. 


AGRILUS, Megerle. 


1. A. ruficollis, F. We may add to the Fabrician characters that 
the head is profoundly indented on the vertex; the indented line is 
continued down the front; the elytra are scabrous, and at tip, as well 
as that of the abdomen, serrate. 

Var. 4. Thorax obscure green. 


162 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


Var. B. Thorax colour of the elytra. 

The great indentation of the vertex distinguishes this species from 
others of this country. Herbst’s figure only tends to mislead, if indeed 
it can be intended for this insect at all. It is too robust, the thorax is 
not represented as indented, and the elytra are punctured in stria, with 
large punctures. 

2. A. geminatus, Nob. A numerous species; the colour of the 
head and thorax often resembling those of the preceding species, but 
the acute, arcuated, elevated line at the posterior angles, is similar to 
that of the Jinearis, F. of Austria, which it very much resembles. 

3. A. politus, Nob. Much like areuatus, but a little more robust, 
and of a brilliant colour. Like the other species its elytra are denti- 
culated at tip. Having examined numerous specimens, I find that it 
is not ofa larger size than geminatus. 

4. A. arcuatus, Nob. A little larger than geminatus, and resem- 
bling it in the character of the elevated line at the posterior thoracic 
angles, but the antenne are much more slender and elongated. 

5. A. granulatus, Nob. ‘This species has three hardly visible ful- 
vous spots on the elytra; one on the depressed base, one near the suture 
before the middle, and one behind the middle, also near the suture. I 
have a specimen in which these spots are not at all visible. 

The elevated line at the posterior angles of the thorax is short, but 
very obvious. 

6. A. bilineatus, Weber, Nob. In my printed description an error 
occurs. When describing the elytral vitte, instead of “extended to- 
wards the tip, where it gradually approaches the scutel,” I should have 
said sufure instead of “scutel.” 

7. A. lateralis, Nob. I stated in the description that the elytra are 
entire; I would add that they are not obviously denticulated at tip. 

8. A. pusillus, Nob. The smallest North American species I have 
yet seen. 

The above species of agrilus, excepting the first, I described in the 
Journal Acad. Nat. Sc. and the Annals of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist. of 
New York, under the genus Buprestis, to which most entomologists 
yet refer their kindred species. 


e 


Ps 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 163 


9. A. fallax. Elytra with about three spots on each, which exhi- 
bit a different reflection.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Brassy-greenish: head green, sometimes cupreous on the vertex; 
impressed line hardly obvious: thorax with a dorsal and lateral in- 
dented line; the former more obvious behind, the latter oblique and 
dilated ; more or less tinged with cupreous; an arcuated, elevated line 
at the posterior angles; posterior angles acute: elyfra with the basal 
indentation, subsutural spot behind the middle, composed of minute 
prostrate hairs, producing a different reflection from that of the gene- 
ral surface ; tip denticulate: beneath blackish-brassy. 

Var. 4. Dull cupreous; thorax brighter. 

Length more than one-fifth of an inch. 

Distinguished by the elytral spots offering a different reflection from 
the remainder of the surface. In some positions they are hardly ob- 
vious; but seen from before or behind they are distinct, particularly 
the posterior one. 

10. A. putillus. ‘Thorax transversely indented before and behind 
the middle; elevated line of the posterior angle none.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body blackish-brassy: head greenish; longitudinal impressed line 
very distinct: thorax with a transverse indentation before, a much 
larger transverse indentation behind the middle, and a more profound 
lateral one parallel with the lateral margin; posterior angles destitute 
of an elevated line, rectangular or rather more obtuse; elytra, basal 
indentation ovate-oblong, oblique; tip denticulated, from the suture to 
the middle concave; suture rather prominent.—Length over one-tenth 
of an inch. 

Only three of the before mentioned species are destitute of an ele- 
vated line at the posterior thoracic angles, viz. the ru/icollis, bilineata 
and Jateralis, to these we may add the cogifans, Weber. From all these 
the present is separable by its inferior size, excepting the /ateralis, 
which has no denticulations at the tip of the elytra. One of my spe- 
cimens has the head green before. 

11. A. otiosus. Line of the thoracic angles short and obtuse; front 
but slightly punctured.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body greenish, or brassy-blackish, rather slender: head with the 
punctures obsolete, excepting on the vertex, where they are not pro- 

VI.—2 Q 


164 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


found or well defined; beneath the middle of the front with short 
whitish hairs: ¢horax with two slight indentations placed longitudi- 
nally, a more obvious one on the lateral margin, and another each side 
of the basal middle; elevated line of the posterior angles less than one- 
fourth of the length of the lateral edge, but slightly elevated and ob- 
tuse: elyéra depressed from the suture to the middle; tip denticulated. 
—Length nearly one-fifth of an inch. 

Resembles geminatus, but its form is rather more slender, the fron- 
tal punctures are obsolete, and the elevated line of the thoracic angles 
is much shorter and less distinct. 

12. A. cogitans, Weber. The thorax is described to be serrate ; 
but on close examination the edge will be found to be entire, and the 
upper surface of the edge, or extreme margin only, is serrate. The 
body is more dilated than in any other of our species. 


TRACHYS, F. 


1. 'T. tessellata, F. 
2. T. ovata, Weber, Obs. p. 76. 
Our species vary greatly, or are very numerous. 


GENUS METONIUS, Say. 


Thorax short, wide, and deeply emarginate before for the reception 
of the head; not lobate behind: antenne subclavate, concealed when at 
rest in a groove of the thorax; body short, wide before and narrow be- 
hind: tibia angulated, and when at rest the tarsi are applied to the 
outer edge: presternum prominent to the mouth, and behind applied 
evenly to the poststernum by a transverse line. 

This genus differs from Trachys in the thorax being not lobed be- 
hind; in the presternum terminating by a straight line; by the dilata- 
tion of the tibia, &c. 

i. M. ovatus, Nob. (Trachys) Ann. Lye. New York. Those who 
will retain this species in Zrachys must change the name to devigatus, 
as the other is preoccupied in that genus. 

2. M, purpureus. Ovate, black; elytra purple-—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body black: head with distinct punctures; front with an indented, 


at 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS, 165 


abbreviated line placed low down: ¢horax with scattered discoidal 
punctures; no lateral indentation: e/ytra purple; indented at the mid- 
dle of the base and behind the humerus; punctures rather large but 
not deeply impressed, placed in series and obsolete behind: ¢ibiw an- 
gulated.—Length under three-twentieths of an inch. 

This insect is certainly congeneric with the preceding, but it cannot 
be placed in Trachys, or even in Aphanisticus, if pusillus, Olivier, can 
be considered as a type of it. 


APHANISTICUS, Zafr. 


A. gracilis, Nob. (Trachys) Ann. Lyc. New York. The thorax is 
not laterally dilated and reflected. 


MELASIS, Oliv. 


M. nigricornis, Nob., Journ. A. N.S. 

I was deterred from referring this species to Cerophytum, Latr., by 
the character “le pénultiéme article des tarses bifide. Le corps est 
ovale.” Our insect cannot therefore be the Me/asis picea, Beauv., 
which is referred to Cerophytum. 


ELATER, Z. 
+ Tarsi not lobed beneath. 


1. E. oblessus, Nob. (discoideus, Fabr.). The Fabrician phrase, 
when describing the elytra, is, “elytra striata, atra, margine baseos la- 
teralique late albo;” but as the whitish portion occupies about two- 
thirds of the whole surface and might lead to error, it would be better 
to say, elytra whitish, with the sutural margin and exterior edge except- 
ing at base, black. 

I change the Fabrician name, because it is preoccupied by Weber 
for a very different species of this country.* ) 

2. E. morio, F. Herbst. E. /evigatus, F. Herbst. E. piceus, De- 
geer, Turton’s Linn. 


* Dr Harris says that Weber’s species, here referred to, is the hematus of Fabricius ; and 
that Mr Say does not seem to have known the later discoideus of Fabricius, which is quite 
distinct from the above named oblessus. 


. 
166 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND ORSERVATIONS ON 


This species is subject to vary through all the intermediate grada- 
tions between smooth elytra and deeply striated elytra; which is the 
cause why several species have been made of it. The Jateral edge of 
the thorax is grooved. 

3. E. abruplus, Nob., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York. Like mo- 
rio, but more convex above, more impressed at the junction of the 
thorax and abdomen; more densely and minutely punctured; a little 
more robust; each joint of the antenne originates much nearer the 
posterior angle of the preceding joint; and the lateral edge of the tho- 
rax is destitute of a groove, of a somewhat different form, and the head 
is not impressed, but is rounded on the front. 

4. E. altenuatus. Reddish brown; elytra somewhat attenuated, 
blackish and mucronate behind.—Inhab. U. S. 

Body bright reddish-brown, almost sanguineous, with small close 
set punctures: head not indented before : anfennz, joints not elongated : 
thorax convex, lateral margin arcuated ; narrowed before ; line from the 
posterior angle rectilinear, acute, diverging from the lateral edge so as 
to be as near to the inner edge: region of the scutel rather widely in- 
dented: elytra with smaller punctures than those of the thorax; with 
obsolete strie; terminal oblique third black; tip somewhat attenu- 
ated and mucronate: feet a little darker.—Length four-fifths of an 
inch. 

A variety occurs of which the elytra are obscure, but still the ter- 
minal third, and the exterior margin also, are black. In a particular 
light is a slight sericeous effect. 

5. E. viridipilis, Nob. The thorax in form resembles those of ocw- 
latus and myops, F. but is proportionally longer. 


The posterior angles are curved considerably downward. _ It is rare. 


6. E. eylindriformis, Nob. In the description “a prominent edge 
above the antennz, which disappears before ;” instead of the three last 
words, read, which is obtusely emarginate. 'The head, thorax and base 
of the elytra have rather long, prostrate hairs; the remainder of the 
elytra has short hairs. ‘Tarsi simply hairy beneath. 

It may be referred to the genus Campylus, Fischer, but the head is 
inserted nearly to the eyes in the thorax; and the palpi are hardly 
filiform. ie 


- 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 167 


7. E. rubricollis, Herbst, Nob. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Se.). This is 
the verticinus, Beauvois, but I do not know which has the priority.* 

8. E. limbalis. Thorax fulvous, dise black; elytra blackish, with a 
testaceous margin.—Inhab. U.S. 

Head blackish; antenne wide, deeply serrate; three basal joints 
taken together not longer than the fourth joint; second and third very 
short, equal transverse: thorax fulvous-testaceous: disc in the middle, 
basal and posterior part of the lateral margin black: elytra testaceous 
all around and blackish along the middle: beneath blackish piceous; 
pectus with an oblique, fulvous spot near the posterior angles: feet 
piceous.—Length less than half an inch. 

This is the imbalis of Melsh. Catal.,and I have it noted inmy MSS. 
interrogatively as the imbalis of Herbst, but I have not now his work 
to refer to. 

9. E. ectypus. Blackish brassy ; antenne and feet rufous; thoracic 
spines very short.—Inhab. U. S. 

Blackish or dark brown, tinged with brassy: clypeus very obtuse, 
almost truncated before, not appressed ; above plane, with two obsolete 
indented lines: antenne dark rufous, not dilated, and hardly serrate ; 
second joint more than two-thirds the length of the third; terminal 
joint not abruptly contracted near the tip: fhorax convex; dorsal line 
obvious; spines short, their excurvature hardly obvious, carina nearly 
parallel with the exterior edge: sewtel a little convex: elytra with 
punctured striz; interstitial spaces with numerous, small, definite, or- 
bicular punctures: feet rufous: tarsi simple.—Length nine-twentieths 
of an inch. 

It may be distinguished from the appresifrons, Nob., which it re- 
sembles, by the more convex thorax, of which the spines are much 
shorter and not much excurved; the antenne are more slender, and 
the terminal joint is not abruptly narrowed near its tip, and the punc- 
tures of the interstitial spaces of the elytra are obviously orbicular, and 
definite. 

10. E. pyrrhos, Herbst. Elongated: the thorax is narrow, the spines 


* Dr Harris remarks that Herbst’s name undoubtedly has the priority ; for that of Palisot 
de Beauvois does not seem to have been sanctioned by a description. 


VI.—2 R 


a EE 


168 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


hairy: the joints of the antenne are in length about three times their 
greatest breadth, even the second joint is in the same proportion with 
respect to the third: the length of the antennz is equal to half that of 
the body: clypeus subquadrate, concave towards the tip.——Length se- 
ven-tenths of an inch. 

11. E. suleicollis, Nob. (E. parallelus, Say, Ann. Lyc. New York). 
Dejean informs me that the name parallelus is preoccupied, and pro- 
poses to substitute for it that which I now give. An expressive name 
would be inversicoilis, the thorax being as wide, or rather wider before 
than behind. 

12. E. viridis, Nob., Ann. Lyc. New York. Antenne short: joints 
in their greatest breadth nearly equal to their length; second joint 
hardly half as long as the third: clypeus at tip not prominent, but only 
distinguished by a line: thoracic spines with a carinate line parallel to 
the exterior edge. 

13. E. auripilis, Nob., Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. I obtained another 
specimen in the N. W. Territory. 

It is remarkable for the deep indentations of the clypeus. 

14. E. semiviltatus, Nob., ({bid.). In the only specimen at present 
in my cabinet, is a transverse indented line in the middle of the lJate- 
ral margin: the thoracie dorsal line is polished behind the middle. 

15. E. obesus, Nob. (Ibid.). The clypeus is not prominent, and 
the thoracic spines are not carinated; the elytra, in one specimen, are 
acuminated at tip: the nails are very robust on the basal half, which 
terminates at the middle in a prominent tooth, separated by a deep 
fissure. 

16. E. viridanus, Nob. (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist.). The thorax has 
two orbicular indentations before the middle. 

‘17. E. mancus, Nob. (Journ. A. N.S.). Second joint of the an- 
tennz rather longer than the third. Clypeus not prominent.—Inhab. 
New Hampshire, Harris.* 


[Among Mr Say’s suppressed descriptions is the following, which may be of use in 
determining the species, and is therefore worth preserving. | 
18. E. linteus. Black; elytra whitish, tip and sutural edge black.—Inhab. U. S. 
Body black : clypeus not prominent, rounded at tip: antenne robust, deeply serrate ; se- 
cond joint transyerse, nearly orbicular, very small: thorax gradually narrowed before by a 


-- 


SUME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 169 


is. E. converus, Nob. (Journ. A.N.S.). With a good magnifier 
the interstitial lines appear to have minute punctures; the third and 
fourth, and fifth and sixth striz of the elytra are confluent before the tip. 

19. E. cardisce. Thorax rounded, convex, with an elongated lateral 
fissure at base.—Inhab. U. S. 

Body, blackish: head with short, dense, prostrate, cinereous hair; 
clypeus elevated above the front, edge a little reflected : antenne nearly 
as long as the thorax, second joint shorter than the third: ¢horaz ele- 
vated, convex, with a slight violaceous tinge, and short, prostrate, cine- 
reous hair; regularly arcuated each side; lateral edge hardly raised, 
placed low down and obsolete before the middle; basal margin pro- 
foundly bisinuate, with an elongated fissure near the lateral angles and 
a small prominence in the middle ; angles short, abrupt: scwfel cordate, 
having a basal fissure: elytra, striz deeply impressed, third and fourth, 
fifth and sixth confluent before the tip; very short hair; interstitial 
lines convex, minutely rugulous, an obsolete paler spot in the middle 
and another beyond the middle: beneath slightly tinged with violaceous: 
tibie and farsi dark rufous. —Length three-tenths of an inch. 

I have taken it in Pennsylvania, and Dr Harris in Massachusetts. 
It resembles convexus, S., but the thorax is much more narrowed be- 
hind, Xe. 

20. E. discalceatus. Clypeus prominent, triangularly impressed.— 
Inhab. New Hampshire. 

Body hairy, rufous; discs of the thorax and elytra a little dusky: 
head densely punctured ; clypeus prominent and obtuse before, with a 
larger triangular indentation: ¢horaz a little dusky on the anterior 
margin; posterior angles a little excurved, obtuse, carinated line pro- 


rectilinear edge almost to the anterior margin; an impressed line at base; posterior angles 
carinate, rather acute: scufel convex, acute behind: elytra whitish, with strie of dilated 
punctures; tip black; a narrow, black, sutural margin, and exterior edge, behind the middle, 
black: feet piceous: farsi, fourth joint hardly shorter than the third.—Length over three- 
tenths of an inch. 

Can this be the miaxtus, Herbst? It is the dewstus of Melsheimer’s Catalogue ? a name 
preoccupied by Thunberg for a species of Ceylon. 

[This description Mr Say originally arranged immediately after that of E. mancus, in the 
papers printed at New Harmony, during the summer of 1834, but omitted it with the follow. 
ing remark : | 

Leconte says that it is the /ugubris, Beauv. 


170 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


minent, acute, not parallel with the edge: elylra with the punctires 
of the stria not longer than broad: beneath much paler.—Length 
nearly half an inch. , 

The antenne are not longer than the thorax, and the terminal joint 
is not remarkably contracted near its tip. The individual was sent to 
me for examination by Dr Harris. It resembles eucullalus, S., but is 
destitute of tarsal lobes. 

21. E. apicatus. Elytra bright rufous, black at tip.—Inhab. New 
Hampshire. 

Body black, with short yellowish hairs: elypeus convex, anterior 
edge not obtusely rounded, declining, but distinct at tip: anfennz dark 
piceous, rather shorter than the thorax, second and third joints subequal : 
thorax wider at the posterior angles; lateral edge rectilinear from the 
middle to the tip of the posterior angles, which are prominent and 
acute: elytra bright rufous, with a longitudinal black spot at tip; striae 
impressed, rather wide, punctured; interstitial spaces convex, punc- 
tured: farsi piceous.—Length nine-twentieths of an inch. 

The specimen was kindly sent to me by Dr Harris for examination. 
Resembies sanguinipennis, S., but is larger, with a black spot at tip of 
the elytra. tei 

22. E.hamatus. Blackish, thorax with golden hair ; elytra whitish, 
with a dusky hooked line at tip.—Inhab. Massachusetts. 

Body blackish piceous: antennx dull rufous, hardly as long as the 
thorax, second and third joints subequal, ultimate joint oval, not longer 
than the preceding one: thorax convex; posterior angles excurved, 
prominent, obtuse at tip; hairs golden, prostrate ; carinated line parallel 
to the edge: elytra yellowish-white, with a piceous vitta on the outer 
margin from the tip to near the middle, where it curves inward and 
backward towards the suture and tip ; striz impressed and punctured : 
feet rufous.—Length over two-fifths of an inch. 

Sent to me by Dr Harris. 

23. E. fallax. Clypeus appressed to the front anteriorly ; posterior 
thoracic angles short.—Inhab. New Hampshire. 

Body blackish-piceous, with yellowish sericeous hair: elypews anteri- 
orly confluent with the front : anfenne about as long as the thorax ; joints 
hardly longer than their greatest breadth: /horax narrowed before ; 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. Lk All 


lateral edge a little arcuated; punctures minute; posterior angles short, 
rather wide, scarcely excurved ; carina short; basal margin somewhat 
depressed, with a longitudinal indentation in the middle, and a slender 
impunctured line extends to the anterior edge : elytra striate, the striae 
not very obviously punctured, third and fourth confluent before the 
tip; greatest breadth posterior to the middle: ¢ibi# and farsi rufous.— 
Length two-fifths of an inch. 

This species was sent to me by Dr Harris. The particular disposi- 
tion of the hair on the elytra of the specimen gives the appearance of 
a broad band at base, another beyond the middle, and a subsutural spot 
in the middle, blackish. 

24. E. armus. Black ; shoulder rufous.—Inhab. U. S. 

Body black: elypeus with large punctures, somewhat triangularly 
depressed ; anterior edge obtusely arcuated, distinct from the anterior 
part of the head: antennzx, joints as broad at tip as long, second and 
third equal, terminal one large, ovate acute, not abruptly smaller to- 
wards the tip: ¢horax convex; punctures rather distant, larger before ; 
lateral edge subrectilinear, a little undulated; posterior angles short, 
their exterior edge very much arcuated, so that the tip points inward 
and backward, carina diverging and distant from the edge, and not very 
obvious: elytra with punctured striz, third and fourth confluent before 
the tip; interstitial spaces punctured ; humerus rufous.—Length one- 
fourth of an inch. 

Different from scapularis, S., of which the tarsi are lobed. It inha- 
bits the middle states, and Dr Harris sent me one from Massachusetts, 

25. KB. agonus. Posterior thoracic angles very short and rounded ; 
antenne longer than the thorax.—Inhab. Massachusetts, Harris. Penn- 
sylvania. 

Body violaceous-blackish : clypeus very obtuse before and hardly dis- 
tinct from the anterior part of the head; punctures small: anfennez ru- 
fous, the tip of.the ninth joint reaching the tip of the posterior thoracic 
angle, third joint a little longer than the second, which is globular; 
terminal joint obtuse at tip: ¢horax with small punctures, and, like 
the head, with prostrate hair; lateral edge slightly arcuated to each 


extremity; at base an impressed line in the middle, and an oblique one 


each side; posterior angles very short, obtusely rounded: elytra with 
VI.—2 58 


172 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


short hairs, dull rufous, with punctured stria, of which the third and 
fourth are confluent before the tip: feet and venter on the margin ru- 
fous.—Length seven-twentieths of an inch. 

The posterior thoracie angles are unusually short and rounded. 

26. F. vernalis, Hentz. Also inhabits Indiana. I obtained several 
specimens in the autumn on the root of an overturned tree. 

27. KE. hieroglyphicus, Harris; Catal. Bronzed-black ; elytra pale 
rufous, with two undulated black bands.—Inhab. Massachusetts and 
New Hampshire. Harris. Pennsylvania. 

Body short, robust: head with yellow prostrate hair: clypeus angu- 
lated before and but little elevated: antennez rufous ; second joint half 
as long as the third; last joint not larger than the preceding one: tho- 
rax convex, covered with prostrate, yellow hair, lateral edge regularly 
but not prominently arcuated; posterior angles excurved, subacute, 
slightly carinated, with a small sinus at their inner origin: elytra pale 
yellowish rufous, striated ; striae without very distinct punctures, third 
and fourth confluent before the tip; interstitial spaces punctured; a 
blackish undulated band from the humerus, is connected by a subsu- 
tural blackish vitta, with another undulated band behind the middle, 
which is decurrent along the subsuture nearly to the tip: beneath tinged 
with rufous: feet rufous.—Length less than half an inch. 

In some specimens the posterior band is also decurrent along the 
exterior margin nearly to the tip. 

2s. E. choris. 'TYhorax rugulous, black, with yellow hairs; elytra 
yellowish bifasciate with black.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body biack: antennx piceous, dull yellowish at base: thorax longi- 
tudinally rugulous, black, with numerous, golden, prostrate hairs ; pos- 
terior angles acute, but not much elongated ; carinated line prominent, 
elongated, arcuated: elytra pale yellowish, with a black spot at base, 
an angulated band on the middle, interrupted into a spot towards the 
suture, and another black angulated band, dilated near the suture, 
which it does not reach, but passes abruptly backward towards the tip ; 
strie as broad as the interstitial lines: beneath tinged with piceous: 
feet pale yellowish.—Length one-fifth of an inch. 

I took three individuals. 

29. E. dorsalis, Nob. (Journ. A. N.S.). This name was given by 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 173 


Paykull to an insect which proved to be the marginatus, Fabr. But 
if it be determined, nevertheless, that the present name be changed, 
that of mellillus may be substituted. It is found in Indiana, and I ob- 
tained a specimen at New Orleans. 

30. E. pectoralis. Yellowish; thorax rounded; head and elytral 
band black.—Inhab. Missouri. ; 

Body yellowish with a slight rufous tinge ; punctures hardly percep- 
tible: Aead blackish-piceous: c/ypeus very obtusely rounded at tip to 
the eyes: antenne and palpi pale yellow: thorax with the lateral edge 
much and regularly arcuated to the origin of the spines, where it be- 
comes a little excurved; spines short, acute, carinated: seutel suborbi- 
cular: e/ytra with obsolete striae; a transverse black band behind the 
middle running down the suture and exterior margin: pectus with the 
middle segment dilated.—Length less than one-tenth of an inch. 

Resembles areolatus, Nob., but is much smaller, the thorax more 
rounded, the spines smaller, the middle segment of the pectus is di- 
lated, &c. A variety from Dr Harris has the elytral fascia extending 
to the tip, and in size is a little longer. 

31. E. curiatus. Blackish; elytra yellowish with a black band; 
thorax with a fissure each side at base.—Inhab. U. S. 

Body blackish-livid, with minute punctures : elypeus obtusely round- 
ed, edge reflected: anéennz rufous, rather robust, a little serrate ; se- 
cond joint two-thirds the length of the third ; ultimate joint hardly 
longer than the preceding one: thorax with a fissure in the posterior 
edge near the spines; spines not carinate, but the lateral edge is some- 
what reflected: scufel oblong, concave: elytra with well impressed, 
punctured striz; yellowish-white, with a dusky band on the middle 
expanding a little on the margin and suture: /eef pale yellow.—Length 
three-tenths of an inch. 

I obtained three specimens in June. 

32. E. sanguinipennis, Nob. (Journ. A. N.S.). Closely resembles 
preustus, Fabr., which, however, has the colours much more vivid; 
the punctures rather larger and more dense, particularly those of the 


interstitial lines of the elytra; the thoracic spines longer; and the 


second and third joints of the antenne of our species are more cylin- 
drical. 


174 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


33. E. inflatus, Nob. (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist.). Resembles holose- 
riceus, Fabr., but is still more robust, the thoracic spines are longer, 
and the thoracic punctures more obvious.—Inhab. also Massachusetts. 
Harris. 

34. E. fenestratus, Nob. (Ibid.). As respects the elytral spot, it 
may be compared to the diguftatus, Fabr., but is not much longer 
than the head and thorax of that species. 

35. kK. obliquus. Piceous; thoracic disc and elytra blackish; the 
latter with an oblique spot before the middle.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body yellowish-piceous, punctured, with yellowish hairs: head 
black: clypeus not much elevated, obtusely angulated at tip: labrum 
piceous: anfenne distinctly serrate ; second joint two-thirds the length 
of the third; fourth to tenth subequal ; ultimate one not suddenly 
contracted near the tip: ¢horax blackish on the disc; lateral edge ar- 
cuated near the anterior angles, rectilinear from before the middle to 
the tip of the spines; spines moderate, not distinctly carinate: elytra 
with punctured striae, and slightly punctured interstitial lines; a very 
oblique yellowish band from the humerus, gradually dilating to the 
suture and terminating before the middle, leaving a rather large black 
scutellar area: pectus paler than the postpectus: /eef paler than the 
pectus: farsi and nails simple: venter with an obsolete darker vitta 
each side.—Length nearly one-fifth of an inch. 

This species somewhat resembles the areolatus, Nob. 

To this division of the genus must be added those species which I 
have described under the following names, viz. : badius, erosus, rotun- 
dicollis, plebejus, erylropus, collaris, rubricus, mendica, silaceus, quer- 
cinus, basilaris, and areolatus, as well as the stigma and nigricollis, of 
Herbst. 


tt  Tarsal joints lobed heneath. 


36. E. lobatus, Nob. This species, Germar thinks, is the castani- 
pes, Herbst; but it certainly cannot be castanipes, Fabr. The anterior 
part of the clypeus agrees with that of Campylus, Fischer. 

37. Bilobatus. Dark chestnut; front indented ; spines obtuse ; 
second and third joints of the tarsi lobed beneath.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body dark chestnut, punctured, with numerous short hairs; head 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 75 


with large, very dense punctures: fronf a little concave: clypeus not 
prominent, rather depressed between the antenne: anfennz a little 
paler; second joint rather more than half as long as the third; terminal 
joint abruptly smaller near the tip, so as to appear like two joints: 
thorax with the punctures as large as those of the head, but less dense ; 
spines obtuse, not elongated, destitute of carina: edytra with deep striae, 
in which are rather large, close set punctures ; interstitial lines convex, 
with minute punctures: feef, colour of the antennz, honey-yellow ; se- 
cond and third tarsal joints extended beneath into a membranaceous, 
rounded pulvillus.—Length less than seven-tenths of an inch. 

This species may be distinguished by the obtuse thoracic spines, and 
the lobed second and third tarsal joints. 

38. E. inquinatus. Honey-yellowish, head and suture blackish.— 
Inhab. U. 8. 

Body small, honey-yellow, with short hair: head dusky or blackish: 
antenne pale: clypeus terminating anteriorly in a rectangle: thoraa 
dusky on the anterior margin; lateral edge rectilinear ; posterior angles 
acute ; base each side with an elongated fissure: elytra, strie distinctly 
punctured ; sutural margin widely dusky at base, and tapering to the 
tip: beneath reddish brown: feet yellowish ; farsi with the penultimate 
joint only, obviously lobed.—Length under one-fifth of an inch. 

This species occurs in Pennsylvania, and Dr Harris obtained it in 
New Hampshire, and from North Carolina. 

39. E. memnonius. Brown more or less dark: antenne rufous, 
compressed ; Jength of the joints at least twice their terminal breadth ; 
longer than the thorax: head densely punctured; front concave, ante- 
rior edge depressed in the middle by the concavity, but still elevated : 
thorax densely, not confluently punctured, convex, laterally arcuated, 
widest in the middle; posterior angles very little excurved, and at their 
tips somewhat incurved ; carinated line nearly parallel with the edge, 
elevated and acute; basal edge with an acute sinus near the posterior 
angles: elytra with punctured impressed striae; punctures nearer each 
other than their own length; interstitial spaces convex, densely punc- 
tured ; third and fourth striz abbreviated and confluent at tip ; apicial 
margin a little elevated: beneath, margins and feet paler.—Length less 
than four-fifths of an inch. 

Vi.—2 T 


176 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


E. nemnonius, Herbst, Melsh. Catal. p. 42.—Inhab. middle states. 

Terminal joint of the antenne abruptly smaller at tip, and the tho- 
rax is longitudinally indented behind the middle. 

40. E. baridius. Resembles the preceding, but is much larger, 
more robust, the thorax more rounded each side, the second and third 
striz of the elytra abbreviated and confluent at tip.—Length over nine- 
tenths of an inch. 

Of this I have seen but one specimen, which was sent me for exa- 
mination by Dr Harris. It was taken in North Carolina. 

41. Hemipodus, Nob. (Ann. Lye. N. Y.). Black-brown : antenne 
with obconic-compressed joints, not obviously serrate; second joint 
more than half the lengih of the third : thoracic spines rather short 
and obtuse: the carina parallel with the outer edge: /arsi, first, second 
and third joints extended beneath into pulvilli: ¢horax with a slight 
fissure on the basal margin, near the posterior angles. 

42. E. soleatus. Chestnut; clypeus prominent, rounded ; second 
and third tarsal joints extended beneath into a prominent lobe.—Inhab. 
Indiana. 

Body dark chestnut brown, punctured; with very numerous, short 
hairs, not prostrate: c/ypeus prominent before, and obtusely rounded: 
antenne a little serrate, rufous; second joint not longer than broad, not 
more than half the length of the third: ¢horax rather convex, dorsal 
indentation none, excepting sometimes a very slight one at base; late- 
ral edge rectilinear from before the middle to the tip of the spines; 
spines not excurved, prominent, subacute, carinate ; the carina nearly 
parallel to the exterior edge : indentation between the thorax and ab- 
domen deep; scufel somewhat indented: elytra with punctured strie, 
and with minutely and irregularly punctured interstitial lines : beneath 
rufous; second and third joints of the tarsi each extending beneath into 
a prominent, flattened, membranaceous lobe, that of the third much 
more obvious, rounded at tip, and extending much beyond the tip of 
the penultimate joint, which is very small.—Length from seyen-twen- 
tieths, to more than eleven-twentieths of an inch. 

This varies considerably in size, and the prominent obtuse clypeus, 
together with the elongated, membranaceous lobe of the antepenulti- 


ee 


=e * Fer 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 177 


mate tarsal joint distinguish it from other species. Resembles eucul- 
latus. 

43. E. eucullatus, Nob. (Ann. Lye. N. Y.). May be distinguished 
from soleatus by the clypeus being obviously indented above, and more 
obtuse, almost emarginate on the anterior edge; the antenne are more 
slender, and the last joint not, or hardly longer than the preceding one; 
thorax more slender, and the spines more obtuse, shorter, and rounded 
at tip: the larger lobe of the tarsi is not so prominent. The thoracie 
spines resemble those of hemoroidatis, Fabr., but are more excurved. 

44. E. dilectus, Nob. (Ibid.). The penultimate tarsal joint of this 
species is produced beneath into a membranaceous lobe. Near the de- 
scription of bilineatus, Web., Fabr. 

45. KE. vespertinus, Fabr. ‘The penultimate tarsal joint is minute, 
but is extended beneath into a dilated membranaceous lobe, half the 
length of the last joint. This species varies considerably; the elytra 
have generally a connecting black band beyond the middle; they are 
rarely nearly all black, with one or two small spots, tip and humerus 
testaceous: the thoracic vitta are sometimes reduced to very small 
spots: scutel always testaceous. 

46. E. cirewmscriptus, Germ. The penultimate tarsal joint is at 
least half the length of the last, and is produced beneath into a lobe. 

47. E. bisectus, Nob. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc.). Penultimate tarsal 
joint remarkably short above, hardly visible, but produced beneath into 
a dilated lobe, two-thirds the length of the ultimate joint. 

48. E. exstriatus, Nob. ‘This is the E. geminatus, Nob. (Ann. Lye. 
N. Y.). Elytra destitute of striz ; joints of the tarsi, excepting the 
terminal one, with dilated lobes beneath. I change the name, as that 
of geminatus was previously given by Germar toa Brazilian species. 

49. E. bellus, S. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. UI., p.168.). The penul- 
timate tarsal joint is dilated beneath into a lobe. A very pretty little 
species. 

50. E. binus. Black; with two large testaceous spots on each ely- 
tron.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body black, with short yellowish hairs, almost sericeous, punctured : 
elypeus rounded at tip, somewhat prominent: anfenne scarcely serrate, 
rufous ; second joint more than half as long as the third; terminal joint 


178 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON- 


not, or hardly, longer than the penultimate one : /boraz on the lateral 
edge rectilinear from before the middle to the tip of the posterior spine, 
which is rather long, acute, carinate: seutel black: elytra with punc- 
tured striz, and minutely punctured interstitial lines; on each a large 
testaceous spot, extending from the base nearly to the middle, not 
reaching the suture, and a smaller one beyond the middle: pecfus in 
the middle piceous: feet honey-yellow : farsi, penultimate joint minute, 
but extended beneath into a lobe, almost half the length of the ulti- 
mate joint.—Length from one-fourth to two-fifths of an inch. 

51. E. seapularis. Clypeus concave; antennz longer than the tho- 
rax; humerus yellowish.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Head greenish black: e/ypeus somewhat prominent, obtusely round- 
ed at tip, much indented above: anfennex longer than the thorax, ser- 
rate ; second joint one-third the length of the third, which is dilated at 
tip like the following ones, and somewhat longer than the fourth: 
thorax greenish black, rather long ; sides a little contracted before the 
spines ; spines robust, not attenuated, rounded at tip and yellowish: 
scutel piceous: elytra dull yellowish on the basal margin: with rather 
deep striae, punctured; interstitial lines rounded with transversely 
confluent punctures: feef piceous: farsi with the second, third, and 
fourth joints dilated beneath into rather short lobes, that of the third 
much wider and more prominent; fourth joint more than half the 
length of the third; ultimate joint equal in length to the first, and 
equal to the second, third and fourth taken together.—Length less 
than two-fifths of an inch. 

This is rather slender, and the yellowish bases of the elytra are dis- 
tinguishing and obvious characters. 

52. E. acanthus. Brown; clypeus concave above; spines com- 
pressed, short, rounded.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body rather slender, punctured: Ahead blackish brown, with small 
punctures more distant than the length of their diameters: e/ypeus 
prominent, obtusely rounded before, and concave above: anfennz longer 
than the thorax, not serrate; second joint more than half the length of 
the third: ¢horax blackish brown; long, lateral edge rectilinear, hardly 
broader behind than before; anterior angles a little prominent, and 
slightly truncate; punctures not discoidal, small, profound, and more 


SUME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 179 


distant than the length of their own diameters; spines very short, 
rounded at tip, compressed, without carina, and reflected a little from 
the side: elytra paler, with dilated, punctured striae, and transverse 
wrinkles on the interstitial spaces: beneath, excepting the pectus, rather 
paler than the elytra: farsi, second and third joints produced beneath 
into membranaceous lobes, that of the third more prominent; fourth 
joint minute, hardly wider than the base of the ultimate joint.— 
Length three-tenths of an inch. 

Very much like cuculfalus, S.; is smaller and more slender; the 
punctures of the head and thorax are not discoidal, as in that species, 
and the thoracic spines are entirely destitute of carina, are more ob- 
tuse, compressed, and reflected from the sides. Rare. 

53. E. claricollis. Black; antenne, mouth, and feet yellowish; 
thoracic spines very short, without carina.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body black, polished; punctures minute and remote: elypeus not 
prominent, tip a little reflected and rounded: anfennz hardly as long 
as the thorax, not serrate, yellowish; first joint robust; second joint 
but little shorter than the third; terminal joint not longer than the 
penultimate one: mouth, excepting the tip of the mandibles, honey- 
yellow: thorax polished, a little narrowed at the anterior angles ; late- 
ral edge almost rectilinear, or hardly perceptibly arcuated from near 
the anterior angles to the base; spines very short, obtusely rounded, 
without any carina: scutel large, angulated behind: elytra with pune- 
tured strie ; interstitial lines with minute, distant punctures: pectus, 
in the middle near the mouth, honey-yellow: feet pale yellow ; tarsi, 
fourth joint small, but produced beneath into a dilated lobe; terminal 
joint shorter than the first.—Length one-fourth of an inch. 

The thorax is remarkably polished. 

54. E. finitimus. Dusky, obsoletely margined with rufous; tarsi, 
fourth joint lobate.—Inhab. N. Carolina. 

Body with dense, small punctures, black brown: vertex longitudi- 
nally indented: clypeus obtusely rounded before, prominent: antenne 
pale rufous, third joint a little longer than the second, terminal joint 
not obviously contracted abruptly towards the tip: thorax rather nar- 
rowed anteriorly, with an obsolete, dull, rufous margin and dorsal line ; 

VI.—2 U 


180 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


posterior angles very slightly excurved, rather long, acute, with the 
carinated line very near to the edge: sewfel dull rufous: elytra with 
the striae impressed, not confluent, and in which the punctures are not 
very obvious; interstitial lines depressed ; an obsolete, rufous, humeral 
spot, and another on the middle of the exterior submargin: beneath 
pale rufous: feef paler; penultimate joint of the /arst with a membra- 
naceous lobe. —Length three-tenths of an inch. 

The body is more elongated than either dilectus, S., or bisectus, S. 
I am indebted to Dr Harris for an opportunity to examine a specimen. 

55. E. decoloratus, Harris, MSS. Black; elytra, antenna and feet 
rufous.——Inhabits New Hampshire and Pennsylvania. 

Body blackish, with pale hairs, and minute punctures : clypeus with 
larger punctures than the thorax; two obsoletely impressed diverging 
lines; anterior edge subangulated, and the angles so depressed as to 
appear confluent with the anterior part of the head: anfenne rufous, a 
little hairy; second joint two-thirds the length of the third; last joint 
longer than the first, not abruptly contracted towards the tip: thorax 
convex, blackish ; base with a fissure each side; posterior angles point- 
ing backward, rather obtuse and somewhat broad, with the carinated 
line rather short, and not much elevated: elytra dull rufous ; impressed, 
slightly punctured striaz, more deeply indented at base, and the third 
and fourth confluent before the tip: /eef pale rufous; fourth joint of 
the /arsi not so distinctly lobed as the preceding joints.—Length half 
an inch. 

Rare in Pennsylvania. Approaches the description of E. semirufus, 
Germar, which, however, I believe to be smaller. 


ttt Tarsi dilated, operculiform. 

56. E. marmoratus, F. Our largest species of this division that I 
have seen. Ihave found it as far north as Canada, and Mr Nuttall 
presented me a specimen from Arkansa. It occurs both in Pennsyl- 
vania and Indiana, and Dr Harris sent to me a specimen which was 
found in N. Carolina. ‘The thorax may be described as unequal, as 
it has several indentations; the pectus has deeply impressed tarsal 
grooves; and the clypeus is concave. 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 181 


57. E. operculatus, S. (Ann. Lye. N. Y.*). Belongs to this divi- 
sion. Dr Harris sent me specimens from Massachusetts and New 
Hampshire. 

58. E. auroratus. Blackish, sprinkled with golden scales ; pectoral 
tarsal impressions not profound.—Inhab. New Hampshire. 

Body blackish, punctured, with bright yellow scales: clypeus not 
conspicuously concave before: thorax convex; a longitudinal, im- 
pressed, but not much dilated line, obsolete on the anterior third; late- 
ral edge regularly arcuated to the origin of the posterior angles, which 
are rather broad, acute, and extending outward and backward, with 
their exterior edge perfectly rectilinear to the tip; basal edge sinuous: 
elytra destitute of cievated lines at base: pectus, tarsal impressions not 
deeply marked, but distinct, concave: farsi rufous.—Length eleven- 
twentieths of an inch. 

Sent to me for examination by Dr Harris. The lateral edge of the 
thorax is not undulatedly arcuated, as in E. marmoratus, F., and E. 
operculatus, S. 

59. E. obfectus. ‘Thorax with a much dilated groove; elytra with 
elevated lines at base, one of which extends beyond the middle.—In- 
hab. Massachusetts. 

Body blackish piceous : clypeus transversely concave before: thorax 
rather short and wide; dorsal groove much dilated, the tcp of its late- 
ral elevations being equidistant from the middle of the exterior edge ; 
exterior edge arcuated, not undulated ; lateral margin broadly depressed ; 
posterior angles rather broad, extending outwards and backwards, their 
exterior edge rectilinear to the tip: elyfra with elevated, obtuse lines 
at base, one of which is obliquely elongated and is obsolete behind the 
middle: tarsal groove of the pectus none.—Length three-fifths of an 
inch. 

For this species I am indebted to Dr Harris. It is as large as mar- 
moratus, F., and operculatus, S., to the latter of which it approaches in 
being destitute of the tarsal grooves of the pectus, and in the short, 
wide thorax; but it differs from it in the more regular arcuation of the 
lateral edge of the thorax, the exterior edge of the posterior angles 


* [This is an error. ‘There is no species in the Ann. Lye. N. Y. bearing the name of 
operculatus. Is it not the erosus, S., Ann. Lyc., I., p. 258 1—H.] 


182 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


being rectilinear, and in the crimped appearance of the base of the 
elytra, &ce. 

60. E. discoideus, Weber.* Remarkable by the golden hairy head 
and sides of the thorax. This is the pennatus, Fabr.; but Weber’s 
name bas the priority, and must therefore be adopted. 

61. E. lepturus. Blackish; spines acute; elytra with approximated 
series of punctures.—Inhab. U. 8.—Pennsylvania, Indiana, and North 
Carolina. Harris. 

Body Dlack-brown, punctured, rather slender: elypeus concave, 
truncate at tip, and emarginate each side at the insertion of the an- 
tenne: anfennz rufous, serrate ; second joint not half the length of the 
third: thorax with a dorsal, slightly indented line; lateral edge not 
arcuated ; a little narrowed before, and contracted at the spines; spines 
excurved, acute: seufel rounded behind: elyéra with approximate series 
of deep punctures, with an appearance of stria, the series alternately 
larger: peclus, tarsal grooves obvious.—Length two-fifths of an inch. 

Resembles discoideus, Weber, but is always destitute of the golden 
hair of the head and thorax. It is the depfwrus of Melsheimer’s Cata- 
Jogue. 

62. E. impressicollis, S. (Ann. Lyc. N. Y., I, p. 260.). Resem- 
bles lepturus, S.; but may be distinguished by its ferruginous colour. 

63. E. rectangularis, S. (Ann. Lye. N. Y., 1., p. 263.).° The pos- 
terior angles of the thorax are rectangular, and the antenna remarkably 
short. 

64. E. avitus. Blackish; rather long; scales yellow and black; 
spines acute, hardly excurved.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body black, with a slight tinge of piceous, punctured ; scales inter- 
mixed, black and bright yellow; rather slender: elypeus hardly ele- 
vated before ; anterior edge very obtusely arcuated, a little concave: 
antennez serrate, rufous; second joint small, subglobular: éborax with 
an obtusely indented line behind the middle ; lateral edge very slightly 
arcuated, and slightly excurved at the spines; spines very slightly ex- 
curved, acute, not carinated: scufel concave, rounded behind: clytra 


* « Qbservationes Entomologice.” This work, which was presented to me by Professor 
Wicdeman, was published in the same year with the Syst. Euleut.; but, as Fabricius quotes 
Weber’s work, the priority of the latter is evident. 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 183 


with hardly perceptible, raised, obtuse lines; punctures profound, dense- 
ly and irregularly set: feef piceous: pectus, tarsal grooves none.— 
Length eleven-twentieths of an inch. 

Smaller than E. marmoratus, F., and more slender, with a more 
equal thorax; larger than E. lepturus, S., discoideus, Weber, impressi- 
coltis, S., and rectangularis, S., and the punctures of the elytra are not 
in regular series. It seems to approach nearer to E, operculatus, 8., 
but the elytra are more obtuse at tip, and have much more profound, 
large, and close set punctures. I have not now an entire specimen of 
the latter species, and therefore cannot compare with the anterior part 
of the body. 


tttt Claws pectinated. 


65. E. corticinus, 8. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc., III., p. 174.). The 
second and third joints of the antenne are rounded, equal. The basal 
margin of the thorax has a fissure each side, near the lateral spines. 
It varies in size. ‘The smallest one that I have seen is seven-twen- 
fieths of an inch. Can it be the dispar of Herbst? 

66. E. cinereus, Weber. Second joint of the antenne about half 
the length of the third: the thorax is more rounded at the sides than 
the preceding. It varies considerably in size. The basal margin of 
the thorax has a fissure each side.—Length from three-tenths to seven- 
tenths of an inch. ‘The former size is rare; but the more usual length 
is about half an inch. 

This is the vulgaris and pilosus of Melsheimer’s Catalogue. It re- 
sembles the brunnipes, Ziegler; but the thoracic punctures are rather 
larger, and less crowded, the thoracic spines are longer and more acute, 
and the second joint of the antenne is a little longer in proportion to 
the third.* 


* [Among Mr Say’s manuscripts is a description of the cinereus, under the rejected name 
of fissilis, which, as it contains the characters of this species somewhat in detail, it may be 
proper to insert here. | 

EK. fissilis. Brown; base of the thorax with a fissure near the posterior angles.—Inhab. 
U.S. 

Body chestnut-brown, punctured, somewhat sericeous with short hairs: head convex: 
elypeus rounded at tip: a@2fennz rufous; second joint half as long as the third; ultimate joint 
not abruptly contracted near the tip: thorax with the lateral edge regularly arcuated, not con- 


vVI.—2 V 


184 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


67. E. communis, Schonherr, is much like the preceding, but the 
thorax is eanaliculate. 

68. E. insipiens, S. (Ann. Lye. N. Y., 1, p. 267.). The fissure in 
‘he posterior margin of the thorax, near the spines, is distinct. 

69. E. recficollis, S. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc., IIT., p. 168. ).* 

Distinguished from the preceding species by the lobed joints of the 
tarsi. In those species the joints have projecting hairs beneath, but 
not lobes. The clypeus descends rather low, and is almost rectangular 
at tip. 

70. E. quietus. Black; antenne and labrum rufous; palpi and 
feet pale yellow.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body black-brown ; sericeous with short, yellowish hairs; slender ; 
with numerous, minute, but not close set punctures : clypeus very ob- 
tusely angulated in front, almost rounded: anécnne rufous, not serrate ; 
first joint rather long, and a little arcuated; second and third joints 
subequal, the second rather longer and more robust: labrum rufous, 
prominent: ¢horaz rectilinear on the lateral edge from near the ante- 


tracted near the spines; spines rather short and somewhat obtuse, sub-bicarinate; basal mar- 
gin, near the lateral spines, with a distinct fissure: e/yfra with punctured strie, and depressed, 
minutely punctured interstitial lines; suture somewhat paler: feet dull rufous: tarsi beneath 
with rather dense hairs: nai/s pectinated.—Length over half an inch. 

The thoracic fissures readily distinguish this species. 1 formerly marked it in my cabinet 
interrogatively as the brevicollis, Herbst; but it can hardly be that species, as no notice is 
taken of the fissures. Can it be the cinerews, Weber? 

[The following description, which was marked to be omitted by Mr Say, contains se- 
veral characters not laid down in the Journal of the Acad. Nat. Sciences on the page above 
quoted. Itseems to apply rather to a variety of the recticollis that was proposed originally 
by Mr Say as a distinet species, under the name of E. inscius, but was subsequently referred 
to the previously described E. recticollis. For the reasons above stated, it may be useful to 
insert the rejected description in this place. ‘I. W. II.] 

E. reclicollis (inscius, S., MSS.). Brown; clypeus subangulated before ; suture dusky.— 
Inhab. Indiana. 

Body \ight brown, somewhat sericeous, with yellowish hairs, and with numerous minute 
punctures : c/ypeus but little elevated, tip obtusely angulated: antennx hardly serrate, pale 
rufous; first joint rather long, arenated, robust; second and third joints subequal: head dusky: 
thorax dusky on the middle; lateral edge nearly rectilinear, areuated at the anterior angles, 
and a little excurved at the spines; not elongated; spines acute, not carinate; posterior edge 
with a fissure from which a line extends forward upon the margin: elytra with punctured 
striz and minute punctures on the interstitial lines ; sutural margin dusky: beneath piceous : 
pectus honey-yellow: feet honey-yellow: farsi, third and fourth joints Jobed beneath.— 
Length less than one-fourth of an inch. 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 185 


rior angles, where it is hardly arcuated, to the tip of the spines; spines 
acute, carinate; the carina, as in the preceding species, forms the ap- 
parent edge, and extends more than half the length of the thorax; pos- 
terior edge with a fissure each side, extending in an obvious line upon 
the margin: seufel angulated obtusely behind: elytra with punctured 
strie and minutely punctured interstitial lines: beneath black piceous: 
Jeet pale yellow; farsi, third and fourth joints lobed beneath; nails 
pectinated with but few rather robust teeth.—Length less than one- 
fifth of an inch. 

Closely resembles the preceding, but is more slender, the pectens of 
the nails have fewer teeth, and the clypeus is much more obtuse at 
tip, and the colour is different. 

71. E. pertinaz. Black; antenne and feet rufous; punctures 
sparse.—Inhab. Pennsylvania. Massachusetts, Harris. 

Body black, immaculate, with distant grayish hairs: elypeus with 
large punctures, anteriorly obtusely rounded and elevated, the edge a 
little reflected: antenne rufous; third joint a little longer than the 
second: ¢horax with distant punctures and hairs; lateral edge nearly 
rectilinear behind the middle, the posterior angles divaricating but 
slightly outwards ; base with the lateral fissures rather long: elytra 
with regular series of punctures, the striz not being impressed, except- 
ing at base and the sutural one : feeé rufous.—Length seven-twentieths 
of an inch. 

72. E. tenaz. Black; antenne and feet rufous; posterior thoracic 
angles not excurved.—Inhab. Massachusetts. 

Closely resembles E. pertinaz, S., but is much smaller; the punc- 
tures of the thorax are much more numerous, the posterior angles not 
at all excurved: elytra with the strie distinctly impressed and punc- 
tured, the interstitial spaces with rather large punctures: feet rufous. 
—Length less than three-tenths of an inch. 

For this species I am indebted to Dr Harris. 


ISG DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


EUCNEMIS, Ahrens? Mannerheim. 


+ Pectus not inflected at the edge, nor canaliculate beneath, lo receive 
the antennex. 


Tarsi simple. 

1. E. museidus, 8. (Later muscidus, Ann. Lye. N. Y., 1, p. 256.). 
The largest known species of the United States. 

2. E. unicolor, 8. (Elater unicolor, Ann. Lye. N. Y., 1, p. 255.). 
Also a large species. 

3. E. heterocerus. Light brown, sericeous; three last joints of the 
antenne largest.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body light reddish brown, sericeous, with bright yellow hair; punc- 
tures minute, universal: anfennz, first joint as long as the three next 
together; second joint smallest; third nearly as long as the two next; 
fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth short, equal; remaining joints 
each nearly as long as three of the preceding ones together, and some- 
what dilated : ¢horaz with an indented line at base; spines prominent, 
acute: scuée/ rounded behind: elyfra with impunctured strie: peclus 
on the lateral margin slightly concave.—Length half an inch. 

The singular form of the antenne will distinguish this fine species 
from any other yet known. It will form a separate genus. 

4. E. quadricollis. Uead and thorax with large crowded punctures ; 
posterior thoracic angles nearly rectangular.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body piceous black, with yellowish hairs: head with crowded, large 
punctures, longitudinally confluent on the vertex: anfennx rather dis- 
tant at base, not seated in approximated sinuses, but under frontal ele- 
vations; second joint more robust than the third, and equally long; 
fourth joint rather longer than the third; remaining joints obconie, 
subequal, the last a little longer: palpi, terminal joint oval: thorax 
transverse quadrate, with punctures like those of the head, but not 
much confluent; anterior angles rounded ; lateral edges nearly parallel, 
very slightly contracted towards the posterior angles, which are nearly 
rectangular, a little acute, not continued backward beyond the line of 
the base: elytra with punctured striz and minutely punctured inter- 
stitial lines: pectus with less crowded punctures than the thorax: 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 187 


middle segment very broad; no groove: feet, like all beneath, dark 
piceous; ¢arsi a little paler.—Length over one-fourth of an inch. 

This species is not perhaps in all its characters perfectly coincident 
with those of the genus, particularly in the remote origin of the an- 
tenne; but the form of the prasternum and the great inflection of 
the head agree very well. 

5. E. frontosus. Antenne submoniliform; thorax indented each 
side of the middle.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body blackish piceous, with short yellowish hair, punctured: front 
longitudinally indented: antennx ferruginous, serrato-moniliform ; basal 
joint arcuated, obliquely truncated at tip; second joint arcuated at base : 
thorax with a longitudinal impressed line, and an indentation each 
side of the middle; posterior angles prominent: elytra, striz not deeply 
impressed: feet piceous.—Length one-fifth of an inch. 

The very short and submoniliform joints of the antennz, as well as 
the general form of the body, give to this species a resemblance to the 
monilicornis, Mannerh., but the thoracic indentations, &c. distinguish it. 

6. E. ruficornis, 8. (Melasis ruficornis, Journ. Acad. N. S., IIL. p. 
165.). This species, having a very small spine, and slight indentation 
instead of a recipient cavity, may perhaps be placed here. By the 
very robust antenne it seems to approach the genus Mematodes, Latr. 

7. E. obliquus. Elytra black, inner portion, bounded by a line 
from the middle of the base to beyond the middle of the length, yel- 
lowish.—Inhab. Indiana.—Length less than one-fifth of an inch. 

In general form, and in its antenne, this species resembles the ru/i- 
cornis, 5. 


* * Tarsi, terminal joint short and dilated. 

8. E. atfropos. Thorax with two impressed dots and dorsal line.— 
Inhab. Indiana. 

Body blackish piceous, somewhat sericeous, with bright yellow hair, 
minutely punctured: head with the hairs radiating from the middle of 
the front: antennz, first joint as long as the three next together, hardly 
arcuated; second joint at least as long as the fourth ; third nearly equal 
to the fourth and fifth together ; remaining joints rather larger than 
the fourth and fifth: thorax convex before, almost vertical at the sides; 

vVI.—2 Ww 


1ss DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


like the head, dark chestnut; a well impressed dot each side, a little 
before the middle; an impressed, acute, longitudinal line behind the 
middle, extending obsoletely to the anterior edge; spines prominent, 
acute: scufel with a slightly impressed line: elytra blackish, with im- 
punctured striae; punctures towards the base somewhat transversely 
confluent: pecfus with the lateral margin slightly concave: farsi, pe- 
nultimate joint extended beneath into a lobe, a little dilated and trun- 
cated.—Length three-tenths of an inch. 

Behind each of the dots of the thorax is an abbreviated, obsolete, 
impressed, transverse line. ‘The dots of the thorax are more anterior 
than those of the pygmezus, Fabr. 


tt Pectus canaliculate on the lateral margin. 

9. E. ealceatus. Reddish brown: an elevated line on the front over 
the base of the antenna.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body reddish brown, or chestnut, slightly sericeous, and with mi- 
nute punctures: head blackish, with an obvious, transverse, raised, gla- 
brous line over the antenne, a little advanced in the middle: antennz 
chestnut; first joint about as long as the head, somewhat robust, ob- 
liquely truncated at the end; second hardly shorter, but less robust 
than the third, attenuated and arcuated at base, at its junction with the 
first joint; fourth joint a little shorter than the third; remaining joints 
gradually a little longer to the tip, subequal: thorax dusky, not ele- 
vated; dorsal line hardly perceptible, even at base; spines prominent, 
acute: elytra rather slightly striate; strie impunctured: beneath par- 
ticularly sericeous: pecfus with the lateral groove well marked: fars?, 
penultimate joint with a short, rather broad lobe beneath.—Length 
from one-fifth to three-tenths of an inch. 

10. E. eylindricollis. Black; thorax longitudinally and widely in- 
dented behind.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body blackish, a little sericeous, subcylindric, minutely punctured : 
antenne dark rufous, shorter than the thorax; first joint cylindrical, 
hardly arcuated, at base rather abruptly narrowed, at tip obliquely 
truncated, blackish; second joint obconic, attenuated and arcuated at 
base ; third longer than the two following ones together ; remaining ones 
to the last, subequal; terminal one nearly as long as the third: thorax 


SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 189 


obscurely subiridescent, subeylindric, the sides being almost parallel ; 
not remarkably elevated; behind the middle a much dilated, oblong 
triangular, rather deeply indented line, extending to the base; spines 
acute, not much elongated: scufel rounded at tip: elytra with the striz 
obsolete, the subsutural obvious: pectus with the lateral groove very 
obvious: ¢ibie and farsi rufous; penultimate tarsal joint produced 
beneath into a dilated, obtuse lobe.—Length less than three-tenths of 
an inch. 

The dilated, elongate triangular indentation, or dilated dorsai line, 
extending from the undule to the base of the thorax, is probably some- 
what similar to that of the capucinus, Ahrens; but the general form is 
much more cylindric. 

11. E. elypeatus, S. (later c., Ann. Lyc. N. Y., I., p. 266.). 

12. E. amenicornis. Black; antenne pectinate, second and third 
joints, and feet rufous.—Inhab. Indiana and New Hampshire. 

Body small, black, densely punctured above and beneath: antennz 
with a process on each joint excepting the three basal ones, black, the 
second and third joints dull rufous: ¢horaz convex, simple; posterior 
angles a little excurved, acute, without carinated line; base without 
fissures: elytra, third and fourth striz only half the length of the ely- 
tra : feet rufous.—Length over three-twentieths of an inch. 

Resembles E. pygmezus, Fabr., but the thorax is without indenta- 


tion. I obtained two specimens in Indiana, and received one from Dr 
Harris. 


ttt  Pectus canaliculate each side of the middle. 

13. KE. triangularis, 8. (later t., Journ. Acad. N. §., TI., p. 170.). 

Antennz, first joint slightly arcuated, obliquely truncate at tip; se- 
cond obconic, small, arcuated at base: fhoraz with an impressed line 
behind the middle ; anterior margin piceous. 

It occurs in Indiana as well as Missouri. 

14. E. humeraiis. Black; elytra rufous at base.—Inhab. Indiana. 

Body black, minutely punctured, and with minute hairs; froné with 
an obsolete indented line: anfennz rather hairy; first joint slightly 
arcuated, obliquely truncate at tip; second obconic, arcuated at base ; 
third shorter than the two following ones together ; remaining joints 


190 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 


subequal, to the last, which is a little longer; ¢horaa convex, but not 
much elevated: elytra striate ; basal fourth rufous: feet rufous: pectus 
distinctly canaliculate each side of the middle-—Length three-twen- 
tieths of an inch. 

Note.—I am indebted to Count Mannerheim of St Petersburg, Rus- 
sia, for his excellent observations on this genus. His descriptions are 
detailed and perspicuous. I have adopted, for the present, his views 
of this genus. 


THROSCUS, Latr. 


T. constrictor. 

This species is the approximate analogue of the ads/ricfor, Fabr., of 
Europe, to which I had always referred it: but on comparing our in- 
sect with a specimen of the adstrictor, for which I am indebted to the 
politeness of Professor Germar, I am inclined to consider it a distinct 
species, and I give to it the above name, which that distinguished ento- 
mologist proposes in his letter. This insect, compared with the ad- 
strictor, is of a paler colour, and a little different in form ; being less 
attenuated behind; in size it is much the same; it is also somewhat 
more obviously punctured. 


i- “s 
f 
a PY 
j 
‘ 
} 
i 
i 
i 
i 
cd 
Y 
a ey ; ive - “g: va 7 
i i adhe Nh GRUB Ay hg uae ‘a 
coal ‘e fay ss , Seay i j : ¥ 
Fi reales : ' : : 2 ou 
are , y = t 7 u ] Pe 7 
(Seay yj ye mit : rare 7 eee ; ; 7 : vy 319 1} 
of A E a 7 : 7 7 A 
mer iin 5 rs \ a _ : ; ! 
‘ ; , at Pe ; ; 
. , i : P _ a = By 
= AF ie oe: A Be a 7 vail cee a : . 
] : Pe = = ; a : ny 
e F 2 
4 ; , 
: 7 ae art 
: ; “ ’ i] wa 
: - | os / a 
= rn 1 q 
j 5 Ne 
4 ne ? v , , * : i i fa 
a 3 i 5 i we ~ 
= = 


See ‘! . ' i Th : 
mc ee e q ee ee is 7 rad {relh saya? 4 ae _ i is 
On AE) a a Pe : OS ci alae ' va 
ped) re Se Hn ww a i a : ) a 7 | +. a , he Shs 
See es eeyirie ayer hm. 625 Se A ae 


\ 


‘ 
WYN) £0 Wf MW Aiea 


AE ATTEIN? wa 


NOILOUG 


NV tal 


UQNNOND 


ARTICLE III. 


Notice of a Vein of Bituminous Coal, recently explored in the vicinity 
of the Havana, in the Island of Cuba. By Richard Cowling Tay- 
lor, Lsq., F. G.S., and Thomas G. Clemson, Esq. Read August 
19, 1836. 


Tue bituminous coal mine of Casualidad is situated about three 
leagues east of the city of Havana, and on a main road (Camina Real) 
leading to the city of Guanabacoa, from which place it is distant six 
miles, and from the sea at a place of embarkation, only two miles. 

The surface of the country, from Guanabacoa eastward to the mining 
property above mentioned, is undulating, and partakes of those charac- 
ters which are so marked elsewhere in this island, where the serpen- 
tines and the euphotides are the predominant rocks. 

In leaving Regla, on the south side of the bay of Havana, the eupho- 
tides, which Monsieur de Humboldt has described here, and which we 
found also to exist, with similar characters, in the distriet of Halguin, 
towards the northeastern end of the island, are here evidently the most 
predominant rocks; occupying a breadth of about two leagues, within 
which area the city of Guanabacoa and the adjacent Petroleum springs 
are situated. 

Having next passed a belt of about a mile in breadth of white roek, 
succeeded by a narrow slip of serpentine, and again by a similar white 
rock, which we had not sufficient leisure to examine closely, we arrived 

Vi—2 x 


192 NOTICE OF A COAL VEIN IN 


within half a mile of the coal vein in question, when a fragile, dirty- 
gray coloured argillaceous rock succeeds, which alternates with the 
euphotides. 

‘Towards Guanabacoa, and indeed throughout a large portion of the 
island of Cuba, the prevailing course of the rocks is about east and west ; 
but in the vicinity of the coal we unexpectedly found that the diree- 
tion is changed to north and south. 

The coal vein of Casualidad is visible at opposite extremities of an 
excavation thirty feet deep, of a quadrangular form, descending on one 
side by steps cut in the soft rock or clay, which bounds the coal on 
either side. ‘This soft rock is fragile, incoherent, distorted; of a yel- 
lowish green colour, like the prevailing euphotides, of which it is a 
variety. A few feet to the eastward of the vein, there occurs a hard, 
blue, siliceous rock, containing small cavities, that are partially filled 
with a leek-green mineral, which we conceive is a variety of serpen- 
tine. In close connection with the above, a beautiful diorite occurs, 
the base of which is petrosiliceous, tinged with green; which colour is 
caused by a mixture of serpentine. This rock is very hard, and has a 
highly crystalline structure. It crops out at several points. 

The siliceous, blue rock, the diorites, and the euphotides, alternate 
the one with the other. The two first mentioned are in much less 
proportion than is the third, which is by far the most predominant 
rock of the country. 

All these are highly inclined, and frequently vertical: their direc- 
tion, as before stated, being north and south in the neighbourhood of 
the mine. 


Appearance of the Coal Vein. 


The vein commences, or crops out, immediately under the alluvial 
soil of the surface, and follows an irregular but nearly perpendicular 
direction downwards, as shown in the drawing. 

It is visible to the depth of full thirty feet. The bottom of the ex- 
eavation was covered with mud, washed in during the rainy season, so 
that we could not there readily define the breadth of the vein; but it 
was stated by the overseer to be nine feet. From this pit many tons 
of pure coal have been extracted. 


THE VICINITY OF THE HAVANA. = 93 

On the north side of the excavation the vein issolid ; havinga thick- 
ness gradually increasing to four feet. 

The coal is formed in parallel layers of from one to four inches in 
thickness. Sometimes these layers, instead of being perfectly horizon- 
tal, are slightly curved, especially towards their extremities. This is 
particularly the case where an accidental derangement has taken place 
in the vein. On its sides, near the walls of the vein, the coal for a 
few inches in breadth is deflected, as if it had been pressed by the 
sides or walls. Here the structure becomes baccillary, and the coal, 
on the slightest effort, divides into irregular polyhedrons. The surface 
of this coal, when detached from the walls, instead of being smooth, or 
covered with any kind of bituminous shale, is rough, and presents a 
baccilo-fibrous appearance, similar to the structure observed in arrago- 
nites and other fibrous minerals. ‘Two or three small branches, or 
filons, are seen passing from the main vein at about the depth of twenty 
feet, occupying smaller fissures in the rock. 

On the south side of the opening, the coal, in rising towards the 
surface, parts off into two separate veins, and is apparently more dis- 
seminated through the rock than on the north side, as may be seen in 
the ground plan accompanying this article. 

We have here, in the strictest sense of the word, a coal vein, and 
unlike any we have before witnessed in any part of the world! It is 
distinguished from the ordinary deposites of coal, inasmuch as they 
occur in distinctly stratified beds, and almost invariably exhibit abun- 
dant traces of organic remains, for the most part of vegetable origin: 
whereas we have here before us what was evidently, originally, an ir- 
regular open fissure, terminating above in a wedgelike form, having 
various branches, all of which have been subsequently filled with car- 
bonaceous matter, as if injected from below, and that not by slow de- 
grees and by an infinite succession of depositions, but suddenly and at 
once. 

This coal is wholly unaccompanied by traces of vegetable remains, 
or by the beds of bituminous or other shales, which almost invariably 
envelope or accompany ordinary coal seams, whether in secondary or 
transition formations. The layers, of which we have spoken, are for 
the most part horizontal; that is to say, at right angles to the sides of 


194 NOTICE OF A COAL VEIN IN 


the vein; and when otherwise are accidental, or are produced by an 
after cause. This fact, together with the baccilo-fibrous structure, 
observed where the coal is in contact with the walls, are among the 
reasons which lead us to lean towards the supposition that the fissure 
was charged or filled at onee, and that these characteristics are the 
result of the carbonaceous matter having passed to a more solid state 
in its present position. 

It would be rash to pronounce an opinion on the presumed extent 
of this deposite, as well as on the probable magnitude of the vein be- 
low the point at which it is visible, or the depth to which we have 
had access; but if the vein continues to enlarge downwards, in the 
same proportion as it has augmented in the first thirty feet, or even if 
it holds the present breadth of nine feet, the quantity of this mineral 
must be very great, and will prove a highly acceptable discovery, so 
near a great city, and in a district from which nearly all the timber 
for fuel has been Jong ago removed. 


Quality of the Coal. 


This coal is unusually light: its specific gravity being not more than 
1-142; and two other experiments on heavier specimens gave 1°18, 1:19. 

It is perfectly jet black; having a resplendent lustre, which is much 
greater in one sense, cr under one aspect, than in the other, and it 
divides in parallel layers in the mass. The surface of the divisions, or 
partings, in the coal, is brilliantly shining. Its cross fracture is rough, 
and has a glimmering, pitchy appearance. 

We have now to advert to an external character, which is very com- 
mon, and in fact is of constant and universal occurrence in this coal; 
a featare which distinguishes it from all other coals which have come 
to our knowledge, in any quarter of the globe. Its horizontal fracture 
or surface is marked by numerous concentric, or rather eccentric, rings 
of various sizes, from a twentieth part of an inch to a foot in diameter. 
They are perfectly regular and uniform in shape, smooth, shining ; 
resembling the impressions made by a seal in black wax; or, when 
first seen, appear like the casts of the flat valves of some shells. 

This coal is exceedingly friable, breaking into small fragments under 
the hammer. Its powder is brown, and when pressed under the pestle, 


i 


THE VICINITY OF THE HAVANA. 195 


takes a polish like certain resinous substances. It burns with much 
flame and smoke; melts, and gives a light voluminous cake, which, 
when incinerated, leaves comparatively a small proportion of cinders or 
ashes. 

The following analysis, which was made by one of us, gave, per 
cent, as follows: 


Volatile matter (gas, &c.), : 5 ; A : 63-00 
Carbon, . s ‘ 2 ‘ : : : : 34:97 
Ashes, . : ; : : , : J ‘ 2°03 

100.00 


The foregoing examination of this bituminous coal, fixes definitively 
the respective proportions of its component parts; consequently, it de- 
termines the applications to which that combustible would be the best 
adapted. Its quality of burning with a long, licking flame, gives it 
many advantages for evaporating, heating surfaces, &c., over many 
combustibles which contain a smaller quantity of volatile matter. 

For the generating of steam power, for the boiling or concentrating 
the juice of the sugar cane, or for the manufacture of gas, this coal is 
singularly well adapted. As it contains no sulphuret of iron, the gas 
manufactured would be free from that very deleterious portion or ad- 
mixture, which it is so difficult to separate from those gases usually 
manufactured from bituminous coals containing sulphur. It might 
also be employed with advantage in manufacturing lamp black (noir 
de fumée). 


Quantity. 

As we have no knowledge of coal being ever before found in forma- 
tions similar to those in which the mine of Casualidad occurs, no op- 
portunity is offered us of reasoning from analogy, and from the expe- 
rience derived from similar deposites. It will therefore be admitted 
that, whatever observations we might be induced to hazard, concern- 
ing the extent of carbonaceous matter existing here, they would ne- 
cessarily be founded more or less upon conjecture. 

VI.—2 ¥ 


196 NOTICE OF A COAL VEIN NEAR THE HAVANA. 


The outerop of this singular vein was accidentally discovered where 
the public road winds down the point of a small ridge, and is worn 
down sufficiently deep to expose the coal and attract attention. 

In whatever way we may account for the origin of this remarkable 
coal deposite, in a rock of this age, we must be led to view it, in some 
measure, in connection with the petroleum which is found in the 
rocks of this region. We observed it in a liquid form, filling cavities 
in a mass of chalcedony, a few yards only from this coal vein; and 
whilst breaking fragments of various rocks in this vicinity, during a 
hot day, we perceived a strong odour of pitch or tar arising after every 
blow of the hammer. 

The Petroleum springs, which rise from the fissures in the serpen- 
tine at Guanabacoa, two leagues to the west, have long ago attracted 
attention. 

Round the bay of Havana, petroleum is still collected at low water, 
under the name of chapapote, and is employed, in the manner of tar, 
for paying vessels. 

It is matter of history that Havana was originally called, by the dis- 
coyerers of the island, by the name of Carine, because there they ca- 
reened their ships, and pitched them with the tar which they there 
found washed on the shores of this beautiful bay. 

The position we have described is not the only one in the island of 
Cuba where this remarkable variety of coal exists. It has been ob- 
served between the cities of Havana and Matansas, not far from the 
sea coast. 

We are not aware that any other of the West India islands contain 
coal in sufficient quantity to be worked. In Jamaica it appears, on the 
authority of M. De la Beche, coal exists in veins of an inch or two in 
thickness, occurring stratified with the usual coal measures and carbo- 
niferous rocks: but these veins are too insignificant to be worth mining. 

Of the geology of St Domingo we know very little, and shall pro- 
bably remain ignorant for some time to come. 

It were an interesting fact, if it be, as we conceive, that this is the 
first discovery within the tropics (in this part of the globe at least) of 
workable veins of remarkably pure coal. 


is 


ARTICLE IV. 


Observations on the Changes of Colour in Birds and Quadrupeds. By 
John Bachman, D.D., President of the Literary and Philosophical 
Sociely of Charleston, S. C., &c. Read May 19, 1837. 


No attentive observer of nature can have failed to remark the strik- 
ing and wonderful mutations to which some birds and quadrupeds are 
subject, from the young to the adult state, and at different periods of 
the year. ‘The young ofour Indigo bird, and Blue Grosbeak, are clothed 
with brown, but in the adult state are brilliantly blue. The young 
of the Painted Bunting is of an humble ash colour ; and, after undergo- 
ing asuccession of changes, puts on-a livery of bright purplish lilac, 
vermilion and glossy green. ‘The young of the White Ibis and the 
Whooping Crane wear a homely brown garb, whilst the adult is pure 
white; on the other hand, the young of our Blue Heron and Reddish 
Egret are white; and the adult in the one case bright blue, and in the 
other rufous. There are other birds, such as the Reed bird, the Ame- 
rican Goldfinch, the Yellow crowned Warbler (S. coronaéa), and various 
species of Gulls and Sandpipers, that disguise themselves so during 
six months of the year, whilst on their migrations, as to be with dif- 
ficulty recognisable. Some of our quadrupeds also, as if seeking for 
notoriety, at one season are clothed in white; and, as if courting ob- 
scurity in the other, assume the humbler dress of the earth and the 
dried leaves around them. To account for these mutations, or even to 


198 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


describe the process by which they are effected, has been a source of 
much perplexity to naturalists and philosophers. In Europe, Cuvier, 
Yemminck, Yarrell, Drs Flemming and Whitear, Mr Montagu, and 
several writers in the recent numbers of the journals of Paris, Dres- 
den and Halle, have indulged in various speculations, and adopted a 
number of contradictory theories. Some have contended that birds 
moult but once, others twice a year; some that the annual mutations 
are produced by a gradual fading or brightening of the feathers; whilst 
others have contended that it is produced by a sudden moult. Dr 
Flemming, who adopts the theory that the feathers of birds do not ar- 
rive at maturity and drop off till they are a year old, supposes that 
those feathers which are received in spring, remain till the following 
spring, and that those added in autumn, moult on the succeeding au- 
tumn, thus making two irregular moultings in a year. One school of 
naturalists has supposed that the change in those quadrupeds which 
become white in winter, is effected by the gradual lengthening and 
blanching of the summer fur; whilst another presumed that this won- 
derful mutation can only occur by a shedding of the summer hair, 
which is replaced by the snowy pelage of winter. In our own country, 
few observations have been made on this subject. Our celebrated or- 
nithologists, Wilson, Bonaparte and Audubon, appear to have dwelt 
very sparingly on the changes of plumage in birds, which, however 
overlooked, seems to belong to their department; and, with the excep- 
tion of a paper by Mr Ord, in the Transactions of the American Phi- 
losophical Society, I do not recollect having read any article on this 
department of the physiology of birds and quadrupeds. In our inves- 
tigations of nature, we are perhaps too prone to build our theories first, 
and afterwards seek for the facts which are to support them. Hence, 
naturalists, having the same field of inquiry before them, and reading 
from the same book of nature, which is open to all, are very apt to be 
swayed by their preconceived notions, and thus retard the progress of 
science by unprofitable disputes. 

The time perhaps has not yet arrived, when any certain theory can 
be built on this part of physiology. A sufficient number of experi- 
ments and observations have not been made with care and judgment; 
nor have such a body of facts been collected as will enable us to judge 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 199 


which. theory is founded on nature and truth. Systems which we 
adopt in haste, from an examination of a few isolated facts, without 
awaiting the slow progress of time, are frequently obliged to be aban- 
doned in after years. When Bonaparte wrote his long, spirited and 
interesting article on Peale’s Egret Heron, and framed his theory that 
“the Egret Herons are entirely of asnowy whiteness, without any co- 
loured markings on the plumage whatever,” he could not have con- 
ceived that the next student of nature who visited the spot where his 
specimen was obtained, should discover that this identical species be- 
came brown and rufous; and thus compelling nature herself to scatter 
his fine spun theory to the winds. 

It is proposed in this article to give such facts relating to the moult- 
ing of birds and quadrupeds, as some experience has enabled me to 
collect. Should this have a tendency to elicit further inquiry, on a 
subject so interesting to naturalists, and lead to the study of the causes 
of these wonderful changes, my object will be attained. 

1. Does the change of plumage in some birds arise from a change 
of feathers, or from the feathers themselves assuming at one period a 
different colour from that which they have at another? 

On this head the following observations were made. 

Falco leucocephalus. A pair of birds were sent to me in the spring 
of 1830, taken from a nest in the neighbourhood of Beaufort, 8. C., 
two years before. ‘The old birds having appeared unusually large, and 
destitute of the white heads and tails of the Bald Eagle, the individual 
who had preserved the young, sent them to me under an impression 
that they were the long disputed Sea Eagle (F. albicilla) of Europe. 
Perceiving that they were the young of our F. /ewcocephalus, and being 
aware that some of these birds, when in confinement, required five 
and six years before they attained their full plumage, I did not much 
value these troublesome and expensive pets. Ona closer examination, 
however, I observed that the male had some of the feathers of his head 
streaked with white, whilst the outer edges were bordered with brown. 
I discovered also, when he spread out his tail, that some of the inner 
portions of his feathers were broadly and irregularly patched with 
white. I concluded that the important change I was desirous of wit- 
nessing was in progress. The birds were therefore carefully fed and 

VIL—2 Z 


200 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


noticed. The female had evidenced no appearance of change, or pro- 
gress towards a change, until the moulting season arrived. ‘This com- 
menced in June: both birds moulted freely, the female three weeks 
later than the male. In the latter, the feathers of the head came out 
nearly pure white; those of the tail continued still irregularly barred 
with brown and ash, but became gradually whiter till about the latter 
end of October, when he had all the markings of an adult bird. The 
feathers of the female assumed nearly the colours of the male, at 
the time I first received him. In the beginning of November, all fur- 
ther change in the plumage of the female appeared to have been 
checked. The birds remained in my possession till the following Ja- 
nuary, when they were sent to Europe. 

The above observations, in addition to the facts they present with 
regard to the process by which changes in colour are effected in this 
species, enable us to form some idea of the time it may require to 
produce the full plumage. Birds in confinement, deprived of the ex- 
ercise, air and food to which they are accustomed in a state of nature, 
often moult irregularly, and the time they attain full plumage is con- 
siderably protracted. An individual of this species which was for 
some time in my possession, did not moult for eighteen months, al- 
though apparently in good health; and when at last this process took 
place, it was in January, the coldest month of the year in Carolina. 
In the present instance the male received the white feathers in his head 
and tail a year earlier than the female, which, I have reason to believe, 
would not have been the case if they had been left at liberty. Here, 
however, is one instance established, with a tolerable degree of cer- 
tainty, of this species arriving at full plumage in three years. 

Strix asio. 'The young of this species was first described under the 
above name; and the old as striz nevia. Its general colour above is 
reddish brown, but when it receives its mature plumage it is mottled 
with white, ash and pale brown. J have possessed very few opportu- 
nities of examining the change of plumage in this species. Having, 
however, once found an individual sitting on its nest while yet in the 
red stage, I conclude that they do not arrive at full plumage till they 
are more than a year old. 

Im the month of February (the year was not noted, and is unneces- 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 201 


sary to our present inquiry) I saw in the possession of some lads, who 
were dragging it through the streets by a string, an individual of this 
species, so singularly marked that I was induced to ask them for it. 
They stated that they had found it with a broken wing in the woods. 
The wing was nearly severed, but the wound apparently healed; a 
proof that the injury was of long standing. The bird, though lean, 
was in moult. ‘The lesser wing coverts,a portion of the head, and an 
irregular spot on the breast, had nearly attained the markings of the 
mature bird; the rest of the feathers that had not been moulted re- 
mained the colour of the young. It survived but a few days. Whe- 
ther this was a spring moult, or that of summer retarded in conse- 
quence of the wound, I had no means of ascertaining. 

Psittacus Carolinensis, Carolina parrot. This bird has become so 
rare in Carolina, that I only once noticed a small flock of five or six 
among the cypress trees of the Salt Katcher swamps. In the autumn, 
however, of 1831, a friend received from St Augustine five young 
birds of this species. ‘They were never in my possession, but I visited 
them occasionally, and scarcely ever without the expense of a wound, 
which they were at all times ready to inflict upon any strange visiter. 
They continued in the uniform plumage of the young of this species 
till the beginning of February, when they all about the same time 
commenced moulting, more perceptibly and more extensively in some 
of the individuals than in others. A striking increase of brightness 
was visible in ail the new feathers. Those on the neck, which first 
came out a yellowish green, gradually and irregularly became bright 
yellow; but in all cases, as far as I had an opportunity of judging, the 
change of plumage was in the new feather. Absence from the city 
prevented me from seeing these birds after they had arrived at full 
plumage. 

Icterus Baltimore, Baltimore Oriole. The only opportunity afforded 
me of observing the changes of colour in this beautiful species, was in 
the state of New York, in May 1815. A young male had been ob- 
tained and confined in a cage, where it was for some time fed by its 
parents. In the month of October of the same year it moulted; the 
young feathers were much brighter than those which were dropping 
out; and in two months afterwards the bird was in full plumage. Our 


202 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 
af 

ornithologists, Wilson and Audubon, who state that this bird requires 
three years before it arrives at full plumage, may have been led into 
this mistake from having seen birds of the late brood of July, not in 
perfect plumage in the following spring. Mr Audubon, indeed, re- 
cently informed me that he had satisfied himself of this errer, in exa- 
mining an aviary kept by some gentleman in Baltimore, and I acknow- 
ledge myself indebted to him for the hint which induced me to refer 
to the long neglected notes I had made on this species. 

Icterus spurius, Orchard Oriole. This sprightly species was for 
several years preserved in an aviary, where I employed my leisure 


moments in studying the habits of this beautiful race. There, among. 


various others of the feathered tribe, it built its pensile nest, and reared 
annually two broods of young. Its curious gesfures, its varied and 


often melodious notes, as well as its continually varying colours, ren-. 


dered it one of the most interesting and admired species. The young 
were yellow on the under surface, and the males could scarcely be 
distinguished from the females. They moulted in autumn, the last 
brood not until January, being two months later than the first. There 
was no perceptible change in colour for two weeks, when the birds of 
the first brood assumed the black patch under the throat; the later 
birds still remained yellow in those parts. ‘They retained these co- 
lours during spring, whilst they were engaged in the cares and duties 
of reproduction. ‘The moulting season now commenced in August, 
when the elder males became mottled on the back with irregular 
streaks, and the younger assumed the black patch under the throat. 
In the month of January the first assumed the bright chestnut colour 
on the breast, and were in full plumage, and the others but one stage 
removed from it; thus passing through all their variations of colour to 
their full plumage in less than two years. Our naturalists have ex- 
tended the time to four years; a pretty long time to be concealed under 
a mask. 

Fringilla cerulea, Blue Grosbeak. A pair of young birds of this 
species was taken from the nest in May 1836, and raised by a friend, 
who since presented them to me. They were then of an humble drab 
colour, and commenced moulting about the beginning of December. 
The female died in the moult. The new feathers in the male came 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 203 


out blue, edged outwardly with brown; the moulting has proceeded 
rather slowly, owing, no doubt, to the cold weather. On the 21st of 
March young feathers were still making their appearance on various 
parts of the body, whilst the first feathers that appeared after the moult 
were bright blue, even to their extremities; the latter ones are still, 
along their outer edges, near their points, tipped with brown and drab, 
which continue to brighten as the feathers become more matured. 
The male undoubtedly attains his bright and perfect plumage before 
he is a year old. Although I have occasionally seen a young male in 
early spring with a few brown feathers (the result, no doubt, of an 
imperfect moult), yet, out of many hundreds that I have noticed in 
the breeding season, I have never seen any males that were not in full 
plumage. They are not subject to a change of colour during winter, 
as supposed by Wilson, nor do they require three years to attain their 
full plumage, as stated by Audubon. 

Fringilla ciris, Painted Bunting. This beautiful and social species 
is very common among the caged birds of the south. Having long 
preserved it in an aviary, where it raised two or three broods in a sea- 
son, I have it in my power to state, from personal observation, the 
changes through which it passes from immature to perfect plumage. 
For the period of a year, the male strongly resembles the female, being 
of an olive green colour above. The birds moulted late im autumn, 
without any perceptible change of colour. In this homely dress they 
in the following spring commenced building their nests, rearing their 
young, and, with their sprightly song, cheering the females engaged in 
incubation. In August and September they began to moult ; thenew 
feathers on the head came out bright blue; those on the breast of a 
light ash colour, tinged with carmine ; the colours on the head appeared 
to have been received in their full perfection, immediately after the 
moult ; those on the breast and neck continued to brighten gradually 
for some weeks. The perfect plumage, as far as it is acquired in this 
species in confinement, was obtained in less than two years. Our or- 
nithologists have assigned the period of four or five years for this pro- 
cess. To the objections which may be urged against experiments 
made on birds in confinement, as affording no certain guide in ascer- 
taining the time at which they arrive at full plumage, it may be ob- 

VI.—3 A 


204 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


served, that in caged birds, excluded from the full influence of sun, air 
and suitable food, the period may be extended, but not accelerated. 

The above instance may suflice to show the process which nature 
pursues in effecting the changes of plumage, from the young to the 
adult state, in land birds. I shall, therefore, omit adding the notes I 
had prepared on several others: particularly on those of Polyborus vul- 
garis, Carracara Eagle, from Florida, a pair of which I have now in 
confinement; Falco borealis, Red Tailed Hawk; Picus erythrocepha- 
lus, Red Headed Woodpecker; Fringilla cardinalis, Red Bird; Tana- 
gra rubra, and estiva, Scarlet Tanager, and Summer Red Bird; Co- 
lumba leucocephala, White Crowned Pigeon, &c. In all of them, 
however, there is a striking uniformity, the changes being effected 
during the space of a year, and in most of them the feathers become 
eradually brighter immediately after the moult. 

I shall now proceed to note a few observations on those water birds 
that are subject to striking variations in plumage, from the young to 
the adult state, which will prove that nature, although varying in some 
particulars in some of the species, is still subject to the same general 
laws. 

Grus Americana, Whooping Crane. 'The young of this bird is ofa 
brownish ash colour, and at a year old is still one fourth smaller than 
the adult bird. In this state it has been considered by all our writers 
on American ornithology, with the exception of Audubon, as a distinct 
species. 

Grus Canadensis, the Canada Crane. Dr Richardson, who found 
its eggs (which were smaller than those of the Whooping Crane) in 
the polar regions, is also under the impression that it is a distinct spe- 
cies. It will be recollected, however, that all our birds, as far as we 
are acquainted with their histories, breed at a year old, even before 
they have attained their full plumage ; and that young birds lay smaller 
eggs than old. How long a time the Whooping Crane requires to ar- 
rive at full maturity, I have had no means of ascertaining. I however 
had an opportunity of witnessing the change of colour in a pair of this 
species, which convinced me that the Canada Crane was the young of 
the Whooping Crane. The birds were obtained, it was said, from 
Florida, in what manner I was not informed, and were represented as 


Lo 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDs. 205 


two years old. They were very tame, feeding from the hand, and 
evidencing no vicious disposition ; preferring, as food, the sweet potatoe 
(Convolvulus batata) and Indian corn (Zea mays). They had not quite 
completed their moult. They appeared a shade lighter than the Ca- 
nada Crane, and considerably larger. ‘The feathers were white nearly 
to their extremities, where the ash colour prevailed; the brown edges 
on the feathers continued to become narrower. At each successive 
visit the change was rendered more visible. In a few weeks some of 
the feathers became pure white, while others were slightly tinged with 
a cinereous colour. ‘The change was not perfect, though nearly so, 
when the birds were removed from the city, and all who saw them 
unhesitatingly pronounced them Whooping Cranes. 

Ardea cxrulea, Blue Heron. Our writers on American ornithology 
were not, until recently, aware that the young of this species was white. 
In this state of plumage it so much resembles the Snowy Heron (.r- 
dea candidissima) that it can searcely be distinguished from that species, 
except by its black legs and toes. I had many opportunities of wit- 
nessing the changes of plumage to which this bird is subject, and dis- 
covered that, both in captivity and in a state of nature, the time and 
process do not materially vary. The young birds continue pure white 
till late in autumn, when they moult. No perceptible change in co- 
lour takes place, except in a very few instances; a few feathers have a 
slight tinge of biue near their inner webs. All the old birds retire 
south of Carolina in winter; a few of the young, in white plumage, 
remain. When this species return from their winter retreat in Flo- 
rida and Mexico, they possess their beautiful trains, some white, others 
white and blue. Even in spring, a few new feathers may be seen 
here and there pushing forwards, and are easily known by their having 
a tinge of blue. On some the breasts are spotted ; some of the feathers 
haying become blue, others still remaining white: every where, how- 
ever, a tendency to the change which is approaching, is visible in each 
new feather, its inner vaine being more or less marked with blue. A 
few still continue white, probably the late brood of the former year. 
It is amusing to witness the breeding place of these birds. A. thou- 
sand nests may sometimes be seen on some small islands among the 
reserve dams of the rice fields of Carolina. Here is seen an indiseri- 


206 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


minate mixture of all colours, engaged in incubation and providing for 
their families. A blue male may be seen mating with a white female, 
a blue female choosing for her companion a white male. Birds strangely 
spotted, some with white, others with blue trains sweeping through 
the air, rising in hundreds over your head, and presenting so many va- 
riations in plumage, that the young ornithologist is tempted to believe 
that he has a half dozen new species to describe. In Augusta regular 
moult commences, and before the old birds leave Carolina,in autumn, 
they have acquired their blue colour; thus attaining their full plumage 
in less than two years. 

Ardea rufescens, Reddish Egret. This Heron, which I have had in 
a state of domestication, in its changes of plumage, and the period in 
which these changes are effected (as far as an imperfect experiment 
was made), seems to partake strongly of the character of the last men- 
tioned species. 

The various and opposite changes which our species of Grus and 
irdea undergo, from the young to the adult state, is striking and won- 
derful. In all of them there is no perceptible difference in the plu- 
mage of the sexes of each species, except in the least Bittern (Ardea 
exilis), where it is very striking. In the Ardea herodias, 4. minor, 
4. Ludoviciana, 42. virescens and 4. exilis, no very striking mutations 
take place, from the young to the adult. The Ardea occidentalis 
(great White Heron of Audubon), .2. alba and 4. candidissima are 
white in all stages of growth, and at all seasons. The Grus Americana 
and .rdea nycticorax are ash or brown, when in the first year of 
their existence, and then the former becomes white, and the latter 
greenish black and white; whilst, on the other hand, the Ardea ceru- 
lea and Ardea rufescens are white when young, and blue or rufous 
when in full plumage. 

Plotus anhinga, Black Bellied Darter. I discovered several nests 
of this rare and singular species in the immediate vicinity of each other, 
in one of the dark and gloomy morasses of Carolina in June last. No 
naturalist has heretofore spoken as having seen its nest, except Mr Ab- 
bot, in his letter to Mr Ord, who describes the eggs as blue, and the 
nest containing six young and two eggs. I have sometimes thought 
that my excellent old friend mistook some heron’s nest for that of this 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 207 


species, as the nests I examined contained only three eggs, and in one 
instance four, on which the females had for some time been sitting, 
and the eggs were white, covered over with a calcareous matter, like 
those of Cormorants. The young were brought home, fed on fish, 
and became very familiar and amusing. The sexes, when young, are 
alike of a brown colour. The male commenced moulting in Novem- 
ber. The young feathers came out black, and seemed to assume nearly 
all their bright colours immediately. When it had nearly arrived at 
full plumage, in January, it was unfortunately killed by a dog, in re- 
venge for the severe bites it was wont to inflict on all intruders upon 
it at meal time. In this species the full plumage is received before it 
is a year old. In all the instances I have enumerated, it will be per- 
ceived that in the changes which occur in the plumage of birds, from 
the young to the adult state, nature is nearly uniform in her opera- 
tions. ‘That these changes occur immediately after the moulting of 
the bird, and that many feathers may, in process of time, become of a 
different colour; in short, that the colour may change without a change 
of plumage. 

This leads to a further inquiry. 

2. Whether old birds, whose plumage has arrived at full maturity, 
are subject to the same general law with those who advance from im- 
mature to perfect plumage. In other words, does their plumage be- 
come perfect at once, or is it subject to gradual changes, as in the case 
of young birds? 

It is admitted that in a great majority of birds, as in the Crow, 
Blackbirds, Blue Jays, &c., these colours are permanent, and there is 
no perceptible change in colour from the formation of the feathers till 
they have matured and drop off. But in many species this is not the 
case. Many instances have fallen under my observation, to satisfy me 
fully, that feathers change their colours in adult as well as in young 
birds. 

A female wild Turkey was sent to me eighteen months ago by my 
friend Dr Tidyman, in order to enable me to ascertain whether this 
species, when taken wild and full grown, could be domesticated. It 
had been just caught in a trap, and was excessively wild. By subject- 
ing it to confinement with the tame variety, and excluding the light, 

VI.—3 B 


208 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


in part, it lost all its wild habits, and eventually became so gentle as 
to approach my hand to be fed. In the month of October last it 
moulted, like the tame turkeys, with which it now associated. But 
I was surprised to find many of the tail and wing feathers, and some 
of the feathers on the back, coming out of a light ash colour, whilst 
others were nearly white; insomuch, that some of my friends were in- 
duced to pronounce it only one of our varieties of the tame turkey. 
Shortly afterwards these feathers began to change in colour, and gra- 
dually become darker and brighter, till, after the expiration of a month, 
it had again all the rich plumage of the wild female turkey. 

A male of the Summer Duck (.4nas sponsa) has been in my pos- 
session for several years. In the moulting season, which occurred in 
August last, he lost all his fine plumage, and the new feathers were at 
first so much of the colour of the female, that the sexes could scarcely be 
distinguished by the plumage. Shortly afterwards, however, a change 
commenced; from day to day the beautiful tints of the male were 
returning; his rich colours were gradually restored ; and in the course 
of six weeks, this, the most elegant of all the species, was again in full 
plumage. 

These observations are calculated to strengthen the opinion advanced 
by the Rev. Mr Whitear, contained in the twelfth volume of the Trans- 
actions of the Linnean Society of London, that “a change in the co- 
lour of the plumage of birds does not always arise from a change of 
feathers, but sometimes proceeds from the feathers themselves assum- 
ing at one season of the year a different colour from that which they 
have at another.” 

To this theory I am disposed to subscribe, to a certain extent, and 
under some limifations. That feathers are changed in colour, without 
a change of the plumage, is admitted, and, I think, satisfactorily proved. 
But, as far as I have been able to ascertain, this change is always pre- 
ceded by a recent moult. 

At this stage of our inquiries we arrive at an interesting point. 
‘There are many birds that are subject to a semi-annual change of co- 
lour, after they have arrived at full maturity. The male Rice Bird 
(Emberiza oryzivora) is of a brownish yellow colour during six 
months of the year, and returns to its breeding place, in the northern 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 209 


and middle states, clothed in a livery of white and black. The male 
American Goldfinch (Fringilla tristis) is of a homely olive brown co- 
lour during winter, whilst in summer it isa bright yellow. The Yel- 
low Crowned Warbler is ash coloured during half of the year; of a 
beautiful blue in the other. Our Plovers, Tringas, Gulls, &c., are 
subject to the same changes. Our ornithologists have widely dif- 
fered in investigating this part of the physiology of birds. The sub- 
ject of inquiry here seems to present itself under a new aspect, and the 
inquiry is: 

3. Do birds which are subject to these semi-annual changes in plu- 
mage receive their new colours in the spring,in consequence of a fresh 
moult, as they do in summer, or are they produced bya gradual fading 
or brightening of the feathers, without a fresh moult? 

Mr Ord, in a well written article published in the third volume, 
new series, of the Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, 
has advanced the following theory. “It being now satisfactorily 
proved that a change of colour obtains, in some birds, in the winter 
and spring, without a change of plumage, I am disposed to conclude 
that the state of moulting, properly so called, takes place in all birds 
but once a year.” 

To this theory the following difficulties seem to present themselves. 
The colour in the plumage of birds, especially in the small feathers, 
most subject to a change, appears to be advanced to the extent it is in- 
tended to arrive at, in a few weeks, or, at furthest, in a few months. 
At that point it seems to become stationary, and to remain so for a 
considerable length of time. If the same feathers are afterwards to 
receive a fresh set of colours, there must be some secretions in the 
body of the bird, and a fresh impulse given to the feathers already ad- 
vanced to maturity, imparting to them properties which they did not 
possess before. When it is necessary fora bird, in summer, to receive 
a new dress, differing in colour from the old, there are no secretions 
by which it can impart fresh colouring matter to its old feathers, which 
have long become stationary in their growth and colour. It is, then, 
essential that these feathers should be thrown off, and those substituted, 
which, in the progress of their growth, and their advance to maturity, 
may receive those hues destined for them by nature. This law of 


210 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


nature seems to be so simple, that it can be easily comprehended ; but 
if a different and opposite process is observed, in giving new and en- 
tirely different colours to the old feathers of the bird in spring, the law 
of nature, so uniform in other respects, cannot be traced. The fea- 
thers and other appendages in birds may (without adopting the nice 
distinctions and scientific terms used in botanical science) be compared 
to the leaves and other appendages of plants. In early spring, the 
juices, together with the influence of sun and air, impart that nourish- 
ment which causes the leaf to expand, and assume its beautiful colours ; 
but when the leaf has arrived at maturity, no fresh growth of the tree 
will give a new colouring to its leaves. New ones may be formed, 
and these may continue to grow and flourish, but the old ones fade and 
drop off. Even among our evergreens of the south, whose leaves are 
persistent, as the orange tree, &c., which may be said to have two pe- 
riods of growth (April and September), the leaves, when once ma- 
tured, seem to have lost the power of further circulation; they cease 
to grow; their rich colours fade ; and they only await the time appointed 
them by nature, to return to the ground. If the feathers in birds, 
then, which have been long stationary in their growth, are capable of 
receiving a new set of secretions, and of assuming opposite colours, we 
must seek for some new law of nature, not hitherto understood. 

The origin of the feathers is the matrix which is placed in the skin, 
or under it. The structure of the matrix is a pulpy substance called 
bulb, and a capsule, which is composed of several layers. The bulb 
furnishes the material of the stem and vane, which, when complete, 
disappears, leaving no residue but the almost imperceptible ligament, 
connecting the quill to the bottom of the cavity, which receives and 
embraces it. Whenever a new feather is to be formed, a new matrix 
is necessary to the process. ‘The early connection of this matrix with 
the body, is by means of vessels. From these the pulp or bulb de- 
rives its nourishment. ‘The feather is, whilst young, enclosed in a 
sheath, and this, as well as the quill itself, is filled with a coloured 
fluid. In a few weeks the secretions have been imparted to the fea- 
thers, and the sheath, by a process of absorption, becomes dry, and is 
rubbed off. In the tube of the feather now remains a jointed mem- 
branous body, which every one has observed in the barrel of a common 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. Q11 


quill. This shaft is now filled with air. After this process, the ob- 
ject of nature in providing covering and the means of flight to the bird, 
seems to have been accomplished, and the feather ceases to grow. 

In order to renew the nourishment of the quill, it would be neces- 
sary to renew the vascular connection. It is doubtful whether any 
revivescence of colour can take place without this. As long as this 
lasts, the assimilative powers within the feather may continue to act. 
When this ceases, these are extinguished with it. As the vascular fluid, 
then, which fills the sheath and the quill gradually disappears, as also 
the bulb which nourishes it, after the feather has arrived at full ma- 
turity and becomes stationary in its growth, it would appear that after 
this period no further change of colour can take place. ‘This point, 
however, has not been so satisfactorily investigated by physiologists, as 
to enable us to express a positive opinion, and, until this is done, we 
are obliged to resort to an examination of individual species, in order 
to ascertain how far there is a uniformity in these changes of colour 
in all birds. 

The fact that birds in winter are, by a wise Creator, furnished with 
a thicker covering than they possess in summer, does not appear to 
have received that attention from naturalists who have made inquiries 
on the subject, that its important bearing on this point seems to require. 
Several of the birds subject to these semi-annual changes in colour, 
spend their winter in climates comparatively cold. The Sylvia coro- 
naéa is seen by thousands in Carolina, where the thermometer, during 
winter, stands for several days in succession, below the freezing point. 
The Fringilla tristis also braves our coldest winters; and the Sazicola 
sialis and Sylvia petechia linger among our copse woods and orange 
groves. ‘These birds are clothed with a covering suited to the rigorous 
season. In summer their dress is lighter, as well as more gaudy. If, 
then, there is no dropping off of feathers, it would be reasonable to in- 
quire what becomes of their winter clothing? This would have to be 
borne through all the heats of summer, till the moulting season; and 
their thick blanket of down would damp their ardour, and silence many 
a joyous song. 

i am well aware, however, that we may build theories, and indulge 


in speculations, which, however plausible they may appear, and however 
VI.—3 © 


ee 


212 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


satisfactory to our own minds, may be easily overturned by asingle glance 
at the manner in which nature performs her operations. Admonished, 
therefore, to resort to a better book than philosophers can write, the 
book of nature itself, I was determined in some hour, not devoted to 
any higher pursuits, to make the inquiry by a simple examination of 
facts, not difficult to collect. The point in dispute seemed susceptible 
of an easy solution, by a careful examination of those birds that are 
subject to semi-annual changes of colour, and to ascertain if they moult- 
ed once or twice in a year. 

The following was the result of my investigations. I copy from 
notes taken ona succession of visits into the country. 

February 23, 1837. Visited a country residence about two miles 
from Charleston. Slight indications of early spring. Weather windy 
and unsettled; a slight frost during the night. A few of the trees in 
the city in blossom, especially the peach and plum. In the country 
the Laurus geniculatus, Prunus chicasa, Acer rubrum and Salix nigra, 
the only trees in bloom. Procured a number of specimens in ornitho- 
logy. 

The following had no change from winter plumage, and no appear- 
ance of a moult. Mocking Bird ( Turdus polyglottus), one specimen. 
Pine Creeping Warbler (Sylvia pinus), two specimens. Sylvia coro- 
nata, two specimens. Solitary Thrush (Zurdus minor), one speci- 
men. White Eyed Fly-Catcher (Vireo noveboracensis), one specimen. 
Fringitla trislis, ten specimens, of both sexes. The males of the latter 
species differed considerably in colour in the different specimens. 
Whilst some strongly resembled the females in their plumage, others 
were considerably brighter in colour, especially on the breast; and in 
two or three specimens there were irregular markings of black on the 
frontlets, as if nature during the last moulting season had been making 
an effort at advancing the birds to the bright plumage of which they 
had just been deprived. 

The following had commenced moulting. Wax Bird (Bombycilla 
Carolinensis), two specimens, males. Both birds were considerably 
advanced in the moult; new feathers, in great quantities, were coming 
out on every part of their bodies; these were much more brilliant than 
the old, and seemed to receive their bright colours at once. Crested 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 213 


Titmouse (Parus bicolor), one specimen, moulting along the sides and 
on the head. Solitary Fly-Catcher (Vireo solitarius), one specimen. 
(This bird, contrary to the assertions of ornithologists, has a soft and 
melodious song. It is becoming more common every spring.) A 
great many young feathers were appearing on the head, around the 
lores of the eyes, and on the breast and back. Savannah Finch (Frin- 
gilla Savanna), one male specimen; far advanced in the moult; 
about one half of the feathers on the breast young, and still sheathed. 
Bay Winged Bunting (Fringilla graminea); a row of young fea- 
thers appearing on each side of the neck. Chipping Sparrow (Frin- 
gilla socialis); moulting commenced on the breast, and a few young 
feathers on the head. 

The same day I examined some living birds, in a state of confine- 
ment. ‘The male of the Caraceara Eagle (Polyborus vulgaris), flew 
fiercely at my face whilst I was inspecting the female. Neither of 
them was in moult. ‘The English Pheasant (Phasianus colchicus), the 
Wild Turkey (Meleagris gallipavo) and Virginian Partridge (Perdrix 
Virginiana) showed no indication of moulting. This was also the 
case with the different species of pigeon, and among all the E’mberize 
and Fringiliz. 'The Song Sparrow (Fringilla melodia) was only shed- 
ding its feathers. 

March 3. Visited thecountry. No very perceptible advance in ve- 
getation. Nights cool, with slight frosts. The only additional plants 
in flower were Leontodon taraxicum, Laurus sassafras and Ovalis 
stricta. These facts, with regard to the advance of spring, are noted 
in order to enable us to form some idea of its probable effects on the 
time of the moulting of birds. 

Obtained the following birds. 

Bombycilla Carolinensis, fifteen specimens. About one half of this 
number were moulting on the breast, neck, and under the throat; 
some of them extensively ; and in one of them especially, it appeared as 
if every feather on the body, except these in the tail and scapulars, was 
already replaced by new ones, half formed. In some of the specimens 
moulting had not yet commenced, or had already been completed. 
Bonaparte states, in regard to the genus Bombycilla, “ that they moult 
once a year.” Fringilla graminea, two specimens, moulting exten- 


214 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


sively on every part of their bodies. I noticed that these two birds, 
which were males, were in full song. Jringilla socialis, two speci- 
mens. In one a large quantity of new feathers were coming out from 
the sides; and in the other the whole head was covered over with 
young feathers still sheathed. Zroglodytes xdon, one specimen. Far 
advanced in the moult along the breast. 

The following had no appearance of any change in colour or of 
moulting. 

Fringilla hyemalis, two specimens; Fringilla cardinalis, three spe- 
cimens ; Regulus cristatus, two specimens; Troglodytes Carolinensis, 
two specimens; Sylvia coronata, eleven specimens; Turdus migrato- 
rius, six specimens; Lringilla tristis, twenty-two specimens. 

The Fringilla tristis and Sylvia coronata seemed wild and restless, 
as if preparing to migrate. ‘Their numbers had also considerably di- 
minished, and it is possible that they may not remain long enough to 
enable me to ascertain the process of their change of colour in spring. 

March 6. Since I last visited the country there has been a fall of 
snow of about three inches in depth, remaining on the ground for 
twenty-four hours; an unusual occurrence in 8. Carolina. This cold 
change brought back a number of birds that appeared to have left us 
for the season. 

Obtained and examined the following species of birds. Sylvia coro- 
nata, twelve specimens. About one half of these (both males and fe- 
males) had commenced moulting. ‘The new feathers were of the 
bright colour which this bird assumes in summer plumage; the old 
remained stationary. Fvringilla Savanna, seven specimens. These 
birds were receiving new feathers on various parts of their bodies; 
those on the head were all changing ; under the chin, the ash coloured 
feathers of winter were replaced by those of pure white, the colour of 
summer. Zurdus migratorius, two specimens. In one of these spe- 
cimens a considerable number of young feathers were appearing along 
the breast, under the chin and on the head. Troglodytes Carolinen- 
sis. A row of new feathers along the sides. 

No change was apparent in the following species. Corvus ossifra- 
gus, six specimens; Corvus cristatus, two specimens ; Fringilla tristis, 
sixteen speci:nens; Picus pubescens, three specimens; P. villosus, two 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 215 


specimens ; P. auratus, two specimens; Icterus Pheeniceus, eleven spe- 
cimens, females; the males of the last species are found in separate 
flocks at this season, a few of the young males occasionally associate 
with the females. 

After the above period, I was for a short time in Georgia, where, 
through the kindness of my friends, who furnished me with spe- 
cimens, I was enabled to examine a number of species of birds. 
On my return to Charleston I resumed my inquiries into this sub- 
ject, and through my own exertions and the aid of some of my young 
friends, had an opportunity of inspecting a considerable number of spe- 
cimens, of various species, subject to a semi-annual change of colour. 
The result of examinations made on the 13th, 16th, 17th, 21st, 23d 
and 28th of March; on the 3d, 10th, 17th and 20th of April; and on 
the 4th and 5th of May, I will condense under a notice of each species, 
as the notes taken on these different occasions would swell this article 
to an unreasonable length. 

Fringilla Pensylvanica, White Throated Sparrow. Of this spe- 
cies I was enabled to examine about thirty specimens, in addition to 
those in an aviary. The light ash colour under the chin is in every 
instance replaced by a fresh moult; the new feathers coming out pure 
white. This is the case in both sexes. The birds too appear to moult 
on every part of the body, some having the whole head covered with 
young feathers still sheathed ; the same process is going on with others, 
on the breast; and in others, moulting first commences in spots on the 
back. ‘Thus nature seems to leave one portion of the clothing as a 
covering to the bird, whilst it is renewing the rest; and the feathers of 
one part of the body are fully formed before moulting commences on 
other parts. 

Fringilla Savanna, Savannah Finch; Fringilla palustris, Swamp 
Sparrow; Fringilla melodia, Song Sparrow; Fringilla pusilla, Field 
Sparrow. ‘The same process was observed in these species. They all 
moulted extensively, but irregularly; and in many specimens every 
feather, except those in the wings and tail, appeared to be renewing. 

Fringilla erythropthalma, 'Towhee Bunting. Of this species I re- 
ceived seven specimens. ‘T'wo males had the whole head covered with 
new feathers; one other was moulting extensively on the back; not an 

vI.—3 D 


216 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


old feather was remaining on that part ; and in another this process was 
going on among the featherson the breast and sides. In the remainder 
there were a few young feathers, but no regular moult. 

Sylvia petechia, Yellow Red-Poll Warbler. This species T was ex- 
tremely anxious to examine, in reference to this subject. The differ- 
ence of its plumage in winter and summer is as striking as that of 
Sylvia coronata. It however becomes yellow olive in spring, whilst 
the other becomes blue, streaked with black, with a yellow spot on its 
rump and crown. The Sylvia petechia has been described under two 
names, that of the above and Sylvia palmarum, by Bonaparte and‘ Au- 
dubon; the latter recently acknowledged his error. I obtained of this 
species twenty-four specimens. Every individual was moulting ex- 
tensively. The new feathers came out at once in summer dress, leay- 
ing not a shadow of doubt on my mind that this bird receives its 
bright colours from a change of feathers, and not from a change of co- 
lours in the old feathers. 

Sylvia pensilis, Yellow Throated Warbler. This is one of the small 
number of the species of this large genus that breeds in Carolina. Its 
note was first heard on the 16th of March. Obtained, at various 
times, thirteen specimens. In every instance the whole of the yellow 
on the throat was replaced by young feathers just pushing forward, 
and in several individuals moulting was general over other parts of the 
body. ‘The above observations apply equally to Sylvia trichas, Mary- 
land Yellow Throat, of which I inspected about five specimens. 

Fringilla tristis, American Goldfinch. This was one of the birds 
referred to by Mr Ord, as a proof of the correctness of his theory, that 
birds moult but once a year. Although this species is common in 
Carolina in winter, feeding on the seeds of the long moss ( Tillandsia 
usnoides) that hangs in festoons from the limbs of our venerable live 
oaks (Quercus virens), and at a later period on the imported, but very 
common chick weed (Alsina media), it generally leaves us for the 
north early in March, and, no doubt, undergoes its changes of plumage 
in spring in the immediate vicinity of Philadelphia. This bird had 
left us for about two weeks, but was driven back to this vicinity in conse- 
quence of a succession of cold days; and from the 16th to the 22d of 
March I had an opportunity of obtaining forty specimens. On the 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. Q17 


former day two or three individuals were brought to me in which 
moulting had commenced. From this period until every straggler ap- 
peared to have left us, on the 23d, I discovered that the process of 
moulting was advancing rapidly. It seemed to commence in the old 
males, extending itself to the females; and on my last examination not 
an individual of either sex was brought to me that was not in extensive 
moult. ‘The young feathers on the head came out black; those on the 
rest of the body of a bright yellow. In the old feathers no change 
whatever had taken place. Mr Ord is correct when he states that this 
species is in full song in March; this was the case in all the individuals 
I observed; but he appears to have overlooked the opportunity of ascer- 
taining that it was also in full moult. The theory that the song of 
birds is silenced in consequence of the exhausting process of moulting, 
is not calculated to bear the test of close examination. The Fringilla 
tristis, Troglodytes don, Fringilla Pensylvanica, F. graminea, Syl- 
via pensilis, and many others, were in full song, although they were 
moulting very extensively. This is-also the case at the moment I am 
writing, in several species nowin my aviary. It will probably be found 
that the vocal powers of birds are called forth by an increased develop- 
ment of the sexual organs, in the vivifying season of spring, and that 
their song is suspended in autumn, when these organs are sensibly di- 
minished. 

Psittacus leucocephalus, White Fronted Parrot. A bird of this spe- 
cies, now in the possession of my friend Dr Wilson of this city, was 
carefully examined on the 20th of March. It was in fine health, re- 
peated several words, and made attempts at a song. We found it in 
extensive moult, and all who examined it were satisfied that it was 
receiving a full set of new feathers on every part of the body. This 
species exhibits a variety of colours, green, white, yellow, pink and red. 
The feathers came out apparently in the bright hues which the bird 
assumes when in perfect plumage. In pursuing my investigations on 
the change of plumage in birds, I have observed that old birds, moult- 
ing in spring, usually receive their bright colour at once, whilst many 
species, that moult in autumn, have these colours imparted to them by 
a gradual process. 

Psittacus coccinocephalus, Scarlet Headed Parrot; Psittacus purpu- 


218 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


reus, Purple Bellied Parrot. I have had in my possession, for several 
years past, a living bird of the first named species, and frequently seen 
one of the latter in the cage of a friend. Both species moult in sum- 
mer, and again in the months of February and March. 'The moult, 
with the exception of the larger feathers in the tail and wings, was as 
general in spring as in autumn. 

Emberiza oryzivora, Reed Bird. This species, which is so singular 
in its habits and changes, passes under different names in various parts 
of the country, referring either to its colour, food or song. In the 
eastern states it is usually called Bob-Link, from its notes bearing a 
fancied resemblance to those syllables. In New York Ihave heard the 
farmers call it Skunk Bird, in consequence of its black breast and sides 
and broad white streak on the back bearing a resemblance, in colour, 
to that animal (Mephitis Americana). In the middle states it is called 
Reed Bird, in consequence of its feeding on the seeds of that plant (Zi- 
zania); and in the southern states the Rice Bird, from the extensive 
depredations it commits on our rice fields ; hence its specific name (Ory- 
zivora). 

In autumn, the male of this bird, as is well known, lays aside its 
black and white summer dress, not by a change of colour in the old 
feathers, but by a thorough moulting, extending even to the large fea- 
thers in the wings and tail. It now becomes of the plain colour of the 
female. In thisdress it continues till March, when it gradually changes 
again, and in May is once more in full summer plumage. Mr Ord 
states, from personal observation, on birds confined in cages, that “du- 
ring the time the male is undergoing this metamorphosis, there is no 
change of feathers, their colours being altogether the result of their 
organic secretions.” I have no positive evidence to prove that there 
was any inaccuracy in his observations. ‘These birds generally make 
their appearance in Carolina from the Ist to the 10th of May, when 
they have already attained full plumage. Having never kept them 
during winter and spring, I am obliged to consider the examinations of 
Mr Ord, in reference to this species, as conclusive. This will, then, 
show that the Rice Bird is an exception to the general rule, and that, 
whilst all our other known species that assume two distinct colours in 
a year moult in spring as well as in autumn, the Rice Bird is an in- 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 219 


stance where a different process takes place. This, however, affords 
no proof of the truth of the assertion that all birds moult but once a 
year, since it is now certain that the majority of birds moult twice a 
year. I do not however consider it impossible, that even in regard to 
this species some mistake may have occurred. ‘These changes pro- 
gress silently and rapidly, and unless watched with great care, are 
effected without our observing the process. ‘The males made their 
first appearance this year in our rice fields, in scattered flocks, on the 
5th of May; and on that and the three following days I had an oppor- 
tunity, through the politeness and attention of several planters, of exa- 
mining fifty specimens. Nine-tenths of the birds were in full plumage, 
and there was no appearance of their having moulted; but in five or 
six specimens, where the black colour on the breast had not been fully 
restored, I perceived several places where rows of young feathers, still 
sheathed, existed in spots of an inch or two inextent. These feathers, 
instead of coming out yellowish brown, as is the case with the species 
when they moult in autumn, were black, narrowly edged on the points 
with brown. Whether the moult was accidental in these specimens, 
or whether it extends to every individual in the species, I had no means 
this spring of ascertaining ; certain it is, that the young feathers percep- 
tible on the specimens sent with this communication, do not undergo 
the process of the change from brown to black, which must be the case 
if the colours of spring are imparted without a fresh moult. 

Sylvia xstiva, Blue-Eyed Yellow Warbler. This species, in autumn, 
is of a pale yellow colour, changing in spring to bright yellow, streaked 
on the breast with orange. It probably undergoes this change within 
the tropics. On the 27th of April I had an opportunity of examining 
eleven specimens; two of these were not in full plumage, and I ob- 
served that in one instance the whole head was covered with new fea- 
thers,and in another the young feathers on the back had recently been 
produced, and were still enclosed in a tube. 

Fringilla cyanea, Indigo Bird. This is a rather rare species in the 
maritime districts of Carolina, and breeds but sparingly in these parts. 
On the 3d of May I obtained three male Indigo Birds. ‘They were in 
full song, and I was enabled to discover them by their notes. One of 
the birds was in perfect plumage, and I could observe no evidences of a 

VI.—3 E 


220 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


moult; the other two were mottled, and the points of the feathers were 
edged with brown. They were receiving new feathers extensively on 
every part of their bodies ; one of the birds would probably have been 
in full plumage in a week, the other was less advanced, and would have 
required a longer time. Whether these were young birds receiving 
their bright colours for the first time, or old birds renewing their co- 
lours by a fresh moult, I could not ascertain. 

The arguments of Dr Flemming (vol. II., p. 26, 27) in favour of 
his theory that a spring moult is unnecessary to a change of colour in 
feathers, as confirmed by the examination of Captain Cartwright on 
the Ptarmagin (7Zefrao lagopus) of Labrador, is very far from being sa- 
tisfactory to my mind; on the contrary, it appears to me that Cart- 
wright’s own notes, taken on the spot, ought to have caused the Doctor to 
have hesitated, before he adopted, so confidently, a theory which may 
yet be discovered, on a more careful examination, to be wholly founded 
in error. The following is an extract from the Captain’s Journal (see 
Transactions, On the Coast of Labrador, vol. [., p. 278): “ When I was 
in England, Mr Banks [Sir Joseph Banks], Dr Solander, and several 
other naturalists, having inquired of me respecting the manner of these 
birds changing colour, I took particular notice of those I killed, and 
can aver for a fact, that they get at this time of the year (September 
28) a very large addition of feathers, all of which are white, and that 
the coloured feathers at the same time change to white. In spring, 
most of the white feathers drop off, and are succeeded by coloured ones, 
or, I believe all the white feathers drop off, and they get an entire new 
set. At the two seasons they change very differently; in the spring 
beginning at the neck, and spreading from thence ; now they begin at 
the belly, and end at the neck.” Captain Cartwright here asserts that 
the Ptarmagin, in autumn, receives a very large addition of white fea- 
thers, but that the coloured feathers are changed to white. I perceive 
no difficulty in explaining this autumnal change. Presuming that the 
birds moulted in the middle of August, as is the case in Labrador, some 
of the feathers would not come out pure white, but would gradually 
become so, as is the case with other birds I have mentioned, and they 
would thus, for a time, retain a mottled appearance. ‘The summer 
moult in birds extends over the whole body, even to the wing and tail 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 221 


feathers, in every species I have examined, and I presume that the Ptar- 
magin does not form an exception. The only point of difficulty lies 
in the spring moulting, and in this Captain Cartwright is pretty ex- 
plicit. He states, with some hesitation, his belief, from an examination 
of many specimens, that “all the feathers, in spring, drop off.” There 
could have been no difficulty in ascertaining this fact, from the manner 
in which young feathers are sheathed during the process of moulting. 
Here, then, we have another well attested proof of a double moult in 
those species of birds that are subject to a semi-annual change of co- 
lour. 

Before concluding my remarks on land birds, it may be necessary to 
state how far I have found my observations to apply, in regard to a 
second moult in birds in general. I have examined no species in which 
an individual was not occasionally found, that was not moulting spa- 
ringly during spring. This may, however,in some species, have been 
accidental. The Mocking Bird, Blue Bird, Cardinal Grosbeak, Log- 
gerhead Shrike (Lanius ludovicianus), and some others, I have reason 
to believe, do not moult to any extent in spring, although a considerable 
number of feathers drop off, which are not replaced; and yet in many 
other species of the genera Turdus and Fringilla, even where no very 
great change of colour occurred, the moult extended to every part of 
the body; whilst the Mocking Bird and the Brown Thrush (Turdus 
Jferrugineus) did not appear to moult. The Solitary Thrush ( Turdus 
minor), which loses nearly all its spots on the breast in spring, seemed, 
on the 29th of March, to have acquired a full set of young feathers on 
the breast. 

Although in many species the moult appeared to be complete in 
other respects, yet in but two species, the Savannah Finch and Swamp 
Sparrow, did I discover that the scapulars and tail feathers were moulted ; 
these are stronger and firmer, and as far as my observations have gone, 
seem, in most of the species, to be shed but once a year; this will not 
surprise us, when we take into consideration the diversity in the ope- 
rations of nature in other animals. The horse, for instance, sheds his 
hair on every part of the body at least once a year,and yet the hairs in 
the mane and tail continue to grow during the life of the animal. On 
the other hand, the thinner and lighter hairs of animals, and feathers 


222 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


of birds, are frequently removed, and easily replaced. The feathers on 
the breast of female Canary Birds, and most other species that I have 
noticed, drop off during incubation, and are successively replaced du- 
ring the season, at every time they recommence building their nests. 

On the spring moulting of water birds the following information has 
been collected. 

In the spring of 1825 a specimen of our beautiful Fresh Water Rail 
( Rallus elegans) was sent me from the country. It was so completely 
in moult, that it could not be preserved as a specimen. ‘The young 
feathers came out in their full brightness. 

On the 7th of April 1835 Texamined several Shearwaters (J2hincops 
nigra). About one half of the birds were in the moult; the remain- 
der still retained their winter dress and colours. 

On the 20th of April 1836 I procured three males of the Semi-pal- 
mated Snipe (Zofanus semipalmatus). 'They were changing from 
winter to summer plumage, and were moulting very extensively. 

Early in the month of May 1833 I saw a large string of Black Bel- 
lied Plovers (Charadrius helveticus) in the markets of New York, and 
being desirous of obtaining some specimens for the cabinet, as this bird 
has not arrived at full plumage in its spring passage along the sea shore 
of Carolina, I found so many of them in fresh moult, and their young 
feathers still sheathed, that it was difficult to find specimens suited to 
my purpose. 

In September 1835 a Turnstone (Sfrepsilas interpres) was sent me 
by a friend. It had been wounded and captured by his son, whilst in 
its plain autumnal plumage. I entrusted it to a lady who fed it on 
moistened corn meal, and on bread soaked in milk. It survived the 
winter, and was in fine health on the following April, when it shed its 
winter dress, and the new feathers, although not perfectly bright at 
first, became so in three weeks. 

March 20th, 1837, saw about two dozen of the Ruddy Duck (Fudi- 
gula rubida) in the Charleston market. All that I examined were 
males. ‘They were receiving their ruddy colour of spring, and were 
moulting very extensively. 

March 21st, examined a Black Headed Gull (Larus atricilla). On 
every part of the head the ash coloured feathers were becoming re- 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 223 


placed by young ones, still sheathed ; these were of a dark lead colour, 
appearing in some lights quite black. 

March 1834, received from Boston specimens of the Herring 
Gull (Larus argenlatus), together with a number of northern species, 
which are now lying before me. In the majority of them, moulting 
had progressed to a considerable extent. Mr Ord conceives Montagu, 
who had made similar observations on this species, as “labouring under 
the influence of a theory,” when he recorded the result of his investi- 
gations. ‘The correctness of Montagu’s assertions has been verified by 
my own observations. 

Mr Ord has, moreover, doubted the accuracy of Montagu’s observa- 
tions on the changes of plumage in a Black Stork, taken in England. 
The latter gentleman stated that this bird continued very gradually to 
moult during summer and winter; that in the month of March, the 
violet and purple feathers appeared on the back, and that the whole 
upper parts had nearly assumed this beautiful plumage by the Ist of 
April. He supposes that it could not have moulted, although Mon- 
tagu asserts that to be the fact, and considers this statement of Montagu 
as “affording one of the most apposite illustrations of the fact of a 
change of colour in mature plumage, that could well be desired.” I 
have not been able to regard it in this light. Admitting that all the 
species of Storks and Herons moult but once a year, of which we have 
no certainty, it does not appear difficult to account for the slow pace 
with which this individual assumed its bright colours. It will be re- 
collected that it was a foreigner, retained in captivity during winter, 
in the moist, cold climate of England. Had it been left at liberty to 
pursue its migrations to Africa, where this species hyemates, it would 
probably have sooner attained full plumage. It is, moreover, highly 
probable that this stork was changing from the young to the adult 
plumage ; in this case the process was similar to that of the Plotus an- 
hinga, referred to ina former part of this paper, and of the Blue Gros- 
beak, now in my possession ; the latter having been gradually moulting 
and receiving its bright colours during the winter and spring. Young 
birds always shed and renew their feathers more slowly and irregu- 
larly than the old; and in this instance, where we have a process so 
similar in other species, we cannot avoid giving credence to the decla- 

VI.—3 Vr 


Q24 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


rations of a naturalist, who was an eye witness of the facts he describes, 
in preference to the mere conjectures of another. 

Although it has been more my intention in this paper to record the 
facts which I have been able to collect on this subject, than to frame a 
new theory, or endeavour to restore an exploded one; yet it has often 
occurred to me, that the advocates of the two opposite theories have 
run into extremes, in consequence of the adherence of each, with too 
much pertinacity, toa preconceived opinion. Hence Montagu, having 
ascertained that some birds are subject to two moultings in a year, 
conceived that this was the only mode by which the colours of feathers 
were changed, asserting that “he had no conception of the feathers 
themselves changing colour.” On the other hand, Dr Flemming, and 
those of his school, including the Rev. Mr Whitear and Mr Ord (the 
latter advanced a step beyond all the rest, in stating as his opinion that 
“all birds moult but once a year’), having observed that the colours 
in feathers change in the early stage of their growth, came to the con- 
clusion that the same process must always be carried on in the old 
feathers, and that a fresh moult being unnecessary, would consequently 
not take place. 

The observations which I have made thus far, have led me to con- 
ceive that the truth lies between these two extremes. Although my 
investigations were not extended to as great a number of species as I 
could have wished, or repeated through a succession of seasons, it has, 
notwithstanding, been very apparent to my mind, that young feathers 
frequently change colour, particularly in autumn; but that in those 
cases where there is a semi-annual change of colours, there is in all, or 
nearly all the species, a semi-annual moult. That a much greater 
number of species change their feathers twice a year than is usually 
supposed, and that our inquiries must be directed to individual species, 
rather than to genera, since in the same genus one species is subject to 
a double moult, whilst the others moult but once a year. 

4, Having now seen in what manner nature performs her operations 
in effecting the changes in the plumage of birds, I proceed to inquire 
whether the same laws may be applied to those variations in colour to 
which the hair of quadrupeds‘is subject. The vascular bulbs in which 
the roots of the hairs are inserted, bear an analogy to the bulbs which 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 225 


contain the rudiments or sheaths of the feathers. The hair, like fea- 
thers, is nourished and receives its colour from the secretions of the 
animal, and is exposed to the same sun, air and moisture. It continues 
to grow during a certain period, and drops off when it has arrived to 
full maturity, as do the feathers from the bird, and the leaf from the 
tree. ‘There is also a striking similarity between the covering of birds 
and quadrupeds, in the changes to which they are subject, from the 
young to the adult state, and the mutations of others during the differ- 
ent periods of the year. As the majority of the species of young birds 
are of the colour of their parents, so are the young of quadrupeds. 
Some young birds remain for a length of time of a very different co- 
lour from that which they assume when they arrive at maturity, as is 
the case with some of the species of our Fringiliz, Ardex, and other 
genera. ‘This is also apparent in some of our quadrupeds. The young 
of the Deer and Cougar (felis cougar), for instance, are striped or spot- 
ted with white and red, whilst their progenitors are of a uniform dun 
or fawn colour. Some birds are disguised in two such opposite sets of 
colours, in the course of the year, that the gay visiter of spring can 
scarcely be recognised under his homely dress in autumn. So also our 
Ermine, and two, at least, of our species of Hares, are brown during 
six months of the year, and of a snowy white pelage during the other 
six months. Bearing so strong a similarity in many other particulars, 
we are led to believe that in the process of moulting, or shedding of 
the hair, this harmony of nature still continues to prevail. 

Here, however, the same difference of opinion has obtained among 
naturalists. Probably much has been written on the subject in Euro- 
pean journals which has not fallen under my observation. Dr Flem- 
ming (see Philosophy of Zoology, vol. II., p. 24) advances an opinion, 
the result of personal observations, that “the change of colour in those 
animals which become white in winter, is effected, not by a renewal 
of the hair, but by a change in the colour of the secretions of the refe 
mucosum, by which the hair is nourished, or perhaps by that secretion 
of the colouring matter being diminished, or totally suspended.” This 
theory, as far as I have been able to ascertain, has generaily been adopt- 
ed by physiologists. I have also noticed the remarks of Dr Richardson, 
on the changes in the colour of the American Hare (Lepus America- 


its) 


26 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


nus), in his Fauna Boreali-Americana, where he expresses a belief, 
founded on examination of many specimens, that “the change to the 
winter dress is produced, not by the shedding of its hair, but by a 
lengthening and blanching of the summer fur.” 

From these opinions I am obliged to dissent, for the reasons already 
advanced, and the evidence I shall proceed to adduce. 

There are but four quadrupeds yet found in our country, the Polar 
Hare, Northern and Prairie Hares (Lepus pampestris, Bach.), and the 
Ermine, in which these mutations are very striking. Let us now exa- 
mine this peculiarity in some of these, and one or two other of our qua- 
drupeds, and we shall be able to judge how far this theory is calculated 
to maintain its ground among naturalists. 

Lepus glacialis, Polar Hare. 1 have had no other opportunity of 
becoming acquainted with the changes of colour to which this fine 
Hare is subject, than that afforded by a specimen which was kindly 
presented me by Audubon; but this, in itself, affords sufficient evi- 
dence on which an opinion may be grounded with safety. The ani- 
mal was purchased in the flesh by our distinguished American orni- 
thologist, from an Indian, at Newfoundland, on the 15th of August 
1833. At that early season, then, in the cold regions of the north, 
this change from its summer to winter colours takes place. The spe- 
cimen before me is in that interesting stage when the summer fur had 
commenced dropping off, and the white winter dress was fast advanc- 
ing to resume its place. This, as far as has been ascertained, is the only 
specimen, in summer colour, that exists in any collection. The speci- 
mens brought home by Dr Richardson, Captain Parry, and the other 
adventurous explorers of our polar regions were all in the white pelage 
of winter. Its summer colour is grayish brown above, with conspicu- 
ously black ears. In winter the hairs all become snowy white, even 
to the roots. In the specimen now before me there is a large spot, 
nearly a hand’s breadth, of pure white on the back, extending nearly to 
the insertion of the tail; three or four white spots, of about an inch in 
diameter, also exist on the sides. The hairs forming these spots are 
shorter than the surrounding fur; a few longer hairs of the summer 
dress are still interspersed, which had not yet dropped off. The short, 
white hairs are, in several places, seen pushing forward, whilst the sur- 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 227 


rounding ones seem to have been thinning and falling. This, then, is 
undoubtedly the process of the change of colour in this large and in- 
teresting species. 

Let us now examine how far other quadrupeds, subject to the same 
mutations, differ from the above, in changing from the brown dress of 
summer to their white clothing of winter, so much in unison with the 
snows around them, and which, by concealing them from the view of 
a host of enemies, is often the cause of their preservation. 

Lepus Virginianus, Virginian or Northern Hare. This Hare, which 
is an exclusively northern species, and not a resident of Virginia, seems 
to have been not only improperly named, but very imperfectly described 
by our naturalists. The habits, however, of quadrupeds and birds are, 
in general, only alluded to in this article, so far as it may enable us to 
throw some light on the subject now under discussion. I possessed 
favourable opportunities of witnessing the semi-annual changes of colour 
to which the Lepus Virginianus is subject ; having in early life, whilst 
residing in the state of New York, had several of this species ina state 
of domestication, where they produced and reared their young. The 
notes made twenty-two years ago were mislaid, but I have a pretty 
distinct recollection that the following was the process. ‘The animal 
shed its white fur inspring. The hair, although yellowish, and soiled 
by age and exposure, indicated no appearance of a change of colour 
from white to brown, before dropping off. The new hairs came out 
reddish brown, in which dress it continued till autumn, when the sum- 
mer fur gradually dropped off, and the hairs composing the winter pe- 
lage became visible through the rest. In four weeks the summer dress 
had entirely disappeared. The new hairs did not, however, appear 
pure white, but of a light iron gray colour, mixed with occasional white 
and black hairs. Gradually the hair grew longer, and seemed to be- 
come whiter, till, in the course of a few more weeks, the change was 
complete. In this case, then, nature seems to pursue the same process 
as in effecting the changes of colour in some birds, bya gradual blanch- 
ing after the moult. It will be observed that in this species the hairs 
are only white, although broadly so at the points, and not throughout 
their whole extent, as in the Lepus glacialis. 

Lepus Americanus, American Hare. ‘The changes of this Hare I 

VI.—3 G 


228 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


have also had an opportunity of witnessing, in a warren. It cast. its 
hair in spring, and became of a yellowish brown colour. In the au- 
tumn it again commenced shedding. Whether all of the hair dropped 
off or not I cannot say with positive certainty; new hairs, however, 
were continually adding; the points of these were white, as they came 
forward. Jn the old hairs I could perceive no change. There were 
many black ones interspersed, but whether these were of a new, or of 
a former growth, I had no means of ascertaining. I felt confident, 
however, that the light colour of winter was produced by the new 
hairs it had received in autumn. ‘This Hare has, by some of our au- 
thors, been described as becoming white in winter. It should be ob- 
served, however, that the points of the hairs are so narrowly tipped 
with white, and the markings of brown and cinereous still so visible, 
that it can in no part of the northern United States be described as 
white. 

Lepus palustris, Marsh Hare. For a description of this species, see 
Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, vol. VII., and an engrav- 
ing in Audubon’s Birds of America, vol. IV., pl. 366. This singular 
and almost aquatic species sheds its hair twice a year, as I have had an 
opportunity of ascertaining from having had one in confinement. Al- 
though much hair dropped off in autumn, I found it, however, difficult 
to satisfy myself that this change was as thorough as that in the spring. 
In the beginning of winter, the points of its hair, instead of growing 
whiter, as in the American Hare, grow darker, until they have become 
nearly black, thus proving that the effort of nature is to change the co- 
lours from brown to pure white, in some species, and to black in others. 

Mustela erminea,* ‘The Ermine. This animal, usually called 


Godman has stated, on the authority of Charles L. Bonaparte (Nat. Hist. vol. I., p. 193), 
that our common Weasel (J. vulgaris) has been proved to be the Ermine in summer pelage. 
I had an opportunity of ascertaining, from actual examination, that there is some inaccuracy 
in this statement. I preserved several of both species in the same cage, during a winter, in 
the northern part of New York. ‘The Ermines became white in autumn, although some of 
them were still young, and not more than two-thirds grown. ‘The other species retained 
through the winter their brown colour. Richardson states that the latter species also beeomes 
white in high northern latitudes. This is certainly not the case in lat. 45°. ‘There is another 
peculiarity which I had occasion to notice. Whilst the Ermine is much abroad during win- 
ter, its footprints appearing every where on the snow, the common Weasel is rarely, if at all, 
seen during that period. A large brood that had made the root of a tree their residence in 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 229 


Weasel in the northern states, is brown during six months of the year, 
and in winter becomes white, with the exception of the tip of its tail, 
which is black. s 

I was not aware, until this paper had been nearly written, that any 
one had published an account of a particular examination of the Er- 
mine during those periods when it is subject to change its colour. I 
am indebted to my friend Professor Moultrie, for a reference to a pa- 
ragraph in vol. IL., p. 24, of Flemming’s Philosophy of Zoology, where 
the following remarks occur. 

“The appearances exhibited by a specimen now before us are more 
satisfactory and convincing. It was shot on the 9th of May 1814, in 
a garb intermediate between its summer and winter dress. In the 
belly, and all the under parts, the white colour had nearly disappeared, 
in exchange for the primrose yellow, the ordinary tinge of these parts 
insummer. ‘The upper parts had not fully acquired their ordinary 
summer colour, which is a deep yellowish brown. There were still 
several white spots, and not a few with a tinge of yellow. Upon exa- 
mining those white and yellow spots, not a trace of interspersed, new, 
short, brown hair could be discovered. This would certainly not have 
been the case if the change of colour is effected by a change of fur. 
Besides, whilst some parts of the fur on the back had acquired the 
proper colour, even in those parts, numerous hairs could be observed of 
a wax yellow, and in all the intermediate stages, from yellowish brown, 
through yellow, to white. 

“These observations leave little room to doubt that the change of 
colour takes place in the old hair, and that the change from white to 
brown passes through yellow. If this conclusion is not admitted, then 
we must suppose that this animal casts its hair at least seven times in 
the year. In spring it must produce primrose-yellow hair; then hair 
of a wax yellow; and lastly of a yellowish brown. The same process 
must be gone through in autumn, only reversed, with the addition of 


winter, were seen around this retreat almost every day during autumn, till the ground became 
covered with snow. They could now no longer be traced, till the snows began to melt, when 
their holes were again opened, and they were seen as usual. Our Mustela vulgaris ought to 
be carefully compared with that of Europe, which goes under the same name. 


230 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


a suit of white. The absurdity of this exposition is too apparent to be 
further exposed.” 

This examination, and the arguments which have been drawn from 
it by so able a naturalist as Dr Flemming, would appear, at first sight, 
to be conclusive. But, on a closer investigation of the subject, and a 
more careful inquiry into the operations of nature, doubts will arise, 
both as to the accuracy of his investigations and the soundness of his 
theory. The Doctor’s observations were made, it will be recollected, 
on the 9th of May, the very period when the Ermine is shedding its 
winter fur. <A sensible writer, in Rees’s Cyclopedia, on the article 
Hair, makes the following remarks. “As the pulp is intended for the 
nutrition of the hair, it is found to extend only to that portion of the 
hair which is in a state of growth; and in those which are deciduous, 
or are cast at particular seasons of the year, such as the hairs covering 
the bodies of quadrupeds, the pulp becomes entirely obliterated, before 
the period of shedding the hair, and its root is converted into a solid 
pointed mass.” If, then, the change, as Dr Flemming contends, had 
taken place in the old hair, so much in opposition to the views of the 
writer above quoted, what must have been the process? In the sum- 
mer, after it had cast its old hair, it must have acquired a coat of wax 
yellow, which, in process of time, changed to yellowish brown; then in 
autumn, this same hair would have turned white ; now comes the spring, 
and even in this advanced age of the hair, it once more turns yellow, 
and then yellowish brown. No harlequin assumes greater changes ; 
and it may be inquired whether the Doctor’s theory is not even more 
absurd than that which he assails with such apparently strong facts and 
powerful arguments. 

It has, however, appeared to me, that the changes in colour to which 
the Ermine is subject, have not been closely observed, or accurately 
described. Admitting that this quadruped sheds its hair in spring and 
autumn, which I hope to prove is the fact, it will be discovered that in 
this respect the change is not more remarkable than that produced on 
several other species of quadrupeds, and on many birds; among the 
latter, as instances, we may mention the Yellow Crowned Warbler, 
Rice Bird and American Goldfinch. 

At an early period of life I had an opportunity of witnessing the 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 231 


change in the pelage of the Ermine, from white to brown. 
The following is the only memorandum of this occurrence that I can 
find in my diary. “April 17,1814. My ermine has become a little 
tamer, but all its beautiful white hairs are dropping out, and it begins 
to look like a brown Weasel.” I have endeavoured in vain to conjec- 
ture the possibility of my having in some way been deceived in my 
observations. ‘The notes were made, I acknowledge, when I had no 
knowledge of natural history, and had read no work on the subject; 
but, on the other hand, I had no favourite theory to support. That the 
Ermine shed its hair at that early period, I feel confident, from another 
circumstance. I was in the habit of combing out its white hairs, 
which were continually falling off, and on one of these occasions it in- 
flicted a wound with its teeth on my hand. Admitting, then, that my 
observations were correct,and they happened, by a singular coincidence 
of circumstances, to be made the very year, and within a few weeks of 
the time when Dr Flemming examined the same species, it will not be 
difficult to ascertain in what manner he had been deceived. The new 
hair, both in the Ermine and the Northern and Polar Hares, comes out 
iu spots, sometimes only of a few inches in diameter. It grows so ra- 
pidly that it appears to attain its full length in less than a week. In 
the meantime the surrounding hair may not yet have commenced 
shedding, and remains of its former colour. ‘This may account for the 
white spots on the specimen examined by Dr Flemming, which, in all 
probability, was a prepared skin. These parts of the animal had not 
yet moulted, and therefore had undergone no change. With regard to 
the wax-coloured hair of which he speaks, they must have been the old, 
faded and soiled hairs of winter, as any one may easily ascertain by 
examining the stuffed skin of an Ermine. The white pelage soon as- 
sumes a yellowish cast. 

In the autumn of 1823 I had an opportunity of witnessing the 
change of the Ermine from brown to its snowy mantle of winter. It 
had been brought to Charleston by an itinerant showman. The cage, 
I observed, was every where strewed over with brown hairs that had 
dropped off. The young hairs were white in appearance, but whether 
purely so at once, or became more blanched as the season advanced, I 
had no means of ascertaining, as the Ermine was wild and vicious, and 

vI.—3 H 


232 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


made formidable opposition to an examination. The man raised his 
price upon it as soon as he ascertained that it was becoming white. 

If I were not deceived in my observations, it will, then, appear that 
the Ermine has only two, instead of seven colours ina year. In the 
spring it casts off its white coat, and becomes brown; the hairs may be 
a little lighter at first than they become a week after, as is the case 
with those of other quadrupeds. In autumn these yellowish brown 
hairs drop off, and are replaced by the white fur of winter. In inves- 
tigating the changes to which this animal, which so seldom comes 
under the inspection of the naturalist, is subject, we may derive some 
information from this process of nature in regard to species with which 
we are more familiar. Ifthe old hair of the Ermine changes from 
white to brown, in spring, previous to its shedding, we may presume 
that a similar process will be observed in the Virginia Deer. A pair 
of the latter animals are now shedding their hair under my daily in- 
spection. The long, gray hairs of winter are continually dropping off; 
they have not undergone the slightest change. Reasoning from analogy, 
on the principle of Dr Flemming, these ought to become red, the co- 
lour of the hair of the deer in summer. This, however, is not the case 
in this species, nor in any other with which I am acquainted. 

Although I feel a tolerable degree of certainty that I was not de- 
ceived in my observations on the Ermine, yet, as they were not made 
in reference to this mooted point, I have a strong desire to have the 
subject further investigated by some scientific naturalist.* 


* The Ermine is easily captured in a box trap, and can be fed on any kind of fresh meat, 
although it prefers birds and mice. The old, which I had at different times in confinement, 
although they did not seem to suffer in their health, never became reconciled to captivity. 
One of this species, however, taken when about five months old, appeared in a few weeks to 
have lost all its wildness and ferocity, leaving the cage at my call, following me about my 
study, and taking food from my hand. It was occasionally let loose in the outhouses and 
barn, where it made fearful havoc among the rats and mice. I observed it did not seize a rat, 
as this species is wont to do when it attacks poultry, by the neck, but pounced upon it sud- 
denly, sinking its teeth into the skull, and then leaping off a few feet (as if to avoid being bitten), 
leaving it to struggle and die, without any further effort on the part of its enemy. When it 
had killed a considerable number, it was in the habit of dragging them ona heap, and covering 
them with straw. On these occasions itshowed some reluctance to return to its place of con- 
finement. After having tasted the sweets of liberty, it would often conceal itself for a day or 
two in the neighbourhood of its prey, and the calls of hunger alone would bring it back again 
to the house. On an occasion of this kind it disappeared, and it was supposed had been killed 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 233 


How far other quadrupeds, in a state of nature, are subject to this 
biennial shedding of the hair, is an inquiry which we must make, not 
from books, but from a careful examination of the different species. 
The generally received opinion of quadrupeds shedding but once in a 
year, should be more carefully examined, in regard to some of the spe- 
cies, before it is fully adopted. The rule may admit of more excep- 
tions than is generally supposed. The Deer (Cervus Virginianus) 
sheds its hair in Carolinain the month of April, and sometimes earlier. 
These, till autumn, are of a reddish colour, when the animal assumes 
a bluish dress, gradually fading to gray. In what manner is this change 
produced? The Harvest Mouse (Mus leucophus, Raff.) is of a fawn 
colour above in summer, and bluish ash in winter. The black variety 
of the common Gray Squirrel (incorrectly referred to Sciurus Caro- 
linensis) is much more brilliantly black in winter than in summer. 
Can these old and faded hairs receive an additional blackness and bright- 
ness as the cold weather approaches? The fur of quadrupeds is thicker 
and warmer in winter than in summer, and if they do not shed their 
hair, they must at last receive an additional covering in autumn; and 
the same effort of nature which can produce a part, may restore the 
whole. Possibly it may,ona more careful examination, be found that 
the new hairs received by these and other species in autumn, may so 
predominate as to conceal in part the rest. I can easily conceive that 
hairs may become redder, under the influence of a burning sun; but 
that they should, after six months, again change and become plumbeous, 
cannot be credited, without a minute examination of facts. Our do- 
mesticated animals can afford no criterion by which we may judge, 


by adog. It was not again observed by the family for six months. On my return from a 
college vacation, I once more occupied my former chamber. During the night I found some 
small animal creeping among the blankets, and on procuring a light, ascertained to my great 
surprise and pleasure, that my long lost pet had come, as if to greet my return. . It had, in 
the meantime, changed its colour, and was beautifully white. How long it had kept pos- 
session of the vacant chamber is unknown. I perceived it had found egress through a hole in 
the hearth. It was from this time no longer placed in confinement, but permitted to take its 
own course, as it had committed no depredations on the poultry. It attached itself to the pre- 
mises for about two years afterwards, having formed a large nest of straw under the covering 
ofa globe. In this situation it would sometimes lie for two or three days, as if dozing, and 
disinclined to take exercise; at other times it was absent for several days in succession. It 
finally disappeared, from what cause I was never able to ascertain. 


234 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


with certainty, of all other quadrupeds. The Horse, although it sheds 
its coat freely in spring, is irregularly losing and restoring its hair 
throughout the year. A change in food or in health is continually ac- 
celerating or retarding this process. 

If some apology be requisite for these somewhat desultory remarks, 
and for having entered so much into detail, it may be offered, in defence, 
that the subject on which it treats, although apparently trifling and 
unimportant, leads to many inquiries in philosophy and in natural sci- 
ence. In investigating the changes from brown to white, in some 
quadrupeds, we are led to inquire into the cause of this change. If it 
be answered that it is the effect of cold, the question will naturally 
arise, Why does not cold produce the same effect on other animals? 
Why do not the Fox, the Raccoon and the Bear, residing in the same 
neighbourhood, also become white in winter? Besides, the change 
commences in the heat ofsummer. 'The Polar Hare, brought by Au- 
dubon, was undergoing the change on the 15th of August. The Er- 
mine was becoming white in the middle of October, in Carolina, when 
the weather was still very warm. The emperor of China is said to 
have preserved the Lepus variabilis in the warmer parts of his domin- 
ions, and even there it was subject to become white. This colour, 
then, rather anticipates than succeeds cold weather, and it would seem 
as if there was some constitutional predisposition of the animal to the 
change. A further examination into these mutations of colour to which 
birds are subject, may extend our knowledge of physiology in regard 
to the development and growth of feathers, and the process by which 
their colours are imparted. Although it is generally admitted that 
there is no circulation in hair or feathers, still this point does not appear 
to be fully determined. Bichat* supposed that there was a species of 
circulation in the interior substance of the hair, by which he endea- 


voured to explain the changes of colour. This opinion, however, has 


been contradicted by modern physiologists, who suppose the hairs to 
be constituted by a colourless, transparent epidermic or horny sheath, 
filled with a species of coloured pulp; and they contend that the hair 


* Anatomie Générale, Tom. II., p. 788. 


Ee ae oe. 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 235 


is not, properly speaking, caniculated, the colouring matter being de- 
posited by the papilla at the same time as the epidermic sheath.* The 
chemical composition of feathers is believed to be nearly the same as 
that of hair, nails, &e. consisting principally of inspissated albumen, 
united with small portions of gelatine and animal oil; and it is a sub- 
ject of inquiry what chemical action takes place, which imparts co- 
lours not only to the shafts of the quill, but to the barbs, and even the 
minute barbules attached to these barbs. Are these changes in colour 
effected by the action of the external atmosphere, or by a vital opera- 
tion? As the air contained in the feathers is exposed to the influence 
of the vascular pulp, may it not in this way produce a chemical action 
on the colour of the feathers? Some birds certainly moult twice a 
year, with the exception of their wing and tail feathers, which, in most 
species, are only cast annually. As the latter are longer in coming to 
maturity, may not colours be imparted to them more slowly, and may 
not this account for the changes of colour which are progressively 
taking place in the bars on the tails of Hawks and other species? 
These inquiries may be also attended with beneficial results to the 
science of ornithology, in enabling us to discriminate the true from 
merely nominal species. By a little attention to this subject, Wilson 
was enabled to expunge from our nomenclature of birds many species 
which Catesby, Edwards, Pennant, Latham and others had multiplied 
to a great extent, and to extricate the science from difficulties which 
were continually leading the student of nature into infinite doubts and 
perplexities. Through this mean also, Bonaparte, Nuttall and Audu- 
bon corrected some of the errors into which their predecessors, froma 
want of opportunity for a fuller investigation of the subject, had fallen. 
The work is not yet completed. Bya further inquiry into the changes 
in plumage to which birds are subject, species that are now supposed 
distinct, may be found to be identical. Many new species of Gulls, 
that have been multiplying in Europe and America, may prove to be 
the young, or the winter plumage of species that have long since had 
aname.t The long disputed, often rejected, and as often readmitted 


* Cruveilhier, Anatomie Descriptif, Tom. ILI., p. 420. 
t ‘This genus requires a more careful revision. It will be found, on an attentive examina- 
tion of the changes of plumage to which the species are subject, and on a comparison with 
Vi.—3 I 


236 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


Winter Hawk (Falco hyemalis) might, on being preserved in confine- 
ment for a single year, be placed where he ought to be; probably by 
the side of the Red Shouldered Hawk (Falco lineatus). 'The Connec- 
ticut Warbler (Sylvia agilis) might claim identity with the once re- 
jected, but now admitted, Mourning Warbler (Sylvia Philade/phia). 
The Autumnal Warbler (Sy/via aufwmnalis), that is abundant in au- 
tumn, but has been sought for in vain in spring, might then perhaps 
find a father in the Black Poll Warbler (Sylvia striata). Roscoe’s 
Yellow Throat of Audubon might come to claim relationship with the 
Sylvia trichas; his Sylvia Childrenti might be found to be only another 
name for Sylvia estiva, and his Sylvia Vigorsii for Sylvia pinus. The 
difficulty in preserving several of the genera of birds in confinement, 
for the purpose of studying their habits, has been considerably overrated. 
Granivorous birds, as it is well known, may be fed on seeds, and in this 
manner thousands are annually brought from Africa and the East In- 
dies. Warblers, Fly-Catchers, and even Swallows, the most difficult 
(except the Humming Birds) to preserve, are now kept in cages 
throughout the year in London, Paris,and especially at Rome. ‘They 
are fed on vermicelli, and occasionally on chopped meat. A regular 
temperature in the room where they are confined is preserved through- 
out the winter. The various species of Ducks, which are easily caught 
in traps or nets, soon accustom themselves to the food of the poultry 
yard, and become domesticated. By this means several of our wild 
species may be made to minister to our pleasures and comforts. The 
Mergansers, Gulls, Lestris, Procellarias, Anhingas and Cormorants may 
be fed on fish, their natural food. ‘The Sandpipers, and as in the in- 
stance of the Turnstone already noticed, may be preserved by being fed 
on various kinds of soft food, easily to be procured. I haye seen the 


those of the eastern continent, that our species are unnecessarily multiplied, and that some 
that are described as identical with those of Europe, are distinct. Larus minutus, Larus 
canus and Larus fuscus, as given in Bonaparte’s Synopsis, will probably be found not to 
exist in the United States. Our species, which has gone under the name of Larus minutus, 
is, 1 am inclined to believe, the Larus Bonapartii of Richardson; the Larus capistratus, 
the young of Larus Bonapartii. The Larus argentatoides the young of Larus marinus; 
and the species which our authors have considered as Larus Canus, is probably the imma- 
wre bird of Larus zonorhynchus of Swainson. ' 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 237 


Ruff of Europe ( Tringa pugnax)* for sale in a cage in the Charleston 
market. It was fed on soaked ship biscuit, on its passage from Liver- 
pool. 

On revising this article, which has insensibly grown upon me as I 
proceeded, and which has extended to a length not originally antici- 
pated, it has occurred te me that it might be construed, by some, as 
evidencing a disposition to cavil at the writings, and undervalue the 
labours of the able and estimable naturalists of our country. I should 
reproach myself with ingratitude, could I for a moment conceive that 
I had been influenced by such unworthy motives. The number of 
American naturalists has been exceedingly limited; their labours have 
been great, and poorly requited, in a pecuniary point of view, or in 
what they regard of most value, fame. We are indebted to them for 


* This species has recently been added to our ornithology by Mr Nuttall, in consequence 
of a fine specimen having been obtained in the neighbourhood of New York. I doubt whe- 
ther we have a right to claim it as American. Birds well known on the eastern continent, 
unless they exist in high northern latitudes, ought to be admitted with great caution into our 
Fauna. The European Partridge has been killed in the middle states ; no doubt it had escaped 
from acage. I obtained, some miles from Charleston, a male Chaflinch (Fringilla celebs), 
in full song, and afterwards saw its imported mate in a cage in the market. I had for some 
years in possession a European Turtle Dove (Co/wmba turtur), which had escaped from con- 
finement, and, it was afterwards ascertained, had flown on board of a vessel at sea, three hun- 
dred miles from the coast of France; and I received two years since, from my friend Mr 
Nicholson, a European Kestrel (#alco tinnunculus), which had alighted on the rigging of the 
ship, several days’ sail from Liverpool, on his passage to America. Surely these species, 
brought to our country by force or accident, cannot be claimed as belonging to us. It will be 
a source of regret, if, in this respect, we are led to imitate the example of European ornitholo- 
gists, who, in order to swell their list of birds, publish every foreign species escaped from a 
cage, or driven on their coast by a tempest. 

The admission of species from specimens obtained from museums, on doubtful authority, is 
a still greater evil. In this way Mr Nuttall, who exercised so much knowledge and caution 
in his botanical works, has, in his ornithology, admitted species to which I am inclined to 
think we have but a doubtful claim. His Reed Bunting (Emberiza scheniclus) of Europe, 
for instance, is given on the authority of specimens presented to Audubon by a keeper of a 
museum, who stated their having been obtained at Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. I had an op- 
portunity of examining these specimens; the materials with which they were filled, and the 
English holly bush on which they were fastened, betrayed evidences of their having come 
from across the Atlantic, ready stuffed and perched. Mr Audubon finally came to the same 
conclusion. It is difficult to expunge a species once admitted into books. The Willow 
Wren of Catesby, and the little Spotted Grey Sparrow of Latham, have caused many a poor 
ornithologist to wear out his shoes in a fruitless search. It might be advisable to act towards 
these perplexing species as is done in some colleges, where a name, if not answered to after 
having been called a certain number of times, is stricken from the rolls. 


23 


iv’ 8) 


OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF 


those exertions and sacrifices which have removed the obstructions in 
the paths of science, and have tended to interest, enlighten and instruct 
us. Their errors were the results of circumstances beyond their con- 
trol; and the best service we can render them, or their memories, is to 
supply the materials which will render their works immortal. In our 
researches after truth, in science, where the wisest are liable to err, it 
is not only admissible, but a duty which we owe to mankind, to point 
out, in the language of courtesy and respect, the mistakes into which 
we conceive our superiors to have fallen. Our distinguished natural- 
ists we should claim as a portion of our country’s choicest wealth, and 
in them, as in the railroads which are spreading comfort and sociality 
over every quarter of our land, we should all strive to have an interest 
and hold a share, in order that we, in our turn, may pass along with 
greater safety and comfort. 

Specimens elucidaling some of the Points treated of in this Communi- 

cation. 


No. 1. Lepus Americanus; obtained on the 20th of October. Exa- 
mined the animal in the flesh. It was shedding its hair. On the 
back and a spot on each of the sides, the reddish summer fur still re- 
mains. On the sides and near the tail the lighter winter fur is visible. 
The difference of colour is sufficiently apparent. 

No. 2. Fringilla Savanna; 23d of February. Moulting around the 
throat, and extensively on the neck, breast and back. The feathers on 
the breast coming forward nearly white. 

No. 3, 4. #. Savanna; May 4. The fresh moulting nearly com- 
pleted, and the summer colours restored. In these specimens the moult 
had extended to the larger feathers in the tail and wings. 

No. 5. Fringilla tristis, male ; 16th of March. The summer fea- 
thers appearing bright yellow on the breast. Other specimens had the 
feathers coming out pure black on the crown. 

No. 6, 7,8, 9. Fringilla Pensylvanica, White Throated Sparrow; in 
various stages of moulting. Obtained in March and April. 

No. 10. Bombycilla Carolinensis; 23d of February. Young fea- 
thers appearing on the breast. 


COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 239 


No. 11. Fringilla cyanea, male; May 3d. Moulting extensively. 
The young feathers coming forward nearly in bright colours. 

No. 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,17. Sylvia coronata; obtained from the 6th 
of March to the 10th of April. Every individual I obtained at the 
latter date, both male and female, was undergoing the change. 

No. 18. Sylvia coronata; May 1st. Summer colours nearly re- 
stored. The moult has been general. 

No. 19. Fringilla palustris; April. All the specimens procured at 
this season were in extensive moult. 

No. 20. Emberiza oryzivora, Rice Bird; May 6th. Moulting on 
the breast. The young feathers coming forward nearly black. 

No. 21. Ardea cerulea, Blue Heron; female. ‘This bird was ob- 
tained from the nest in June 1835; it became very gentle. On the 
following March it commenced moulting irregularly ; all the new fea- 
thers were tinged, more or less, with blue. In July 1836, when a lit- 
tle more than a year old, it was accidentally killed. 


VL—3 K 


Le 


Wve ales yaw 


eager tis ii! 


TA] AL 


iA gape Be ot 


wed — a a 
4 : 


& = i 


ARTICLE V. 


Determination of the Longitude of several Stations near the Northern 
Boundary of Ohio, from Transits of the Moon, and Moon-culmi- 
nating Stars, observed in 1835, by Andrew Talcolt, M. A. P. S, 
late Capt. U. S. Engineers. By Sears C. Walker, M. A. P.S. 
Read March 2, 1838. 


SECTION I. 


In the summer of 1835, Captain Talcott was employed by the go- 
vernment of the United States to make a series of observations near 
the southern boundary of Michigan. The object of this mission was 
to settle the long disputed question of the Northern Boundary of Ohio, 
which, on the occasion of the proposed admission of Michigan into the 
Union, had been made the subject of a controversy, that threatened, for 
a while, to disturb the peaceful relations between the neighbouring 
states. Indeed, such was the pertinacity of the rival claimants, that 
an armed force was arrayed on each side, and a nice geographical ques- 
tion was on the point of being decided by a tribunal, of all others, least 
competent to do justice to its merits. The cause of this controversy, 
which fortunately terminated without fatal consequences, may no doubt 
be traced to an error in the map used by the parties to the original 
charter of Ohio. In this charter it was ordained that the northern 
boundary of Ohio should be the line running due east from the southern- 
most point of Lake Michigan, and terminating in the southernmost 


242 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 


point of North Cape, in the eastern extremity of Lake Erie. Subse- 
quent observations by Captain Talcott have shown that North Cape is 
in latitude 41° 44° 8’, while the South Bend, so called, of Lake Mi- 
chigan, is in 41° 37' 6”, leaving a discrepancy of about eight geogra- 
phical miles. In 1817, deputy-surveyor Harris traced a boundary 
line from North Cape, Lake Erie, $8. 87° 42’ W., towards South Bend, 
Lake Michigan. ‘This was recognised by the citizens of Ohio as their 
true northern boundary, though differing from a parallel of latitude 
required by the other condition of the charter. On the contrary, an- 
other line fulfilling this condition of the charter was drawn by deputy- 
surveyor Fulton, in 1818, being a continuation eastward of the parallel 
of South Bend, Lake Michigan, to Lake Erie, seven miles south of the 
stipulated point. North Cape, and cutting off from Ohio the mouth of 
Maumee river, and the greater part of Maumee bay. ‘This line was 
claimed as their true southern boundary by the citizens of Michigan, 
and hence the controversy referred to, for the facts of which I am in- 
debted to Mr Henry S. Tanner. 

To place this subject in its proper light before the interested parties, 
Captain Talcott was sent to make the necessary observations. The 
latitudes quoted above were obtained by azenith micrometer, described 
in Pearson’s Astronomy. The results furnished by this instrument 
present a remarkable uniformity. The probable error of a single ob- 
servation does not exceed four hundred feet, and that of the mean for 
each station, excluding the errors of the star-catalogues, less than two 
hundred feet. It is hoped that these observations will be made public, 
as they will serve to make known in this country, one of the simplest 
and most accurate modes of determining latitudes by a portable instru- 
ment. 

The labours of Captain Talcott were not confined to the determi- 
nation of latitudes. At the two most important stations, South Bend, 
Lake Michigan, and Turtle Island, Lake Erie, as well as at Huron in 
Ohio, he observed a series of moon-culminations, the first, I believe, 
communicated to this society. They form an important and valuable 
contribution to the geography of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois and Michigan, 
and will be highly useful in perfecting the maps of those states. In- 
deed, these stations of Captain Talcott are the only well determined 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 243 


points in the United States, north of the Ohio river; the longitudes of 
the maps of these northern states having hitherto been made to depend 
on the observations of Ellicott and De Ferrer, at points on the Ohio 
river, and on meridian lines traced from this river several hundred 
miles northward by the deputy-surveyors. When we consider the 
uncertainty of such operations, from the irregularity of local variations 
of the compass, it will appear somewhat remarkable that the maps of 
those states should have been so correct as they are shown to be from 
the result of Captain ‘Talcott’s observations. ‘Thus we find for the po- 
sition of Turtle Island, Lake Erie, 


By Tanner’s map U. S., 1837, Turtle Island west of 

Cini eet ere eh Oe 44-9 
Deduct for error of Lambert’s longitude of Capitol, used 

in this map, - - - - - - - - 25:0 
By the same map, corrected for Lambert’s error, = > #92 
By Capt. Talcott’s moon-culminations, Turtle Island, W. 

of Greenwich, - - - - - - - 5 33 31°8 


Deduct longitude of the Capitol (Section XI, note), --5 78) 7-0 
By Capt. Talcott’s moon-culminations, 'T. Island west of 

Capitol, - - - - - - - - - 25 24:8 
By Tanner’s map, Turtle Island too far east, — - - 5°6 


A similar comparison for South Bend, Lake Michigan, 
gives, 


South Bend, by Tanner’s map, west of he - = Pr 5-2 
Deduct Tamer? s error, - - - - 25-0 
Result by map, — - - - - - - - 40 50-2 
Result by moon-culminations, - : - - - 41 11°6 
By Tanner’s map, South Bend too far east, - - 21-4 


SECTION II. 


The full advantages afforded by moon-culminations, for perfecting 
geography, were first pointed out by Mr Nicolai, director of the Man- 
heim observatory, in 1821, in a paper which appeared in the first num- 
ber of Schumacher’s celebrated Astronomische Nachrichten. The 
same subject was shortly after proposed to the Astronomical Society of 

VI.—3 L 


Q44 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 


London, by Francis Bailey, in a paper containing an original method 
for their reduction. ‘This zealous astronomer selected lists of moon- 
culminating stars, and caused them to be distributed in advance to 
every observatory. ‘The labours of Bessel, Hansen, Mollweide, Du- 
mouchel, and others, have further developed the method of making 
and reducing this kind of observations. But the principal improve- 
ment was made in this method by the Nautical Almanac Committee, 
in causing the announcements of moon-culminations to be made in such 
a form, since 1834, that the reduction of them consists merely in the 
interpolation of the series there given for the right ascension of the 
moon’s bright limb, at its upper and lower culminations at Greenwich. 

These phenomena are now regularly observed at the British and 
continental observatories, and their longitude from each other has been 
determined by this method with an accuracy scarcely inferior to that 
of geodetic measures, powder signals, or the aggregate of observed oc- 
cultations and eclipses. The observations for longitude, made by Cap- 
tain Talcott, consist of one occultation, and three series of moon-cul- 
minations, at three different stations. In making the latter, a portable 
transit instrument was used, of three and a half feet focal length, and 
two inches and five-eighths aperture. Care was taken, previous to 
each moon-culmination, to adjust the horizontal axis by a delicate level, 
and the bias of the instrument was therefore as small as a temporary 
mounting would permit. The line of collimation of the instrument 
was adjusted for the mean of the wires, and does not appear to have 
undergone sensible change during the series, though frequent observa- 
tions were made with the reversed axis, to detect the error, if any, in 
this adjustment. The deviation in azimuth was ascertained by ob- 
serving high, low, and circumpolar stars, and a temporary meridian 
mark served to give steadiness to this adjustment. The sum of the 
deviations was usually less than 0-5 sec. in time. The results have 
been corrected for this sum, as far as it could be ascertained. It is 
difficult, with an instrument temporarily mounted, to furnish a greater 
degree of precision. The error arising from deviations so small is al- 
most insensible, in the longitudes deduced from moon-culminations. 
The times were noted by calling out to assistants, and were registered 
on two chronometers by Brockbank, the assistant noting to the nearest 


. 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 245 


beat 0:4 sec. The probable error of a transit thus noted, for each of 
five wires (excluding the personal equation to which this and all other 
methods are liable), may be stated at 6:2 sec., or at most 0-3 see. in 
time. Below are given the observations, corrected for deviations, and 
for rate and error of chronometers, in the usual form. 


Station No. I. East of Huron, Ohio, Latitude 41°, nearly. 


Name. Apparent R.A. Wires. Name. Apparent R. A. Wires. 
he om 3. he om. Ss. 
1835, July 8, Moonl., 18 5 3-95 38 1835,July 10, 59Sagittarii, 19 46 51:14 5 
¢ Sagittarii, 18 35 23-14 Moon II., 20 20 i5°72 5 
¢ Sagittarii, 18 45 4-20 vu Capricorni, 20 30 41°12 5 
@ Aquilae, 18 57 51-64 + Capricorni, 20 36 21:25 5 
9, MoonI., 19 12 31-77 tT ig Moon, 321 21-14-06) 5 
Moon II.,19 15 2-81 k Capricorni, 21 33 28-08 5 
y Aquile, 19 38 27°62 & Capricorni, 21 37 57:65 5 
59 Sagittarii, 19 46 51-09 12, ¢ Capricorni, 21 37 57:46 2 
10, h? Sagittarii, 19 26 42°17 Moon Il., 22 17 18:95 3 


auaaw»nw ww 


Station No. 2. Turtle Island, Lake Erie, Latitude 41° 45' 4". 


Name. Apparent R.A. Wires. Name. Apparent R. A. Wires. 
kh. ms s he om. s 


1835, Aug. 1,4 Virginis, 13 16 31:00 5 1835, Aug.8, MoonIl., 21 51 48°83 5 
2z Bootis, 14 8 9:14 35 Aquarii, 21 59 58°11 5 
Moonl., 14 85 39°61 o Aquarii, 22 21 56:98 5 

2, MoonI., 15 32 53°64 $, 35 Aquarii, 21 59 58:00 5 
a Serpentis, 15 36 9-95 ¢ Aquarii, 22 21 57:08 5 

é Scorpii, 15 50 36-98 Moon Il., 22 45 36:43 5 

$ Ophiuchi, 15 5 43-83 2 Piscis Aust. 22 48 33°81 5 
8, Moonl., 16 33 43-62 a Pegasi, 22 56 35:16 5 
AOphiuchi, 17 5 14:57 ¢ Aquarii, 23 5 48:94 8 

§ Ophiuchi, 17 11 55-16 10, ¢ Aquarii, 22 45 55°74 5 
6, # Sagittarli, 18 3 56:13 > Aquarii, 23 5 48°64 5 
x Sagittarii, 18 59 59-26 Moon II,, 23 35 42:07 5 
Moon lI., 19 48 54:88 p Piscium, 23 50 15:65 5 

¢ Capricorni, 20 9 54°52 7 Piscilum, 23 538 31:57 5 

x Capricorni, 20 17 54°75 11, p Piscium, 23 50 15-65 5 
7,¢ Capricorni, 20 9 54:43 r Piscium, 23 53 31°89 5 


x Capricorni, 20 17 54:51 Moonll., 0 28 6:26 5 
MoonI., 20 51 17-82 m Ceti, 0 44 36:59 5 
*Moon IL., 20 53 41:31 14, MoonIL, 2 4015-99 5 

x Capricorni, 20 59 8°66 a Tauri, 3 37 42:34 4 

¢ Capricorni, 21 17 16°72 16, » Tauri, 3 37 42:48 5 

@ Aquarii, 21 22 54:36 Moon II., .4 17 22:20 5 

8, Capricorni, 20 59 8°45 2 Tauri, 4 26 28:33 5 


avmvanartdauanwtanaaqanduantaanaa a 


2 Capricorni, 21 17 16°58 


* 0-17 sec. has been added to the time of the transit of the moon’s II. limb, for defective 
illumination. See Table II, 


246 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 


Station No. 3. South Bend, Lake Michigan, Lalitude 41° 37' 6’. 


Name. Apparent R.A. Wires. Name. dle R. A. Wires. 

hom Ss. he ome s. 
1835,Aug.31, Moonl., 17 17 52:15 5 1835, Sep. 6, « Capricorni, 21 44 20°34 5 
D Ophiuchi, 17 33 34:17 5 av? Aquarii, 22 40 53:47 5 
4 Sagittaril, 17 49 44:45 5 S$ Aquarii, 22 45 55°89 5 
Sept. 1, 4 Sagittarii, 17 49 44-41 6 YAquarii, 23 10 25°23 5 
MoonlI., 18 22 10:07 5 *Moon I., 23 138 2:95 5 
2, Sagittarii, 18 35 23:03 5 Moon II., 23 15 12:49 5 
¢ Sagittarii, 18 45 4:07 5 s Piscium, 23 56 55°53 5 
Moonl., 19 26 25°69 5 7, 4° Aquarii, 23 10 24:86 5 
c Sagittarii, 19 52 32-73 5 nPiscium, 23 89 30°21 5 
3,59 Sagittarii, 19 46 51-44 5 s Piscium, 23 56 55°65 5 
c Sagittarii, 19 52 32°88 5 Moon Il., 0 38 26°86 5 
MoonI., 20 28 35:30 5 8,s Pisclum, 23 56 5578 5 
+ Capricorni, 20 36 21:59 5 Moon Il, 0 49 54:54 3. 
» Capricorni, 20 55 2-97 5 e Piscium, 0 59 55:13 5 
4,  Capricorni, 20 36 21°51 5 10, o Piscium, 1 36 43:16 5 
» Capricorni, 20 55 2°87 5 é Piscium, 1-45 48:30 5 
Moon L, 21 27 14:72 5 Moon IL., 2 21 28:19 4 
6, ¢ Capricorni, 21 37 58°11 5 w Ceti, 236 3:87 5 
# Capricorni, 21 44 20°61 5 4 


7 Arietis, 240 7:29 


SECTION III. 


To facilitate the final determination of the longitudes of these sta- 
tions, a subsidiary ‘Table I. has been prepared by interpolation from 
the series in the Nautical Almanac, which expresses the right ascen- 
sion of the moon’s bright limb at its upper and lower culmination at 
Greenwich. In this Table, employing the usual notation for series, 


& 9+, == The observed R. A., moon’s bright limb, as given in list 
; of moon-culminations for the several stations, 
i’ = The western longitude from Greenwich in seconds of time, 


which must be used as an argument, in order to inter- 
polate from the series in the N. Almanac, the value of 
Gy 4, as observed, 

log. n = Log. factor, to convert seconds of a ,,,, into seconds of ¢’; 


in other words, to convert parts of the series into parts 
of the argument. 


* 


0-10 sec. have been subtracted from the time of transit of the first limb, for defective 
illumination. See Table II. 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. Q47 


These values of ¢’ and log. m have been computed, at my request, by 
E. O. Kendall. 


TABLE I. 
Resulting Longitude 
No. of | Observed Right Ascen- ary 
Teas, | Limb. | Sta- | sion Moon's bright limb | fom Greenwich not 
OIL. error 
eo + tl t! Log. n. 
Vos A eS h. m. Ss. 

July 8 I 1 18 5 3,95 5 29 45,16 1 -32818 
9 if 1 1s PASS AT (9 / 46,61 1 -33355 

9 II 1 OPUS 2,81 48,79 1 -33384 

10 Il 1 20 20 15,72 55,29 1 +-35684 

1l Il 1 21 21. 14,06 46,47 1 -39095 

12 il 1 22 207 18595 32,58 1 -42817 
Aug. 1 I 2 14 35 39,61 5 33 15,81 1 -41364 
2 I 2 15 32 53,64 27,90 1 -38756 

3 I 2 16 33 43,62 28,54 1 -36166 

6 I 2 19 48 54,88 10,86 1 -35128 

ir I 2 20 51 17,82 5,77 1 -37718 

us I 2 20 53 44531 0,76 1 -37720 

8 II 2 21 51 48,83 9,94 1 -41091 

9 II 2 22 45 36,43 9,68 1 44408 

10 II 2 23 35 42,07 12,77 1 -47204 

1l II 2 0 238 6,26 12,99 1 -49155 

14 II 2 2 40 15,99 24,23 1 -49046 

16 II 2 4 17 22,20 38,85 1 -45126 

3l I 3 V7 17) 52515 5 48 63,39 1 +35460 
Sept. 1 I 3 18 22 10,07 55,44 1 -34786 
2 I 3 19 26 25,69 63,06 1 +35545 

3 I 3 20 28 35,30 57,82 1 -37610 

4 I 3 QT 2 © 1472, 51,84 1 -40489 

6 I 3 23 13 2,95 48,26 1 -46575 

6 II 3 23 15 12,49 47,09 1 -46590 

"if Il 3 0 3 26,86 50,64 1 -48462 

8 Il 3 0 49 54,54 65,03 1 -49654 

10 Il 3 2-21 28,19 62,69 1 -49294 


The values of ¢’ and n, in Table I., have been interpolated by an 
indirect process, which consists in deducing values of the argument 
corresponding to given values of the series. A direct method of com- 
puting the unknown quantity ¢’ has been given by Mollweide, Astr. 
Nachr., No. 40. I have preferred the formule given by Bessel, No. 
33, of the same. As his modification of Newton’s formula for inter- 

VI.—3 M 


248 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 


polation adapted to this subject does not appear to have been translated 
into English, I propose to give the substance of it here. The grounds 
of preference of it are, its rapid conyergency, and its adaptation to com- 
putation by logarithms. 


For the arguments, 
a2, = 1, — 0) + t+ 2, — 3, 
let the values of a function be 
G5 tes” a3 a's a's a. 


Denoting the differences as in the following scheme, 


I II lil IV v 


b c 
a ; d 
e e 
b d 7 
a e 
b c 
ad 
b c 
a 
and making 
a@=%(a,+a’) 
e = 3 (e,+ ¢’) 
e=3(e, +e’) 
g=3(s, +28") 
then the value of the function for any argument ¢, expressed in parts 


of the constant interval unity, 


faz i.t=0 Papel pod 
0 eG ee 
1 L*;.2 PD BS 


d 


= at 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 249 


£-ilisthih gree flee GN ts Bb d 
T 1.2.3.4 ai 1420904, 5 t 


(1) 
ap ae Pinte l whiten brn 2 ot 8 ss 
Di QihS Av. 6 5 


Also the variation of the function for the unit of interval at the 
rate for the arrangement ¢, being the first differential quotient of the 
above formula, 


ao 7b ON ae) SFP. —S3F +1 
Saas [22 Griz Pe23 q 


(2) 
4 6954-3 5 — 10 Peosp—.1 
5 0.9.4 ar 1.2.304e5 wh 
6H 15.4 — 90.0 s. 46h ey To 
a 445 e+ . 
1.9.3.4.5% 


If we denote, for conciseness, the co-efficients of B, ¢, d, &e., in (1), 
by X, X’, X", &e.; and those of ¢, d, e, &e., in (2), by DT, ToT” &e.. 
we shall have : 


Value of function for argument ¢, = a-+-bX-+-eX'+dX'+¢X”, &e. 
Rate of variation for argument ¢, = 6+cT4+dT/+dT'+eT”, &e. 


To apply these formule to the reduction of moon-culminations, for 
an assumed meridian ¢ seconds in time +- west of Greenwich, we must 
make the argument the difference of meridians, the unit of interval 
being 43200 seconds. ‘Two sets of coefficients are required for each 


* The coefficient of g in (2), in Bessel’s paper, is thus stated, owing to a typographical 


error. 


60 —15t— 408 + 90 f+ 18 ¢ — 27 
1.2.3.4.5.6 


250 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 


new argument. The values of T, 'T’, &c. for the even hours, or twelfth 
parts of the argument, are given by Bessel; those of X, X’, &c. by Ni- 
colai, Astr. Nach., 37. Where a single, or few observations are re- 
quired to be reduced for a particular station, the labour of computing 
T, T, &c. may be saved by means of the following transformation, 
which I do not recollect to have seen in any publication. 


The comparison of (1) and (2) gives, 


cT = c.xX 
IT’ =a}*x Ae 
C ——ya( sare 
P 1 
eT =e} x — > x 
2.3 
Wwe Ww pees he ie 1 
fT =f}xX"+ 55% mat 
iv er iv 1 W u 
=e}x 2. K'4 eee X | 
a a, ee “it 
_ ah} ees x-q eX + a5e55 
. ey ae a a 1 iv 1 " 1 
- =i}x 2.9 * + a35% a 
whence, making 
0 ea ee ; h—, &e 
ed Je EE Ear a dee ae aid 
1 1 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 251 


1 1 


ga eg 8 eee 
1 

SS pee, Re 
1 3 

C= f= omar to Ke. 


and calling 


V = the hourly variation for argument #, we have, enclosing in 
brackets the log. co-efficient, 


ye = (« BX fp yX! 4 aX" 4 eX” 4 OX 4, &e.) 


3600 1 
a [3°55630] Vv 
The value of V is the same as that given in the N. Almanac, viz. 

the variation of the R. A. of the moon’s bright limb in one hour of 
longitude, and may be obtained for the argument f,as above, from the 
values of V, for Greenwich. 

Although I have given several terms in the series for the value of V, 
three are, in all instances, sufficient for reducing moon-culminations ; 
hence, adopting the usual notation for the argument of a series, the 
formule used in computing Table I. may be briefly recapitulated, ¢ 
being an approximate longitude, differing less than a minute from the 
true longitude, 


Go4, = a+ DX + cX' + dX" + eX” 


1 
= 2. Paleseagg as te 
n N ott EE Hf a a= px + yx 
1 
t’ = EAN (Gog — H% 04, ceteris wD 
where, 
6 = the correction of the sidereal time of observation 


vI.—3 N 


252 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 


X = [5-3645163] . (f— 6" 0” 0°) 

X’ = [0-42800] ¢ . (¢ — 12" 0” 0°) 

X’ = [9.5229] XX’ 

X” = [9.6499] X’ . (€-+ 12" 0" 0°) (¢ — 24" 0” 0°) 


*X* = [9.3010] XX”. 


SECTION VI. 


The observed increase of the right ascension of the moon’s bright 
limb, as derived directly from the lists of moon-culminations, requires 
a correction, when the same stars have not been observed at both places, 
as well as when the number of wires used at each place is not uniform. 
The formula for computing this correction has been derived from a 
combination of Gauss’s application of the calculus of probabilities to 
the reduction of moon-culminations, as given by Nicolai, Astr. Nachr., 
No. 26, with Dumouchel’s method, No. 125 of the same, for the dif- 
ferent stars. Thus, for the European observatory and western station 


respectively, let 


A’ and A 
E 
E 
Zand’ = 


ltl il 


aanda’ = 


7 


ul — 


mS 


Then we have, 


the observed R. A. of a star, 

A’ — A for the same star, 

a similar value for another star, 

the number of wires on which each limb was ob- 
served, 

similar values for a star, 


id qe 
ror for the moon’s limb, 
a for one star, 


a similar value for another star, 

the correction of the observed increase of the right 
ascension of the moon’s bright limb, 

symbol to denote the aggregate of similar quantities. 


This term is not required for reducing moon-culminations. 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 253 


Au 
a. a) 
Al 


> 


A+ u 


SECTION VII. 


In order to deduce the final correction of ¢’ in Table [L., let =, =’, 
vy and 4’ denote for the European observatory values corresponding re- 
spectively to ¢, ¢', n and 0, for a western station. Effecting the inter- 
polation by means of the same values of a, b, c, &c.; 4, , y, &e.; and 
with constant values of X, X’‘, &c., for the known value of 'T, or lon- 
gitude of each observatory from Greenwich, we derive for the longi- 
tude of the western station, independent of the stars’ and moon’s right 
ascensions in the N. Almanac, 

Lo t-? (a Oe Oe meee a 

Also calling W the weight of each result, and 7 the probable error 
of a transit over a single wire (assumed equal + 0.2 sec.), and mak- 
ingo =u-+u' + u" +,&c. we have, after Gauss’s method, quoted 
above, 


ALG 
No Se 
\ (A+ « )nn 
Probable error of final result for each station — oP 
N = (a --¢ ) nn 


The values of 'T, for the several Stations, are given below. The 
weights of the Cambridge and Edinburgh observations are computed on 
the supposition that the moon and stars are observed on five wires, as 
this number is not stated in the lists of moon culminations published in 
Mem. Royal Astron. Soc. When both limbs are observed at the same 
culmination, Z or 1’ is the sum of the wires for both limbs. The re- 
sult of a single comparison of a western station has the weight w. 
The result for each day has the weight W computed by the above for- 
mula, making a‘ and /’ equal to the sum ofall the wires on which the 
moon or a star was observed at all the European observatories. 


Q54 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 


In a few instances an obseryation at the western station is compared 
with a European observation of the succeeding day, in which case 
T = 24" — western longitude of Greenwich from the station. 


Station No.1. East of Huron, Ohio. 


] : ] ji w for | 
Date. Limb. | Observ atory com- Date.|imb: Resulting I _| Mean result W for 
1835. | pared with | im.) Longitude. Seca: for each day. | each day. 
hm. 8. hm. 8. 
July 8 I Greenwich 8 | I | 5 29 48-4 | 0:00276 
8 I Kremsmunster | 8 I 45°2 | 0°00331 
5 29 46°65 | 0:00339 
9/1 & II, Kremsmunster | 9 I 53-9 | 0:00307 53-90 | 0:00307 
10 Il Edinburgh 10} Il 56:4 | 000387 56°40 | 0:00387 
him. 8. 
Final Result, Station No. 1, West of Greenwich, 5 29 52°46 | 0-01033 
Probable Error, + 2°95 


Station No. 2. Turtle Island, Lake Erie. 


w for 


| Date. ‘ Observatory com- < Resultin Mean Result W for 
| 1835. | a pared hs adgine, pause Loavitdees ener for each day. | each day. 
hym. 8 lhm. 8 
Aug. 3 I Greenwich 3] LT |5 33 34-5 | 0-00315 
| I Dorpat aed 30-1 | 0°00236 
| 5 33 32°62 | 0-00384 
6 I Edinburgh 6 I 34:4 | 0-00248 
I Cracow 6) I 20°5 | 0:00324 
I Dorpat Cet 27:9 | 0-00296 
26:99 | 0.00488 
7, 1&Il|} Edinburgh 74 32-1 | 0:00406 
i. &Il Greenwich vf I 31-5 | 0:00406 
| |] &Il| Cambridge va ea 25°6 | 0:00352 
| 29-92 | 0:00680 
8} Il Greenwich 8 | II 39-0 | 0:00301 
I Cambridge 8 | Il 28-1  0:00283 
33°72 | 0:00402 
9 Il Greenwich 9 | II 37°6 | 0°00237 
II Cambridge 9) I 29-3 | 0:00216 
Il Dorpat 9 | II 36°9 | 0:00226 
34°73 | 0°00381 
10 II Greenwich 10 | II 40°3 | 0:00190 40°30 | 0:00190 
1l Il Greenwich 11 | Il 36°2 | 0:00173 
| Il | Dorpat 11} Il 25°6 | 000152 


31°24 | 0°00232 
hom.’ 8. 
Final Result, Turtle Island, West of Greenwich, 5 33 31-82 | 0:02757 
Probable error, am 1:81 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 255 


Station No. 3. South Bend, Lake Michigan. 


Datey yh Observatory com- - Resulting W for Mean Result W for 
1835. | Limb. pared with Date. |Limb. Longitude. Gach’ com- for each day. | each day. 
| parison. 
hm. 8. he Ms) 8. 
Aug. 31 I Edinburgh 31 | I | 5 49 27-3 | 0-00326 
31 I Cambridge 31} I 21-3 | 000244 
5 49 24°73 | 0:00414 
Sept. 1 I Cambridge 1 I 19-4 | 0:00288 19°40 | 0:00288 
2 I Greenwich 2 I 12°6 | 0:00324 
2 I Cambridge 2 I 20°5 | 0:00324 
2 I Cracow 2 I 10-4 | 0:00365 
14:33 | 0-00608 
3 I Kremsmunster | 3 I 16-7 | 0:00332 
3 en Dorpat 3 I 18:5 | 0:00307 
17°56 | 0:00459 
4 I Edinburgh By Ay al 25°6 | 0-00194 
4 I Greenwich 5 I 14-0 | 000194 
4 I Cracow 5 if 8:5 | 0:00346 
4) I Dorpat 40 hoi 14-3 | 0-00294 
14-42 | 0:00482 
6|/J & IL} Edinburgh 6 [&Il 23-1 | 0:00351 
6|1 &IL| Cambridge 6 |[&Il) 16°6 | 0:00293 
20°14 | 0:00355 
UAeale Cambridge tt re 14:8 | 0:00135 
at TE Dorpat Teal LE 23-2 | 0-00157 
19-32 | 0:00245 
8 Il Greenwich 8 Ir 25°6 | 0:00127 
8], It Dorpat Sa 26:0 | 0:00134 


25-81 | 0°00173 


Final Result, South Bend West of Greenwich, 
Probable error, on 1-74 


SECTION Ix. 


The longitudes of these stations may perhaps require a further correc- 
tion for the comparative irradiation of Captain ‘Talcott’s and the Eu- 
ropean transit instruments. This subject, though frequently discussed, 
is still left in uncertainty. Corresponding observations, with tele- 
scopes of different optical capacity, indicate that the apparent diameter 
of the moon is subject to a small variation, depending upon this ca- 
pacity, and upon the degree of illumination of the wires. If this were 
the only effect of irradiation, it could be easily allowed for by reducing 

VI.—3 0 


256 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 


the diameter, in the Nautical Almanac, to the same dimensions as 
that which has been observed. It is obvious that the error arising 
from this source must vanish, when each limb of the moon has 
been observed the same number of times, and with equal weights. 
Though this can hardly be expected, still, the error would vanish on 
using the mean ofa great number of results for each limb, and giving 
equal weights to the results by each limb. The mode of deducing the 
correction of this error is given below, for the several instruments, and 
is derived from the observed interval between the transits of the two 
limbs of the moon, when nearly full; this duration being corrected for 
the defective illumination of one of the limbs. It appears from ex- 
perience that there still remains an error of irradiation, which no mul- 
tiplication of observations by the same observers, with fixed telescopes, 
can completely remove. Thus the Dorpat and Paris transit instru- 
ments appear to be liable toa constant error of this kind; and the dif- 
ference of longitude between those observatories, derived from moon- 
culminations, cannot, without correcting for it, be made to agree 
with the results of occultations and of geodetic measurements. Ar- 
gelander found that his transit instrument at the Abo observatory, 
while it gave correct longitudes, when compared with several instru- 
ments of nearly equal capacity at the German observatories, required 
a constant correction to reconcile with these the results by the Green- 
wich ten feet transit instrument. Again, Dr Robinson finds that 
without the application of such a correction, it is impossible to deduce 
a correct difference of longitude by the Greenwich and Armagh 
transit instruments. In some of the instances referred to, the outstand- 
ing error, even when the mean of the results by both limbs is used, 
amounts to three seconds of longitude in time. Dr Robinson has 
proposed to deduce this correction by means of comparison of the ob- 
served diameter of the sun, as deduced from the transits by the same 
instruments. Though successful, in his own case, I do not know that 
his method has been generally adopted. I will here make a remark 
which I have not noticed in any papers on this subject, that it seems to 
me highly probable that there is a personal equation, arising from the 
difficulty of noticing the precise instant when the moon’s limb is tan- 
gent to the centre of the wire of a transit instrument. If such be the 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 257 


case, it must vary with the observer, and with the optical capacity of the 
instrument used. It would also vary with the different limbs; since the 
transit of the first limb exhibits the approach to tangency of the convex 
side of an arc, that of the second limb of the concave side of the same. 
Granting the existence of such an equation, it could hardly be the same 
foreach limb; the difference, then, remains constant, with the same ob- 
server and same instrument, and cannot be eliminated otherwise than 
by a multiplication of observers and instruments. Whatever be the 
cause of the error of irradiation, experience has shown that the results 
of moon-culminations, like those of eclipses of Jupiter’s satellites, ap- 
proach nearer to the truth in proportion as the instruments approach to 
equality in their optical powers. 'The method of computing the cor- 
rection of Burckhardt’s semidiameter, from observations of both limbs 
of the moon, when nearly full, is given by Professor Airy, in the Green- 
wich Observations for 1836. His method, combined with Encke’s 
formule, in the Berlin Jahrbuch for 1832, p. 251, may be thus analy- 
tically expressed. 


S = the correct sidereal time of the moon’s semidiameter 
passing the meridian, 


S’ = the computed time, 
21 = the observed duration of the transit of the moon’s de- 
fective diameter, 
a the sid. time of U. C. of moon’s defective limb, 
A and D the sun’s R. A. and dec., 


(S—I) = S’cos. D (1 + cos. «a ) 
= compliment of duration of transit of moon’s defective 


diameter, 
i = S—S’ = correction of Burckhardt’s semidiameter, 
m == the increase of the R. A. of the moon’s bright limb 
in are, in a lunar day, 
= Burckhardt’s constant value of —=orssemitamen 
* == the moon’s horizontal equatorial parallax, 
5 = the moon’s true declination, 
° 
a =o ee ee 


360° 


258 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 


The value of i for the Greenwich transit instrument, viz. +- 0:2 sec. 
in time, or + 3” in space, is given by the Astronomer Royal, and is 
found to agree precisely with that which he derives from the mural 
circles, from similar observations of the vertical diameter of the moon, 
corrected for the defective illumination. -This coincidence would 
seem to show that this correction is required by the actual dimensions 
of the moon, and that if other transit instruments indicate a different 
correction, it must be from inferior optical capacity. 

For the other instruments, with which Captain Talcott’s must be 
compared, I have computed, by the above formule, the requisite cor- 
rection of Burckhardt’s semidiameter, as far as it could be derived from 
all the observations of the transit of both limbs of the moon, on the 
same day, which I have been able to find. The correction for the 
mean of all the results is + 0:15 sec. in time, or 2-25,in space. The 
separate results are given in the following Table. 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 259 


TABLE II. 
| Half com- 
Moon’s pliment of 
Date. Observatory. Limb.| Sid. time U. C. | Defective iS) S$‘ |¢=S—S! Meani. 
Diameter | | 
s-—L | 
IO Ce i 8. 3. 3. 
1835, July 9 | Station No. 1. I | 19 12 31-77} + 0-00 | '75°52 | 75°47 | + 0:05 
9) 52281) 
Aug. 7| Turtle Island | I | 20 51 17-82} + 0-08 | 71°74 | 71-85 | — 0-11 
Lake Erie II | 20 53 41-14 38. 
“ Sept. 6} South Bend | I |23 13 3-05] + 0-05 | 64:77 | 64:79 | — 0:02 | — 0-03 
Lake Michigan] If | 23 15 12:49 
& Cohen Edinburgh I | 23 1 23-18} + 0-00 | 65°17 | 65-01 | + 0:16 | + 0-16 
II |23 3 33°52 | 
1836, Jan. 3 Greenwich I 6 54 0-46] + 0-00 | 69-03 | 68-84} + 0°19 | 
Il 6 56 18:52 
«July 27 sf I | 20 17 44:10} + 0-06 | 76°60 | 76°35 | + 0-25 
II | 20 20 17:19 
se Sept. 24 a I 0 10 37-86 | + 0-02 | 65°66 | 65:46 | + 0:20 | + 0-20 
II 0 12 49-15 
1831, July 24 Cambridge I | 20 14 28:55} + 0:00 | 65:97 | 65-73 | + 0-24 
II | 20 16 40-48 < 
1832, Feb. 15 es I 9 46 34:31 | + 0-01 | 70°43 | 70-30 | + 0-13 
| I 9 48 55-14 
ce Aug. 11 £8 I | 21 42 44.20] + 0-08 | 63:89 | 63-63 | + 0:26 
II | 21 44 51-83 
1833, May 3 Us I | 14 46 11-42 | + 0-00 | 67-38 | 67-13 | + 0°25 | 
II | 14 48 26:18 
Sen Oct 25 es I 2 32 38°82] + 0-12 | 63:84 | 63-72 | + 0°12 
I 2 34 46-26 
1834, May 22 ss I | 15 58 44-84 | + 0-00 | ‘71:66 | 71-40] + 0:26 | 
AP WW UGE Ie S15) | 
te Sept. 17 ss I | 23 47 44-27] + 0-02 | 61°28 | 61:32 | — 0-04 
Il | 23 49 46-79 | | 
1835, Sept. 6 LU I |23 0 55-70| + 0-00 | 65°33 | 65:03 | + 0-30 | + 0-20 
Il |'23 3 6°36 
1832, July 12 | Kremsmunster I | 19 27 2-83] + 0:00 | 65-20 | 65-11 | + 0-09 | 
IL } 19:29 13:23 | 
1834, Sept. 17 ce I | 23 46 30°18} + 0-01 | 61°50 | 61-36 | + 0-14 | + 0-12 | 
II | 23 48 33-17 | 
coe Heb 23 Cracow I | 10 37 16-94 | + 0-06 | 71-41 | 71-47 | — 0:06 
II | 10 39 39-64 | 
| * May 22 Od I | 15 56 25:20 | + 0-00 | 71:55 | ‘71°34 | + 0-21 
II | 15 58 48-30 | 
1835, June 10 ss I | 17 11 19:04 | + 0-00 | 76:07 | 75:97 | + 0-10 | + 0-08 
| Il | 17 13 51-18 
1833, Oct. 28 Dorpat I | 229 7-64] + 0-09 | 63-92 | 63-60 | + 0-32 
Il 2 31 15:40 
1835, Oct. 6 bs I 1 1 19-41 | + 0-06 | 62°06 | 61-84 | + 0°22 | + 0-27 
It 1 3 23°42 | 


VI.—3 P 


260 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 


Calling 
i = correction of Burekhardt’s semidiameter for Captain Tal- 
cott’s transit instrument, 
?% =~ asimilar correction for a European instrument, 
© = 4 (i' —2) = comparative correction, 


the above table gives, 


.° == + 0:19 for Captain Talcott’s instrument with the Edinburgh, 
~~ = 0-235 Greenwich, 
© = > 0-23 « “ Cambridge, 
= 7 O15 « «“ Kremsmunst., 
= 5 O11 « vs Cracow, 

oOo = + 0:30 “ se Dorpat. 


Then T, being the result of a single comparison of Captain Talcott’s 
instrument with the Edinburgh, &c., we have the several results cor- 
rected for the comparative values of the correction of Burekhardt’s 
semidiameter, the upper sign for the first limb, the lower for the se- 


cond, 


= Tin.” 
= Tine 
= &. , 


Applying the correction for all the instruments in this manner, and 
taking the means for each day according to the weights w, and the 
means for the several days according to the weights W, we find the 
correction for this part of irradiation, of the final result for each sta- 


tion, to be: 


Correction for station No. 1, near Huron, Ohio, — 0°72 sec. 
es 2, Turtle Island, + 0:28 sec. 
~~ 3, South Bend, — 2-56 sec. 


This hypothetical correction, it appears, must be rejected; for on 
submitting it to the best test which the nature of the subject furnishes, 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 261 


the sum of the squares of the errors of the single results derived from 
its application, far exceeds that which arises from the neglect of it. 


SECTION X. 


Reduction of Captain Talcott’s observation of the occultation of 
Aquarii, at Station No. 2, Turtle Island, Lake Erie, August 9, 1835. 
Latitude 41° 45’ 9”, longitude, as above, 5" 33" 31°82 sec. 


By Brockbank’s gold 


chronometer. Sidereal Time. Mean Time. 


—" SSS SSS nase 
hi - 7: s h. mM. s h. mM. s 


Immersion ~* Aquarii, *20 7 59:40 20 8 35:10 10 56 49°55 
Emersion “ “« = 20 45 «1°60 20 45 37:37) «11 33 46-15 


Using Bessel’s method (Beitrage zur Theorie der Finsternisse, u. 8. w.) 
Astr. Nachr. No. 152, and enclosing in a parenthesis the letters of his 
notation, and substituting for his d and d’ their equivalents in the no- 
tation above, viz. — 'T and — t’, we derive, from the moon’s and stars’ 
place in the Nautical Almanac, 


GM). 175) 05.0" = mean time Greenwich. 
(P) = —0-195736 

(Q) = +0:624923 

(N) + 67° 46’ 55-8" + (T’)x 8-1" 


log cos(3) = + 9.987162 
Ss 
log (—) —= +3-793159 + (T’) x 0-:000015 
—— FH SBE 1957s LL T-SbAy (e) + 4:357 (Z) + 4°720»~ (7). 
— #' = —65 82 50:53 +1°814~x (e) — 2°807 x (¢) — 3:343 x (n). 


The Greenwich observations, on the 9th and 10th, give, for the cor- 
rections of the moon’s place, at the time of the occultation, 
15x A(«) = — 16:38" 
A(s)) == — = 280" 


The time of beginning has been increased one minute, a correction found necessary, in 
several instances, in reducing the transit observations. 


262 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 


The Dorpat observations of the moon-culmination that night, give 


IbxA(a) = — 1471" 
A (5) =_ not stated. 
The mean corrections are, 
15% A (a) = — 15-54! 
A(s) = — © 2:30" 
Also by Bessel’s formule, 
(e)- = sin (N) cos (§) Aa + cos(N)A(S) = — 14:83" 
(¢) == —cos(N)cos(s)Aw + sin(N)A(S) = + 3:57" 
whence, 
by imm. —T = — 5" 33™ 30:7 + 4:720 x (7) 
by emer. — T = — 5 33 276 — 3:343 x (x) 
mean, = — 5 833 292 + 0°688 x (x) 


A result which agrees with the mean of the longitudes by moon- 
culminations, viz., 5" 33m 31-8’, more nearly than could have been ex- 
pected, when we consider the largeness of the co-efficients «, ¢ and %. 
These results are derived from the assumption that Burckhardt’s semi- 
diameter needs no correction, in which case (,) would be equal to 0.’ 
If, however, we adopt Airy’s correction for the results by meridian 
observations + 0-2 sec. in time, whence , = + 3°", and apply this 
correction to the results above, viz. to those for A q and A 4, as well as 
to x, we derive, 


by immer. — T = — 5" 33" 81°0 
by emer. — T =— 5 33 39-7 
mean, — T= — 5 33 35:3 


It does not appear, from experience, that Burckhardt’s semidiameter 
requires an additive correction, for occultations of small stars ; on the 
contrary, most computers apply a negative correction of — 2-5" to the 
value of y: this applied to the former mean result, would give, 


T = 5" 33" 30°9, by the occultation ; 
also, asabove,T = 5 33 31-8 byall the moon-culminations. 


ee SE ae ee 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 263 


SECTION XI. 


ON THE LONGITUDE OF THE CAPITOL AT WASHINGTON. 


Having in the early part of this memoir alluded to the error of Lam- 
bert’s value for the longitude of the Capitol, I shall here cite the au- 
thorities on which such a statement is founded. The American Al- 
manac has, for years, pointed out this error in general terms, without 
however tracing it to its source, viz., the omission,on the part of Lam- 
bert, to correct his results by corresponding observations, for the errors 
of Burg’s Tables, used in computing the Nautical Almanac. All the 
observations yet published at Washington, or its immediate vicinity, 
from which its longitude can be computed, are seven in number. The 
results derived from them, with the names of the observers and com- 
puters, are contained in the following table. 


Phenomenon ob- 


Longitude W. of Greenwich. 
served. 5 


Remarks. 


ee 
Solar eclipse of |5 8 4:3 By Bowditch. 
April 3, 1791, 


With corresponding observations at 
Greenwichand Paris.—Mem. A. 


observed at A. S., vol. IIL., p. 269. 
Georgetown,D. 6:2 By De Ferrer. With same corr. obs.—Mem. 2. P. 
C., by Andrew S., vol. VI., p. 359. 

Ellicott. 

Occultation of Al- | 5 7 51:6 By Triesnecker. | With meridian observations at 
debaran, Jan. Greenwich and Paris.—Zphem. 
21, 1793, by Vindob., 1806. 

Andrew Elli- 54-4 By Wurm. With meridian observations near 
cott, supposed Thoulouse.—Astr. Nach. No. | 
to have been ob- 21. 

served on the 6:4 By Lambert. Mem. A. P. S., N. Series, vol. I., | 


site of the Capi- 
tol. 


VI.—3 Q 


p- 106. This result must be re- 
jected, because affected with the | 
errors of Burg’s Tables, which 
are eliminated as above by Tries- 
necker and Wurm. 


si 


. ea = 
| “* = 


a ° , 
‘ . 
2 - 
ie 
a * 
264 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL 
signi saa | Longitude W. of Greenwich. Remarks. 


hom os. 
| Occultation of Al- | 5 8 68 By Wurm. 
eyone, Oct. 20, 
1824, observed | 
| near the Capi- 
| tol, by Seth 
Pease. . * 
i 


7 39:8 By Lambert. 


With corresponding observations at 
Vienna, Dessau,and Hohenneiche. 
—Astr. Nachr., 91. 

Ib., p. 109.—Rejected, for reason 
similar to above. 


Solar eclipse of | 5 8 11:4 By Bowditch. 
Sept. 17, 1811, 
observed near 
the Capitol, by 62 
Seth Pease. 


By Wurm. 


21-6 By Lambert. 


With corresponding observations at 
Salem, Massachusetts.—Ib., p. 
269. 

With corresponding observations at 
Salem, N. Haven, and Bowdoin 
College, and N. York.—.Asér. 
Nachr. No. 181. 

Ib., p. 114.—Rejected, as above. 


| 
Occultation of y | 5 8 27:3 

Tauri, Jan. 12, 
| 1813, observed 
near the Capitol 
by Seth Pease. | 5 7 45:5 By Lambert. 


By Wurm. 


{ 

| Solar eclipse of | 5 8 
| Feb. 12, 1831, 
observed by F. 
R. Hassler. 


7-2 By Paine. 


Solar eclipse of 
May 15, 1836, 
observed by F. 
R. Hassler. 


Taking the mean of the results obtained by the different computers, 
(those of Lambert being rejected, for reasons mentioned above) we 


have, for the longitude of the Capitol, 


h. m. 
(1) 5 8 
(2) 7 
(3) 8 


With corresponding observation near 
Marseilles.x—.4st. Nach., No. 21. 
This observation not good—local 
time not well determined. 

Ib., p. 114.—Rejected for double 
reason. 


With corresponding observations at 
W. C. Bond’s observatory, Dor- 
chester, Mass., and at Monomoy 
Point— Am. Almanac. 


5 8 18:5 ByS.C. Walker. 


| 


| With corresponding observations at 
| the principal observatories in Eu- 
| rope, reduced by H. C. F. Pe- 
| ters.—Astr. Nachr., No. 326. 


Be. —_ 


* 


STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 265 


h. m. Ss 
(4) Si aoe 
(5) 8 27-4 
(6) 8 7:2 
Cine) 8 09-5 
Mean of seven results Te Sin S39 
Do. rejecting Nos. (2) and (5), Oe Se Seo 
Do. rejecting (2), (5) and (7), Bry SO 
Probable error of last result, + 0-4 
Probable error of a single one of the four best results, + 0:8 


The probability that this result is 10 sec. in error, is less than 0-0001. 
The probability that the error amounts to 25-0 sec. (the quantity re- 
quired to include Lambert’s longitude, reported to congress and ac- 
cepted by that body) is too small to admit of computation. The high 
authority of Bowditch, Triesnecker, Wurm, De Ferrer and Paine, 
whose combined computations give the longitude of our prime meri- 
dian *5" 8” 7-0° west of Greenwich, and the demonstrable error of 
Lambert’s computations, which lead to aresult of 5" 7° 42°, as report- 
ed to congress, leave to geographers no room for doubt as to the proper 


* In the interval between the reading and printing of this paper, Robert Treat Paine, 
Esq., by means of three chronometers, carried by himself from Boston to Washington, and 
thence to Boston, through Philadelphia, obtained the following important results, for the lon- 
gitude of the Capitol. 


lism. 078: 
Washington—Boston, going, 23 49-96 
Co se returning, 23 50-06 
Mean, 23 50-01 
Washington—Philadelphia, going, 7 26-43 
returning, 7 26°50 
Mean, 7 26:46 
Boston state house is, by Bowditch and Paine, 4 44 16°60 
Philadelphia state house is, by my computations, 5 0 39:20 
Whence, Washington by Boston, 5 8 661 
Washington by Philadelphia, by 8h) 5:66 
Mean, 5 98 6:14 

Adopied for the longitude of the Capitol, 5 8." 7:0 


266 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE, ETC. 


location of the Capitol. It must, however, be generally regretted that 
the omission, on the part of Lambert, of an essential correction (which, 
for the eclipses of 1791 and 1811 had been previously pointed out by 
Bowditch), should, from force of circumstances, have exercised for 
many years so extensive an influence in the propagation of error. 


ARTICLE VI. 


On the Magnetic Dip at several places in the State of Ohio, and on the 
relative Horizontal Magnetic Intensities of Cincinnati and London. 
By John Locke, M. D., Professor of Chemistry and Pharm., Medical 
College of Ohio. Ina letter to John Vaughan, Esq., Librarian of 
the Am. Philos. Soc. Read June 15, 1838. 


Tue extent of our continent and sea coast, the importance of our navi- 
gation, and our proximity to the magnetic pole, all conspire to render ac- 
curate magnetical observations highly interesting and useful. Yet,if we 
except the labours of Professors Bache and Courtenay, very little has 
been done by our countrymen, in this department of science. So far 
as I know, nothing has yet been communicated from this side of the 
Alleghanies. In my late journey abroad, it was no inconsiderable ob- 
ject with me, to procure the instruments and the instructions neces- 
sary for determining the elements of Dip, Declination, and Intensity, 
especially in the western part of the United States. On arriving in 
London, I was not a little gratified to find in the hands of one of our 
own countrymen, Professor Bache, an apparatus invented by himself, 
so perfectly adapted to the purpose of determining the Horizontal In- 
tensity, by the vibration of the Hansteenian needles in a rarified me- 
dium, that I at once ordered one to be made after the same model, by 
the very skilful artisan Mr Robinson, of Devonshire street, London. 
It has not disappointed my expectations. It is portable, easy of mani- 
pulation, and gives results as consistent and satisfactory as the present 

VI.—3 R 


268 ON THE MAGNETIC DIP AT SEVERAL 


state of our knowledge of the subject would authorize us to expect. 
I furnished myself with a dipping apparatus, and two six inch needles, 
adapted to it, made also by Robinson ; a chronometer made by Moly- 
neux & Sons, and a declination or variation apparatus made by ‘Trough- 
ton & Simms. I am under obligations to Professor Bache, for the 
kind manner in which he communicated to me his mode of manipu- 
lation, and for the opportunity of witnessing his experiments, both at 
Westbourn Green and at the observatory of Paris. It would seem to 
be a very simple operation to count the vibrations of a freely suspended 
magnetic needle, and note their time by a chronometer; to perform 
the various reversals with the dipping apparatus, &c., &c.; yet, although 
not destitute of mechanical skill and experience, it was not until I had 
had considerable practice, that I could proceed with confidence and 
certainty. It had been my intention to make a series of observations 
at or near to London, so often repeated as to be able to refer my obser- 
vations on intensity especially, to the intensity of that place as unity. 
But the delay of workmen to finish my instruments, and the pressure 
of other business, permitted me to make only a single series. 

The needles which I used for determining horizontal intensity were 
three in number; two of them, Nos. 1 and 2, were of the Hansteenian 
model, cylindrical, terminating in cones, one-eighth of an inch in dia- 
meter, two and a half inches long, and weighing, with thin, light brass 
stirrups for suspension, about sixty-five grains each. ‘The third, No. 
3, was a flat needle, three inches long, one-fourth of an inch wide, and 
about one-fortieth of an inch thick, terminating in an angle or point 
of about sixty degrees, at each end, and weighing forty-four grains. 
Through the politeness of Mr Airy, the astronomer royal, I was ena- 
bled to vibrate these needles contiguous to the observatory at Green- 
wich, and on the site lately laid off for a magnetical observatory. 
From the vibration of these needles at Greenwich, August 26, 1837, 
and at Cincinnati, January 17, 1838, in both cases in a medium so 
rarified as to support only half an inch of mercury, after proper reduc- 
tion for temperature, &c., I obtained indications of the ratio of horizon- 
tal intensity at the former place, to that of the latter, as follows. 

By needle No. 1, 1 to 1:1624; by needle No. 2, 1 to 1:1639; by 
No. 3, 1 to 1:2037. Tattribute the disagreement of the results ob- 
tained by Nos. 1 and 2, and that obtained by No. 3, to a probable di- 


PLACES IN THE STATE OF OHIO, ETC. 269 


minution of the magnetism in the two former by means of the appli- 
cation of “keepers,” strips of soft iron to join their dissimilar ends. 
The vibrations with No. 3 were twice repeated, and extended each 
time to five hundred, in number; and as the magnetism of the needles 
is liable to decrease, but not liable to increase, I attach the greater im- 
portance to the last result, and would therefore conclude that the hori- 
zontal intensity at Greenwich is, to that at Cincinnati, as 1 is to 1:2037. 
But little weight can, however, be attached to these observations, until 
they shall have been verified by repetition. I am, therefore, very de- 
sirous, that after I shall have fully ascertained here the properties of 
these needles, I may be enabled to send them again to Greenwich, 
have them vibrated satisfactorily there, and returned to be verified 
again in America. 

It is not my intention, at this time, to go into the details of my ob- 
servations on Intensity; this J will defer until my experiments shall 
have been more extensive. I will now proceed to give you the results 
of my experiments with the Dipping apparatus, at London and at se- 
veral places in Ohio. 

August 20th, 1837, I proceeded to the celebrated station of West- 
bourn Green, near London, where Captain Ross has made many of 
his observations, and obtained the following results: 


No. of Needle. Polarity. Hand hin, Rice of Indication. Mean. 
Pine Sr Se FE E E 69>) 15? 
emeag ie E Ww 69 433 
W E 69 06 
W WwW 69 40 
t Ww WwW 69 032 
W E 69 44 
E WwW 69 10 
1 E E 69 24 69° 23/25 
ig E E 70). 122 
f A | E WwW 68 48 
W E 69 56 
WwW WwW 68 40 
2. 
WwW W 69 46 
B W E 68 49 
E W 70 083 
Ue L E 69° 23/4375 


ic 
for} 
@ 
cS 
ney 
%) 


69° 23':3437 | 


270 ON THE MAGNETIC DIP AT SEVERAL 


These observations were made between the hours of twelve and two, 
P. M., the mean temperature being 86° F. In the experiments made 
at the same place by Captain Ross, as quoted by Professor Lloyd in 
the Fifth Report of the British Association, 


“ Needle B” gave the dip 69° 01-5, 
“Needle P”, “ “ “ 69 42:0, 


and these were the extremes; from the mean of which my mean 
result differs only two minutes. It differs, however, from the mean of 
all Captain Ross’s experiments, with eight different needles, near six 
minutes of a degree. 

The following results were obtained at the garden of N. Long- 
worth, Esq., in Cincinnati, latitude 39° 6’ N., longitude 84° 27’ W., 
November 26, 1837. 


No. of Needle. Polarity. | sre ir von Indication. Mean. 


E E 70° 32’ 
[ " E Ww 70 56 
W E 70 39 
W Ww 70 53 
1. 
E E 71 20 
: E Ww 70 25 
[ W E 71 21 
Ww Ww 70 10 | 70° 47’ 
E E 71 20 | 
A E WwW 70 20 
W E 71 15 
Ww W 70 14 
2. 
E E 70 33 
: ) E Ww 70 51 
Ww E 70 33 
| L ow W 70 60 | 70° 44/5 


At Dayton, in the state of Ohio, latitude 39° 44’ N., longitude 
84° 11 W., March 26, 1838, the dip 


PLACES IN THE STATE OF OHIO, ETC. 271 


by No. 1, was 71° 23’ 
by No. 2, 71 22+5 


Mean, 71° 22'-75 
Time, 9 to 11, A. M.; temperature 70°, F. 
At Springfield, latitude 39° 53’ N., longitude 83° 46’ W., March 
29, 1838, the dip 


by Needle No. 1, was, 71° 26’ 
by “ No. 2, 71 28-75 


ae 


Means: > 71° (27-375 


Time 6 to 8 o'clock, A. M.; temperature 53°, F. 

Professor Lloyd, in the account of his “ Magnetical Observations in 
Ireland,” points out, very clearly, the fact that there is, in some dip- 
ping needles, “a source of constant error, which remains uncorrected 
by the various reversals usually made.” He proposes to ascertain this 
error, and “apply it as a correction to all future results within certain 
limits.” From my observations at Springfield, I became satisfied that 
the discrepancy between the results with the two needles, 2°’75, arose 
from a want of perfect roundness in the pivots of one needle; for it 
showed itself only at one of the reversals of polarity, and totally disap- 
peared at other places, where the dip was either a little more or a lit- 
tle less, so as to throw the pivot on another point of bearing. Such 
mechanical errors would be expected ; yet when they are so small as 
above, they are scarcely worth noticing, unless to point out their nature. 
If the above view is correct, the “ error” is far too limited in its opera- 
tion to justify the application of a correction which had been made at 
any one place, to observations made at another. When it amounts to 
as much as “twenty minutes,” it certainly shows a needle of bad me- 
chanical qualities. 

At Urbana, latitude 40° 03’ N., longitude 83° 44’ W., March 30, 
1838, the dip by needle No. 1, was 71° 30'-44; by No. 2, 71° 29°44. 
Mean, 71° 29/-94. 

At Columbus, the seat of government for the state of Ohio, latitude 
39° 57’ N., longitude 83° 90 W.,I had expected the dip to be nearly 

VIL—3 § 


272 ON THE MAGNETIC DIP AT SEVERAL 


as at Springfield, in nearly the same latitude, but was surprised to find 
it as follows. 

By needle No. 1, 71° 04:5; by needle No. 2, 71° 0525; mean, 
71° 04-875. The above observations were made in a field not far 
east from the state house, April 3, 1838, from eight to nine o’clock, 
A. M., temperature 40°. Suspecting local attraction, I removed to a 
wood, north west of the lunatic asylum, and went through with an- 
other series, which gave the following results. 

Needle No. 1, 71° 04375; No. 2, 71° 05-375 ; mean, 71° 04875, 
as before. Time, ten to eleven o’clock: temperature 43°. As these 
results agree identically, I will give the observations in fuil. 


No. of | Limb of fee of Indication. Indication. 
| *°.% | Polarity. |. Instru- | 4° | Ist Experi- Mean. 2d Experi- Mean. 
| cmeee ie , | ment, | Needle. °° i mene 
| E E 70> 5D! 70° 53’ 
| m E W 71 30 71° 27 
WwW E 70 45 70 47 
L W | W [7 25 71 21 
ie 
E E 71 40 71 45 
B E W 70 24 70 25 
| W E 71 35 71 39 
| L WwW WwW 70 22 71° 045 70 #18 71° 04/875 
| E | E | 71 35 71 39 
i. E W 70 32 70 29 
W E 71 38 WL. 38% 
w | w | 7 28 70 27 
|} 2. 
( E E 71 00 70 58 
B E WwW 71 26 71 31 
W E 70 45 70 40 
Ww WwW 71 418 71° 05°25 71 22 71> 05'-375 
| 71° 04'-875 71° 04'-875 


’ 


As we cannot rely upon observations of this kind, but within a cer- 
tain latitude of error, I consider the identity of the above results a mat- 
ter of accident. In making the last observations, no reference was 
made to the minutes of the first, lest an insensible leaning should be 
given to the mind to make them agree. 

The latitude and longitude of the several places, except Cincinnati, 


PLACES IN THE STATE OF OHIO, ETC. 273 


is only an approximation, by admeasurement, of a map supposed to be 
accurate. 

It appears from these observations, and those that have been made 
in the Atlantic cities, that although the lines of equal dip, in travelling 
from Britain westwardly, decline rapidly to the south, yet they attain 
their greatest southing before they reach our continent, for we find 
them, on the whole, in passing from the Atlantic to Ohio, proceeding 
rather north of west. The line of dip equal to that of Philadelphia, 
latitude 39° 57’ N., would pass through the western part of Ohio, in 
latitude 40° 43’ N.; still, in Ohio itself, these lines are again declining 
to the south ; for the line of equal dip of Columbus, in latitude 39° 57’, 
would cross the meridian of Cincinnati, in latitude 39° 27’, declining half 
a degree of latitude in 1° 27’ of longitude. It is my intention to extend 
these observations over as large a portion of the western states as pos- 
sible. The results, together with those for determining Intensity and 
Declination, I hope to be able to communicate to you at an early 
period. 

Very respectfully, 
Your obliged friend, and 


Humble servant, 


JOHN LOCKE. 
Cincinnati, May 7, 1838. 


_ 


4 


— avail ADA Gamal) bre 
1p ttt ts Line a 


ia ar ad ew sis 
fit WG, & 7 : 


em G2 je oytentiiudt?) 7 


wae rit A RG or) Oy 


=a a - _ 


44 inn a 8 Crgireiin 2 
‘ i. al os a? 


irq tes »* aul’ i> =e = aun 


h wes ah ew L Ge > dae) ieee” 
>) Oe 
Vn . ' i¥ 
4’ 
ve 7 
7 mee 


ARTICLE VII.’ 


New Formule relative to Comets. By E.Nulty, Philadelphia. Read 
September 21, 1838. 


Tue investigation which I here propose to make, respects the com- 
ponent velocities of a comet, observed in three positions, at consecutive 
and moderately small intervals of time. It has for its basis the theo- 
rem of Maclaurin, as adapted to proximate states of a variable function, 
and the known expressions for the sun’s attractive force on the comet 
and the earth, referred as usual to rectangular solar axes. The means 
which I employ are therefore the same as those presented by La- 
grange in the Mécanique Analytique, and which Mr Pontécoulant 
has recently adopted in his Théorie Analytique du Systéme du Monde, 
where formule for determining the distances and orbits of comets are 
given with appropriate developments. But the object which I have 
here in view, is not the same as that of Lagrange, in his celebrated 
work above mentioned ; and my investigation and results are different 
from those of Mr Pontécoulant, and embrace a wider extent of sub- 
ject. Similar diversity and extension, in mathematical research, are 
in perpetual requisition. ‘They constitute an essential and important 
part of analytic science; and with their peculiar attractions, always 
lead to useful views and advantageous contrast. As to the instance 
now adduced, the presumed novelty, and the great accuracy and sim- 
plicity of the formule which I have obtained, entitle them, I should 

VL—3 T 


276 NEW FORMUL& RELATIVE TO.COMETS. 


hope, to attention and preference. Their mode of investigation I also 
judge important, and as peculiarly eligible. It has enabled me to ex- 
hibit the formule hitherto given, as particular states of those just no- 
ticed ; and besides others equally simple, it has furnished two new and 
general sets of expressions for the exceptive cases in which the observed 
latitudes and longitudes of the comet would render the general formule 
doubtful or indeterminate. To the analysis of the principal of these 
results, and with regard to practical applications, I have adjoined the 
data of the comet of 1805, and for which I am indebted to the excel- 
lent treatise of Mr Pontécoulant. The corresponding velocities I have 
computed by the formule now given, and by others connected with 
the method of La Place. ‘Their comparison has led me to some re- 
marks with which I conclude this paper, and which I have inserted 
from an opinion of their analytical and practical importance. 


Before I enter on the proposed investigation, I think it may not be 
improper to observe, that within a few days, I have been favoured with 
the perusal of Mr Encke’s Astronomical, Annual Register (strono- 
mische Yahrbuch) for 1833, in which its distinguished author has 
given.a full and neat analysis of Dr Olbers’ method of determining the 
orbits of comets. The greater part of that analysis I had in fact the 
earlier pleasure of reading in Dr Bowditch’s Appendix to the Third 
Volume of his Translation of the Mécanique Céleste. But I had not 
been previously apprized of Mr Encke’s remarks on methods which 
differ from that of Dr Olbers; and in this paper, I would be under- 
stood as haying no wish to aim at lessening the predilection with which 
I am now acquainted, and which may be well and reasonably founded. 
My own mathematical partialities, I am not unwilling to avow. I 
entertain them on methods and processes of computation which furnish 
symnietrical and direct results; and in no slight degree am I favourable 
to that method which is connected with the formule now occupying 
my attention, and which I have endeavoured to present in such form 
as to merit the approval of Mr Encke, and the author of the Théorie 
Analytique du Systeme du Monde. 


Consider a comet at any point C in its orbit,and let its place at the 
distance r from the centre S of the sun, be determined by the rec- 


NEW FORMULZ RELATIVE TO COMETS. QT7 


tangular co-ordinates x, y, z. Refer the earth’s centre E, to the axes 
of x, y, supposed to be in the plane of the ecliptic, and let (X, Y) de- 
termine its place at the distance R from S$. The position of the comet 
relatively to E, will then depend on the values of 2— X, y—Y, z; 
and if we denote its co-ordinates measured from E by pa, p, py, we 
shall have in its position C 


Accent the different letters in these expressions, in order that they 
may correspond to two different positions of the comet at C’, C’; the 
first being supposed to precede, the second to follow C, at the compa- 
ratively small intervals of time ¢’, ¢’. The co-ordinates C’, C’, in the 
direction of the axes of a, and at the end of these intervals, will then be, 


x! — xX a pa; a! — xe! =e pa" 5 (2) 


and corresponding expressions will result in the directions of the other 
axes of y and z. 

The determination of these co-ordinates in terms relative to the in- 
termediate position C of the comet, and to the corresponding place E 
of the earth, may be effected by M’Laurin’s theorem, and the known 
differentials 


x x 


which express the sun’s attractive force on the comet and earth. By 
means of that theorem, we have the expressions 


a =a2—z,t'-127,t°—Iia,,t°,&e.. X’=X—X,t'-4X,°— 1X, t,&e. 
which, in virtue of the preceding differentials, take the usual form 
“z=we—ve, X' =U X—V'X, (3) 


the assumed coefficients of x, 2, and of X, X,, having in terms of the 
interval ¢’, the following values : 


278 NEW FORMUL® RELATIVE TO COMETS. 


wie Sg TE pets Os a 
7° a ed i ie (4) 
U=1— I Re +3——> RE ;V=t — ‘Re +34 Be 


The forms for x’, X” in (2) are similar to these, observing to change 
the single into double accents, as respects wu, U; v, V; and also ¢ into 
— ¢’; and like expressions will evidently apply in the directions of the 
axes of y, z 

Substitute (3) and the similar forms for x’, X” in (2), and then eli- 
minate 2 by the first of equations (1). There will result the two ex- 
pressions: 


v (x, —X,) — u'p a—pa' + we’, v! (a,—X,) — pa’ —u ‘oa v! oF 
in which, for brevity, we have assumed ; 
v& = (V'—v')X, —(U'—w')X, vb" = (V’—v")X,4+(U'—u')X (5) 


and which, being respectively multiplied by —, =; and added, will 


give 
/ // wu I u" / baat Por Ls “gl CV 
@—X)04+o}=(50'—S » 2 +2, pla!fo't-fv8") 


(y¥,—Y,)(v'+v’)= e ve ea—= vB’ 2 'Bpe'n-pon’ (6) 


v! 


: ae ae 
z,(v-0"=(—o'— 5 » \pa— 2 py as, at Y's 


the two last being formed by analogy from the first. 

Expressions apparently more simple than these, might have been 
found from the preceding values; but the present forms are more con- 
venient for the determination of the component velocities 7,,¥,,z,, which 
will become known by means of the earth’s velocities X,, Y,, when 
we have expressed the geocentric distances p, p’, p”, in terms given by 
observation of the comet in the corresponding positions C, C’, C’. 


NEW FORMULZ RELATIVE TO COMETS. 279 


For this purpose, equate the two values of 2, — X,, which result 
from the expressions preceding (5); and from these and analogy we 
obtain 


TEST | pach a 

(<< +7) al aay po! — a pia” = &, 
u' u" 1 1 Ql 1 u 

(Gio pe einige Algega PEC 7) 
wu’ u" Ly Sl ; 

loch eer mate set © 

in which we have put § = &"—&, 4» = 7" —y. 
Resolve these equations relatively to p, 9, p’, with their coefficients ; 


and in order to exhibit the results in brief terms, let the coefficients 
which are found to affect £, 7 be denoted by 


= Py 7] = Y, A’ = ys B"y— — By", A” —_— By'—B'y 3 (8) 
B= a'y—ay", B= ay'—a'y, BY = ay—ay. 


These are known from observation of this comet at C, C’,C’. They 
give the conditional equations 


A8 oe A’p' +. AY meee 0, Ay _ A’y oo A‘"y | ea == 0 
BowaBa! 4 Ba = 0, > By Bi! 4 Bites ics A 


and enable us to express the values now under consideration thus: 


ae * AE+By 1 Pa Bee 
emirates see INTS Lage a eee (10)) 


© as ty e= ee 


the common denominator being either of the forms 
D — Aa + A/a! + A’a!" — Be me Be’ + Bp’ ; (11) 
which and (9) will be of immediate use in the simplification of for- 


mule (6). 
VI.—3 U 


280 NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS. 


Values analogous to these, though very different in their form and 
object, are made the basis of Lagrange’s method of determining the 
orbits of Comets. ‘They may be seen in his Mécanique Analytique. 

In consequence of the supposed proximity of the extreme positions 
C’, C’, to the mean position C of the comet, it is easily conceived that 
the denominator D of (10) is a small quantity, liable to be affected by 
unavoidable errors of observations. We shall therefore eliminate it, 
and employ, instead of (10), the following values: 


p= (S45). | 


; é - (12) 
pe’ = — pv’ (< + ) ae 
in which we have assumed 
N= A&+ By, N=AE+ By, N'=A'™+ BY. (13) 


These quantities are the numerators of (10); they give, in virtue of the 
conditional equations (9) and (11) 


Na 4+ Ni’ + N’a"= Dé, N@+N6'+N'B"=Dn. (14) 


Let now (12) be substituted in the general expressions (6), and let 
us attend to the preceding forms for Dé, Dy. We shall then obtain 
the following values: 


RG | ee ee ve"+v't! 
x,=*X, +5 (GN a = 7 N'a + wdi) +=", | 


U 7] ee u , : vn Hi v Ny! 
y =V¥,+4(GN8— <N'e + wDr) +, (15) 


- 
od 


§ (SN — Ny’); 


/ n 


. . ' F u., 
in which we have put w (v +0’) = — v’ — — v. 
v 


NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS. 281 


These formule are well adapted to the proposed determination of 
the comet’s component velocities. The generality which we have in- 
tentionally observed in presenting them, has imposed on their last terms 
a complex appearance. But this will immediately vanish, when they 
are limited to the particular state in which approximate results are the 
objects of computation. 

For the purpose here intimated, let us employ the expressions (4) 
and their similar forms with double accents. If the intervals ¢', ¢’ be 
regarded as small quantities, so that the terms which involve the dif- 
ferentials 7,, R, of the distances 7, R, may be rejected, we shall have 
for the coefficients of N’, N’ in (15), the values 


wu 1 ie aoe i 
a ge)? gtr Cage) 
in which we shall assume for brevity 


ft? ' ¢? 
Urea arsty ae es iget (16) 


and to a near approximation 7 may be supposed equal to unity. 

The factor D in the fourth terms of the components z,, y,, we have 
already noticed as being a small quantity; and we shall presently see 
that &, , depend on factors which never eae the radius R. We 
may therefore to great accuracy take w = 7 = (1 — = ey, the 
second factor of which, analogously to (16), we shall denote by u. 

Substitute the expressions (4) just employed in the assumed 

1 1 
quantities (5); and put the factor a es =k. We shall obtain, 
in consequence of the minuteness of k and the intervals 7’, ¢’, the two 
values 


= 2kGX,—0X), FER" X, +0’); 


whence there results £’— £’, or 


Lk +t’) ee -X,); 


282 NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS. 
and by substitution, the last term of the component velocity 2, becomes 


es oh 
vv 
Values similar to these will evidently result for y and the last term 
of y, ; and if, for the sake of brevity, we put 
£=X—i(¢ —?'’)X, 1 =Y¥—-—3¢—-?#)Y; (a7) 
so that the quantities £, » may take the form 
FoR LODE, n= FRUHE) M5 (18) 


we shall bomeually perceive that after substitution in formule (15), 
the factors of £, », will disappear; and that all the terms but the last of 
z,, y,, Will be independent of the small quantity $k. To eliminate 
1k from these terms, we must have recourse to the first of the equa- 
tions (10), which in virtue of the values (4) becomes 


= +h? x 


Fo" ( tt AE + Bn 
Bid ~~ Sr 7) = ~~ yp 


From this and the preceding values of £, 7 we get ki!’ = 
ES or)” xe so that if for conciseness we put the fac- 


{ 1] 


tor Lae = », and 


M= AE, +Bu, ’ M = A’é, + By, 3 M’= A“E, + Bn, 9 


the general expressions (15) will take the form 


fi a fees tu 
Po ae fp Me — Mo! — uDé yr) + DX, | 
p we ial uw! “ai t'—t’ 1 
y=v+ 2) ome — “Mer udn (Fr) + py, f, 2119) 
—_ ep gu" ! _ Mp, ll 
z= wmipMyr My; 


NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS. 283 


the several terms of which are completely determined as respects the 
intervals ¢’, ¢’. It remains therefore only to assign values to the earth’s 
velocities X,, Y,; and to the equations (1). 

Denote by L the longitude of the earth when the comet is observed 
in its mean position C. Leta be the longitude of the perihelion of its 
elliptic orbit, and e = sin « the eccentricity corresponding to the mean 
distance 1. The value of a in 1801 was 99° 30’ 5’, annual in. = 
+ 1’ 2". At the same epoch, e was ‘01685301, sec. var. = 
— ‘000041809. The co-ordinates of the earth in terms of the radius 
vector R and longitude L, are 


Xo Bices i ¥: — "hsm; 


and the known expressions for R and the elementary area described in 
the instant df, are 


cos R dL 


Wena aay’ “dt 


= COSe. 


If the three first of these expressions be differentiated relatively to 
the time ¢ of which R and L are functions; and se be eliminated by 
means of the last expression ; there will result 

X, = peos L—qsinL, 
Y, = psin eT 
in which we have assumed for brevity 


p= tanesin (L—sa), q= 3 (20) 


and which, in conjunction with the values of X, Y above given, will 
make known the component velocities and position of the earth. 

The forms which we have here adopted, enable us to express the 
values of &,, 7, insimple terms. We may assume for the coefficients 
of cos L, sin L in these values ; 

vI.—3 Vv 


284 NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS. 
scosa = R—j(U—t')p, ssina=3(t—t')q; 


from which there will result 


PTI ee 28 2 AE) G.. , 
tna=sR Gai P= sana? 2) 


and we shall have instead of (17), the values 
E = scos(L—a), » =ssin(L—a); 


in which a is evidently a small are and s nearly equal to R. 

A further simplification of the expressions last given, may be effect- 
ed without diminishing their accuracy, or rendering more complex the 
velocities X,, Y,. Conceive the axis of x, the position of which is 
arbitrary, to be directed so as to form an angle equal to a with the ra- 
dius vector R. From this position which we suppose to be less ad- 
vanced than R, the angle L — a will then take its origin, and we shall 
have 


E=s, 4,0; X=—Reosa. Y=Rsina; (22) 


the corresponding velocities being 


(23) 


X, = peosa— qsina, 
Y, = psina-+ q cosa, 


in which the first term of Y, is extremely small. 

With respect to the angular quantities in the equations (1), now to 
be considered; let 7 denote the geocentric longitude of the comet in its 
position C; and ~ the corresponding geocentric latitude. If we also 
represent by p the curtate distance of the comet’s projected place in 
the plane of the ecliptic, we shall have, in the present position of the 
axis of a, the following values: 


a—=cos(a+/—L), @=sin(a+/—L), y= tana, (24) 


and the co-ordinates (1), by adding their squares, will give the equa- 
tion : 


NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS. 285 


r’ = R* + 2Re cos (J—L) + p* see 2’; (25) 


which establishes a relation between the curtate distance p and the co- 
met’s distance r from the centre of the sun. 

Expressions similar to these evidently apply to the extreme posi- 
tions C’, C” of the comet; and in (19), (25) we may, if requisite, 
write p cos 4 instead of p, which will then denote the ray drawn from 
the centre E of the earth to the comet at C. 

When the distance r is given, we shall know p by means of (25); 
and in such case all the quantities in (19) being determined, we may 
compute the values of the required velocities 2, y,,z,. But should r 
be also unknown as well as p; and this is generally the case, the equa- 
tion (25) will not alone be sufficient, and we must join to it the diffe- 
rential expression 


2 
“+ y’ +z,’ = rT? (26) 


which we adapt asa known form for the square of the comet’s veloci- 
ty in a parabolic orbit; and which will enable us to obtain the dis- 
tances 7, p, and lastly the component velocities z,, y,, z,. 

We may now present the expressions (19) in their final terms for 
computation. ‘They become, in terms of the simplified values of &,, 
n,, of the following form : 


we (ew) ue Mit u—t* DX, 
== K+ eG Aol — 5 A’! wD +e) 


1/1 uw NQu DY, 
yey pe ape aes), (A) 


Wer. we" I uw NW 
= =iG ; A’y’ a7 A'y Ni 
in which the values of A, A’, A“ from (8) are 
A — By’ —B'y, A’ — By — By", ft = By'—B' : 
and the corresponding value of D is by (11), 


D = Aa+ Ad + Aa’. 
Sve 


286 NEW FORMUL® RELATIVE TO COMETS. 


There is but one remark to be made relatively to the numerical con- 
version of these and the auxiliary quantities uw, «’, &c. and a,s. The 
intervals ¢’, ¢’ and also ¢ — ¢’, given in days, must be expressed in 
terms of mean solar time, and in parts of radius, by multiplying them 
by the diurnal factor 01720213, which corresponds to the solar are 
59’ 8"-2, and of which the logarithm is 8:2355821. 

The preceding formule (A) are we believe the most convenient 
and the most accurate that have appeared for the determination of the 
component velocities of a comet, observed in three positions at compa- 
ratively small intervals. The factors “4, w’, &c. have here been first 
noticed ; they give every requisite degree of precision to the values of 
2, y,, 2, The computation we have reduced to uniformity and faci- 
lity by means of the three ares a+J—L, a+/—L, a+l'—L, 
of which the several angular quantities a, a’, &c. are functions; and 
which take place of nine ares hitherto employed. The particular form 
given to D is also advantageous. It directly leads to the value of this 
factor, by the three previously determined quantities A, A’, A’. 

When the observations can be taken so that the intervals 7, ¢’ may 


be equal, the factors y’,u“, » will each be expressed by 1 — aoe The 


term which depends on ¢’—é’ will then vanish, and we shall have 
the more simple expressions : 


es aa na! es 7 
fe, a a ga 

if A” MW DY, / 
Y= Y, we (A’ 2s A"8 aa BR iy (A’) 


@; = ff (ay— xy"); 


in which the quantities A, A’, A’ and D have the same forms as be- 
fore; but instead of (24), we have 


a==cos(I—L), gB=sin(lI—L), y = tana, 


and similar values for a’, a”, &e. 


2 


NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS. Q87 


In the formule hitherto given for this particular case, the factor w 
has not been introduced or noticed; and on this account, and the last 
terms involving the earth’s velocities X,, Y,, they are less exact than 


ast should 


the preceding expressions (A’), i aR 
be computed as no negligible, minute quantity. 

The general formule, of which we have now completed the inves- 
tigation, and also (A’), fail in giving accurate results, when the quan- 
tities A, A’, A” and D are minute; and they become indeterminate, 
when these quantities vanish. If we conceive the apparent path of 
the comet during the interval ¢ + ¢’ to be a great circle, passing 
through a point in the ecliptic of which the longitude is Jess than that 
of the sun by the small are a, the tangent of the inclination of the orbit 
Kit WeaYp 
B? B” 3” 
and we shall have then A = 0, A’ = 0, A’ = 0, and alsoD = 0, to 
which the formule (A) and (A’) are inapplicable. The case in which 
these quantities become small, is now obvious without further reflec- 
tion; and should it be inconvenient or impossible to take new observa- 
tions of the comet at other places in its orbit, we must abandon for- 
mule (A), and have recourse to different expressions, capable of deter- 
mining the component velocities z,, y,, z,. 

Such expressions are the following : they have not to our knowledge 
been hitherto presented. 


will be evidently expressed by either of the three relations 


SEE (GRY FB) ERE —5 + oe) 
oe Yn AG Ef Be) + K (5p E + oh (E) 


=§ (Gayo er) eKy. 


There are in fact two sets of formule, comprehended in these ex- 
pressions. We may take in terms of the geocentric longitudes ; 
VvI.—3 W 


288 NEW FORMUL® RELATIVE TO COMETS. 
E=sin(l’—/), E’ =sin(/—l’'), E’sin(dd—J), ¢ = 8’; 


or when these longitudes vary from each other less than the corre- 
sponding latitudes, we may more suitably adopt the values 


E — a'y” —a'y’, / —, a'y — ay’s HY” — ay — ay’; ge! — y", 


the three first of which are the values of B, B, B’ (8) taken with a 
change of signs. In both cases here implied, the values of a, a’, &c. 
will be as in formule (A); and we have taken 6 = ?¢+?', 
K=4Rko0. 

The formule (E) are regular in the composition of their terms, and 
but little more complex than (A), from which they chiefly differ in 
this respect, that the factor A cannot be eliminated, but must corre- 
spond to a determinate value of the comet’s distance r. Any change 
in the value of this distance will however be attended only with small 
additional computation; since the calculated values of the different 
terms in (E) will, from the form which we have adopter continue in- 
variable. 

When the intervals ¢, ¢’ happen to be equal, we shall have K = 
Rk?#, and the more simple values 


/ 7% -_ ea! be 4 ) 
x, = X,+ & (Ea — Bo’) + K (GQ — 44+ GR 
_ pu a) : ee 
y =¥, +45 (Ee E — + oR) (E) 
Po en pu "y 7 
i gee 


the quantities E, E’, E’, e’ being as in (E), and the values of a, a’, &c. 
the same as in the particular forms (A’). 

The investigation of the formule now given, we reserve for another 
paper, which will soon appear. At present we shall briefly show how 
the expressions given by Mr Pontécoulant may be readily deduced 
from our expressions (19). 

If in these we omit the last terms depending on the earth’s veloci- 


NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS. 289 


ties X,, Y,; and put w’=—1, uw’ =—1, &c. and also p = h M#'t’, there 
will result for the component velocities z,, y,, z,, the less approxi- 
mate values 


a xX, + h (t’M'a! se t'M"a” aia (G cx. £") Dé ),) 
y, = ¥ +h (M3 —t’M Bb" — (t'—t') Dy, ), (a) 
z= h (tM'y’ ome t'M"y’) ; j 


and if to these be added the identical equations 


Ma +- fa) Ni ae = 0, 
Mé-+ Me’ + M'3’— Dy, == 0, 
My +My +M'y'= 0, 


respectively multiplied by 3h (¢’—?#’), we shall immediately obtain 
the following expressions : 


x, = X,+h{46(M'a’—M"a") — 30 (Ma + Dz)?) 


y = Y, +his6 (Me —M’e") — 36 (MB + Dn)} (b) 
z, =h {30 (My/—M"y’) —46' My}; J 


in which 6 = ?+?#', 6 = t —t’. 

These are in fact less simple than the preceding. They become 
identical with the values F,, G,, H,, found at page 44, vol. II. Théo- 
rie Analytique, &c. when we further neglect the are @ in the values 
of £,, ,, multiplied by the factor D. The term Dé, may be removed by 
directing the axis of y to the earth when the comet is at C. The 
preceding values of z,, y, will then agree with P,, Q,, page 45. But 
even in this simplified state, the computation depends on nine different 
angles instead of the three involved in formule (A). 

The preceding values (a) and (b) are not the only forms that can 
be derived from (19), in virtue of the identical equations which we 
have just employed. If to (a) we add those equations respectively 


290 NEW FORMULZE RELATIVE TO COMETS. 


multiplied by h (¢’—#), the terms which depend on D will disappear, 
and we shall obtain a new set of values: 


wv, = X,-+h {t'M'e’ — ’'M'a"—(t’—1")Ma, ] 
y, = Y, +h {t’M’3’— 'M'3"— (t—t’) MB}, (c) 
2, = h {t'M’y —UM'y’— (t'—t' My}; 


which are perfectly symmetrical, and preferable to (>), both as to form 
and facility of computation. 

We presume that the advantage of our mode of solution is suffi- 
ciently tested by the different results we have obtained. We shall 
therefore proceed to the numerical application of formule (A). In 
the example chosen, the intervals /, ¢’ are considerably different, and 
¢—+t’ is of no small magnitude. We have taken it as before men- 
tioned from the Théorie Analytique du Systeme du Monde, vol. IL., 
p- 68. 


Data of Comet of 1805. 
Latitudes Observed. Intervals. 


Nov. 23°-32241 | J’) — 24°41'04" a’ = 27°25! 35" 
30 -51095|1 —15 39 40 a — 19 25 28 
Dec. 5:29581|l’= 2 711 A” = 3 20 45 


Times of Observation. | Longitudes Observed. 


# = 7°18854 
t' = 4-78486 


These have been corrected for aberration and parallax, and with re- 
ference to mean time at Paris. 
From the tables of Delambre have been taken 


(Long. of © + 180°) or L = 68° 2541"; log R = 9:9936673. 
To these I add from values before noticed ; 


os = 99° 3413"; L—o = 31° 8/32"; sine = -01685151. 


NEW FORMUL&E RELATIVE TO COMETS. 291 


Preliminary Quantities for (A). 
t’ =9:0922228 | p = 7:°9403288 | a4+/7—L=—42°55'51” 


t"=8'9154514 | ¢ = 0-0062710 | a+ /—L=—51 5715 | s = 9:9937738 
—t"=8°6164587 | a= 4+ 48/46” | a +l'—L=—65 29 44 


The numbers in this and the following are sufficiently distinguished 
from the logarithms by the prefixed signs + and — . 


From Computation of Formule (A). 
Values of X, Y.,. 


pcos a—gq sin a psma+qcosa 
— 0087163 — -0143914 — 0001236 + 1:0144421 
X, = — 0231077. Y, = + 1:01438185. 
Values of A, A’, A”, &c. 
By” — Bly’ By By. | By' — By 
—°'0398195 + 4722050 | —'3208804 + °0460401 | — 4086707 + °2401851 
A = + °4323855. A’ = — ‘2748403. | A” = — ‘1684856. 
At’ At’ Att” Aa 
8°7280941 8°5513227 76435455 + °2664756 
ee — ar) | Salers) 


| ds ae At’ 

0°7528734; 0°1162696 | 0°7209781; 0°4574862 | 0:6028708; 9:2653444 
| 

—5°654229 + 1:306982 | +5:259907 — 2:867386 | —4:007474 + 0:184223 


—p(4:347247). | + 9(2°392521). — p (3'828251). 


We have supposed in this computation that the factors u, uw’, &c. are 
each unity. But if we take for greater precision the distance r = 1, 


log w’=9° iat ; logw’= 99977807; log g = 9°9992627 ; logy= 99985244, 
vi.—3 x 


292 NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS. 


we shall find the corresponding values, 


— p (4341140). + (2395257). — p (3°815140). 

If to the value of Aa = -2664756, we join A’a’ = — :2012315, 
A‘a" = — -0698817, obtained from the logarithms used in the pre- 
ceding computation, there will result D = — :0046376, and then we 
shall get 

t’—t’ X, oe 
e (Der + D 5x5) e (Daa5) 
8°6392065; 5:9232877. 75657013 
+ 0435719 + ‘0000838 — pe (003679). 
+ (043655). | 
In these values we have taken w = 1, « = 1, &c. If we employ 


the logarithms which correspond to r = 1, there will result, instead of 
the preceding : 


+ p (043581), — p (003662) ; 


by virtue of which and the value before given, we obtain for the co- 
met’s velocities : 


x, = —0°023108 — p (4297559), 
y, = +1014319 + p (2391595), (d) 
z, =— p (3815140); 


in which p is the curtate distance from the centre of the earth. 
Had we retained the values found in case of «= 1, wv = 1, &c., 
the coefficients of p would have been 


(4°303592),  (2°388842), (3823251); 


which are not so accurate as those in (d). 

The preceding expressions for 2,, y,, z,, may be easily changed so as 
to correspond to any required position of the axis of z, and to the ray 
drawn from the centre E of the earth to the comet at C. If we sup- 


NEW FORMUL# RELATIVE TO COMETS. 293 


posed this axis to be directed to E, we shall find in terms of p before 
used ; 


2, = — 0:008716 — p (4:263202), 
y, = + 1:014544 + p (2:452316), (e) 
z, = — p (3815140). J 


But if we also change p into p cos 4, so that » may denote the ray 
CE, we shall get 


x, = —0°008716 — p (4020544), 
y, = + 1°014544 +  (2°312732), 
z, = —p (3°597985). 


The accuracy of these results we believe to be very considerable. 
Mr Pontécoulant’s values in terms of p are the following: 


x, = —0:008686 — p (4.026273), y, = + 1°014545 + p (2:314020) ; 


2, =— e(3°605632). (See Theorie Analytique, &c., vol. IT., p. 70.) 


With the desire of making a comparison between the principal terms 
of formule (E), and the values (d) above given, I have subjected them 
to computation. By taking the first expressions for E, EK’, E’ and ’, 
the coefficients of the curtate distance p were as here given: 


xz, = X,— (4050920) — &c. 
y, = Y, +(2'047392) + &e. 
z, = — (3646140) — &c. 


so that the terms affected by K differ little from — p (:245653), 
+ p (345974), —p(-168997), and will in the destined use of (E) 
not exceed the order of the intervals /, ¢’. 

To the data of the example now considered, I have been induced to 
apply the method of La Place; and with surprise I found results 


294 NEW FORMUL&® RELATIVE TO COMETS. 


which it may be proper here to insert. By means of the two expres- 
sions 


yD HED pp = CHOP DE. 


fi +t") 


a La ib 
which are deducible from the values of /’, /’, expressed by Maclaurin’s 
theorem ; I obtained in parts of radius, d7 == — 2-232849; d°/ = 
— 15+51507. The similar values which depend on the geocentric 
latitudes were dA —= —2-498243, dA = — 22:139036 ; and 
adopting in this method the formule : 


aa Qdr* 
sin AcosA at cos A2/” 


dp= mes m = d@l+ tan(L—I) (d+ 


n= 2d1+2 tn(L—j— "4 _; 
which may be found expressed differently in the Mécanique Celeste 
and Theorie Analytique, &c. J obtained ~ or i = — 3-278562. 
The three equations 

z,=X,+e(ta—6dl), 


y= Y,+p(¢8+adl), 


resulting from the differentiation of (1), andin which a = cos (/— L), 
8 =sin(I—L), y = tana, then gave me the following values: 


z,= X, — p (3761473), 
y, = Y, + p (1261091), 
Zz, = — p (3:965141); 


which are exceedingly different from (e), with regard to the coeffi- 
cients of ¢ in the values of z, and y,. 


NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS. 295 


In addition to these results, I would join the remark, that the com- 
puted values of 2,, y,, z,, expressed by the preceding differential for- 
mulz, cannot be made to agree with (e), so long as are employed the 
above numerical quantities found for d/, d%; and that from this and 
other instances, I consider as defective the manner in which the first 
and second differentials of the geocentric longitudes and latitudes are 
determined in the method here noticed; and which, I think, should 
not be used for determining the component velocities of a comet, or 
the position of its orbit. 

We might now particularize further the expressions (d) by means 
of (25) and (26), and the consequent values of the distances r and p. 
But our principal aim in the present paper has, we imagine, been suf- 
ficiently attained. We intend again to resume the subject on an early 
occasion. 


vVi—3 Y 


ARTICLE VIII. 


Account of a Tornado, which, towards the end of August 1838, passed 
over the suburbs of the city of Providence, in the stale of Rhode 
Island, and afterwards over a part of the Village of Somerset. Also 
an Extract of a Letter on the same subject from Zachariah Allen, 
Esq., of the city of Providence. 

Communicated by Robert Hare, M.D., Professor of Chemistry in the 
University of Pennsylvania. Read October 26, 1838. 


I propose to lay before the Society, fora place in their Transactions, 
an account of a tornado which occurred in the state of Rhode Island, 
towards the end of August last. 

This phenomenon was first observed near Providence, over the south 
western suburbs of which it passed in a course generally from west by 
north, to south by east. Only a few days subsequently I visited some 
of the most remarkable scenes of its ravages, 

The characteristics of this tornado, from all that I could see or hear, 
are quite similar to those of the tornado which occurred at New Bruns- 
wick, New Jersey, in June 1835, and to which I referred in my paper 
upon the causes of tornadoes and water-spouts, published in the sixth 
volume of the Society’s Transactions. 

This recent tornado was advantageously seen by J. L. Tillinghast, 
Esq. from a window of his mansion, which is so situated, on the brow 
of a hill on the eastern side of the city of Providence, as to afford an 


298 ACCOUNT OF A TORNADO WHICH PASSED 


unobstructed view of the country opposite. Mr Tillinghast alleges 
that his attention was at first attracted by seeing to the westward a 
huge inverted cone, of extremely dark vapour, which extended from 
the clouds to the earth. In the contortions and spiral movements 
of its lower extremity, this cone was conceived to resemble the 
proboscis of an enormous elephant, moving about in search of food. 
Sometimes it was elongated so as to reach the ground; at others 
it skipped over the intervening space without touching it; but at 
each contact with the terrestrial surface, or bodies resting thereon, 
a cloud of dust, intermingled with their fragments, was seen to rise 
within the vortex. To those who were sufficiently near to the meteor, 
a fearful explanation of these appearances was simultaneously evident. 
Ponds were partially exhausted. Trees uprooted or deprived of their 
leaves or branches. Houses were unroofed, or uplifted and then — 
dashed to pieces. Farms were robbed of their grain, potatoes, fruit- 
trees or poultry: nor were human beings secure from being carried 
aloft, and more or less injured by subsequent descent. It was alleged 
that at Somerset two women were carried from a wagon over a wall, 
into an adjoining field. Within the same village a cellar door frame, 
with its doors bolted, was lifted, and then deposited on one side of its 
previous position; although situated to windward of the mansion to 
which it belonged. This result was the more striking, because, in con- 
sequence of their presenting an inclined plane to the blast, the doors 
and their frames would have been pressed more firmly upon their foun- 
dation by an ordinary wind. In consequence of the same dilatation of 
the air within the house, which lifted the cellar door, the weather- 
boarding on the leeward side was burst open, while that to the wind- 
ward was undisturbed. 

About four o'clock on the afternoon during which this tornado 
passed near Providence, there was heard at the farm at which I resided, 
twenty-five miles south of Providence and about fifteen miles from 
Somerset, the loudest thunder which I ever heard. It made the house 
in which I was tremble sensibly. 

I have received from an estimable friend, Mr Allen, a most interest- 
ing account of this tornado, which passed over the river, and there 
produced the appearance of a water-spout, while he was sufficiently 


OVER THE CITY OF PROVIDENCE, ETC. 299 


near for accurate observation. In one respect his narrative tends to 
justify my opinion, that the exciting cause of tornadoes is electrical 
attraction. In two instances in which flashes of lightning proceeded 
from the water, Mr Allen remarked that the effervescence produced 
by the tornado in the water very perceptibly subsided.* 


Extract froma Letter written by Zachariah Allen, E'sq., of Providence. 


“It was about three o’clock, P. M., during a violent shower, that I 
observed a peculiarly black cloud to form in the midst of light, fleecy 
clouds, and to assume a portentous appearance in the heavens, having 
a long, dark, tapering cone of vapour extending from it to the surface 
of the earth. The form of this black cloud, and of the cone of yapour 
depending from it,so nearly resembled the engraved pictures of ‘ water 
spouts’ above the ocean, which I had frequently seen, that I should 
have come speedily to the conclusion that one of these ‘ water spouts’ 
was approaching, had I not been aware that this phenomenon occupied 
a space in the heavens directly above a dry plain of land. Whilst at- 
tentively watching the progress of the cloud, with its portentous dark 
cone trailing its point in contact with the surface of the earth, I no- 
ticed numerous black specks, resembling flocks of blackbirds on the 
wing, diverging from the under surface of the clouds, at a great eleva- 
tion in the air, and falling to the ground. Among these were some 
objects of larger size, which I could discern to be fragments of boards, 
sailing off obliquely in their descent. This alarming indication left 
no room for doubt that a violent tornado was fast approaching, and 
that these distant, dark specks were fragments of shingles and boards 
uplifted high in the air, and left to fall, from the outer edge of the 
black conical cloud. This fearful appearance was repeatedly exhibited, 
as often as the tornado passed over buildings. 

“The whirlwind soon swept towards an extensive range of buildings, 
within a few yards of me, the roof of which appeared to open at the 
top, and to be uplifted fora moment. The whole fabric then sunk 
into a confused mass of moving rubbish, and became indistinctly visi- 
ble amid the cloud that overspread it, as with a mantle of mist. 


* See Essay on the Cause of Tornadoes or Waterspouts in sixth vol. American Philo- 
sophical Transactions, or in Silliman’s Journal, vol. 32, for 1837. 


YI.—3 Z 


300 ACCOUNT OF A TORNADO WHICH PASSED 


“The destructive force of the tornado now became not only apparent 
to the eye, but also fearfully terrific, from the deafening crash of break- 
ing boards and timbers, startling the amazed spectator in alarm for his 
personal safety, amid the roar of the whirlwind, and the shattered frag- 
ments flying like deadly missiles near him. At one instant, when 
the point of the dark cone of cloud passed over the prostrate wreck of 
the building, the fragments seemed to be upheaved, as if by the explo- 
sion of gunpowder, and I actually became intensely excited with the 
fear that the moving mass might direct its march toward the open 
area of the yard, to which I had resorted, after abandoning a building 
in which I had previously found shelter. 

“ Fortunately the course of the tornado was not over the building used 
as a depot by the Stonington Railroad Company in Providence, where 
there was a numerous assemblage of passengers awaiting the departure 
of the cars; otherwise several lives might have been lost. 

“The most interesting appearance was exhibited when the tornado 
left the shore, and struck the surface of the adjacent river. Being 
within a few yards of this spot, I had an opportunity of accurately 
noting the effects produced on the surface of the water. 

“The circle formed by the tornado on the foaming water was about 
three hundred feet in diameter. Within this circle the water ap- 
peared to be in commotion, like that in a huge boiling cauldron; and 
misty vapours, resembling steam, rapidly arose from the surface, and 
entering the whirling vortex, at times veiled from sight the centre of 
the circle, and the lower extremity of the overhanging cone of dark 
vapour. Amid all the agitation of the water and the air about it, this 
cone continued unbroken, although it swerved and swung around, with 
a movement resembling that of the trunk of an elephant whilst that 
animal is in the act of depressing it to the ground to pick up some 
minute object. In truth, the tapering form, as well as the vibrating 
movements of the extremity of this cone of vapour, bore a striking re- 
semblance to those of the trunk of that great animal. 

“ Whilst passing off over the water, a distant view of the cloud might 
have induced the spectator to compare its form to that of a huge um- 
brella suspended in the heavens, with the column of vapour represent- 
ing the handle, descending and dipping into the foam of the billows. 


OVER THE CITY OF PROVIDENCE, ETC. 301 


The waves heaved and swelled, whenever the point of this cone passed 
over them, apparently as if some magical spell were acting upon them 
by the effect of enchantment. Twice I noticed a gleam of lightning, 
or of electric fluid, to dart through the column of vapour, which served 
as a conductor for it to ascend from the water to the cloud. After the 
flash the foam of the water seemed immediately to diminish for a mo- 
ment, as if the discharge of the electric fluid had served to calm the 
excitement on its agitated surface. 

“'The progress of the tornado was nearly in a straight line, following 
the direction of the wind, with a velocity of perhaps eight or ten miles 
per hour. 

“Near as I was to the exterior edge of the circle of the tornado, I 
felt no extraordinary gust of wind; but noticed that the breeze con- 
tinued to blow uninterruptedly from the same quarter from which it 
prevailed before the tornado occurred. 

“T also particularly observed that there was no perceptible increase of 
temperature of the air adjacent to the edge of the whirlwind, which 
might have caused an ascending current by a rarefaction of a portion 
of the atmosphere. After passing over the sheet of water, and gaining 
the shore, I observed the shingles and fragments of a barn to be ele- 
vated and dispersed high in the air; and the dark cloud continued to 
maintain the same appearance which it at first presented, until it 
passed away beyond the scope of a distinct vision of its misty out- 
lines. 

“The above imperfect sketch can convey to your mind only a feeble 
impression of this exciting scene, which in passing before me excited 
just enough of terror to impart to the spectacle the most awful sense 
of the power, sublimity and grandeur of the Almighty, as described in 
the glowing words of the Psalmist. ‘He bowed the heavens also, and 
came down; and darkness was under his feet ; and he did fly upon the 
wings of the wind. He made darkness his secret place; his pavilion 
round about him were dark waters and thick clouds of the skies.’ ” 


ae. Tee ee a Cs he 


* 


To A a | 2 “erie . 


Torernq ooo ated Yo dotuq sald arrest ¢ define ban baveed ereew. at 
sant Ts wiblan wre [los igalven orca Bh en Tihavieran yen TM) 
arbrtibatl Wo camel. we ivestei ee turer ity wa dunt (a 

ween s (Wie TOMEI GN UV GE Gam Dh hs rage aieés ny “a 
PAA WT. | Ulric Ad ood "eNyte pO feet) Laver a) 1 mt) vebaabigs foam 


: = had A aesy etal cert SEAL tees Pigaieet “eatipaty GRE cer ape wea eel! 
* r 
A ra] * iy au * oe: = . 
" JUV! 2) Hoe Kee iv Se SA y 4g vd Tie uF AM 2 
. A EN Te SS ye AU este 
ayy IMR PRR TO ghe hes beeen 


haa Sere Ce we) Dror sond aeE 


ve 


fit wr fh AR PO yet ahs “es sepia won of Beane gree 
_ ; _ aetnte CORRES 4 Wine Teta nes, 
eed) SO ies OV Brn rary 
: ow footage the dal ae Veiterseag 
- : 7 . ' 7 , 
Slot ea : ge 6 Bo? sy Rew Hep 14 0 UR a aye igh 
-, fe Paty, Oat. a sayy inna ott TY 
&) gece) igg4 8 wie Pedi S<jeepul | rate ph) 
a i ‘ afl) ay 7 
se SR Gin ads | 


‘ 
(hele abe Re 


rae Oe i 
A F my ee 


vt diensiorie cote ie es. 


hotter B 4A Wy ies Bidar y 
hal Wig is 4a" baal PS Ba Ue ‘fa 
Pair) ati in avai 1 rh aa oe: 


Alem Lidl wre ert, jamal ana e& nf law eibeveds > reap 


: ) wud} ee \y wads oft] @ et eghir sajadil at his fe tid P> earw 


2 : . ii « hig 1 
: fa coll 18 ae nae id ley ME SMW Hd Beier NPD 


© ; | 7 - oo dn 


ARTICLE IX. 


Contributions to Electricity and Magnetism. By Joseph Henry, Pro- 
Jessor of Natural Philosophy in the College of New Jersey, Prince- 


fon. 
No. I1I.—On Electro-Dynamie Induction. Read November 2, 1838. 


INTRODUCTION. 


1. SincE my investigations in reference to the influence of a spiral 
conductor, in increasing the intensity of a galvanic current, were sub- 
mitted to the Society, the valuable paper of Dr Faraday, on the same 
subject, has been published, and also various modifications of the prin- 
ciple have been made by Sturgeon, Masson, Page and others, to increase 
the effects. ‘The spiral conductor has likewise been applied by Cav. 
Antinori to produce a spark by the action of a thermo-electrical pile ; 
and Mr Watkins has succeeded in exhibiting ali the phenomena of 
hydro-electricity by the same means. Although the principle has 
been much extended by the researches of Dr Faraday, yet lam happy 
to state that the results obtained by this distinguished philosopher are. 
not at variance with those given in my paper. 

2. I now offer to the Society a new series of investigations in the 
same line, which I hope may also be considered of sufficient impor- 
tance to merif a place in the Transactions. 

3. The primary object of these investigations was to discover, if 

vI.—4 A 


304 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


possible, inductive actions in common electricity analogous to those 
found in galvanism. For this purpose a series of experiments was 
commenced in the spring of 1836, but I was at that time diverted, in 
part, from the immediate object of my research, by a new investiga- 
tion of the phenomenon known in common electricity by the name of 
the lateral discharge. Circumstances prevented my doing any thing 
further, in the way of experiment, until April last, when most of the 
results which I now offer to the Society were obtained. The investi- 
gations are not as complete, in several points, as I could wish, but as 
my duties will not permit me to resume the subject for some months 
to come, I therefore present them as they are; knowing, from the in- 
terest excited by this branch of science in every part of the world, 
that the errors which may exist will soon be detected, and the truths 
be further developed. 

4. The experiments are given nearly in the order in which they 
were made ; and in general they are accompanied by the reflections 
which led to the several steps of the investigation. The whole series 
is divided, for convenience of arrangement, into six sections, although 
the subject may be considered as consisting, principally, of two parts. 
The first relating to a new examination of the induction of galvanic 
currents; and the second to the discovery of analogous results in the 
discharge of ordinary electricity.* 

5. The principal articles of apparatus used in the experiments, con- 
sist of a number of flat coils of copper riband, which will be desig- 


a represents coil No. 1, b coil No. 2, and c coil No. 3; ¢ the battery, d the rasp. 


The several paragraphs are numbered in succession, from the first to the last, after the 
mode adopted by Mr Faraday, for convenience of reference. 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 305 


nated by the names of coil No. 1, coil No. 2, &c.; also of several coils 
of long wire; and these, to distinguish them from the ribands, will be 
called helix No. 1, helix No. 2, &e. 

6. Coil No. 1 is formed of thirteen pounds of copper plate, one inch 
and a half wide and ninety-three feet long. It is well covered with 
two coatings of silk, and was generally used in the form represented in 
Fig. 1, which is that of a flat spiral sixteen inches in diameter. It 
was however sometimes formed into a ring of larger diameter, as is 
shown in Fig. 4, Section III. 

7. Coil No. 2 is also formed of copper plate, of the same width and 
thickness as coil No. 1. It is, however, only sixty feet long. Its 
form is shown at 6, Fig. 1. The opening at the centre is sufficient to 
admit helix No. 1. Coils No. 3, 4, 5, 6, &c. are all about sixty feet 
long, and of copper plate of the same thickness, but of half the width 
of coil No. 1. 

8. Helix No. 1 consists of sixteen hundred and sixty yards of cop- 
per wire, ;sth of an inch in diameter. No. 2, of nine hundred and 

Fig. 2. ninety yards; and No. 3, of three 
hundred and fifty yards, of the same 
wire. These helices are shown in 

C Fig. 2, and are so adjusted in size 
a represents helix No. 1, } helix No. 2, chelix No.3. aS to fit into each other ; thus form- 
ing one long helix of three thousand yards: or, by using them sepa- 
rately, and in different combinations, seven helices of different lengths. 
The wire is covered with cotton thread, saturated with beeswax, and 
between each stratum of spires a coating of silk is interposed. 

9. Helix No. 4 is shown at a, Fig. 4, Section III.; it is formed of five hun- 
dred and forty-six yards of wire, 2;th of an inch in diameter, the several 
spires of which are insulated by a coating of cement. Helix No. 5 
consists of fifteen hundred yards of silvered copper wire, +3;th of an inch 
in diameter, covered with cotton, and is of the form of No. 4. 

10. Besides these I was favoured with the loan of a large spool of 
copper wire, covered with cotton, ~.th of an inch in diameter, and five 
miles long. It is wound on a small axis of iron, and forms a solid cy- 
linder of wire, eighteen inches long, and thirteen in diameter. 

11. For determining the direction of induced currents, a magnetiz- 


306 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


ing spiral was generally used, which consists of about thirty spires of 
copper wire, in the form of a cylinder, and so small as just to admit a 
sewing needle into the axis. 

12. Also asmall horseshoe is frequently referred to, which is formed 
of a piece of soft iron, about three inches long, and 2ths of an inch thick ; 
each leg is surrounded with about five feet of copper bell wire. This 
length is so small, that only a current of electricity of considerable 
quantity can develope the magnetism of the iron. The instrument 
is used for indicating the existence of such a current. 

13. The battery used in most of the experiments is shown in Fig. 1. 
It is formed of three concentric cylinders of copper, and two inter- 
posed cylinders of zinc. It is about eight inches high, five inches in 
diameter, and exposes about one square. foot and three quarters of zine 
surface, estimating both sides of the metal. In some of the experiments 
a larger battery was used, weakly charged, but all the results men- 
tioned in the paper, except those with a Cruickshank trough, can be 
obtained with one or two batteries of the above size, particularly if 
excited by a strong solution. The manner of interrupting the circuit 
of the conductor by means ofa rasp, b, is shown in the same Figure. 


SECTION I. 
Conditions which influence the induction of a Current on itself. 


14. The phenomenon of the spiral conductor is at present known 
by the name of the induction of a current on itself, to distinguish it 
from the induction of the secondary current, discovered by Dr Fara- 
day. The two, however, belong to the same class, and experiments 
render it probable that the spark given by the long conductor is, from 
the natural electricity of the metal, disturbed for an instant by the induc- 
tion of the primary current. Before proceeding to the other parts of 
these investigations, it is important to state the results of a number of 
preliminary experiments, made to determine more definitely the con- 
ditions which influence the action of the spiral conductor. 

15. When the electricity is of low intensity, as in the case of the 
thermo-electrical pile, or a large single battery weakly excited with 
dilute acid, the flat riband coil No.1, ninety-three feet long, is found to 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 307 


give the most brilliant deflagrations, and the loudest snaps from a sur- 
face of mercury. The shocks, with this arrangement, are, however, 
very feeble, and can only be felt in the fingers or through the tongue. 

16. The induced current in a short coil, which thus produces defla- 
gration, but not shocks, may, for distinction, be called one of quantity. 

17. When the length of the coil is increased, the battery continuing 
the same, the deflagrating power decreases, while the intensity of the 
shock continually increases. With five riband coils, making an aggre- 
gate length of three hundred feet, and the small battery, Fig. 1, the de- 
flagration is less than with coil No. 1, but the shocks are more in- 
tense. 

18. There is, however, a limit to this increase of intensity of the 
shock, and this takes place when the increased resistance or diminished 
conduction of the lengthened coil begins to counteract the influence 
of the increasing length of the current. The following experiment 
illustrates this fact. A coil of copper wire 7;th of an inch in diame- 
ter, was increased in length by successive additions of about thirty-two 
feet at a time. After the first two lengths, or sixty-four feet, the bril- 
lianey of the spark began to decline, but se shocks constantly in- 
creased in intensity, until a length of five hundred and seventy-five 
feet was obtained, when the shecks also began to decline. This was 
then the proper length to produce the maximum efiget with a single 
battery, and a wire of the above diameter. 

19. When the intensity of the electricity of the battery is increased, 
the action of the short riband coil decreases. With a Cruickshank’s 
trough of sixty plates, four inches square, scarcely any peculiar effect 
can be observed, when the coil forms a part of the circuit. If how- 
ever the length of the coil be increased in proportion to the intensity 
of the current, then the inductive influence becomes apparent. When 
the current, from ten plates of the above mentioned trough, was passed 
through the wire of the large spool (10), the induced shock was too 
severe to be taken through the body. Again, when a smal] trough of 
twenty-five one-inch plates, which alone would give but a very feeble 
shock, was used with helix No. 1, an intense shock was received from the 
induction, when the contact was broken. Also a slight shock in this 
arrangement is given when the contact is formed, but it is very feeble 

V¥L.—4B 


308 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


in comparison with the other. The spark, however, with the long 
wire and compound battery is not as brilliant as with the single bat- 
tery and the short riband coil. 

20. When the shock is produced from a long wire, as in the last 
experiments, the size of the plates of the battery may be very much 
reduced, without a corresponding reduction of the intensity of the 
shock. ‘This is shown in an experiment with the large spool of wire (10). 
A very small compound battery was formed of six pieces of copper 
bell wire, about one inch and a half long, and an equal number of 
pieces of zinc of the same size. When the current from this was 
passed through the five miles of the wire of the spool, the induced 
shock was given at once to twenty-six persons joining hands. This 
astonishing effect placed the action of a coil in astriking point of view. 

21. With the same spool and the single battery used in the former 
experiments, no shock, or at mosta very feeble one, could be obtained. 
A current, however, was found to pass through the whole length, by 
its action on the ealvanometer; but it was not sufficiently powerful to 
induce a current which could counteract the resistance of so longa 
wire. 

22, The induced current in these experiments may be considered 
as one of considerable intensity, and small quantity. 

23. The form of the coil has considerable influence on the intensity 
of the action. In the experiments of Dr Faraday, a long cylindrical 
coil of thick copper wire, inclosing a rod of soft iron, was used. This 
form produces the greatest effect when magnetic reaction is employed ; 
but in the case of simple galvanic induction, I have found the form of 
the coils and helices represented in the figures most effectual. The 
several spires are more nearly approximated, and therefore they exert 
a greater mutual influence. In some cases, as will be seen hereafter, 
the ring form, shown in Fig. 4, is most effectual. 

24. Inall cases the several spires of the coil should be well insulated, 
for although in magnetizing soft iron, and in analogous experiments, 
the touching of two spires is not attended with any great reduction of 
action; yet in the case of the induced current, as will be shown in the 
progress of these investigations, a single contact of two spires is some- 
times sufficient to neutralize the whole effect. . 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 309 


25. It must be recollected that all the experiments with these coils 
and helices, unless otherwise mentioned, are made without the reaction 
of iron temporarily magnetized ; since the introduction of this would, 
in some cases, interfere with the action, and render the results more 
complex. 


SECTION Il. 
Conditions which influence the production of Secondary Currents. 


26. The secondary currents, as it is well known, were discovered in 
the induction of magnetism and electricity, by Dr Faraday, in 1831. 
But he was at that time urged to the exploration of new, and appa- 
rently richer veins of science, and left this branch to be traced by 
others. Since then, however, attention has been almost exclusively 
directed to one part of the subject, namely, the induction from mag- 
netism, and the perfection of the magneto-electrical machine. And I 
know of no attempts, except my own, to review and extend the purely 
electrical part of Dr Faraday’s admirable discovery. 

27. The energetic action of the flat coil, in producing the induction 
of a current on itself, led me to conclude that it would also be the 
most proper means for the exhibition and study of the phenomena of 
the secondary galvanic currents. 

28. For this purpose coil No. 1 was arranged to receive the current 
from the small battery, and coil No. 2 placed on this, with a plate of 
glass interposed to insure perfect insulation; as often as the circuit of 

Fig. 3. No. 1 was interrupted, a 

“9 2 powerful secondary current 
), wasinducedin No.2. The 
arrangement is the same as 
that exhibitedin Fig. 3, with 
= the exception that in this the 
a represents coil No. 1, } helix No. 1, and c,d, handles for compound helix is repre- 
So Sag sented as receiving the in- 


duction, instead of coil No. 2. 
29. When the ends of the second coil were rubbed together, a spark 
was produced at the opening. When the same ends were joined by 


310 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


the magnetizing spiral (11), the inclosed needle became strongly mag- 
netic. Also when the secondary current was passed through the wires 
of the iron horseshoe (12), magnetism was developed; and when the 
ends of the second coil were attached to a small decomposing appara- 
tus, of the kind which accompanies the magneto-electrical machine, a 
stream of gas was given off at each pole. The shock, however, from 
this coil is very feeble, and can scarcely be felt above the fingers. 

30. This current has therefore the properties of one of moderate in- 
tensity, but considerable quantity. 

31. Coil No. 1 remaining as before, a longer coil, formed by uniting 
Nos. 3, 4 and 5, was substituted for No. 2. With this arrangement, 
the spark produced when the ends were rubbed together, was not as 
brilliant as before; the magnetizing power was much less; decompo- 
sition was nearly the same, but the shocks were more powerful, or, in 
other words, the intensity of the induced current was increased by an 
increase of the length of the coil, while the quantity was apparently 
decreased. 

32. A compound helix, formed by uniting Nos. 1 and 2, and there- 
fore containing two thousand six hundred and fifty yards of wire, was 
next placed on coil No. 1. The weight of this helix happened to be 
precisely the same as that of coil No. 2, and hence the different effects 
of the same quantity of metal in the two forms of a long and short 
conductor, could be compared. With this arrangement the magnetiz- 
ing effects, with the apparatus before mentioned, disappeared. The 
sparks were much smaller, and also the decomposition less, than with 
the short coil; but the shock was almost too intense to be received 
with impunity, except through the fingers of one hand. A circuit of 
fifty-six of the students of the senior class, received it at once from a 
single rupture of the battery current, as if from the discharge of a Ley- 
den jar weakly charged. The secondary current in this case was one 
of small quantity, but of great intensity. 

33. ‘The following experiment is important in establishing the fact 
of a limit to the increase of the intensity of the shock, as well as the 
power of decomposition, with a wire of a given diameter. Helix No. 
5, which consists of wire only +3sth of an inch in diameter, was placed 


.— 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 311 


on coil No. 2, and its length increased to about seven hundred yards. 
With this extent of wire, neither decomposition nor magnetism could 
be obtained, but shocks were given of a peculiarly pungent nature; 
they did not however produce much muscular action. ‘The wire of 
the helix was further increased to about fifteen hundred yards; the 
shock was now found to be scarcely perceptible, in the fingers. 

34. As a counterpart to the last experiment, coil No. 1 was formed 
into a ring of sufficient internal diameter to admit the great spool of 
wire (11), and with the whole length of this (which, as has before 
been stated, is five miles) the shock was found so intense as to be felt 
at the shoulder, when passed only through the forefinger and thumb. 
Sparks and decomposition were also produced, and needles rendered 
magnetic. The wire of this spool is #;th of an inch thick, and we 
therefore see from this experiment, that by increasing the diameter of 
the wire, its length may also be much increased, with an increased 
effect. 

35. The fact (33) that the induced current is diminished by a fur- 
ther increase of the wire, after a certain length has been attained, is 
important in the construction of the magneto-electrical machine, since 
the same effect is produced in the induction of magnetism. Dr God- 
dard of Philadelphia, to whom I am indebted for coil No. 5, found 
that when its whole length was wound on the iron of a temporary 
magnet, no shocks could be obtained. The wire of the machine may 
therefore be of such a length, relative to its diameter, as to produce 
shocks, but no decomposition; and if the length be still further in- 
creased, the power of giving shocks may also become neutralized. 

36. The inductive action of coil No. 1, in the foregoing experiments, 
is precisely the same as that of a temporary magnet in the case of the 
magneto-electrical machine. A short thick wire around the armature 
gives brilliant deflagrations, but a long one produces shocks. "This fact, 
I believe, was first discovered by my friend Mr Saxton, and afterwards 
investigated by Sturgeon and Lentz. 

37. We might, at first sight, conclude, from the perfect similarity 
of these effects, that the currents which, according to the theory of 
Ampere, exist in the magnet, are like those in the short coil, of great 

vi—4c 


312 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


quantity and feeble intensity; but suceeeding experiments will show 
that this is not necessarily the case. 

38. All the experiments given in this section have thus far been 
made with a battery of a single element. This condition was now 
changed, and a Cruickshank trough of sixty pairs substituted. When 
the current from this was passed through the riband coil No. 1, no in- 
dication, or a very feeble one, was given of a secondary current in any 
of the coils or helices, arranged as in the preceding experiments. The 
length of the coil, in this case, was not commensurate with the inten- 
sity of the current from the battery. But when the long helix, No. 1, 
was placed instead of coil No. 1, a powerful inductive action was pro- 
duced on each of the articles, as before. 

39. First, helices No. 2 and 3 were united into one, and placed 
within helix No. 1, which still conducted the battery current. With 
this disposition a secondary current was produced, which gave intense 
shocks but feeble decomposition, and no magnetism in the soft iron 
horseshoe. It was therefore one of intensity, and was induced by a 
battery current also of intensity. 

40. Instead of the helix used in the last experiment for receiving 
the induction, one of the coils (No. 3) was now placed on helix No. 1, 
the battery remaining as before. With this arrangement the induced 
current gave no shocks, but it magnetized the small horseshoe; and 
when the ends of the coil were rubbed together, produced bright 
sparks. It had therefore the properties of a current of quantity ; and 
it was produced by the induetion of a current, from the battery, of in- 
tensity. 

41. This experiment was considered of so much importance, that 
it was varied and repeated many times, but always with the same re- 
sult; it therefore establishes the fact that an intensity current can in- 
duce one of quantily, and, by the preceding experiments, the converse 
has also been shown, that @ quantily current. can induce one of inten- 
sity. 

42. This fact appears to have an important bearing on the law of 
the inductive action, and would seem to favour the supposition that 
the lower coil, in the two experiments with the long and short secon- 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION, 313 


dary conductors, exerted the same amount of inductive force, and that 
in one case this was expended (to use the language of theory) in giving 
a great velocity to a small quantity of the fluid, and in the other in 
producing a slower motion in a larger current; but in the two cases, 
were it not for the increased resistance to conduction in the longer 
wire, the quantity multiplied by the velocity would be the same. This, 
however, is as yet an hypothesis, but it enables us to conceive how in- 
tensity and quantity may both be produced from the same induction. 

43. From some of the foregoing experiments we may conclude, that 
the quantity of electricity in motion in the helix is really less than in 
the coil, of the same weight of metal; but this may possibly be owing 
simply to the greater resistance offered by the longer wire. It would 
also appear, if the above reasoning be correct, that to produce the most 
- energetic physiological effects, only a small quantity of electricity, 
moving with great velocity, is necessary. 

44. In this and the preceding section, I have attempted to give 
only the general conditions which influence the galvanic induction. 
To establish the law would require a great number of more refined 
experiments, and the consideration of several circumstances which 
would affect the results, such as the conduction of the wires, the con- 
stant state of the battery, the method of breaking the circuit with per- 
fect regularity, and also more perfect means than we now possess of 
measuring the amount of the inductive action; all these circumstances 
render the problem very complex. 


SECTION II. 
On the Induction of Secondary Currents at a distance. 


45. In the experiments given in the two preceding Sections, the 
conductor which received the induction, was separated from that which 
transmitted the primary current by the thickness only of a pane of 
glass; but the action from this arrangement was so energetic, that I 
was naturally led to try the effect at a greater distance. 

46. For this purpose coil No. 1 was formed into a ring of about two 


814 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 
Fig. 4 feet in diameter, and helix No. 
Pak placed as is shown in the 
figure. When the helix was 
/ at the distance of about sixteen 
© eo ye inches from the middle of 


——" the plane of the ring, shocks 
could be perceived through 
the tongue, and these rapidly 
increased in intensity as the 
helix was lowered, and when 
it reached the plane of the ring 
they were quite severe. The effect, however, was still greater, when 
the helix was moved from the centre to the inner circumference, as at 
ce: but when it was placed without the ring, in contact with the outer 
circumference, at b, the shocks were very slight; and when placed 
within, but its axis at right angles to that of the ring, not the least 
effect could be observed. 

47. With a little reflection, it will be evident that this arrangement 
is not the most favourable for exhibiting the induction at a distance, 
since the side of the ring, for example, at c, tends to produce a current 
revolving in one direction in the near side of the helix, and another in 
an opposite direction in the farther side. The resulting effect is there- 
fore only the difference of the two, and in the position as shown in the 
figure; this difference must be very small, since the opposite sides of 
the helix are approximately at the same distance from ¢. But the dif- 
ference of action on the two sides constantly increases as the helix is 
brought near the side of the ring, and becomes a maximum when the 
two are in the position of internal contact. A helix of larger diameter 
would therefore produce a greater effect. 

48, Coil No. t remaining as before, helix No. 1, which is nine 
inches in diameter, was substituted for the small helix of the last ex- 
periment, and with this the effect at a distance was much increased. 
When coil No. 2 was added to coil No. 1, and the currents from two 
small batteries sent through these, shocks were distinctly perceptible 
through the tongue, when the distance of the planes of the coils and 
the three helices, united as one, was increased to thirty-six inches. 


a represents helix No. 4, b coil No. 1, in the form ofa ring. 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 315 


49. The action at a distance was still further increased by coiling 
the long wire of the large spool into the form of a ring of four feet 
in diameter, and placing parallel to this another ring, formed of the 
four ribands of coils No. 1, 2,3 and 4. Whenacurrent from a single 
battery of thirty-five feet of zinc surface was passed through the riband 
conductor, shocks through the tongue were felt when the rings were 
separated to the distance of four feet. As the conductors were ap- 
proximated, the shocks became more and more severe; and when at 
the distance of twelve inches, they could not be taken through the 
body. 

50. It may be stated in this connection, that the galvanic induction 
of magnetism in soft iron, in reference to distance, is also surprisingly 
great. A cylinder of soft iron, two inches in diameter and one foot 
long, placed in the centre of the ring of copper riband, with the bat- 
tery above mentioned, becomes strongly magnetic. 

51. I may perhaps be excused for mentioning in this communica- 
tion that the induction at a distance affords the means of exhibiting 
some of the most astonishing experiments, in the line of physique amu- 
sante, to be found perhaps in the whole course of science. I will men- 
tion one which is somewhat connected with the experiments to be 
described in the next section, and which exhibits the action in a strik- 
ing manner. ‘This consists in causing the induction to take place 
through the partition wall of two rooms. For this purpose coil No. 1 
is suspended against the wall in one room, while a person in the ad- 
joining one receives the shock, by grasping the handles of the helix, 
and approaching it to the spot opposite to which the coil is suspended, 
The effect is as if by magic, without a visible cause. It is best pro- 
duced through a door, or thin wooden partition. 

52. The action at a distance affords a simple method of graduating 
the intensity of the shock in the case of its application to medical pur- 
poses. ‘The helix may be suspended by a string passing over a pulley, 
and then gradually lowered down towards the plane of the coil, until 
the shocks are of the required intensity. At the request of a medical 
friend, I have lately administered the induced current precisely in this 
way, ina case of paralysis of a part of the nerves of the face. 

53. I may also mention that the energetic action of the spiral con- 

vi.—4 D 


316 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


ductors enables us to imitate, in a very striking manner, the inductive 
operation of the magneto-electrical machine, by means of an uninter- 
rupted galvanic current. For this purpose it is only necessary to ar- 
range two coils to represent the two poles of a horseshoe magnet, and to 
cause two helices to revolve past them ina parallel plane. While a 
constant current is passing through each coil, in opposite directions, the 
effect of the rotation of the helices is precisely the same as that of the 
revolving armature in the machine. 

54. A remarkable fact should here be noted in reference to helix 
No. 4, which is connected with a subsequent part of the investigation. 
This helix is formed of copper wire, the spires of which are insulated 
by a coating of cement instead of thread, as in the case of the others. 
After being used in the above experiments, a small discharge from a 
Leyden jar was passed through it, and on applying it again to the coil, 
I was much surprised to find that scarcely any signs of a secondary 
current could be obtained. 

55. The discharge had destroyed the insulation in some part, but 
this was not sufficient to prevent the magnetizing of a bar of iron in- 
troduced into the opening at the centre. The effect appeared to be 
confined to the inductive action. The same accident had before hap- 
pened to another coil of nearly the same kind. It was therefore noted 
as one of some importance. An explanation was afterwards found in 
a peculiar action of the secondary current. 


SECTION IY. 


On the Effects produced by interposing different Substances between 
the Conductors. 


56. Sir H. Davy found, in magnetizing needles by an electrical dis- 
charge, that the effect took place through interposed plates of all sub- 
stances, conductors and nonconductors.* The experiment which I 
have given in paragraph 51 would appear to indicate that the induc- 
tive action which produces the secondary current might also follow 
the same law. 


* Philosophical Transactions, 1821. 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 317 


57. To test this the compound helix was placed about five inches 

Fig. 5. ee above coil No. 1, Fig. 5, and a plate of 

sheet iron, about ;,th of an inch thick, 

interposed. With this arrangement no 

shocks could be obtained; although, 

when the plate was withdrawn, they 

were very intense. 

Cs 58. It was at first thought that this 

@ represents coil aa ial No. 1, and c effect might be peculiar to the iron, on 

Spat reper Pineal abe account of its temporary magnetism; 

but this idea was shown to be erroneous by substiiuting a plate of 

zinc of about the same size and thickness. With this the screening 
influence was exhibited as before. 

59. After this a variety of substances was interposed in succession, 
namely, copper, lead, mercury, acid, water, wood, glass, &c.; and it 
was found that all the perfect conductors, such as the metals, produced 
the screening influence; but nonconductors, as glass, wood, &c., ap- 
peared to have no effect whatever. 

60. When the helix was separated from the coil by a distance only 
equal to the thickness of the plate, a slight sensation could be per- 
ceived even when the zine of jth of an inch in thickness was inter- 
posed. ‘This effect was increased by increasing the quantity of the 
batterycurrent. If the thicknessof the plate was diminished, the induc- 
tion through it became more intense. Thus a sheet of tinfoil inter- 
posed produced no perceptible influence ; also four sheets of the same 
were attended with the same result. A certain thickness of metal is 
therefore required to produce the screening effect, and this thickness 
depends on the quantity of the current from the battery. 

61. The idea occurred to me that the screening might, in some 
way, be connected with an instantaneous current in the plate, similar 
to that in the induction by magnetic rotation, discovered by M. Arago. 
The ingenious variation of this principle by Messrs Babbage and Her- 
schell, furnished me with a simple method of determining this point. 

62. A circular plate of lead was interposed, which caused the induc- 
tion in the helix almost entirely to disappear. A slip of the metal 


318 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


was then cut out in the direction of a radius of the circle, as is shown 


Fig. 6. in Fig. 6. With the plate in this condition, no screening 
a ) was produced; the shocks were as intense as if the metal 
& were not present. 


eal plate, of ~—63. This experiment however is not entirely satisfactory, 
ee mick. since the action might have taken place through the open- 
ing of the lead; to obviate this objection, another plate was cut in the 
same manner, and the two interposed with a glass plate between them, 
and so arranged that the opening in the one might be covered by the 
continuous part of the other. Still shocks were obtained with undi- 
minished intensity. 

64. But the existence of a current in the interposed conductor was 
rendered certain by attaching the magnetizing spiral by means of two 
wires to the edge of the Rep ns in the circular plate, as is shown in 

Fig. 7. Fig. 7. By this arrangement the latent cur- 

*rent was drawn out, and its direction ob- 

Gen SY) tained by the polarity of a needle placed in 
“representing spiral. the spiral at b. 

65. This current was a secondary one, and its direction, in confor- 
mity with the discovery of Dr Faraday, was found to be the same as 
that of the primary current. 

66. That the screening influence is in some way produced by the 
neutralizing action of the current thus obtained, will be clear, from 
the following experiment. The plate of zinc before mentioned, which 
is nearly twice the diameter of the helix, instead of being placed be- 
tween the conductors, was put on the top of the helix, and in this po- 
sition, although the neutralization was not as perfect as before, yet a 
great reduction was observed in the intensity of the shock. 

67. But here a very interesting and puzzling question occurs. 
How does it happen that two currents, both in the same direction, can 
neutralize each other? I was at first disposed to consider the pheno- 
menon as a case of real electrical interference, in which the impulses 
succeed each other by some regular interval. But if this were true 
the effect should depend on the length and other conditions of the cur- 
rent in the interposed conductor. In order to investigate this, several 
modifications of the experiments were instituted. 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 319 


68. First a flat coil (No. 3) was interposed instead of the plates. 
When the two ends of this were separated, the shocks were received 
as if the coil were not present; but when the ends were joined, so as 
to form a perfect metallic circuit, no shocks could be obtained. The 
neutralization with the coil in this experiment was even more perfect 
than with the plate. 

69. Again, coil No. 2, in the form of a ring, was placed not between 
the conductors, but around the helix. With this disposition of the 
apparatus, and the ends of the coil joined, the shocks were scarcely per- 
ceptible, but when the ends were separated, the presence of the coil has 
no effect. 

70. Also when helix No. 1 and 2 were together submitted to the in- 
fluence of coil No. 1, the ends of the one being joined, the other gave 
no shock. : 

71. The experiments were further varied by placing helix No. 2 
within a hollow cylinder of sheet brass, and this again within coil No. 
2in a manner similar to that shown in Fig. 12, which is intended to 
illustrate another experiment. In this arrangement the neutralizing 
action was exhibited, as in the case of the plate. 

72. A hollow cylinder of iron was next substituted for the one of 
brass, and with this also no shocks could be obtained. 

73. From these experiments it is evident that the neutralization 
takes place with currents in the interposed or adjoining conductors of 
all lengths and intensitics,and therefore cannot, as it appears to me, be 
referred to the interference of two systems of vibrations. 

74. This part of the investigation was, for a time, given up almost in 
despair, and it was not until new light had been obtained from another 
part of the inquiry, that any further advances could be made towards 
a solution of the mystery. 

75. Before proceeding to the next Section, I may here state that the 
phenomenon mentioned, paragraph 54, in reference to helix No. 4, is 
connected with the neutralizing action. The electrical discharge 
having destroyed the insulation at some point, a part of the spires would 
thus form a shut circuit, and the induction in this would counteract 
the action in the other part of the helix; or, in other words, the helix 

VL—4 E 


820 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


was in the same condition as the two helices mentioned in paragraph 
70, when the ends of the wire of one were joined. 

76, Also the same principle appears to have an important bearing 
on the improvement of the magneto-electrical machine: since the 
plates of metal which sometimes forms the ends of the spool containing 
the wire, must necessarily diminish the action, and also from experi- 
ment of paragraph 72 the armature itself may circulate a closed cur- 
rent which will interfere with the intensity of the induction in the 
surrounding wire. I am inclined to believe that the increased effect 
observed by Sturgeon and Calland, when a bundle of wire is substituted 
for a solid piece of iron, is at least in part due to the interruption of 
these currents. I hope to resume this part of the subject, in connec- 
tion with several other points, in another communication to the So- 
ciety. 

77. The results given in this Section may, at first sight, be thought 
at variance with the statements of Sir H. Davy, that needles could be 
magnetized by an electrical discharge with conductors interposed. 
But from his method of performing the experiment, it is evident that 
the plate of metal was placed between a straight conductor and the 
needle. The arrangement was therefore similar to the interrupted 
circuit in the experiment with the cut plate (62), which produces no 
screening effect. Had the plate been curved into the form of a hollow 
cylinder, with the two ends in contact, and the needle placed within 
this, the effect would have been otherwise. 


SECTION Y. 


On the Production and Properties of induced Currents of the Third, 
. Fourth and Fifth order. 


78. The fact of the perfect neutralization of the primary current by 
a secondary, in the interposed conductor, led me to conclude that if the 
latter could be drawn out, or separated from the influence of the for- 
mer, it would itself be capable of producing a new induced current in 
a third conductor. 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 321 


79. The arrangement exhibited in Fig. 8 furnishes a ready means of 
Fig. 8. 


a coil No. 1, boil No. 2, c coil No. 3, d helix No. 1. 


testing this. The primary current, as usual, is passed through coil No. 
1, while coil No. 2 is placed over this to receive the induction, with 
its ends joined to those of coil No. 3. By this disposition the secondary 
current passes through No. 3; and since this is at a distance,and with- 
out the influence of the primary, its separate induction will be rendered 
manifest by the effects on helix No. 1. When the handles a, 6 are 
grasped a powerful shock is received, proving the induction of a tertiary 
current. 

80. By a similar but more extended arrangement, as shown in Fig. 
9, shocks were received from currents of a fourth and fifth order; and 
with a more powerful primary current, and additional coils, a still 
greater number of successive inductions might be obtained. 

81. The induction of currents of different orders, of sufficient inten- 
sity to give shocks, could scarcely have been anticipated from our pre- 
vious knowledge of the subject. The secondary current consists, as 
it were, of a single wave of the natural electricity of the wire, dis- 
turbed but for an instant by the induction of the primary; yet this has 
the power of inducing another current, but little inferior in energy to 
itself, and thus produces effects apparently much greater in proportion 
to the quantity of electricity in motion than the primary current. 

82. Some difference may be conceived to exist in the action of the 
induced currents, and that from the battery, since they are apparently 
different in nature; the one consisting, as we may suppose, of a single 
impulse, and the other of a succession of such impulses, or a continu- 
ous action. It was therefore important to investigate the properties of 
these currents, and to compare the results with those before obtained. 

83. First, in reference to the intensity, it was found that with the 


322 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


small battery a shock could be given from the current of the third 
order to twenty-five persons joining hands; also shocks perceptible in 
the arms were obtained from a current of the fifth order. 

84. The action at a distance was also much greater than could have 
been anticipated. In one experiment shocks from the tertiary current 
were distinctly felt through the tongue, when helix No. 1 was at the 
distance of eighteen inches above the coil transmitting the secondary 
current. 

85. The same screening effects were produced by the interposition 
of plates of metal between the conductors of the different orders, as 
those which have been described in reference to the primary and se- 
condary currents. 

86. Also when the long helix is placed over a secondary current 
generated in a short coil, and which is therefore, as we have before 
shown, one of quantity, a tertiary current of intensity is produced. 

87. Again, when the intensity current of the last experiment is 
passed through a second helix, and another coil is placed over this, a 
quantity current is again produced. ‘Therefore in the case of these 
currents, as in that of the primary, a quantity current can be induced 
from one of intensity, and the converse. By the arrangement of the 
apparatus as shown in Fig. 9, these different results are exhibited at 
once. The induetion from coil No. 3 to helix No. 1 produces an in- 
tensity current, and from helix No. 2 to coil No. 4 a quantity current. 


Fig. 9. 


a coil No.1, b coil No. 2, ¢ coil No. 3, d helix No. 1, e helix No. 2 and 3, f coil No. 4, and ¢ 
’ ? ? 
magnetizing spiral. 


88. If the ends of coil No. 2, as in the arrangement of Fig. 8, be 
united to helix No. 1 instead of coil No. 3, no shocks can be obtained ; 
the quantity current of coil No. 2 appears not to be of sufficient inten- 
sity to pass through the wire of the long helix. 

89. Also, no shocks can be obtained from the handles attached to 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 323 


Fig. 10. 


7 c 
a coil No. 2, b helix No.1, ¢ coil No. 3, and d helix No, 2. 


helix No. 2, in the arrangement exhibited in Fig. 10. In this case 
the quantity of electricity in the current from the helix appears to be 
too small to produce any effect, unless its power is multiplied by pass- 
ing it through a conductor of many spires. 

90. The next inquiry was in reference to the direction of these cur- 
rents, and this appeared important in connection with the nature of the 
action. The experiments of Dr Faraday would render it probable, that 
at the beginning and ending of the secondary current, its induction on 
an adjacent wire is in contrary directions, as is shown to be the case 
in the primary current. But the whole action of a secondary current 
is so instantaneous, that the inductive effects at the beginning and end- 
ing cannot be distinguished from each other, and we can only observe 
a single impulse, which, however, may be considered as the difference 
of two impulses in opposite directions. 

91. The first experiment happened to be made with a current of 
the fourth order. The magnetizing spiral (11) was attached to the 
ends of coil No. 4, Fig. 9, and by the polarity of the needle it was 
found that this current was in the same direction with the secondary and 
primary currents.* By a too hasty generalization, I was led to con- 
clude, from this experiment, that the currents of all orders are in the 
same direction as that of the battery current, and I was the more con- 
firmed in this from the results of my first experiments on the currents 
of ordinary electricity. ‘The conclusion, however, caused me much 
useless labour and perplexity, and was afterwards proved to be erro- 
neous. 

92. By a careful repetition of the last experiment, in reference to 


* Jt should be recollected that all the inductions which have been mentioned were pro- 
duced at the moment of breaking the circuit of the battery current. ‘Ihe induction at the for- 
mation of the current is too feeble to produce the effects described. 


VI.—4 F 


324 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


each current, the important fact was discovered, that ‘here exists an 
alternation in the direction of the currents of the several orders, com- 
mencing with the secondary. ‘This result was so extraordinary, that it 
was thought necessary to establish it by a variety of experiments. For 
this purpose the direction was determined by decomposition, and also 
by the galvanometer, but the result was still the same ; and at this stage 
of the inquiry I was compelled to the conclusion that the directions of 
the several currents were as follows: 


Primary eurrentGs 2. se...) 2 
Secondary current, . : 

Current of the third order, 

Current of the fourth order, 
Current of the fifth order, . 


I+ 1++ 


93. In the first glance at the above table, we are struck with the 
fact that the law of alternation is complete, except between the pri- 
mary and secondary currents, and it appeared that this exception might 
possibly be connected with the induced current which takes place in the 
first coil itself, and which gives rise to the phenomena of the spiral 
conductor. If this should be found to be minus, we might consider it as 
existing between the primary and secondary, and the anomaly would 
thus disappear. Arrangements were therefore made to fully satisfy 
myself on this point. For this purpose the decomposition of dilute 
acid and the use of the galvanometer were resorted to, by placing the 
apparatus between the ends of a cross wire attached to the extremities 
of the coil, as in the arrangement described by Dr Faraday (ninth se- 
ries); but all the results persisted in giving a direction to this current 
the same as stated by Dr Faraday, namely, that of the primary current. 
I was therefore obliged to abandon the supposition that the anomaly in 
the change of the current is connected with the induction of the bat- 
tery current on itself. 

94. Whatever may be the nature or causes of these changes in the 
direction, they offer a ready explanation of the neutralizing action of 
the plate interposed between two conductors, since a secondary current 
is induced in the plate; and although the action of this, as has been 
shown, is in the same direction as the current from the battery, yet it 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 325 


tends to induce a current in the adjacent conducting matter of a con- 

_trary direction. The same explanation is also applicable to all the 
other cases of neutralization, even to those which take place between 
the conductors of the several orders of currents. 

95. The same principle explains some effects noted in reference to 
the induction of a current on itself. If a flat coil be connected with 
the battery, of course sparks will be produced by the induction, at each 
rupture of the circuit. But if in this condition another flat coil, with 
its ends joined, be placed on the first coil, the intensity of the shock is 
much diminished, and when the several spires of the two coils are 
mutually interposed by winding the two ribands together into one coil, 
the sparks entirely disappear in the coil transmitting the battery cur- 
rent, when the ends of the other are joined. To understand this, it is 
only necessary to mention that the induced current in the first coil is 
a true secondary current, and it is therefore neutralized by the action 
of the secondary in the adjoining conductor; since this tends to pro- 
duce a current in the opposite direction. 

96. It would also appear from the perfect neutralization which en- 
sues in the arrangement of the last paragraph, that the induced current 
in the adjoining conductor is more powerful than that of the first con- 
ductor; and we can easily see how this may be. ‘The two ends of the 
second coil are joined, and it thus forms a perfect metallic circuit; 
while the circuit of the other coil may be considered as partially in- 
terrupted, since to render the spark visible the electricity must be pro- 
jected, as it were, through a small distance of air. 

97. We would also infer that two contiguous secondary currents, 
produced by the same induction, would partially counteract each other. 
Moving in the same direction, they would each tend to induce a cur- 
rent in the other of an opposite direction. This is illustrated by the 
following experiment: helix No. 1 and 2 were placed together, but not 
united, above coil No. 1, so that they each might receive the induc- 
tion; the larger was then gradually removed to a greater distance from 
the coil, until the intensity of the shock from each was about the 
same. When the ends of the two were united, so that the shock 
would pass through the body from the two together, the effect was 
apparently less than with one helix alone. ‘The result, however, was 


326 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


not as satisfactory as in the case of the other experiments; a slight dif- 
ference in the intensity of two shocks could not be appreciated with 
perfect certainty. 


SECTION VI. 


The production of induced Currents of the different Orders from 
ordinary Electricity. 


98. Dr Faraday, in the ninth series of his researches, remarks, that 
“the effect produced at the commencement and the end of a current 
(which are separated by an interval of time when that current is sup- 
plied from a voltaic apparatus) must occur at the same moment when 
a common electrical discharge is passed through a long wire. Whe- 
ther if it happen accurately at the same moment they would entirely 
neutralize each other, or whether they would not still give some defi- 
nite peculiarity to the discharge, is a matter remaining to be exa- 
mined.” 

99. The discovery of the fact that the secondary current, which 
exists but for a moment, could induce another current of considerable 
energy, gave some indication that similar effects might be produced by 
a discharge of ordinary electricity, provided a sufficiently perfect insu- 
lation could be obtained. 

100. To test this a hollow glass cylinder, Fig. 11, of about six 
inches in diameter, was pre- 
pared with a narrow riband of 
ee Mg tinfoil, about thirty feet long, 

<2 pasted spirally around the out- 

side, and a similar riband of 
the same length, pasted on the 
inside; so that the correspond- 
m3 ing spires of the two were di- 

a glass cylinder, b Leyden jar, c magnetizing spiral.  ye¢tly opposite each other. The 
ends of the inner spiral passed out of the cylinder through a glass tube, 
to prevent all direct communication between the two. When the 
ends of the inner riband were joined by the magnetizing spiral (11), 
containing a needle, and a discharge from a half gallon jar sent through 


Fig. 11. 


a 


aa 


WEFT 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 327 


the outer riband, the needle was strongly magnetized in such a manner 
as to indicate an induced current through the inner riband in the same 
direction as that of the current of the jar. This experiment was re- 
peated many times, and always with the same result. 

101. When the ends of one of the ribands were placed very nearly 
in contact, a small spark was perceived at the opening, the moment 
the discharge took place through the other riband. 

102. When the ends of the same riband were separated to a conside- 
rable distance, a larger spark than the last could be drawn from each 
end by presenting a ball, or the knuckle. A 

103. Also if the ends of the outer riband were united, so as to form 
a perfect metallic circuit, a spark could be drawn from any point of the 
same, when a discharge was sent through the inner riband. 

104. The sparks in the two last experiments are evidently due to 
the action known in ordinary electricity by the name of the lateral 
discharge. To render this clear, it is perhaps necessary to recall the 
well known fact, that when the knob of a jar is electrified positively, 
and the outer coating in connection with the earth, then the jar con- 
tains a small excess of positive electricity beyond what is necessary to 
perfectly neutralize the negative surface. If the knob be put in com- 
munication with the earth, the extra quantity, or the free electricity, as 
it is sometimes called, will be on the negative side. When the dis- 
charge took place in the above experiments, the inner riband became 
for an instant charged with this free electricity, and consequently 
threw off from the outer riband, by ordinary induction, the sparks de- 
scribed. It therefore became a question of importance to determine, 
whether the induced current deseribed in paragraph 100 was not also 
a result of the lateral discharge, instead of being a true case of asecond- 
ary current analogous to those produced from galvanism. For this 
purpose the jar was charged, first with the outer coating in connection 
with the earth, and again with the knob in connection with the same, 
so that the extra quantity might be in the one case plus and in the 
other minus; but the direction of the induced current was not affected 
by these changes; it was always the same, namely, from the positive to 
the negative side of the jar. 

VI.—46G 


328 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


105. When, however, the quantity of free electricity was increased, 
by connecting the knob of the jar with a globe about a foot in diame- 
ter, the intensity of magnetism appeared to be somewhat diminished, 
if the extra quantity was on the negative side; and this might be ex- 
pected, since the free electricity, in its escape to the earth through the 
riband, in this case would tend to induce a feeble current in the oppo- 
site direction to that of the jar. 

106. The spark from an insulated conductor may be considered as 
consisting almost entirely of this free or extra electricity, and it was 
found that this was also capable of producing an induced current, pre- 
cisely the same as that from the jar. In the experiment which gave 
this result, one end of the outer riband of the cylinder (100) was 
connected with the earth, and the other caused to receive a spark from 
a conductor fourteen feet long, and nearly a foot in diameter. The 
direction of the induced current was the same as that of the spark from 
the conductor. 

107. From these experiments it appears evident that the discharge 
from the Leyden jar possesses the property of inducing a secondary 
current precisely the same as the galvanic apparatus, and also that this 
induction is only so far connected with the phenomenon of the lateral 
discharge as this latter partakes of the nature of an ordinary electrical 
current. 

108. Experiments were next made in reference to the production 
of currents of the different orders by ordinary electricity. For this 
purpose a second cylinder was prepared with ribands of tinfoil, in a 
similar manner to the one before described. The two were then so 
connected that the secondary current from the first would circulate 
around the second. When a discharge was passed through the outer 
riband of the first cylinder, a tertiary current was induced in the 
inner riband of the second. ‘This was rendered manifest by the mag- 
netizing of a needle in a spiral joining the ends of the last mentioned 
riband. 

109. Also by the addition, in the same way, of a third cylinder, a 
current of the fourth order was developed. ‘The same result was like- 
wise obtained by using the arrangement of the coils and helices shown 
in Fig. 9. For these experiments, however, the coils were furnished 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 329 


witha double coating of silk, and the contiguous conductors separated 
by a large plate of glass. 

110. Screening effects precisely the same as those exhibited in the 
action of galvanism were produced by interposing a plate of metal be- 
tween the conductors of different orders, Figures 8 and 9. The pre- 
caution was taken to place the plate between two frames of glass, in 
order to be assured that the effect was not due to a want of perfect in- 
sulation. 

111. Also analogous results were found when the experiments were 
made with coils interposed instead of plates, as described in paragraph 
68. When the ends of the interposed coils were separated, no screen- 
ing was observed, but when joined, the effect was produced. The 
existence of the induced current, in all these experiments, was deter- 
mined by the magnetism of a needle in a spiral attached to one of the 
coils. 

112. Likewise shocks were obtained from the secondary current by 
an arrangement shown in Fig. 12. 
Helices No. 2 and No. 3 united are put 
within a glass jar, and coil No. 2 is 
placed around the same. When the 
handles are grasped, a shock is felt at 
the moment of the discharge, through 

the outer coil. The shocks, however, 

Ne Pcs Sen — were very different in intensity with 

c helices No, 2 and 3. different discharges from the jar. In 

some cases no shock was received, when again, with a less charge, a 

severe one was obtained. But these irregularities find an explanation 
in a subsequent part of the investigation. 

113. In all these experiments, the results with ordinary and galvanic 
electricity are similar. But at this stage of the investigation there ap- 
peared what at first was considered a remarkable difference in the ac- 
tion of the two. I allude to the direction of the currents of the dif- 
ferent orders. ‘These, in the experiments with the glass cylinders, 
instead of exhibiting the alternations of the galvanic currents (92), were 
all in the same direction as the discharge from the jar, or, in other 
words, they were all plus. 


330 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


114. To discover, if possible, the cause of this difference, a series of 
experiments was instituted ; but the first fact developed, instead of af- 
fording any new light, seemed to render the obscurity more profound. 
When the directions of the currents were taken in the arrangement of 
the coils (Fig. 9) the diserepancy vanished. Alternations were found 
the same as in the case of galvanism. ‘This result was so extraordinary 
that the experiments were many times repeated, first with the glass 
cylinders, and then with the coils; the results, however, were always 
the same. The cylinders gave currents all in one direction; the coils 
in alternate directions. 

115. After various hypotheses had been formed, and in succession 
disproved by experiment, the idea occurred to me that the direction of 
the currents might depend on the distance of the conductors, and this 
appeared to be the only difference existing in the arrangement of the 
experiments with the coils and the cylinders.* In the former the dis- 
tance between the ribands was nearly one inch anda half, while in 
the latter it was only the thickness of the glass, or about th of an 
inch. 

116. In order to test this idea, two narrow slips of tinfoil, about 
twelve feet long, were stretched parallel to each other, and separated 
by thin plates of mica to the distance of about ¢;th of aninch. When 
a discharge from the half gallon jar was passed through one of these, 
an induced current in the same direction was obtained from the other. 
The ribands were then separated, by plates of glass, to the distance of 
goth of an inch; the current was still in the same direction, or plus. 
When the distance was increased to about 3th of an inch, no induced 
current could be obtained; and when they were still further separated 
the current again appeared, but was now found to have a different di- 
rection, or to be minus. No other change was observed in the direc- 
tion of the current; the intensity of the induction decreased as the 
ribands were separated. The existence and direction of the current, in 
this experiment, were determined by the polarity of the needle in the 
spiral attached to the ends of one of the ribands. 


* This idea was not immediately adopted, because I had previously experimented on the 
direction of the secondary current from galvanism, and found no change in reference to dis- 
tance. ; 


~~ 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 331 


117. The question at this time arose, whether the direction of the 
current, as indicated by the polarity of the needle, was the true one, 
since the magnetizing spiral might itself, in some cases, induce an op- 
posite current. To satisfy myself on this point a series of charges, of 
various intensity and quantity, from a single spark of the large conduc- 
tor to the full charge of nine jars, were passed through the small spiral, 
which had been used in all the experiments, but they all gave the same 
polarity. The interior of this spiral is so small, that the needle is 
throughout in contact with the wire. 

118. The fact of a change in the direction of the induced current 
by a change in the distance of the conductors, being thus established, 
a great number and variety of experiments were made to determine 
the other conditions on which the change depends. ‘These were sought 
for in a variation of the intensity and quantity of the primary dis- 
charge, in the length and thickness of the wire, and in the form of the 
circuit. The results were, however, in many cases, anomalous, and 
are not sufficiently definite to be placed in detail before the Society. 
I hope to resume the investigation at another time, and will therefore 
at present briefly state only those general facts which appear well esta- 
blished. 

119. With a single half gallon jar, and the conductors separated to 
a distance less than z>th of an inch, the induced current is always in 
the same direction as the primary. But when the conductors are gra- 
dually separated, there is always found a distance at which the current 
begins to change its direction. This distance depends certainly on the 
amount of the discharge, and probably on the intensity; and also on 
the length and thickness of the conductors. With a battery of eight 
half gallon jars, and parallel wires of about ten feet long, the change in 
the direction did not take place at a less distance than from twelve to 
fifteen inches, and with a still larger battery and longer conductors, no 
change was found, although the induction was produced -at the. dis- 
tance of several feet. 

120. ‘The facts given in the last paragraph relate to the inductive 
action of the primary current; but it appears from the results detailed 
in paragraphs 110 and 114, that the currents of all the other orders 
also change the direction of the inductive influence with a change of 

Yi-——4.H 


332 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


the distance. In these cases, however, the change always takes place 
at a very small distance from the conducting wire ; and in this respect 
the result is similar to the effect of a primary current from the dis- 
charge of a small jar. 

121. The most important experiments, in reference to distance, 
were made in the lecture room of my respected friend Dr Hare of 
Philadelphia, with the splendid electrical apparatus described in the 
Fifth Volume (new series) of the Transactions of this Society. The 
battery consists of thirty-two jars, each of the capacity of a gallon. A 
thick copper wire of about th of an inch in diameter and eighty feet 
in length, was stretched across the lecture room, and its ends brought 
to the battery, so as to forma trapezium, the longer side of which was 
about thirty-five feet. Along this side a wire was stretched of the 
ordinary bell size, and the extreme ends of this joined by a spiral, simi- 

lar to the arrangement shown in Fig. 13. 

Fig. 13. - . o4y.s 

“¢ The two wires were at first placed within 
the distance of about an inch, and after- 
wards constantly separated after each dis- 
charge of the whole battery through the 
thick wire. When a break was made in 
the second wire at a, no magnetism was 
developed in a needle in the spiral at 4, but 
when the circuit was complete, the needle 
at each discharge indicated a current in the 
same direction as that of the battery. When 

c place of the battery, b spiral. the distance of the two wires was increased 
to sixteen inches, and the ends of the second wire placed in two glasses 
of mercury, and a finger of each hand plunged into the metal, a shock 
was received. The direction of the current was still the same, but the 
magnetism not as strong as at a less distance. 

122. The second wire was next arranged around the other, so as to 
enclose it. ‘The magnetism by this arrangement appeared stronger than 
with the last; the direction of the current was still the same, and con- 
tinued thus, until the two wires were at every point separated to the 
distance of twelve feet, except in one place where they were obliged 
to be crossed at the distance of seven feet, but here the wires were 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 333 


made to form a right angle with each other, and the effect of the ap- 
proximation was therefore (46) considered as nothing. The needle at 
this surprising distance was tolerably strongly magnetized, as was shown 
by the quantity of filings which would adhere to it. The direction of 
the current was still the same as that of the battery. The form of the 
room did not permit the two wires to be separated to a greater distance. 
The whole length of the circuit of the interior large wire was about 
eighty feet; that of the exterior one hundred and twenty. The two 
were not in the same plane, and a part of the outer passed through a 
small adjoining room. 

123. The results exhibited in this experiment are such as could 
scarcely have been anticipated by our previous knowledge of the elec- 
trical discharge. 'They evince a remarkable inductive energy, which 
has not before been distinetly recognized, but which must perform an 
important. part in the discharge of electricity from the clouds. Some 
effects which have been observed during thunder storms, appear to be 
due to an action of this kind. 

124. Since a discharge of ordinary electricity produces a secondary 
current in an adjoining wire, it should also produce an analogous effect 
in its own wire; and to this cause may be now referred the peculiar 
action of a long conductor. It is well knowm that the spark from a 
very long wire, although quite short, is remarkably pungent. I was 
so fortunate as to witness a very interesting exhibition of this action 
during some experiments on atmospheric electricity made by a com- 
mittee of the Franklin Institute, in 1836. Two kites were attached, 
one above the other, and raised with a small iron wire in place of a 
string. On the occasion at which I was present, the wire was extended 
by the kites to the length of about one mile. The day was perfectly 
clear, yet the sparks from the wire had so much projectile force (to 
use a convenient expression of Dr Hare) that fifteen persons joining 
hands and standing on the ground, received the shock at once, when 
the first person of the series touched the wire. A Leyden jar being 
grasped in the hand by the outer coating, and the knob presented to 
the wire, a severe shock was received, as if by a perforation of the 
glass, but which was found to be the result of the sudden and intense 
induction. 


334 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


125. These effects were evidently not due to the accumulated inten- 
sity at the extremities of the wire, on the principles of ordinary elec- 
trical distribution, since the knuckle required to be brought within 
about a quarter of an inch before the spark could be received. It was 
not alone the quantity, since the experiments of Wilson prove that the 
same effect is not produced with an equal amount of electricity on the 
surface of a large conductor. It appears evidently therefore a case of 
the induction of an electrical current on itself. The wire is charged 
with a considerable quantity of feeble electricity, which passes off in the 
form of a current along its whole length, and thus the induction takes 
place at the end of the discharge, as in the case of a long wire trans- 
mitting a current of galvanism. 

126. It is well known that the discharge from an electrical battery 
possesses great divellent powers; that it entirely separates, in many 
instances, the particles of the body through which it passes. This 
force acts, in part, at least, in the direction of the line of the discharge, 
and appears to be analogous to the repulsive action discovered by Am- 
pere, in the consecutive parts of the same galvanic current. ‘To illus- 
trate this, paste on a piece of glass a narrow slip of tinfoil, cut it through 
at several points, and loosen the ends from the glass at the places so 
cut. Pass a discharge through the tinfoil from about nine half gallon 
jars; the ends, at each separation, will be thrown up, and sometimes 
bent entirely back, as if by the action of a strong repulsive force be- 

tween them. This will be understood by a 

reference to Fig. 14; the ends are shown 

bent back at a,a, a,a. In the popular expe- 

a periment of the pierced card, the bur on each 

) glass plate ; a. 4-4, openings side appears to be due to an action of the same 
kind. 

127. It now appears probable, from the facts given in paragraphs 
119 and 120, that the table in paragraph 92 is only an approximation 
to the truth, and that each current from galvanism, as well as from 
electricity, first produces an inductive action in the direction of itself, 
and that the inverse influence takes place at a little distance from the 
wire. 

128. To test this the compound helix was placed on coil No. 1, to 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 335 


receive the induction, and its ends joined to those of the outer riband 
of tinfoil of the glass cylinder, while the magnetizing ‘spiral was at- 
tached to the ends of the inner riband. <A feeble tertiary current was 
produced by this arrangement, which in two cases gave a polarity to 
the needle indicating a direction the same as that of the primary cur- 
rent. In other cases the magnetism was either imperceptible or 
minus. With an arrangement of two coils of wires around two glass 
cylinders, one within the other, the same effect was produced. The 
magnetism was less when the distance of the two sets of spires was 
smaller, indicating, as it would appear, an approximation to a posi- 
tion of neutrality. These results are rather of a negative kind, yet 
they appear to indicate the same change with distance in the case of 
the galvanic currents, as in that of the discharge of ordinary electricity. 
The distance however at which the change takes place would seem to 
be less in the former than in the latter. 

129. There is a perfect analogy between the inductive action of the 
primary current from the galvanic apparatus and of that from the larger 
electrical battery. The point of change, in each, appears to be at a 
great distance. 

130. The neutralizing effect described in Section IV. may now be 
more definitely explained by saying that when a third conductor is 
acted on at the same time by a primary and secondary current (unless 
it be very near the second wire) it will fall into the region of the p/us 
influence of the former, and into that of the minus influence of the 
latter ; and hence no induction will be produced. 

131. This will be rendered perfectly clear by Fig. 15, in which a 
represents the conductor of the primary 
-——$_ —_______, current, 6 that of the secondary, and e the 


+ : = 6 third conductor. The characters -— + 
o——___+=_________c 1. &c., beginning at the middle of the 
+= first conductor and extending downwards, 
tris represent the constant plus influence of 


the primary current, and those +- 0 — —, &c., beginning at the second 

conductor, indicate its inductive influence as changing with the distance. 

The third conductor, as is shown by the figure, fallsin the plus region of 

the primary current, and in the minus region of the secondary, and 
vI.—4 1 


336 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. 


hence the two actions neutralize each other, and no apparent result is 
produced. 

132. Fig. 16 indicates the method in which the neutralizing effect 
is produced in the case of the secondary 
and tertiary currents. ‘The wire conduc- 
._— > ting the secondary current is represented 
« by 6, that conducting the tertiary by c, 


Fig. 16. 


11 jlo+ 


° ; : : 
o - a and the other wire, to receive the induc- 
anes tion from these, by d. The direction of 


the influence, as before, is indicated by 
+ 0 — —, &e., and the third wire is again seen to be in the plus re- 
gion of the one current, and in the minus of the other. If, how- 
ever, d is placed sufficiently near ¢, then neutralization will not take 
place, but the two currents will conspire to produce in it an induc- 
tion in the same direction. A similar effect would also be produced 
were the wire c, in Fig. 15, placed sufficiently near the conductor b. 

133. Currents of the several orders were likewise produced from the 
excitation of the magneto-electrical machine. The same neutralizing 
effects were observed between these as in the case of the currents from 
the galvanic battery, and hence we may infer that also the same alter- 
nations take place in the direction of the several currents. 

134. In conclusion, I may perhaps be allowed to state, that the facts 
here presented have been deduced from a laborious series of experiments, 
and are considered as forming some addition to our knowledge of elec- 
tricity, independently of any theoretical considerations. They appear 
to be intimately connected with various phenomena, which have been 
known for some years, but which have not been referred to any gene- 
ral law of action. Of this class are the discoveries of Savary, on the 
alternate magnetism of steel needles, placed at different distances from 
the line of a discharge of ordinary electricity,* and also the magnetic, 
screening influence of all metals, discovered by Dr Snow Harris of Ply- 
mouth.+ A comparative study of the phenomena observed by these 
distinguished savants, and those given in this paper, would probably 


* Annales de Chimie et de Physique, 1827. 


+ 


+ Philosophical Transactions, 1831. 


ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. SEY 


lead to some new and important developments. Indeed every part of 
the subject of electro-dynamic induction appears to opena field for dis- 
covery, which experimental industry cannot fail to cultivate with im- 
mediate success. 


NOTE. 


On the evening of the meeting at which my investigations were 
presented to the Society, my friend, Dr Bache of the Girard College, 
gave an account of the investigations of Professor Ettingshausen of Vi- 
enna, inreference to the improvement of the magneto-electric machine, 
some of the results of which he had witnessed at the University of 
Vienna about a year since. No published account of these experiments 
has yet reached this country, but it appears that Professor Etting- 
shausen had been led to suspect the development of a current in the 
metal of the keeper of the magneto-electric machine, which diminished 
the effect of the current in the coil about the keeper, and hence to 
separate the coil from the keeper by a ring of wood of some thickness, 
and afterwards, to prevent entirely the circulation of currents in the 
keeper, by dividing it into segments, and separating them by a non- 
conducting material. I am not aware of the result of this last device, 
nor whether the mechanical difficulties in its execution were fully over- 
come. It gives me pleasure to learn that the improvements, which I 
have merely suggested as deductions from the principles of the inter- 
ference of induced currents (76), should be in accordance with the ex- 
perimental conclusions of the above named philosopher. 


ARTICLE X. 


Engraving and Description of an Apparatus for the Decomposition 
and Recomposition of Water, employed in the Laboratory of the 
Medical Department of the University of Pennsylvania. By R. 
Hare, M. D., Professor of Chemistry. Read December 7, 1838. 


Havine to illustrate the decomposition and recomposition of water 
to a class of between three and four hundred pupils, I have found it 
expedient to exhibit the process on an extensive scale. 

For many years I have employed a glass tube, of about an inch and 
a half in bore, and about two feet in height. 

The tube (A), which I have used for three years past, has been fur- 
nished with two tubulures (B, 5), about three inches below the upper 
extremity, where it converges to an apex, having an aperture not larger 
than a goose quill. Upon this apex there is an iron cap, in which a 

vVi.—4 K 


tuk | 


840 DECOMPOSITION AND RECOMPOSITION OF WATER, 


female screw is wrought so as to allow a large iron valve cock (C) to 
be screwed to it. 

Upon the tubulures also iron caps are cemented, which are so 
wrought as, with the aid of appropriate screws, to constitute stuffing 
boxes. 

Through each of these a platina rod (D, d) is introduced, and 
fastened to plates of platina, to act as “electrodes,” agreeably to the 
language of the celebrated Faraday. 

The tube being supported over the mercurial cistern, by means of 
a communication with an air pump, through the valve cock and flexi- 
ble leaden pipe, the bore of the tube is exhausted of air, so as to cause 
the mercury to take its place. 

The mercury is so far displaced by a solution of borax, consisting of 
equal parts of water and saturated solution of that salt, as to sink the 
surface of the column of metal in the tube about an inch or more 
below the “electrodes.” The projecting end of one of the rods (D, d), 
to the other ends of which the “electrodes” are severally attached, is 
bent at right angles outside of the tube, so as to enter some mercury in 
an iron capsule, supported purposely at a proper height, and communi- 
cating with one end of my deflagrator of an hundred pairs of Cruick- 
shank plates of about eight inches by fourteen. Of course the rod of 
the other electrode must have a communication with the other end of 
the deflagrator. Under these circumstances, if the circuit be com- 
pleted by throwing the acid on the plates of the deflagrator, a most 
rapid evolution of hydrogen and oxygen will ensue in consequence of 
the decomposition of the water, so that within a few seconds, several 
cubic inches of gas will be collected. 

The action being now suspended by throwing the acid off the plates, 
and the foam being allowed to subside, the resulting gaseous mixture 
may be ignited, and of course condensed, by completing the circuit 
again as at first, and at the same time causing the ends of the “elec- 
trodes” to come into contact with each other, and thus to produce a 
spark. 

This contact is effected by causing a very slight movement in the 
rod, bent at right angles, and entering the mercury in the iron capsule. 
Of course the process may be repeated as often as can be reasonably 
desired. 


ARTICLE XI. 


Improved Process for obtaining Potassium. By Robert Hare, M. D., 
Professor of Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania. Read 
December 7, 1838. 


In evolving potassium, agreeably to Brunner’s plan, I have substi- 
tuted for the luting usually employed to protect the iron bottle, a cy- 
linder of iron, which is made to surround the bottle; also a disk of the 
same metal, of a diameter and thickness equal to that of the cylinder. 

The disk is supported by bricks of Kaolin. The bottle being verti- 
cal, the blast acts more equably on the surface of the iron, and the 
operator can, by additional fuel, protect any part from that undue ex- 
posure, to which the under surface is always liable, when the bottle is 
horizontal. 

The potassium is received into an iron tube, of which the bore is 
two inches in diameter. This tube screws at one end into the bottle, 
and at the other is closed by a perforated plug, terminating in a small 
orifice. To this a leaden tube is fitted, which is so adjusted by bend- 
ing, as to cause the vapour resulting from the burning of the gas, to go 
into the ash-hole. By these means the hydrogen, being ignited as soon 
as it comes over, serves as an index of the success and progress of the 
process. In this way no resort to naphtha is in the first instance ne- 
cessary. The potassium is extricated from the tube by cooling it by 
affusion of water, detaching it from the bottle, and then closing the 


342 IMPROVED PROCESS FOR OBTAINING POTASSIUM. 


end thus exposed by a cap, in which a suitable conical female screw is 
wrought. 

The part of the tube containing the potassium is then made in a 
vertical position to occupy the axis of a cylindrical furnace, the end 
terminating, as above mentioned, in a tapering plug, being lowermost, 
and projecting below the bottom of the furnace. Before the tempera- 
ture reaches redness, globules of the metal begin to descend; but to 
extricate the last portion, a white heat is requisite. The potassium 
may be received in bottles, kept full of hydrogen by a constant eur- 
rent, or in naphtha. The first portion, which descends before the 
temperature is high, can be more easily received without naphtha than 
the latter portion. 


* ¥ 
* 


ARTICLE “XI. 


Engraving and Description of a Rotatory Multiplier, or one in which 
one or more Needles are made to revolve by a Galvanic Current. 
By R. Hare, M. D., Professor of Chemistry in the University of 
Pennsylvania. Read December 7, 1838. 


Tue preceding engraving represents a rotatory galvanometer, or mul- 
tiplier, which I contrived in November 1836, and which must have 
value as an addition to the amusing, if not to the useful implements of 
science. It is well known that by passing a temporary discharge 
through the coil of a multiplier, the needle may be made to perform a 
revolution, whereas if the current be continuously applied, the move- 
ment is checked as soon as the situation of the poles is reversed. To 
produce a permanent motion, the discharge must be allowed to take 
place only when the poles are in a favourable position, relatively to the 
excited coil. This object I attained by means of two pins, descending 
from the needle perpendicularly,so as to enter two globules of mer- 

Vi.—4 L 


344 DESCRIPTION OF A ROTATORY MULTIPLIER. 


cury, communicating, on one side, with a galvanic pair, on the other 
with the coil of the multiplier. In the next place, by winding over 
the first coil, another of similar length, but ina direction the opposite 
of that in which the first coil was wound, I was enabled, by two other 
globules, situated so as to communicate severally with the lower ends 
of the pins, at the opposite side from that on which the first mentioned 
globules were, to cause an impulse at every semi-revolution. 

The one coil being wound to the right, the other to the left, the al- 
ternate effect of each upon the needle was-similar in opposite parts of 
the orbits described by the pins. Lastly, a second needle, furnished 
with pins in like manner, being fastened at right angles to the first, so 
as to form with it a cross, as represented in the engraving, each nee- 
dle is made to receive two impulses during every revolution. Hence 


one of Danell’s sustaining batteries, as made by Newman, is quite ade- - 


quate to cause a revolution as rapid as consistent with a due degree of 
stability in the mercurial globules employed. 

One end of each coil, by means of the branching wire A, communi- 
cates with one pole of the galvanic pair; the other ends of the coils 
terminate in mercurial globules contained in cavities on opposite sides 
of the wooden dise G, upon the centre of which the spindle of the mag- 
netic needle rests. The branches of the wire K proceeding from the 
other galvanic pole, terminate in globules situated in the vicinity of 
those above mentioned, so that as the needles revolve, the pins pro- 
ceeding therefrom perpendicularly may touch a pair of the globules 
first on one side and then on the other. Whenever this contact 
takes place, the circuit iscompleted, and a discharge is effected through 
one or the other of the coils of the multiplier. 

Supposing E and F to be north poles, a discharge through one of the 
coils will cause E to move off a quarter of a circle, or more. As this 
ensues, the pins of F will come in contact with the globules which 
those of E touched before. Of course F will be propelled so as to 
cause the pins of E to reach the pair of globules at G, which, com- 
pleting the circuit of a coil wound in a way the opposite of that first 
mentioned, concurs with that coil in its influence, so as to promote 
the rotation previously induced. ‘The same result ensues when the 


DESCRIPTION OF A ROTATORY MULTIPLIER. 345 


pins proceeding from F come in contact with the globules situated at 
G, and when E returns to its original starting point. It follows that 
by a repetition of the process the galvanic action is sustained. The 
phenomenon is as well illustrated by employing the single needle, N, 
N, as by two, but the most pleasing and energetic effect is produced 
by the crossed needles. In this simple form the spindle on which the 
needle rests and revolves is represented at S; the pins at P,P. Each 
coil, consisting of copper bell wire, is about thirty feet in length, and 
is contained in the groove C. The frame of the multiplier is con- 
structed of mahogany and is levelled by the milled headed screws, 
on the ends of which it is supported. 


y's 


‘8 ARTICLE XIII. 


Contributions to the Geology of the Tertiary formations of Virginia. 
—Second Series. By William B. Rogers, Professor of Natural 
Philosophy in the University of Virginia, and Henry D. Rogers, 
Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Penn- 
sylvania. Read March 1, 1839. 


GEOLOGY OF THE PENINSULA BETWEEN THE POTOMAC AND RAPPA- 
HANNOCK RIVERS. 


Tue portion of the state referred to under this head, embraces the 
counties of Lancaster, Northumberland, Richmond, Westmoreland 
and King George, together with the eastern part of Stafford county, 
thus including the district usually denominated the Northern Neck, 
and extending some distance beyond it to the west. 

This area forms the northern portion of the tertiary region of Vir- 
ginia, presenting extensive deposits of each of the two subordinate di- 
visions of the tertiary formation, which were described in our former 
paper as occupying the tidewater districts of the state. ‘The more 
recent of these subordinate formations, the mezocene, or middle tertiary, 
extends from near the bay shore, westward, over the larger portion of 
the peninsula; while the older, or eocene deposit, occupies the remain- 
ing area on the west. The precise boundaries of these formations, as 
recently determined, will be hereafter described. 

VI.—4 M 


348 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


Topographical Features. 

The general aspect of the peninsula, and more especially of the four 
eastern counties, is that of a nearly level plane, maintaining an average 
elevation of from sixty to seventy feet above the tide. ‘This plane, 
gently furrowed by numerous ravines, subordinate to the creeks and 
inlets indenting the peninsula, frequently subsides to a lower level, in 
approaching the rivers on either side. The wide bench thus formed, 
sometimes extends in a direction parallel to the river for a distance of 
several miles, presenting an unvarying uniformity of elevation, and 
reaching nearly to the water’s edge. A third, and lower plane fre- 
quently intervenes between the river bank and the table land above 
described, but in many eases this ferraced configuration of the surface 
is not observed, and the high and precipitous cliffs which rise very 
near the water’s edge, retain the general level of the inland portion of 
the peninsula. Although the usual elevation of this district is such as 
above described, at several points a far higher level is attained. The 
ridge which forms the water shed of the streams flowing into the Po- 
tomac and Rappahannock, approaching very near to the former, con- 
stitutes, in some places, the river bank. At these points it attains an 
unusual elevation, towering, as at Stratford and Chantilly, to a height 
of about one hundred feet above the water’s edge, and affording from 
its summit an extensive and enchanting view of the noble river which 
layes its base, of the cultivated farms around, and of the cliffs on the 
opposite, or Maryland side of the Potomac. At Sprize Hill, about four 
and a half miles from Smith’s Point, the ridge bends round to the 
south, and continues for some distance in a direction across the penin- 
sula, preserving an eleyation of about sixty feet. Its declivity on the 
east forms an abrupt termination of the higher level of the neck, be- 
tween which and the bay shore is an extensive flat, of from two to 
four miles in width, rarely rising beyond the height of ten feet above 
the level of the tide, and in some places so low as to be occasionally 
overflowed. 

The western portion of the peninsula, though still, in the main, pre- 
senting a similar uniformity of surface, is somewhat more abruptly fur- 
rowed. This inequality, increasing as we proceed further to the west, 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 349 


becomes quite conspicuous at the Paspitansy hills, in King George, and in 
the neighbouring parts of Stafford county, adjacent to the line of secon- 
dary sandstone, which forms the western limit of the tertiary formation. 

The material forming the superficial strata, in the lower portion of 
the peninsula, is usually a mixture of sand and clay, ina state of minute 
subdivision, and more or less tinged with the oxide of iron. Some- 
times this is intermixed with small gravel, of a ferruginous appearance, 
but it rarely contains pebbles or boulders of any notable dimensions. 
The diluvial matter assumes a coarser texture, as we proceed westward, 
presenting, when denuding forces have not removed the superficial 
beds, alternate strata of sand and pebbles, the latter varying from a 
half inch to several inches in diameter. In many places these boulders, 
derived in great part from the neighbouring beds of sandstone, are 
strewed profusely over the surface, and, together with the superficial 
layers of white and siliceous sand, render the soils of the higher por- 
tions of this district comparatively unproductive. While upon the 
lower levels, contiguous to the large rivers, or their tributaries, the beds 
of marl, and their associated sands and clays, mingling their fertilizing 
materials with the soil, have contributed to impart to it a far higher 
agricultural value. 


Of the Limits of the Meiocene and Eocene Districts of the Peninsula. 


Bounded on the west by the secondary sandstone, before referred 
to, the eocene formation extends eastward for some distance down the 
neck, until at length, with a very gentle eastern dip, it disappears be- 
low the level of the tide. The most eastern points in which it con- 
tinues visible, are here regarded as forming the boundary of the for- 
mation towards the east, and the district included between a line traced 
through these points and its boundary to the west, is, for convenience 
sake, designated as the Eocene district ; although, at some places within 
its confines, as in the peninsula of the James and York rivers, beds of 
meiocene occur overlying the eocene. 

In tracing the boundary of the eocene and meiocene marls, as ex- 
posed in the neck, several localities, marking the eastern termination 
of the former deposit, were carefully inspected in the anticipation of 
discovering beds of meiocene shells above them, or immediately be- 


350 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


yond them to the east. It was found, however, that strata of clay, 
lying adjacent to the eocene on this side, occupied an interval in which 
fossils of neither of these formations could be distinctly found; and 
that still further on, the beds of the meiocene came in view. This 
intervening tract, as seen upon the Potomac and Rappahannock, is flat 
and low. 

Without, then, pretending to an exact delineation of the boundary 
in question, which, from the nature of the case, would be impracticable, 
it will be sufficient for the present to consider it as coincident with a 
right line, connecting the mouth of Chingoteague creek on the Rap- 
pahannock, with Mathias’s Point upon the Potomac. A brief account 
of the character and situation of the strata, as observed at these two 
points, will serve to illustrate the propriety of fixing upon them as its 
termination. 

To the west of the mouth of Chingoteague creek, for a distance of 
more than half a mile, the north bank of the Rappahannock has an 
average height of about fifteen feet above the river. At its upper end 
this bank consists of a stratum of the green sand marl, extending to 
the height of twelve feet above the water line, upon which reposes a 
layer of diluvial sand and clay, about three feet in thickness. In ap- 
proaching the creek, the level of the marl stratum is observed steadily 
to decline, while the thickness of the incumbent bed augments until, 
at a point within two hundred yards of the mouth of the creek, the 
former entirely disappears below the level of the river. At this point 
the diluvial capping is about fourteen feet in thickness, consisting of a 
Jayer of sand and pebbles about seven feet thick, resting upon a stra- 
tum of whitish clay, which reaches to the water line. 

The eocene character of these subjacent beds is unequivocally marked. 
At the base of the bank a dark greenish layer presents itself, rising to 
the height of five or six feet, containing numerous impressions of 
the eocene Carditas, and other shells of a brownish colour. Over this 
is a layer of a lighter hue, containing bands of white calcareous matter, 
obviously the remains of shells. 

To the east of Chingoteague creek the bank preserves its former 
height for about three-fourths of a mile; after this it becomes much 
depressed, and continues to be low for some distance down the river. 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF YIRGINIA. 351 


Here no trace of fossils of either the eocene or meiocene period 
could be discovered, the bank consisting exclusively of diluvial sand 
and gravel. But still further down the river, beds of the latter are 
observed, and these continue, at intervals, to near the extremity of the 
peninsula. 

An equally marked termination of the eocene is presented in the 
neighbourhood of Mathias’s Point, on the Potomac. At Woodstock, 
abont one-third of a mile above the Point, the cliffs rise to the height 
of from forty to fifty feet, exhibiting an exposure of the eocene strata, 
reaching to a distance of nearly twenty-five feet above the surface of 
the river. The lower bed, about eight or nine feet thick, is rich in 
the fossils characteristic of the eocene, but the layer, incumbent on 
this, though filled with ferruginous impressions of shells, retains none 
of the shells in an unchanged condition. The bed of reddish clay 
which forms the upper portion of the bank, is separated from the strata 
just described by a thin band of ferruginous gravel and sandstone, such 
as is frequently seen occupying a similar position on the Pamunky and 
in other localities. 

Above this place, on the adjacent estate called “Borodino,” the resi- 
dence of Mr Parke, the banks, after sinking to a level with the flats, 
again rise, with some abruptness, to an elevation of from forty to sixty 
feet. The lower stratum of the marl, containing shells in considera- 
ble number, is here but little raised above the level of the water. A 
layer deeply tinged with green sand, and blotched with oxide of iron, 
rests on this to the height of from four to five feet. Another, but not 
fossiliferous bed, belonging to the same. series, reposes upon the latter, 
but the piles of fallen earth at present preclude an accurate examina- 
tion of its character and extent. Still further westward, at “ Albion,” 
the estate of Mr Mason, the fossiliferous eocene strata vary from four to 
seven feet in height above the river, and are overlaid by heavy beds of 
whitish and mottled clay. Strata recur, at intervals, in ascending the 
river, rising to greater elevations, and presenting a greater abundance 
and variety of fossils as we proceed. 

Below Woodstock the banks gradually decline, and on the side of a 
little creek or gut between this and Mathias’s Point, the eocene strata 
entirely disappear. To the east of this creek and at the Point, the 

vyI.—4N 


352 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


banks rise to twenty or twenty-five feet, and consist of yellowish and 
reddish clays, containing no trace of the green sand or fossils of the 
eocene. Still further down, the cliffS are replaced by a low and re- 
tiring shore, beyond which the beds of meiocene mar] first come in 
view. 

It is obvious from these details, that the eastern limit of the eocene 
is marked on both rivers by the occurrence ofa region of like geologi- 
cal and topographical features, immediately east of it, and by great simi- 
rity in the arrangement and composition of the contiguous strata. As on 
the James and Pamunky rivers, as well as in the district of which 
we are now treating, the eocene is skirted on the east by a level and 
comparatively low district, comprising only beds of sand and clay, des- 
titute of fossils. It would seem a probable conclusion that these bar- 
ren strata mark the period of disturbance which terminated the epoch 
of the eocene deposits, a period attended with such important changes 
in the condition of the neighbouring seas, as to destroy all, or nearly 
all, the species of shell fish then inhabiting them, and to adapt their 
waters to that multitude of new species which were brought to light 
in the succeeding epoch of the meiocene. 

Between the two points thus fixed upon as the extremities of the 
eastern boundary of the eocene in the neck, several intermediate locali- 
ties have been marked, but from the obscurity of the exposures, no 
very certain indication could be derived as to the precise figure of the 
boundary line, in the intervening space. There is little doubt, how- 
ever, that it will be found to depart but in a very slight degree from 
the right line connecting the two points above described. 

The western boundary of the eocene remains next to be described. 
In drawing the line of demarcation here, as in the former case, a few 
well determined points are relied upon for fixing its general direction, 
and the intervening irregularities are not attempted to be laid down. 
Indeed the absence of any satisfactory exposures of the strata, through- 
out a distance sometimes of several miles, renders this the only method 
of proceeding at present practicable. 

‘The guiding points, in fixing the western limits of the eocene in the 
peninsula, are; ; 

First, The mouth of Massaponax river, in Spotsylvania county. 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 353 


Second, The plantations of Mr Bowen and Dr Welford, in Stafford 
county, opposite to Fredericksburg, somewhat more than a mile from 
the town. 

Third, A locality near, but a little east of Stafford. 

Fourth, A point on Acquia creek, about one mile below the mouth 
of Auston’s Run. 

Fifth, A point on the Potomac, between Cook’s Landing and the 
mouth of Meadow Branch. 

An inflected line, passing through these points, will present a close 
approach to the actual boundary of the eocene, in this portion of the 
state. 

On the west side of the mouth of Massaponax, the freestone, which 
constitutes so valuable and interesting a feature in the geology of 
this district, terminates, and at a short distance below, eocene strata 
come distinctly into view. Where the main road leading down the 
Rappahannock crosses the Massaponax, the greenish yellow bed, which 
frequently forms the highest stratum of the eocene, may be plainly 
discerned in the hill side, its clayey texture turning off the water, 
which makes its escape along its upper surface. 

On Snow creek, on the edge of Spotsylvania county, and less than 
a mile to the east of Massaponax, several extensive exposures of the 
eocene occur. Near the point at which the road before mentioned 
crosses the creek, a bank of from thirty to forty feet in height exhibits 
the following series: 

1. A dark bluish green stratum, containing a little sulphate of lime, a 
considerable proportion of green sand, and a great many shells, among 
which are eocene Cardita (planicosta ?), Cytherea ovata (nobis), Tur- 
ritella Mortoni. 

2. Stratum of greenish yellow, and somewhat micaceous clay, con- 
taining some sulphate of lime, and a little sulphate of iron, or copperas. 

3. Stratum of a yellowish brown mixture of clay and sand, with 
ferruginous markings, indicating the former places of shells. This 
contains a small amount of sulphate of lime. 

4, An upper bed of diluvial sand and gravel. 

On the same stream, nearer the river, and at the base of the first 
low grounds, another exposure occurs, which, from the peculiar con- 


354 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


dition of the fossils it contains, merits a description in this place. The 
strata are follows: 

1. A layer, consisting of common and green sand, the latter in re- 
markably large grains, and amounting to more than twenty per cent of 
the whole. <A striking feature in this stratum is the immense num- 
ber of fossils, principally Cytherea ovata (nobis) and Turritella Mortoni, 
which it contains in the modified condition before described. The 
shelly matter has almost entirely disappeared, and its place is now 
occupied by oxide of iron, of a deep brown colour, presenting the most 
perfect casts, both of the interior aud exterior of the shells. This bed 
contains a notable proportion of green sand, a little mica, and some 
sulphate of lime and of iron. Its thickness is about eight feet. 

2. A stratum of yellowish white sand, variegated with numerous 
bright yellow blotches, faintly representing the figures of the shells 
which they have replaced. These blotches are principally composed 
of oxide of iron. The chief material of this bed is common siliceous 
sand, containing a few scattered granules of green sand. Its thickness 
is about twenty feet. 

3. Diluvium, containing coarse gravel, and some large pebbles. 

The localities in Stafford, opposite to Fredericksburg, forming one of 
the landmarks of the eocene, above enumerated, are situated near a 
branch of Claiborne’s Run, on a meadow. On Mr Bowen’s place a 
pit has been dug, in which the following strata are exposed : 

1. A bed consisting of green sand mingled with common sand, being 
the upper layer of the eocene, and, as might be expected, containing 
no shells. 

2. ‘I'wo feet of sand and pebbles, mostly of white quartz. 

3. Six feet of yellowish and reddish clay. 

At Dr Wellford’s, about one-third of a mile distant from the former, 
a bed of sand and clay, of six feet thickness, is first penetrated. Be- 
neath this is found a band of iron sandstone, six inches thick, and im- 
mediately below this the upper stratum of the eocene. 

At the other points above enumerated, exposures of considerable 
extent occur, chiefly differing from the foregoing in the larger amount of 
calcareous matter which they present, and in the usual presence of 
shell rock in one or more of the strata. Atan inconsiderable distance 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 355 


to the west of these points, the beds of freestone make their appear- 
ance. 

On the Accakuk, near Mr Brookes’s, the eocene and sandstone are 
seen at very contiguous points, both presenting exposures of conside- 
rable extent. The marl here consists chiefly of shells, imbedded in a 
dark olive brown clay, containing a portion of green sand. ‘The shells 
are chiefly Cytherea? and Ostrea selleformis, with a few Cardita 
planicosta? At Mrs Roll’s, on Acquia creek, about two miles below 
the mouth of Auston’s Run, the marl is finely exposed, in an abrupt cliff. 
Here fine specimens of Turritella Mortoni, Cytherea ovata (nobis), 
Crassatella (nobis), Ostrea selleformis, may be readily procured. 'The 
material in which they are imbedded is a friable mixture of sand and 
clay, of a light yellowish brown colour, blended with green sand, in 
granules of unusually large size. 

In thus drawing an outline of what may be termed the western 
coast of the eocene formation, it is necessary to remark that the pecu- 
liar irregularities observed at several points in the line of actual boun- 
dary, will occasion considerable discrepancies between it and the line 
above described. 

Besides such flexures as may have originally existed in this line at 
the period of the deposition of the eocene, great additional irregulari- 
ties must have been produced by the destructive agencies which sub- 
sequently operated. ‘The region in which the freestone and eocene 
formations are brought together, is marked by the effects of violent 
diluvial action. Coarse gravel, pebbles and boulders bestrew the sur- 
face, and mingle to considerable depths with the sandy strata usually 
found upon the heights. Deep and precipitous ravines, connected with 
the valleys of the creeks leading into the Potomac, attest the energy 
and extent of the aqueous forces once operating over this region, while 
the confused mixture of materials, by which the usual upper stratum 
of the eocene is often seen to be replaced, indicates the power of the 
denuding and transporting agencies to which that formation must at 
one time have been exposed. It is thus that many places within the 
general confines of the eocene, bared of their former covering, now 
merely expose the underlying beds of freestone, while at other points, 

vI.—4 0 


356 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


not immediately in the line of the violent action of the diluvial wave 
or current, the incumbent beds of marl remain in place. 

Moreover, there is reason to believe that the sandstone is spread out 
towards the east, below the eocene strata, and that its depta alone con- 
ceals it generally from the view. Where, therefore, in consequence of 
some local irregularity of its surface, it was less deeply buried, we 
might naturally expect, even at some distance within the confines of 
the eocene, to see its upper stratum exposed to day. Accordingly, at 
some points a good deal eastward of the line of boundary, we meet 
with very distinct exposures of this rock. Of this a good example is 
presented at Gray’s mill, on Muddy creek, near the Rappahannock, 
where, in a ravine by the road side, may be seen the blue and ferru- 
ginous material of the marl, while upon the other side of the road is a 
ledge of coarse, soft and whitish sandstone, over which the mill-stream 
flows. 


Arrangement and Composition of the Meiocene Strataof the Peninsula. 


The strata composing the meiocene, in this portion of the state, are 
in general analogous, in arrangement and materials, to those of the 
same formation in the peninsula of the York and James rivers, as de- 
scribed in our former communication. 

The two interesting general facts of the occurrence of the bluish 
marls low down in the series, and the presence of a thin band of ferru- 
ginous rock or clay on the top of the marl, and between it and the di- 
luyial strata, are not less distinctly observable here than in the region 
formerly referred to. Indeed, so uniform is this position of the band 
of iron rock, in regard to the beds of marl, that the discovery of this 
material, at any point, would furnish strong grounds for believing that 
the fossiliferous strata existed at some depth beneath. 

In general, the blue marl is observed to be the richest in fossils, and 
is hence found most available in agriculture. In many places, how- 
ever, especially towards the eastern termination of the peninsula, the 
shells occur in sand and clay of various shades of yellow and brown, in 
sufficient proportions to form highly valuable marls. 

The fragmentary rock, consisting of broken shells, cemented by car- 
bonate of lime, sometimes partially crystallized, and the white, pulve- 


roe 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. GS ISWY f 


rulent and chalk marls, are found in extensive beds on Curratoman river 
and Carter’s creek, west of the termination of the higher level of the 
neck, 

In general, the upper beds of the meiocene, in this district, are des- 
titute of fossils, though full of their casts and impressions. These 
strata, consisting, for the most part, of light coloured sandy clays, fre- 
quently of great depth, are distinguished by a sulphurous smell, and 
an acid and somewhat styptic flavour. They rarely contain any con- 
siderable amount of carbonate of lime, presenting, in its stead, variable 
and sometimes valuable proportions of the sulphate, together with sul- 
phate of iron, sulphate of alumina, free sulphuric acid, sulphur, and 
sometimes even an appreciable quantity of sulphate of magnesia. 

The acidity of these clays is often sufficient to make a pungent im- 
pression on the tongue, and their sulphur is distinctly recognized by the 
characteristic odour they exhale, especially when gently warmed. In 
many localities the gypsum occurs in crystals of sufficient magnitude 
to be readily separated by the fingers, and sometimes even in the at- 
tractive form of transparent sellenite; but its more usual condition is 
that of delicate silken crystals, distributed through the mass, and _visi- 
ble only upon close and attentive inspection. ‘The sulphates of iron 
and alumina are occasionally observed in the form of an efflorescence, 
upon the surface of the strata, and the gypsum likewise presents itself, 
under similar circumstances, as a white incrustation. Minute, silvery 
scales of mica are met with in nearly every stratum, but abound most 
in those of a bluish or greenish tinge. 

_ The fossil impressions contained in these beds are, in general, beau- 
tifully distinct, and appertain to all the species of shells which are found 
in perfect condition in the subjacent strata. In some cases the over- 
lying band of iron stone is not less richly fraught with them than the 
layers beneath, and from its hardness and insolubility, has preserved 
the most delicate markings of the shells in all their original sharpness. 
In many localities the impressions of the fossils in the clay or sand are 
beautifully bronzed by a thin film of oxide of iron, which has taken 
the place of the material of the shell; but in others a vacancy seems to 
exist in the space originally occupied by the calcareous matter, so that 


35 


iss) 


CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


the interior casts of the fossils, formed of the general substance of the 
bed, may often be extracted in great numbers in a perfect condition. 

In the blue marl, as well as other strata containing fossils, in the neck, 
there is often present a notable proportion of green sand, and at some 
localities of the meiocene this material is found mingled pretty largely 
with common sand and clay, instrata in which no fossils can be found. 

Besides the overlying band of ferruginous rock before described, 
there occurs, in some places in the neck, another similar stratum, nearly 
on the top of the diluvium. This, of course, presents no marks of 
organic remains, and is generally but an aggregation of coarse gravel 
and sand, cemented by ferruginous matter. 


Description of some of the more interesting Localities in the Meiocene 
District of the Peninsula. 

To give clearer conceptions of the arrangement and character of the 
strata, of which a general sketch has just been presented, a detailed 
account of them, as exhibited at several of the more important locali- 
ties in the Neck, will now be introduced. Details of this description, 
whilst they furnish the scientific inquirer at a distance with that pre- 
cise information in regard to the geological structure of the region 
which he is chiefly interested to obtain, are not unattended with ad- 
vantages of a more practical kind, by affording to all who are directly 
interested in the resources of a district, an easy mean of examining 
them for themselves. 


Stratford and Chantilly Cliffs. 

These noted cliffs, situated in Westmoreland county, extend along 
the Petomae for several miles, on both sides of the mouth of Chantilly 
creek, rising, in some places, to an elevation of about one hundred feet, 
and in others subsiding to lower levels, or sinking, for a short space, 
into the ordinary river flats. At a point a little above the mouth of 
the creek, what are properly termed the Stratford cliffs begin. Thence 
they continue up the Potomac, with but little interruption, for about 
four miles. For some distance from their lower termination, they 
present the following order of strata. 

1. At the base, and extending to the height of from fifty to seventy 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 359 


feet, a stratum of blue sandy clay, containing impressions of shells of 
several different kinds, among which the Pecten Madisonius, Venus 
mercenaria, Venus cortinaria (nobis), and Mactra modicella are the 


most frequent. Upon the face of this clay, especially where it pro- 


jects from the general cliff, a copious efflorescence of sulphate of iron 
is usually found, imparting a greenish yellow colour to the surface. 
At other more retiring parts of the cliff, a white, and somewhat gra- 
nular coating of sulphate of lime, is equally abundant, and small silken 
crystals of this substance are generally disseminated through the ma- 
terials of the stratum. On the surface of this bed delicate crystals of 
sulphate of magnesia may likewise be discerned. ‘This stratum is 
overlaid by a band of indurated ferruginous clay, approaching to the 
hardness of rock, and filled with a material closely resembling pipe- 
stem ore. This is about two feet thick. Next above is a stratum 
consisting alternately of sand and ferruginous mottled clay, extending 
to a height of about forty feet ; and lastly, is a layer of diluvial gravel, 
covered with a shallow soil. 

Further up the river the cliffs attain a greater elevation, being in 
some places about one hundred feet in height. Here the same strata 
occur, and in the same order as before. Proceeding still higher up 
the river, a band of shells makes its appearance upon the face of the 
cliff, ata height of about fifteen feet above the water. This rises, as 
we ascend the river, with a gentle inclination, until at its northern ex- 
tremity it is fifty or sixty feet above the beach. The width of this 
band is about five feet, and its length, though not without occasional 
interruptions, about one and a half miles. 

The material of this stratum is a bluish sandy clay, very similar to 
that before described, but containing no appreciable amount of the va- 
rious sulphates observed to be present in the former. The shells are 
very numerous and perfect. Among them are vast numbers of the 
Perna mazxillata, of small size, as well as Turritella plebeia, Mactra 
modicelia, &c., with an occasional Arca idonea, and other Jarger 


shells. Above this bed is a heavy stratum of clay, of a mottled ap- 


pearance, and higher still, and distant about twenty feet from the for- 
mer, a second fossiliferous layer, of a lighter colour, and containing 
fewer shells. 

vI.—4 P 


360 CONTRIBUTLONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


Among the various substances found in the strata of these cliffs, 
especially towards the lower extremity, are to be enumerated distinct 
and beautifully compact lignite and fibrous carbonate of lime. ‘The 
latter is found in the interstices of a yellowish clay, forming the stra- 
tum next beneath the diluvium, and is sometimes in sufficient quantity 
to render the clay quite calcareous. 

An average specimen of the blue marl, from the lower of the two 
strata just described, yielded in the one hundred grains forty-four and 
three-tenths grains of carbonate of lime ; from the upper only twenty- 
one grains. 

The Chantilly cliffs, situated below the mouth of the creek of the 
same name, adjoining the ancient residence of Richard Henry Lee, 
and about two miles further down the river than those of Stratford, 
may be regarded as a continuation of the former, having the same 
average elevation, and being composed of very similar materials. At 
this point, however, the fossiliferous stratum has much greater thick- 
ness, sometimes reaching from the water’s edge to a height of nearly 
twenty-five feet. A less proportion of the Perna is presented in this 
bed, which principally consists of Mactras, and other small bivalves, 
together with several species of Pectens. The beach is strewed with 
fragments of ferruginous sandstone, which have fallen from the upper 
portion of the cliff, where a band of this material overlies the shelly 
strata of the meiocene. ‘These masses exhibit the impressions of 
Peciens and other shells, beautifully clear and sharp. 

An interesting illustration of the fertilizing properties of some of the 
materials composing the Stratford and Chantilly cliffs is deserving of 
mention in this place. Zones of vegetation, consisting of clover, toge- 
ther with scattered locust trees, may be observed at the proper season 
extending to a great distance along the face of the cliffs, marking dis- 
tinctly the limits of the marl or gypseous clay, and rarely encroaching 
upon the other strata. Even where the surface is almost vertical, this 
beautiful drapery is retained. 


Bank of the Potomac, below the Mouth of Lower Machedoc River, in Westmoreland County. 


At Cole’s Point, situated on the south side of the mouth of the 
Lower Machodoc, commences a low bank, which is prolonged for 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 361 


about one and a half miles down the river, at a pretty uniform eleva- 
tion of fourteen feet. A few paces below the Point, the following 
strata occur. . 

I. A layer two feet thick, consisting of a bright yellow mixture of 
sand and clay, abounding in shells of various kinds, among which are 
Perna mazxillata, Ostrea compressirostra, Venus mercenaria, V. cor- 
tinaria, V. paphia, Isocardia fraterna, Pecten Madisonius, P. Jeffer- 
sonius, Pectunculus pulvinatus, Corbula inequale and Turritella varia- 
bilis. 

2. Nexta layer six feet thick, composed of mottled ferruginous sand, 
with a small admixture of clay, containing no shells, but abundant 
markings, as if shells had once been present in great numbers. 

3. A band of iron sandstone, three inches thick ; and 

4. A dark mould, extending to the top. 

In proceeding down the Potomac, the yellow marl is seen gradually 
rising higher in the bank. A stratum of blue marl lying beneath it 
next comes in view, and this continues along the base of the bank, 
extending some distance out upon the beach, until the shore sinks into 
a low sandy flat at Ragged Point. 

The Rappahannock cliffs, in Richmond county, nearly opposite to 
Westmoreland C. H., extend along the river for about four miles, at 
an average elevation of from forty to sixty feet. Throughout this long 
range of strata, but little variety is presented. Beds of sandy clay, of 
various shades of yellow, brown and greenish blue, extend from the 
water's edge to within a few feet of the top of the bank. In general, 
the first thirty feet consist of a dark greenish blue mixture of sand 
and clay, above which is a layer, six feet thick, of similar material, of 
a brown colour; next a band of twelve inches of a ferruginous aspect, 
and over all a stratum of light coloured flaky clay, coated with a yel- 
Jowish and white incrustation of sulphate of lime. Fossils are rare in 
any of these beds, but multitudes of their casts and impressions may be 
found. These embrace a great variety of the smaller shells, some of 
them of species not frequently met with. Spicula of gypsum are 
distributed in the body of the clay, and are particularly numerous upon 
the surface and in the hollow of the casts, which in general are painted 
over with the brown oxide of iron. In many places sulphate of iron 


362 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


and sulphate of alumina effloresce upon the surface, and sulphur is dis- 
tinctly indicated. 

Irregular nodules of ferruginous clay are found imbedded in the 
other materials, presenting the curious feature of a crystalline nucleus, 
consisting of pure selenite. In some portions of the cliff these crystals 
are of considerable size, arranged in their usual starlike form, and so 
abundant as to suggest the utility of employing these clays in the agri- 
culture of the neighbouring parts of the neck. An average specimen, 
taken from a part of the cliff where a similar material was quite abun- 
dant, afforded by analysis, in the one hundred grains, ten grains of 
sulphate of lime. 


Banks of the Rappahannock above the Mouth of Curratoman River, Lancaster County. 


In proceeding down the river from the neighbourhood of Belmont, 
the residence of Dr Jones, about eight miles above the mouth of Cur- 
ratoman, the cliffs, for some distance, present heavy beds of clay and 
sand, overlaid by the ordinary diluvium, and resting upon a stratum of 
soft ferruginous sandstone, graduating into a sandy clay, and sometimes 
a yellowish sand, mottled with ferruginous spots. Following these 
strata for a distance of one and a half miles, we meet with a rocky 
layer, consisting entirely of shells, converted into brown oxide of iron, 
situated at the base of the cliff. This continues in the same direction 
for a distance of one and a quarter miles. The following is the order 
of the strata composing the bank at a point near its eastern termination : 

_1. Beneath the base of the cliff, as it is exposed, and also underly- 
ing the beach sand, is a blue marl, containing numerous shells, and 
having a sensible amount of green sand. These shells are chiefly the 
Perna, different species of Venus, Natica and Oliva. 

2. Running along the base of the bank, the ferruginated, shelly 
rock above described, four feet in thickness, and containing the same 
fossils as the stratum beneath. 

3. Five feet of sand, with ferruginous blotches and streaks. 

4, Six feet of diluvium. 

Below this, and within a short distance of the Curratoman, mar] 
beds occur below the level of the flats, consisting chiefly of a peculiar 


a 


7 = 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 363 


variety of the Ostrea Virginica,* of which a similar deposit exists on 
the opposite side of the Rappahannock. It is distinguished by the 
length and depth of the channel of the hinge in the valve, and the 
large angular pivot-like protuberance in the other, as well as by the 
general elongated form of the shell. 


Bank of the Rappahannock from near Cherry Point to Musqueto Point, Lancaster County. 


At about one mile above Cherry Point, at Mr Palmer’s, the bank 
consists of the following strata: 

1. Forming the base of the cliff, and extending up about three feet 
is a blue clay marl, containing a great many shells. This layer reaches 
to some depth below, and extends out beneath the sand of the beach. 

2. A bed of chocolate coloured clay, imbedding a vast number of 
the variety of Osfrea Virginica, previously described. This is three 
feet in thickness. 

3. A bed of partially decomposed Serpula, containing few other 
fossils, one foot thick. 

4. A layer of ferruginous sandstone, in bands, alternating with thin 
seams of sand. Three feet thick. 

5. Ten feet of diluvium. 

The above strata, in the order just described, continue down the 
river for the distance of half a mile, appearing to dip gently towards 
the bay. The marl is then lost for about two and a half miles, after 
which it reappears, at intervals, as far down as Musqueto Point. Here 
the country becomes a sandy flat, and so continues to the bay shore. 
In the interval of two and a half miles, where no marl is seen, the 
cliffs, which are from twenty to thirty feet in height, consist at the 
base of blue clay, containing impressions of shells; above this of ferru- 


* The variety here referred to has not been found at any other points in the meiocene 
district but those above enumerated, a circumstance which, together with its close resem- 
blance to the edible Ostrea Virginica of the coast, and its place of deposit being so near the 
extremity of the peninsula, would favour the idea of its belonging either to the modern period, 
or to a more recent tertiary epoch than the meiocene. This view, however, can scarcely be 
reconciled with the fact that the shell in question occurs beneath, and associated with, the 
usual fossils of the meiocene, and that the latter have been found in several places beneath the 
surface of the flats, still nearer to the bay shore. 


vi.—4Q 


“ee 


364 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


einous sandstone, or of ferruginous sand and clay; the whole covered 
with a bed of diluvium. 

Near the end of this line a blackish, clayey substance rises into 
view, from the base of the cliff, underlying the blue clay above 
mentioned. This gradually becomes more exposed upon the bank, 
until it attains the height of four feet, after which it slowly sinks, and 
is again lost. The marl now makes its appearance, consisting of a 
blue clay, with little sand, and multitudes of shells. This reaches 
along the bank for about four hundred yards, when it is succeeded by 
a shell rock, in which the shelly fragments are almost completely re- 
placed by brown oxide of iron. This continues to near the end of the 
bank, which now subsides into the flat, extending from Musqueto 
Point to Windmill Point, on the bay shore. 


Locality one and a half Miles eust of Lancaster Court House—Mr Benjamin Walker's. 

This exposure, which is in a ravine on the ridge of the neck, pre- 
sents the following strata : 

1. A bed of blue marl, containing great numbers of shells, many of 
which are of the larger species. ‘The depth of this stratum is not 
known. 

2. Asimilar stratum ofa rather lighter colour, and containing chiefly 
the small shells. Three feet thick. 

3. A layer of ferruginous matter, abounding in the casts and im- 
pressions of shells. ‘These casts are usually found in the interior of 
spheroidal nodules or geodes of oxide of iron, and consist of this oxide, 
replacing the shelly matter, and covered with a beautiful shining co- 
vering of the carbonate or velvet iron ore. ‘This bed is four feet 
thick, and reaches to the surface. 


Locality four Miles south west from Northumberland Court House—Mr George Booth’s. 


This exposure is in a hollow, about twenty-five feet below the level 
of the ridge. The strata are: 

1. A layer of greenish bine marl, containing a notable amount of 
green sand, in spots and blotches, and sometimes almost unmixed 
with other materials. This stratum has been penetrated five or six 
feet. and is supposed to extend to a much greater depth.’ The shells 


" 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 365 


are in a state of remarkably perfect preservation, and present an unu- 
sual variety of species, belonging to the genera Venus, Pecten, Pectun- 
culus, Mactra, Crassatella, Astarte, Ostrea, Corbula, Turritella, Oliva, 
Fissurella, and others. Their interior is chiefly filled with the green 
sand, 

2. A layer of ferruginous sandstone; and 

3. A stratum of diluvium. 


Locality at Cockle-Shell Branch, Northumberland County. 


Here the strata are: 

1. A bed of marl, consisting of common sand mixed with green 
sand, and containing a large number of shells. 

2. A layer of a bright green indurated sandy clay, approaching to 
the hardness of rock, and containing innumerable impressions of Vene- 
ricardia granulata, Pectunculus pulvinatus and P. subovatus, and other 
shells of rare delicacy and beauty, but entirely devoid of the shells 
themselves. 

3. A bed of common sand, largely mixed with green sand. 

4. A layer of sandy clay, with markings resembling shells. 

5. Diluvium. 


Locality two and a half Miles above the Mouth of Hull’s Creek, Northumberland County. 


i. At the base of the steep bank of the creek, and within a few 
inches of the water’s edge, occurs a ledge of ferruginous rock, contain- 
ing an immense number of shells, closely cemented together, as well 
as the casts of similar fossils. ‘These are chiefiy Perna maz., Venus 
and Pecten. This ledge is two feet thick. 

2. A stratum of yellowish sandy clay, of the same thickness, abound- 
ing in Perna maz., ina very friable condition. 

3. A light blue marbled clay, ten feet. 

4. Coarse diluvium. 

The foregoing detailed account of various localities in the neck will, 
it is hoped, give a correct idea of the generally prevailing order and 
fossil contents of the meiocene strata in this district, and at the same 
time exemplify the principal varieties presented in them, as regards 


366 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


the nature of the earthy materials, including the shells, or their casts. 
as well as the conditions of the fossils themselves. Of the numerous 
other localities which have been minutely explored, embracing almost 
every exposure of the meiocene in the peninsula, it is therefore need- 
less {o give any description in this place. 

In the extensive area of flats already described as reaching from the 
foot of the ridge of which Sprize Hill is the northern end, to the bay 
shore, beds of marl have hitherto been disclosed only at a few points. 
On the land of W. ‘Tomlin, Esq., near Kilmarnock, blue and yellow 
marls have been found in several places, a few feet beneath the gene- 
ral level of the flat, and it is particularly worthy of remark that the 
fossils furnished by these shallow diggings are those usually found in 
the meiocene of the neck, such as Osfrea compressirostra, Peclunculus 
pulvinatus and P. subovatus, Maetra modicella, &c., thus indicating the 


prolongation of the meiocene strata to the very extremity of the pen- 
insula. 


Of the Fossils of the Marl. 


The shells enclosed in these strata are usually in good preservation, 
though generally so friable as readily to fall to pieces when spread 
upon the ground. They are commonly found in groups or colonies, 
and frequently throughout an extensive exposure only one or two spe- 
cies can be met with. This is strikingly the case with the beds con- 
taining Perna, of which a fine example is presented in the Stratford 
clifls, as formerly described. It is perhaps still more remarkable of 
certain strata of blue marl, found on the Potomac, at the point above 
named; upon the Rappahannock in several places, and at some locali- 
ties in the interior. ‘This marl presents a beautiful aggregation of 
very perfect small shells (Mactra modicella), bound together by a 
rather tenacious blue clay, and rarely exhibits a specimen of any other 
species. 

The shells most usually presented in the marl beds of the neck are 
as follows: 


* 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VERGINIA. 367 


Pecten Jeffersonius, scallop. Area idonea. 
“  Madisonius, “* “ stillicidium. 
Ostrea compressirostra, marl “ centenaria. 
oyster. iianeie: 
Ostrea Virginica, mar] oyster, of | Venus mercenaria. 
small size and different shape. “  deformis. 
Crassatella  Marylandica, marl “  cortinaria. 
oyster. Astarte undulata. 
ce melina. “> viema. 
Mactra delumbis. Venericardia granulata. 
“  confraga. Fusus quadricostatus. 
“ —modicella. “  parilis. 
Chama corticosa. Fulgur carica. 
“ congregata. Turritella ter-striata. 
Pectunculus subovatus. e alticosta. 
as pulvinatus. Cope pieneia: 
Perna mazillata. Serpula granifera. 
Isocardia fraterna. Crepidula costata. 
Artemis acetabulum. Buccinum laqueatum. 


Arrangement and Composition of the Eocene Strata of the Peninsula. 


But little uniformity prevails in the arrangement of these beds, as 
observed at different localities. In general, the lowest stratum of the 
series is of a dark greenish blue colour, and those which lie above it 
have various shades of yellow, greenish gray and brown. In many 
instances the upper stratum is devoid of shells, but replete with their 
casts and impressions. Frequently it is more or less impregnated with 
sulphates of lime, iron and alumina, which impart to it a styptic or 
astringent flavour, and with a small amount of sulphur, recognized by 
the odour it exhales when heated. All these ingredients, however, 
enter into the lower beds, though in less proportion, and are not ex- 
cluded from strata containing shells. A thin band of ferruginous 
gravel, sometimes partially cemented, frequently overlies these beds, 
and forms the boundary between them and the meiocene. 

We thus see a striking correspondence in the situation and condi- 

VI.—4R 


368 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


- A , 
tion of these and the upper meiocene strata, and we infer that chemical 
agencies of a like nature have operated upon both. 


Localities on the Potomac. 


Extensive and valuable exposures of the eocene are met with on this 
river. These strata first show themselves a little above the mouth of 
Acquia creek, and continue, with but few considerable interruptions, 
as far as the eastern boundary of this deposit, at Mathias’s Point. 

Throughout much of this distance a portion of the marl has the 
character of a hard rock, of a yellowish white or greenish gray appear- 
ance, abounding in shells and their impressions. The lighter coloured 
variety is always more or less specked with green sand, in rather large 
granules, and the darker contains this substance in larger quantity, 
uniformly diffused throughout the mass. The material enclosing the 
fossils, or their casts, consists largely of carbonate of lime, acting, ap- 
parently, asa cement. This rock may therefore be regarded as an 
eocene limestone. 

At a point about a quarter of a mile below the mouth of Acquia 
creek, the cliff, having a height of forty feet, exposes the following 
strata: 

1. From the water to the height of twelve feet is a yellowish gray 
marl,specked with green sand, and abounding in shells, chiefly Cythe- 
rea ovata (nobis) and Crassatella (nobis). 

2. A ledge of rock, three feet in thickness, closely resembling the 
marl in colour and composition. 

3. A layer of sandy clay, of a sulphur colour, containing shells, 
principally Turritella Mortoni. 'This is five feet thick. 

4. A stratum of yellowish clay enclosing impressions of Turritelia, 
&c., and impregnated with the sulphates. This is twenty feet thick. 

About midway between the mouths of Acquia and Potomac creeks, 
the bank has an elevation of about fourteen feet, and consists of : 

1. A layer of dark greenish blue marl, very remarkable for the mul- 
titude of shells, principally Crassatella (nobis), which it contains. 
This rises only one foot above the water. 

2. A bed of shell rock, resembling the stratum beneath, but very 
hard. One and a quarter feet thick. . 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 869 


3. A layer of yellow sandy clay, containing Turritella Mortoni, and 
other shells. This is at least seven feet in thickness, and is capped by 
a thin stratum of yellow clay. 

In proceeding downwards, the shell rock, dipping gently to the east, 
becomes lower in the bank, and at length disappears near the mouth 
of Potomac creek. The bluish marl continuing beneath, first passes 
out of view. 

The greenish blue marl again comes in view at the landing on the 
south side of Potomac creek, and still further down, at about half a 
mile below the mouth of Paspitansy creek, the bank of the Potomac 
presents : 

1. A stratum of this dark coloured marl, seven feet thick, contain- 
ing some green sand and numerous shells, chiefly Turritella Mortoni, 
Crassatella (nobis) and Ostrea. 

2. A bed of yellowish and reddish clay, thirteen feet thick. 

A little below this point a ledge of the shell rock makes its appear- 
ance in the bank, and continues, with but little interruption, down the 
river for several miles. 

At some points, two of these ledges are seen, one near the water 
leve], and one at a considerable height on the face of the bank. This 
rock is replete with fossils and their casts, and consists, in large part, 
of carbonate of lime. In the same bank the marl is seen in the softer 
condition, and of both the yellowish and greenish blue varieties, over- 
laid by astratum of the gypseous and acid clay. Among the interest- 


— ing fossils here found, are two beautiful species of Cueullea. 


At the Eagle’s Nest and Mount Stuart, about three miles above 
Boyd’s Hole, the eocene strata are well exposed for some distance along 
the river bank. 

At the former locality, the banks, which are from twenty to twen- 
ty-five feet in height, are composed of two strata, the lower, which is 
about twelve feet thick, consisting of dark bluish clay and sand strongly 
imbued with copperas and containing a little gypsum, and the upper 
of coarse ferruginous sand and gravel. A few hundred yards below 
this point a thin layer, containing fossils, comes in view, about midway 
between the top and bottom of the bank, and as we proceed down the 
river this shelly stratum expands in thickness, its upper boundary con- 


370 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


tinuing horizontal, while its lower limit approaches the level of the 
beach. Ata point about four hundred yards below the beginning of 
this layer the strata are as follows: 

1. Blue clay, one foot in thickness. 

2. Shelly stratum, seven feet thick, indurated in some places so as 
to form arock. This abounds in fossils, among which Carditas are 
most numerous. 

3. Blue clay, containing copperas, and showing ferruginous stains. 
Three feet thick. 

4. Clay and sand, in part diluvial. Seventeen feet thick. 

For upwards of half a mile below this the bank presents the same 
series, the marl occasionally, at base, a stratum from four to seven feet 
thick, consisting of blue clay, sometimes fossiliferous and sometimes 
without shells, covered by a bed of ferruginous sand and clay, of vary- 
ing thickness. 

At Boyd’s Hole the shelly stratum is not seen, but further down, 
especially at Albion, and the other localities near Mathias’s point, before 
described, it again makes its appearance in the cliffs (and furnishes 
marls of a very useful quality). 

On the Rappahannock, opposite Port Royal, at H. L. Carter’s, and 
other localities on and near this river, the eocene occurs under circum- 
stances very similar to those which have been described. In the in- 
terior of the peninsula these strata are revealed in many places at the 
bottoms of the deep ravines, and in general consist of the dark green- 
ish blue stratum, containing shells, overlaid by a bed of the gypseous 
and copperas clays. Frequently, however, only this latter bed is ex- 
posed in these situations, and some digging becomes necessary to reach 
the layer containing shells. 

Towards the western limits of the eocene, the shell rock very fre- 
quently presents itself, and, together with the other strata of the for- 
mation, generally attains a greater height than in the localities further 
to the east. 


ARTICLE XIV. 


Contributions to the Geology of the Tertiary Formations of Virginia. 
—Second Series—Continued: Being a Description of several Spe- 
cies of Meiocene and Eocene Sheils, not before described. By Wil- 
liam B. Rogers, Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University 
of Virginia, and Henry D. Rogers, Professor of Geology and 
Mineralogy in the University of Pennsylvania. Read March 8, 
1837. 


Turritella fluxionalis. 


Specific character.—Shell elongated, turrited, whorls about twelve, 
slightly convex, subcarinated at base, longitudinally striated with five 
principal hardly granulated revolving striae, the lowest being double, 
between these are very fine ones, most numerous towards the base of 
the whorl. Very obtuse nearly obsolete transverse strie give to the 
principal longitudinal stria a sub-granulated undulation. Aperture 
sub-quadrangular. Length, one inch and two-tenths. 

Locality, Williamsburg and the neighbourhood, in the meiocene of 
eastern Virginia. 


Description. — This delicately striated shell has two of its finer class 
of lines separating the two stronger threads of the first, or carinal stria, 
about six of them between this and the second, about five between 
the second and third, either two or three between the third and fourth, 

vi—4 s 


372 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


one between the fourth and fifth, and from the fifth or uppermost to 
the top of the whorl about two more occur. It is the most convex in its 
whorls of all our meiocene Twurrifellz, if we except the 7. variabilis, 
and from this it may readily be distinguished by the greater number, 
delicacy and remoteness of its principal longitndinal striz. 


Cytherea lenticularis. Plate XXVIII, fig. 1. 

Specific character.—Shell large, depressed, discoidal, rather thick, 
length nearly equal to the breadth; transversely striated; lunule long, 
ovate, obscurely defined by a very faint impressed line; umbones ra- 
ther depressed; beaks small, hardly recurved; teeth straight, diver- 
gent; cavity of the shell not deep; margin entire. Diameter about 
two inches. 

Locality, eastern Virginia, in the eocene, where it is a common 
species. 


Remarks.—From the extreme friability of this shell it has been 
impossible, hitherto, to procure a perfect specimen. It differs from 
all the Cytherex of our American eocene beds in its nearly orbicular 
form, and in its slight degree of inflation. The insulated tooth of the 
right valve is long, straight, and not much elevated. he anterior 
cardinal tooth in the same valve is slightly bifid. The striz upon the 
surface of the dise are almost obsolete, where decay has not removed 
the external laminae. ‘The small incurvation in the beaks distin- 
guishes it from C. Poulsonii of Conrad (C. globosa, Lea), to which 
species it bears some resemblance. 


Cucullea onochela.* Plate XXVIIL., fig. 2. 


Specific character.—Shell ovate, subtrigonal, subcordate, oblique, the 
anterior margin nearly straight, inequilateral, inequivalve, thick, pon- 
derous, globose; longitudinal costa numerous, depressed and flat, upon 
the left valve obsolete; transverse striae minute, obscure, except near 
the inferior margin; hinge line very straight; umbones not very pro- 


* From its resemblance to an ass’s hoof. 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 373 


minent; beaks small, slightly incurved, and not distant. Length equal 
to the breadth, three inches. 

Locality, western part of the peninsula of the Potomac and Rappa- 
hannock, Virginia, in the eocene. 


Description.—Alternate longitudinal striae, very obscure and deli- 
cate, divide many of the cost along the centre, and throw them, espe- 
cially next the anterior side, into pairs. ‘The beak has four-sevenths 
of the length of the hinge on its posterior side. This species may be 
known from the C. incerta of Deshayes by its much greater size, its less 
quadrangular form, by the greater number of its lateral teeth, and the 
less incurvation of its beaks. It is not less readily distinguished from 
C. gigantea, a species prevailing in the same beds with it, by its less 
width, compared to its height, by the less obliquity and greater length 
of its posterior margin, by the beaks being less remote and less in- 
curved, and by the shell being smaller, but materially thicker, and 
more inflated near the base. A prominent feature is the great infla- 
tion of the valves, especially towards their base. The hinge is well 
marked by from four to five lateral teeth, next the posterior side, and 
from three to four next the anterior, all being slightly curved, striated 
by deep irregular grooves on their sides, and of nearly equal obliquity. 
The central longitudinal teeth are numerous, irregular, and slightly 
oblique. ‘The area of the ligament is nearly a segment of a circle, the 
straight hinge line being the chord; its surface is marked by about six 
deep, rather waved grooves. The right valve is the largest, overlap- 
ping the left on the lower margin, which is moderately crenulated in 
both. In the cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- 
phia there are, besides three large casts of C. gigantea, two apparently 
of the present species, somewhat larger than the shell now described. 
These latter, I have satisfied myself, belong to C. onochela, as an inter- 
nal cast of this made in wax is precisely like them, though very dif- 
ferent from the casts of C. gigantea. 


Cucullea transversa. Plate XXIX., fig. 1. 


Specifie character.—Shell subovate, subtrapeziform, oblong, oblique, 
inequilateral, inequivalve; longitudinal striza numerous and delicate, 


374 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


the alternate ones nearly obsolete, dividing the coste into pairs; trans- 
verse striz very minute; hinge straight, area of ligament narrow, 
with from three to four furrows; beaks small, somewhat incurved, 
and not distant. Length four-fifths of the breadth, but these propor- 
tions variable. 

Locality, King George county, Virginia, in the eocene, near the 
Potomac river. 


Description.—The division of the cost into pairs, the great obli- 
quity of the posterior margin, and its great breadth, are among the 
characteristics of this shell. The area of the ligament rises from the 
hinge at a more obtuse angle next the anterior side than at the poste- 
rior, so that it curves upon an axis not coincident with the hinge line. 
The transverse lateral teeth are very slightly oblique, they are on the 
anterior side three, and on the posterior four; fine acute grooves or 
striae mark both sides of these teeth. The central longitudinal teeth 
are few, irregular and rather oblique. The anterior and inferior mar- 
gins of the right valve, especially, are strongly crenulated on the inner 
edge. The anterior muscular impression is subtriangular and de- 
pressed, the posterior one is nearly rectangular, the inner angle being 
a little elevated. Shell moderately thick. 


Venericardia ascia. Plate XXIX., fig. 2. 


Specific character.—Shell subovate, subcordate, not thick; costae 
much depressed except on the beak; about thirty; transverse strie 
numerous from the margin to the umbones, nearly obliterating some 
of the longitudinal sulci; lunule profound, subcordate, triangular and 
equilateral; anterior muscular impression rather remote from the 
hinge; cardinal teeth arcuated, oblique; inferior and posterior margins 
crenulated. Length, three inches two-tenths; breadth, three inches 
six-tenths. 

Locality, King George county, Virginia, near the Potomac, in the 
eocene. 


Remarks.—This shell can be confounded only with the / plani- 
costa, to which it is possible we ought to refer it as a variety. ‘They 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS: OF VIRGINIA. 375 


are readily distinguished, however, by the greater length and curva- 
ture of the whole anterior margin, especially the portion along the 
ligament; the hinge is broader and longer, and the teeth are less promi- 
nent and more arcuated; the muscular impression, on the anterior 
side, is further from the hinge; and the whole valve is wider, flatter 
and thinner. ‘These differences, with the flatness of the costa, appear 
to warrant us in regarding this shell as a distinct species from Veneri- 
eardia planicosta. ‘That shell also is found in the eocene of Virginia, 
but usually not in the same bed with V. ascia. 


Cardium quadrans. Plate XXX., fig. 1. 


Specific character—Shell subtrapeziform, oblique, inequilateral, 
posteriorly much expanded, compressed anteriorly; thin and fragile; 
longitudinally ribbed, cost about thirty-five, broad, depressed, and 
slightly convex; transverse striae somewhat coarse or squamose near 
the margin. Binikiones small, beaks incurved, lunule long; posterior 
cardinal tooth small, and of nearly uniform breadth, posterior lateral 
tooth large; margin crenulated by distinct but not deep undulations. 
Length, three inches seyen-tenths ; breadth, two inches EatGI ant; tenths. 

Eaoality, eastern Virginia, meiocene. 


Remarks.—Owing to the extremely friable state in which this fossil 
is found, and to its being associated with C. magnum and C. laquea- 
tum, its fragments have passed for these species; but its trapezoidal 
form, and the great width and depression of the longitudinal coste, 
show a strong contrast to the /aqueatum, while, in addition, its less 
size and less inflation prove it different from the magnum. 

The great expansion of the posterior slope into an almost auriculated 
margin, is highly distinctive of it as a new species. 


Crassatella capri-cranium. Plate XXX., fig. 2 


Specific character.—Shell oyate, oblong, compressed, sub-rostrate, 
rather thin, with coarse, obtuse, transverse wrinkles, and fine transverse 
striz; a prominent sinus extends from the beak to the anterior ter- 
mination of the inferior margin; truncated anteriorly, at a right angle 

Vi.—4 T 


376 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF 


to the base; margin slightly concave at the lunule, which is deep, 
wide and ovate; inferior margin delicately crenulated within. Length, 
one inch four-tenths; breadth, two inches two-tenths. es 

Locality, peninsula, between the Potomac and Rappahannock rivers, 
in Virginia, in the eocene. 


Remarks.— This species may readily be distinguished from the C. 
melina, which it somewhat resembles, by its less thickness, and by the 
crenulation on its inner margin, but especially by its different outline 
being much more contracted on its anterior side. 


Fasciolaria rhomboidea. Plate XXX., fig. 3. 


Specific character.—Shell turrited, fusiform, and nearly smooth, 
greatest dilatation about the middle, spire conical, whorls convex, with 
longitudinal, obsolete or interrupted striz, the lower seven or eight 
upon the body whorl, and those upon the upper whorls, being distinct 
and slightly undulated. On the body whorl are ten or eleven very 
faint, brown, narrow, longitudinal lines, three of which are traceable 
upon the spire. Transverse stria, distinct, moderately distant, and 
arcuated. Aperture a little less than two-thirds the length of the 
shell, columella arcuated, plicated with three very oblique folds, the 
middle one the most elevated, labium delicately striated within the 
edge, beak slightly recurved. Length, two inches four-tenths ; breadth, 
one inch two-tenths. 

Locality, Surrey county, Virginia, meiocene. 


Description.—This is a thin shell, though not difficult to procure en- 
tire. - From the F. mutabilis, the only other species of our tertiary, it 
will readily be known by the greater length and arcuation of its beak, 
by its less regularly fusiform outline, and by the difference in the num- 
ber of its whorls, and of the plications on the columella. The high 
preservation of the specimen from which the description has been 
taken, permits us to trace upon its whorls its longitudinal coloured 
bands, affording a very interesting specific character. 


THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 


DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. 


Figure 1. 
Figure 2. 
Figure 3. 
Figure 4. 
Figure 5. 
Figure 6. 
Figure 7. 


Figure 1. 
Figure 2. 


Figure 1. 
Figure 2. 


Figure 1. 
Figure 2. 


Figure 1. 
Figure 2. 
Figure 3. 


PLATE XXVI. 


Turritella ter-striata. 
Turritella quadri-striata. 
Natica perspectiva. 
Fissurella catilliformis. 
Arca protracta. 

Lucina speciosa. 

Venus cortinaria. 


PLATE XXVII. 


Ostrea sinuosa. 
Cytherea ovata. 


PLATE XXVIII. 


Cytherea lenticularis. 
Cucullea onochela. 


PLATE XXIX. 


Cucullea transversa. 
Venericardia ascia. 


PLATE XXX. 


Cardium quadrans. 
Crassatella capri-cranium. 
Fasciolaria rhomboidea. 


377 


*. 
ae | 


+ 


v. /ietomy 80 anutraAno: 
+ 
weve) GH to “OPC Ra, 
WAL SALE : 
Bonn Witte. Hy 
- : Shsheveivay olla herp - 4 aye i 
: Assy ay wee Ra ahr ef : 
dy Vie eG pena i vsti 
OLUPL ATI, | Ai, ay Veit , 7 
A NWS LAD A ; 
- we i? Lee Ale : Mine 
: PAW ANTT A AA REE pity 
oe eae ea EA : =) 
ats wi YAY zt cre ae - - fs, 
abc 2 dtiend oe] oe 
> : ae ; i i | 7 
> é 3 Le ; z ri Hr a 


. : oilyc = SPATE Oo : : ay 
Histo “wound ef a ie a a 


y Nagin waVirstny Bs § Aig Cpe : 


. _ - 


Fieger i ; ' 42 


) 


evan WAIN. Puand: 
- eat Wivinn erry te asviais s uv 
val ~ 


i TH a wee “_e 
o> Mi liows wile, 
Sika) ater! er 4 at s\yieern) wieght, rm A 


t 
imbdatials ot Wyhipionaty 7) arp 


: - 
= ‘— 
. . : oe 


er 


ih 3 eae 3 


7 @ 


" Plate XXVF.- 


Fig 


FY8 


Lig.) LT erriballia ler Sl7vakW. 
2.Lurridellid Guadre-stviaa 
3. Natica perspecttva 

¢. Fissuretla cuttllitor nis 


” 
” 


” 


On Stone by A Newsat 


hig. & Area protracda 


OL UCM SPECIOSA 
7 Vereus (OTTRASLH. 


Plate XX VIL, 


OVEN: 


On Slosie ty » 


Plate XXVIII 


Pls 


S 
a 
& 


P. 


CULMS bs 


Ta 
Lew On0CH CN: 


OP CE LCF, 
ACT 


7 Orth 
BG. 


Fa. 


7 Stor Bt A NEWS Hi 


\ 
* 
sf 
t 
8 
NBN 
NS 
EN 
2 4 
» Ny 
N 
8 
xX 
S 
Nut 
<8 
S 
N 
S 
NS 
WW 


2b 


lial Cuciul 


SAIL 


Plate XXX. 


LG. LV Cardlan GUAT ANS. 
2 Crassatlla CLIT COANE 


 Kascrolaria rhonbowled, 


ZS Dural, let. Pits 


On Store by ANewsamn 


ed 


a 


» 


ARTICLE XV. 


Report of the Committee on the Solar Eclipse of May 14 and 15, 
1836. Read July 19, 1839. 


Tue committee on Astronomical Observations, to whom were re- 
ferred several communications relative to the Solar Eclipse of May 
14 and 15, 1836, respectfully report: ; 

‘That the American observations, as far as received, on whose accu- 
racy sufficient reliance may be placed, are the following, and are 


given in mean time of the places cf observation. a 
No. Observer. piace teas Latitude. pounce ALE Phase. seems uimue of Ob- 
— es Mai. iti eve +7 ae Fist 
Persie 8s Gel pet Co ee Baa 
1|F. R. Hassler | Washington | 38°53’12'-7 |5 8 7:00 |Begin.) 14 18 53 58:0 | 
| 2 End. 2120 80) 
3 | J. Gummere Haverford 40 1'12’-0 |}5 1 15:00; B 19 3 24:5 
4 EW 21 31 47:0 
5 | C. Wistar Germantown} 40 1/59/70 |5 0 41°70) B 19) PS bbs5 
6 | EB 21 32 495 
| 711. Lukens se oe se B 19 3 54:5 
8 E 21 32 44:5 
9|T. M’Euen Philadelphia | 39 56'57'"6 |5 0 41°33 | B 19 3 38:0 
10 | E 21 32 38-1 
[1d WHC. Riggs) aaa s ee 6 B 19 3 50:0 
i2 E 21 32 26°5 
13 |S. C. Walker 56 39 56’54"-0 15 0O 40-01 B 19 3 40-2 
14 E 21 32 43°7 


vI.—4 U 


. ‘ “mn 
* 
« 
382 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE 


used. In the paper of Professor Bessel, above referred to, are given 
the analytical formule, perhaps the most perfect yet furnished, for the 
reduction of observations of a solar eclipse for geographical purposes. 
In Dr Peters’s paper, Bessel’s method has been applied to the European 
observations of this eclipse; below will be given the result of an ap- 
plication of the same to the American observations, by Mr Walker. 
The committee notice, with pleasure, the adoption of these formule, 
in making announcements of solar eclipses, in the Berliner Jahrbuch 
for 1840, by which nearly one half the labour of an isolated compu- 
tation will be saved. The committee have also to acknowledge, 


on behalf of the Society, the receipt, through the attentions of Mr — 


A. D. Bache, of a valuable paper on the solar eclipse of the 3d and 
4th of March 1840, by Mr C. Rumker, director of the Hamburg ob- 
servatory. This present was accompanied with a circular, requesting 
a communication of the American observations of the solar eclipse of 
May 14, 1836, of which the European ones had been already reduced 
by that distinguished astronomer, and published in No. 319 of the 
Astr. Nachr. 

A copy of the American observations was furnished to Mr Rumker, 
through Mr John Vaughan, by a member of this committee. In re- 
turn for this, the Society has received from Mr Rumker the paper read 
at their last meeting, which the committee recommend for publication 
among the documents connected with this eclipse. 

It wonld have been highly acceptable to the committee, had Mr 
Rumker resolved the equations of condition, which he has obtained, 
in order to afford to the Society all the advantages which this eclipse 
is capable of furnishing, for geographical purposes. In the absence of 
such a result, the committee have appended the computations of Mr 
Walker, in which the longitudes derived from Rumker’s eqna- 
tions of condition are compared with those formerly obtained by Mr 
Walker, from the same observations, reduced by Bessel’s method, using 
chiefly Peters’s co-ordinates and corrections of the tabular elements. 
The circumstance noticed by Mr Rumker, that the coefficients of the 
corrections of the moon’s latitude and parallax, are affected with op- 
posite signs in the European and American observations, is one of 
sreat importance, inasmuch as it facilitates the determination of the 
latter, and thus affords a rare comparison with the results of meridian 


a 


SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 383 


altitudes of the moon in northern, contrasted with those made in 
southern parallels of terrestrial latitude. The value of da, or 
the correction of Burckhardt’s constant of parallax, as found by Mr 
Walker, is +-- 1516. Burckhardt’s constant is 57’ 0"-5, making, 
when this correction is applied, 57' 2”-0. It appears from Mr Hen- 
derson’s memoir on the Constant Quantify of the Moon’s Equatorial 
Horizontal Parallax, (see Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society, 
vol. 10, p. 294,) in which he has discussed an extensive series of me- 
ridian observations of 1832 and 1833, with mural circles, at Green- 


wich, Cambridge and the Cape of Good Hope, that the value of this - 


éenstant is 5%" UM. ied 

It is seldom that solar eclipses have been accurately observed over 
a portion of the earth’s surface large enough to admit of the coeffi- 
cient of parallax thus changing its sign; occultations of planets and 
stars of the first Paeuieds can hardly be expected to furnish | es 
tions of condition capable of determining the constant of the moon’s 
parallax with precision. The difficulty of locating observers at con- 
venient places for this purpose, and the uncertainty concerning the 
precise instant of an immersion or emersion at the moon’s bright limb, 
must continue to furnish obstacles nearly insuperable. The impor- 
tance, therefore, of Mr Rumker’s paper is much enhanced by the rare 
opportunity which itaffords. For the purpose of comparison, the prin- 
cipal values of the moon’s horizontal equatorial parallax, yet obtained, 
collected together. ‘They are found chiefly in Mr Hender- 


emoir. “They are as follows: 
ih: 


57’ 0”-00 Burg, from Laplace’s formule, moon’s mass —_ of the earth’s. 


57’ 1”00 Burg, in his lunar tables. 
57’ 050 Burekhardt, from Laplace’s theory. 


1 
ani 0”-90 panera from the same, using for moon’s mass war 


; ; 1 
57! 3 10 Plana, Theorie de la Lune, using for moon’s mass ck 


57’ 2”:00 Henderson, from the same, using 9'*:25 for the coefficient of lunar nutation, 
a - * 1 
which gives, for moon’s mass, STAI 
79 
ne nN, a] ° 
Seed ee es ceils | From European observations compared with those of La Caille, at 


57’ 3"70 Laland —& the Cape of Good Hope. 
57’ 6”:00 Du Sejour) 


vi.—4 Vv 


é\ 


384 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE 


wy) aye 5 , 1 
57 2-64 Olufsen, from the same, using compression 30202 eA 
;, . : 1 
57’ 2-76 Henderson, from the same, using compression 300° 
57' 1°-80 Henderson, as above mentioned, from meridian observations at the Cape’ and 
at Greenwich and Cambridge, in 1832 and 1833. This result depends 


: 1 : 1 
upon an assumed compression, 300° and gives the moon’s mass — 


759" and 


the coeflicient of lunar nutation 9”+28. 


57’ 0-43 De Ferrer, from fifteen occultations with meridian observations, and six corre- 
sponding occultations. 


57’ 2°00 S.C. Walker, from Rumker’s computations of the eclipse of May 14 and 15, 


P i 
183 ST TTC 
836, compression 302-78 


R. M. PATTERSON, 

S. C. WALKER, 

R. T. PAINE, Committee. 
P ANDREW TALCOTT, 


; 


Letter of Mr Charles Rumker to Mr John Vaughan, Librarian of 
the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia. 

Observatory, Hamburg, March 27, 1839. 

Sir: 

I have to apologize for the delay of the calculation of the valuable 
American observations of the Solar Eclipse of May 1&, 1836, and 
have now the pleasure of sending you them, together with those of a 
number of European ones, that have partly been communicated to me 
since. On account of the opposite parallaxes and latitudes of the moon, 
her elements might, by a comparison of the American observations 
with the European ones, be correctly determined. I have used in 
the calculation, moon’s latitude at mean noon at Greenwich, = 
19' 43:17, N., c’ssem. = 14’ 50°"4, ©’s semidiameter = 15’ 48-"4, 
which is founded partly upon a comparison of all the observations, 
partly upon actual measurement of breadth of the ©’s illuminated 
disc at the time of the greatest obscuration, and finally, upon a com- 
parison of the calculation at places situate upon the borders of the an- 
nulus, with the observations made there. 

Your most obedient servant, ; 


CHARLES RUMKER. 


SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 385 


- PS. The calculations of the true ecliptic conjunction, as well as of 
* the coefficients of the corrections of semidiameters, c’s lat. and par. 
have been carefully revised, so that I believe this collection of obser- 
vations to be useful for determining the errors of the lunar elements. 
Particularly, I think that the annular observations, where the signs 
of the moon’s apparent latitude change, deserve some attention. 
The weather was not favourable, at Hamburg, for observing the 
solar eclipse of March 15, 1839, but at Rostock, in latitude 54° 5’ 45’ N. 


“4 , and longitude 39° 20’ east of Paris, it was observed by Professor Karsten. 
ao ; 
Ph . 
B. 45 16™19s -19, mean time 
H. Karsten. 
E.4 54 8-69, « « 
a E. 4 54-8 29, « © Dr Walter. re 


P| 


America. Mean Time 14th May 1836. 
| 
PI f Observa- | Latitude, and Longitud | Mean Ti f Mi Ti f | ( § 
doreid Otssiner + pam se arecneniene | Onseivation: Gonruncuione a ‘o) ae Ke ree: C CLT 
' : h. mm: 's: h. m. s. | 
Qi or 2. Re FQ. co) 5s 5R.5 “68 5 A te | -4 O1F 
Washington, Lat. 38° 52: 44” | B. 18 53 58-0 | 2058 565 | + 26845 | 4+ 15754 | + 0-2166 
F.R. Hassler. | 7 ong. + 5n8mes6| E. 2120 80 | 2058 44-0 | — 21753 | — 0-0438 | + 0-s496 
' Ow © & = R “6S mt 4 8) - 7 
Haverford, | Lat 409112 | B.19 3265 | 21 5539 | 4+ 26811 | 415607 | + 01731 
John Gummere. | jong, 5h im 158 | E. 21 31 47-0 | 21 5 41-4 | — 21753 | — 0-0316 | + 0-7576 
| | 
Lat. 40°2' 40" | B.19 3555 | 21 6257 | 4+ 26763 | 4 1:5578 | + 0-1805 
Germantown, Lon. a few secs. east 


C. Wistar. | ofState House, Phil.| E. 21 32 495. | 21 6236 | — 21751 | — 0-0239 | +. 0-7460 | 


: | | | 
i Lat. 40° 2' 40" |B. 19 3545 } 21 6 24-79 | 42-6764 | 4.15580 | + 04804 
{ Germantown, Lon. a few secs. east | 

Isaiah Lukens. | o¢State House, Phil.| E. 21 32 44:5 | 21» 6 20-18 | — 2:1752 | — 0-0245 | + 0:7468 


Philadelphia, 
T. MiBuen. | Tat, 39° 56 59” | E. 21 32 381 | 21 


| 
| 
| 


25:8 west State H. | B.19 3 38:0 |.21 6 21:5 | 4+ 26741 | +4 1:5577 | 4 0-1848 
6 22-68 | — 21751 | — 0:0201 | 4 07472 


: C 50): e 94.59 | 6725 5549 | 4g 
- | Philadelphia, 23-8 west State H. | B. 19 350°0 | 21 6 34:59 | 4+ 26725 | + 1:5549 + 0:1833 
| W. H.C. Riggs.| p54 390 56’ 59 | E. 2132265 | 21 6 14-21 | — 21752] — o-0216 | + 0-7491 


: 23-8 SBT 185 
. : Philadelphia, ” Is west of State H. | B. 19 3 40:9 | 21 6 23-82 | + 26741 | + 1:5576 | + 0-1850 
S$. C. Walker. 


Lat. 39° 56 54” | E. 21 3244-1 | 21 6 28-55 | — 2.1752 | — 00193 | + 0-7463 


386 REPORT OF THE COMMITTER ON THE 


America—continued. 


! 
| 
| 
| 
H 


Mean Time of 
Conjunction. 


Place of Observa- | Latitude and Longitude | Mean Time of Ob- 
tion and Observer. | + west of Greenwich. servation. 


«4O0+C d Lat. © a Parr. 


ih. m. ‘6. h. m. s. 
Philadelphia, 08-12 eastof St. H. | B. 19 3 45:8 | 21 G6 20-87 | + 2-6732 | + 1:5561 | + 0-1861 


R. M. Patterson. | 1 44 390 56 58" | E. 2192383 | 21 6 2258 | — 21752 | — 0-0201 | + 0-7473 


; G i 1 i : p F 
| Philadelphia, In Merid. of St. H. | B. 19 3 41:0 | 21 6 24-31 | 4 2-6740 } +. 1-5574 | + 01850 
S. Sellers. — | pat 39° 57° 5” | BE. 2192340 | 21 6 19:34 | — 2.1752 | — 09-0209 | + 0-7480 


| 7 " c R.5 7 Pee 
West Hills, | Lat) 40° 48 49°2) B. 19.12 48:5 | 21:13 388 | + 20576 | + 15802 | + 01674, 
2. Perganon: | Long. 4h 53m 45s| E. 21 43 40-0 | 2113 7-5 | — 21751 | — 0-0018 | + 0-6590 
} 7 50.9 5 57- ye R A-4-4 | 
Sollliiek, — Lat. 41°59 0” | B. 1917522 | 2115579 | + 26738 ) + 21-5572 | + 0-0940 
A.Holeomb. | Long. 4n 51m 13°3| BE. 21 49 201 | 21 15 45-0 | — 2-1752 | — 0-0292 | + 0-6132 
| Denmark. Mean Time 15th May. 
gran lqat. es a oy |B. 240 soo | 245 1437) + 21800 | F 0 B005 | — T2545 
: BA.4 0 48 | 244522 | 422960 + 0-4730 | — 16780 
| Hansen. = 
| Long. — 37m 455 |p a4 4238 | 244528 | — 21834 |= 0-1912 | — 1:3315 
J Lat, 65° 40 53" |B: 255528 | 2572893] + 21876 +4 0-2378 | — 1-3140 
openhagen, | 
B.A.4 15 532 | 257 138 fed | o oc 
Pedersen. : 
Long. — 50™ 208 | 5.59 929 | 257 11-0 | — 21757 | — ooren | — 15950 
B. 237151 | 242349 | + 21899 | + 0-2009 | — 1-5974 | 
Tondern, | Lat. 54° 56 16"1) pa 3 57 296-88 | 2 42 34-68 | + 2:1793 | + 0-1957 | — 1-4900 
| Petersen. | pono. — qin 1ge-4 [E-A-4 1481 | 242342 | — 21797 | + 01421 | — 15065 
BE. 5145112| 242313 | — 21775 | + 0-0903 | — 1-6404 
| Germany. 
| Alona. | Lat. 88° BRAS” | BB AT 5075 | VAG STOR | fF 2AM | + OTe? — TRB 
7 
Schumacher. | song, — 30m 465-6) E. 5 21 2315 | 2 46523 | — 21810 | + 0-1523 | — 1-7162 | 
| | | 
i | 
Wan Lat. 52°31’ 13"5; B. 3 2438 | 3 0413 | 4+ 21751 | + 0-0451 | — 12838 | 
: | 
Encke. | Long. — 53m 3555) E. 5 37319 | 3 0451 | — 21820 | + 01670 | — 1-766) | 
| | 
aon | Lat. 46°57 6” | B. 237 86 | 2371763) + 21962 | + 0-2997 | — 1-0900 
| Treschel. | Long. — 29m 463 | E. 5 16 4326 | 2 36 43:36 | — 22468 | + 05608 | — 21640 | 


SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 387 
Germany—continued. 
Pl f Ob. a- | Latitud d Longitude | M Ti f Ob- | M Ti fi 
tlon-and Observer. |'-4 weat of Greenwich. |, sexration Conjunction, | 7 OFC | ata € | aPar. 
; h. mm. s. bet mi B. y 
Bremen, | Lat. 58° 436" |B. 238 70 | 242 1338 | + 21764) + 0.0883 | — 1.1902 | 
Cluver. Long. — 35m 1589| E. 5 1656-9 | 242148 | — 21850 | + 0-1998 | — 41-7406 
Bremerhaven, | Lat 53°32 31" |B. 23727 | 241 587 | + 21783} + 01264 | — 16614 
Thulesius. | Tong. — 34m 19s-6| E. 5 15 27 2 41 24:17 | — 21821 | + o-1678 | — 1-7163 
| 
Brussels, | Lat. 50° 60 39” | B. 216 0-5 | 2 24 95-66] + 21750 | — 0-030 | — 1-0500 
Quetelet. | Long. —17m 298 | E. 459473 | 224939 | — 22058 | + 0-365 | — 12432 
Gera, ‘Lat. 50° 32’ 56” | B. 
Engelhardt and 
Metz. Long. — 48m 955/ BE. 53343 | 255939 | — 21996] 4 0-2724 | — 1.8530 
B. 333 40-41| 3 26 41:39 | + 21807 | + 0-1779 | — 1-4430 
Braunsberg, | Lat 54° 23’ 9” |B a4 49 23-64] 3 26 20-02 | + 3:1550 | + 20853 | — 2.8070 
Feldt. Lon. —1h 19m 17«.94| E-A.4 52 3425 | 3 26 2816 | — 2-9450 | — 1-9856 | — 0-4588 
E. 6 14011] 3 26 2016 | — 21756 | — 0-0069 | — 1-5115 
Hamburg, | Eat 53° 33° 7" |B. 244 22 | 247 O54} 4 21776 | + 0-1195 | — 1.2240 | 
Rumker. | yong, — 39m 533 | E. 521 405 | 247 889] — 21810 | + 0-1526 | — L-7156 
Hamburg, | Lat. 58°33 7" |B. 244 74 | 247 57 | 4+ 21776 | + 0:1135 | — 1-240 
Peters. Long. — 39m 53s | BE. 5 21 30:5 | 246595 | — 21810 | + 0-1521 | — 1-7156 
Hanover, | Lat 52° 22 20" | B. 243 49:04) 246 6-69] 4 21750 | + o-0415 | — 1.2012 
Lahmeier. | Pong. — gam 58s | E. 521 4873| 245 5643 | — 21866 | + 0-2182 | — 1-780 
aed Lat. 50° 56’ 19” | B. 
Sehroen. "| Long. — 46m 158 5 31 35:0 | 253 28-45 | — 21932 | 4 0-2749 | — 1-8501 | 
| 
Koenigsberg, | Eat: 54° 42°50" | B. 3.36 19:18 | 329 663 | + 21825 | + 01857 | — 1-451 | 
pad Long. —1h22m055| E, 635866 | 329 318 | — 21759] — oosi2 | — 16137 | 
Leipzig, | Lat. 51° 20' 14” | B. | 
Moebius. Long. — 49m 318-5 | E. 5 34 46 256 47:88 | — 21893 | ++ 0-2447 | — 1-8300 
| 
Louvain, | Lat. 50° 53°26” | B. 217373 | 295 4755 | + 21748 | — 0-0289 | — 1-0588 
Crahay- | pong. — 19m 472 | BE. 5 0526 | 225336 | — 2-2049| + 0-3580 | — 1-8418 | 
vi.—4 w 


- 


» 4 _7 as 
« ‘s bl ° > 
~ Sa 
. 
388 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE 
Germany—continued. 
} 
| Place of Observa- | Latitude d Longitud Mean Ti f M Ti f 
tion anil Omeon: | + wear SSetscen wlan Ghearvation. Ganjunctlon! @O+ C aLat. C Y ap 
| h. m. s. h.. im. ‘8. 
Manheim, | Lat. 49° 29 13" | B. 
| Nicolai. | Long. — 33m 508-8] E. 5 19 21-6 2 40 54:34 | — 2:2110 | + 0:3940 | — 1-9190 
Neumuhien, | Lat: 53° 92 42" |B, 243544 | 246 54-4 | 4 21775 | + 01123 | — 1.2242 
| Zabrimann- | pong. — gom 42s1] E. 5 21 206 | 2 46 49:9 | — 21810 | + 0-1530 | — 1-7165 
| 
Neustrelitz, | Lat. 53°20 0” |B. 3 0280 | 259315 | 4 21764 | + 0-0879 | — 1-2840 
Lorentz and 
Becker. Long. — 52m lis | E, 3 54 58 25917-7 | — 21799 | 4+ 0:1287 | — 1-7238 
| B. 254431 | 255318 | 4 21788 | + 0-1297 | — 1-2762 
| + er 
Rostock, | Ea 54° 5°45" [pag iai97 | 255 996 | 42-4635 | — 11568 | — 1.6280 
Karsten. Long. —48m 41s |B-A-4 17 582 | 255 353 | — 26073 + 1-4378 | — 23242 
| 
E. 529582 | 255230 | — 21401 | + 0-0997 | — 1-6856 
5 nh Qt ‘ f 7 ‘ ae | 
Se: Lat. 53°25' 8’ |B 3 7517 | 3 521 | 4 21772 | + 0:0997 1°3205 
Dancke. =| Pong. — 58m 16s | E. 5 41163 | 3 521.9 | — 21782 | + 0-1061 | — 1-7150 
B. 259 442 | 259 382 | 4 21803 | + 0-1556 | — 1.3025 
Stralsund, | L 54°19 O" laa ais 70 | 259269 | 4 v1s01 | — 0-2469 | — 1-554 
Steinort. Long. — 59m 4s |E-A.4 22.266 | 259.282 | _ ge954 | + 04705 | — 1-7530 
E. 533492 | 259253 | _ 97785 | + 0-:0754 | — 1-6694 
} 
Strassburg, | Eat 48° 34’ 90"7| B. 2 36 251 238 1:37 | + 21830 | — 0-1911 | — 1-1081 
Herrenschneider.| tong, gim 0s | E. 516 449 | 237486 | — 29939 | +4 0-4575 | — 1-9562 
Vienna, Lat. 48° 12° 35” | B. 
| Littrow and 
Hallaschka. |Long.—1h5m31s9| E. 5 54 37-1 | 3 12 31-85 | — 9.9050 | + 0:3591 | — 21299 
Wurzburg, | Lat 49° 56’ 16 | B. 247 40 | 246544 | 4 94773 | — 0-1071 | — 1-9804 
Schoen. Long. — 39m 50s | 
| 
oer 
Zeitz, Lat. 51° 5 23 
J | Long. — 48m 12s 5 32 40 254 37-6 | — 21911 | + 02602 | — 1-8598 


SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 389 
Great Britain. 
| ya~ itud d Longi M Ti f M Ti f x | 
|'ton said Obscrvor. | ie wast opcreen tee | one ghaean, Tims 0 FSO rECa 2st Cola Par. 
| Dem 8: hem.) " 8, | 
| Camden Street, | Lat. 51° 32° 26” | B. 151 467] 2 65214 | 4.21752 | + 0-0435 | — o-9998 | 
| Camden 
Shearmann. | Long. + 3555 | E. 438 4112] 2 6 44-38 | — 22065 | + 03680 | — 1-785 
Bainbureh, | Late 55° 57’ 99” |B-A.2 57 20-77 | 1 54 11-76 | + 3.0c04 | + 21662 | — 23519 
= E.A.3 1 322] 1 54 23:55 | — 25243 | — 12798 | — 0-5166 
Henderson. pe 
| TORS. ot Leenaee 6) aa 98s | i 54 19.20) aoa + 0-1352 | — 11313 
London, | Lat. 51°30’ 50” | B. 151 130 6 59-43 | + 21750 | + 0.04298) — 0.9514 
Fleet Street, 
W.Simms,Jun.} Long. + 258.1| E. 4 38 47-0 2 6 47-2 | — 2.2066 | + 0:3685 | — 1.6165 
B. 136512 | 157172 | + 21967 | +. 0-3111 | — 0.9999 | 
| Makerstown, | Ut 95° 34’ 45" Jpg 1 42 | 157191 | 4 20710 | + 0-6592 | — 15559 | 
Sir T. Brisbane. | pong 4 10m 4s |E-A-3 5116 | 157 5:5 | — 21870 | — 0-2984 | — 1.1635 | 
E. 423 06 | 157 40 | — 21809 | + 0-515 | — 1.5579 | 
© | ~ 
North Shields, | Lat 55° 2’ 20” | B. 1 43 16 15812 | + 21903 | + 0:2642 | — 1-0070 
Het. Hopkins. | Fong. + 5m51¢13| EB. 42855 | 2 13650) — 1697 + 01759 | — 1.5969 
| 
Ormskirk, | Lat. 58° 34” 18” | B. 134 4312] 1.55 9298 | + 21832] + 0-1947 | — 0 9317 | 
Dawes. Long. + 11m 36s | E. 4 23 4202 | 1 55 38:93 | — 21904 | 4 0-2702 | — 1.6014 | 
Shooter's Hill, | Lat. 51° 28’ 0” | B. 151521 | 2 7 2646) + 2.1750 | + 0-0402 | — 0.9538 
Pune OMe GUPY ong. = 14078. varso!o0a | 9 a6y7 |" o0nR0 + 03670 | — 1-7831 
| 
Greenwich, | Lat 51° 28’ 39” | B. | 
Bice Long. Om 0s | E. 4391232] 2 7 4-62 | — 22067 | + 0-3693 | — 1.7880 | 
| { 
| ' 
Tranby, Lat. 53° 43/ 26" | B. 148 59 | 2 5 18-68] + 21831 | + 01812 | — 0-996 | 
Cooper. Long. -+ 1m 498.4 | E. 4 34 47-35 | 2 5 18-67 | — 21901 | 4 0.2496 | — 1-6726 | 
Poland. 
ne , 7 i Pe) Sa) 
Warsaw, | Lat 82°13) 5” |B. 
Baronowsky. | Long. —1h 24m9-7| EB. 6 9246 | 331 565 | — 21773 | + 0-0841 | — 1-756 | 
| Spain. 
StFernando, | pat. 360 27) 43” | B. 1 26 32:53 | 1 42 29-99 | + 23756 | — 0-9564 | — 05994 | 
> { 
Ceribere Mere | engi Bim dona. | E...4 9 620) | 4236s || -orars + 16775 | — 21818 | 


tojo and Marquer. 


br 
Ee 


390 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE 


Note by the Committce.—The latitudes and longitudes of the Ame- 
rican places of observation, reported by the committee, are the result 
of the most recent determinations, and differ, in some instances, from 
those furnished at an earlier date to Mr Rumker. 


Letter of Mr Sears C. Walker. 


Philadelphia, July 10, 1839. 
To the Committee on Astronomical Observations. 
Gentlemen: 

Being desirous of deducing the longitudes of the American places 
of observation from Rumker’s expressions for the mean time of con- 
junction, I have formed thirty-eight equations of condition, from the 
duration of the eclipse, by subtracting the expression of the conjunc- 
tion-time derived from the end from that furnished by the begin- 
ning, and in a similar manner have obtained seven equations from the 
observed duration of the ring. Of the last I reject that which is derived 
from No. 44. I thus find by 


s(Q—)) 48 an 
pas eae 
No. (12) — No. (14); 0 = —108 + 0-0504 — 1-3730 — 0-3630 
No. (41) — No. (18); 0 = —3-65 —0-5063 — 0-8249 +4 0:5336 


No. (33) — No. (35); 0 = + 7°60 + 0:6563 — 1:8772 + 0:3036 
whence, 
(a) 2a Ghsek AB = 0°7044 4+ 0:0492 x 4(QO— yp) + 01163 x a7 


Substituting this value in the seven equations of condition from the 
duration of the ring, we have from 


No. (12); 4(O—D)© = +0030 + 0:0606 x a7 
No. (14); 1(O—D)) = —0:429 —0-0569 x az 
No. (33); 4(O—D)") = —0-501 + 0:0812 x az 
No. (18); 4(Q— p)*™ = +40-814 + 0:2966 x a7 
No. (35); 4(O—y)*) = + 0-869 —0:0718 X az 
No. (41); 4(Q9—D)™ = +1-626 + 02490 x az 
No. (44); a(O—yp)) = —3:161 + 00644 x a7 


te hee 


SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 391 


Rejecting Nos. (41) and (44), which differ most from the mean, 
and taking the mean of the remaining numbers, there results, 
4(Q9—D) = + 01566 + 0-:0619 x ax 
AB = + 07121 + 0-1193 x a7 
The sum of the equations Nos. (1) to (11), inclusive, rejecting Nos. 
(16) and (10) from the United States observations, give (c), and the 


equations from the European observations, rejecting Nos. (17), (18), 
(20) and (45) give (d), as follows : 


(c) . .0 50"86 + 436745 x 4(@ + yp) + 142733 x ag@— 51156 x Az 
(d) . .0 = 113-19 + 101-1848 x 4(@ + )— 5°1929 x 44 4 13-7391 x 47 


I 


Equations (4), (c) and (d), give, 


4(O + d)9 = — 13972 + 0:0781 x Ax 
4(O + D)CY = —1 0823 —0-1297 x ax 
and, 
A (© + D) = — 1-279 
A (O — D) = + 0°250 
AB = + 0-893 
Ar == 5-516 


But according to Rumker’s letter, 


’(O+)) = —17000 
'(O— Dd) = —2-000 
s’g@ = —7 ‘630 
zr = 0:000 


whence, denoting by d the sum of the corrections respectively denoted 
by A and A, we have, 


d(@O +d) = — 2279 
d(O — y)- =. —1 750 
dg = —6°736 
dx = +1516 


yvi.—4 x 


ay 


” . a * ‘ - a + ¥" . . 

* < 4 r : * 
«, . waka 
+ . d Sr. eT 

te ? ' a “4 

? 7 s # 7 
= 7 \ 

a & } 1 
392 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE - . | 


which are the most plausible values of the corrections of the tabular 
elements that I am able to deduce from Rumker’s expressions for the 
conjunction-times. I have given the method of solution somewhat 
at length, in order that every one may judge whether other modes of — | 
combining together the equations of condition might not give more | 
probable results. 

With these corrections, and using the longitudes of observatories as | 
given in Rumker’s letter, the Greenwich mean time of conjunction . 
is as follows: | 


Conjunction-time. Conjunction-time. 
hom 8. h. m 3s. 
By Altona, Beg. - - 2 6 59-88 By Copenhagen, B. - - 2 7 3:35 
End, - - 66:03 By Bremerhafen, E. - - 4:91 
By Berlin, B. - - 61-11 By Manheim, E. - - 3:81 
a : 69-86 By Edinburgh, E. - - 4:18 
By Brussels, B. - 62°26 By Greenwich, E. - - 5:06 
| ec - 65°26 By Stettin, B., E. - - 3°24 
By Hamburg, B. - 2 65-58 By Tranby,  B., E. - - 6.24 
BK. - - 71:52 By Neumiiblen, B..E. - - 7°95 
by Hanover, B.c- - 64-12 Mean of 8 results, - - 2 7 4:84 
E. - - 58°73 
By Konigsberg, B. - = 61°30 Mean of 24 results, —- - 2 7 5:25 
BE. - - 62°99 
By Ormskirk, B. - - 64:25 
E. - - 75:46 
By St Fernando, B.  - - 74:29 
a. - - 64°65 
Mean of 16 results, - - 2 T 5:45 


This conjunction-time gives the following longitudes from Green- 
wich, of the American places of observation; to which I have also 
appended the results which I have already published in the Journal of 3 
the Franklin Institute for August 1838, and which are obtained by 
using Bessel’s method, with Peters’s co-ordinates for the end, and 


mine for the beginning of the eclipse. ‘The corrections of the tabular 


elements being those obtained by Dr Peters, viz., 
(== — 5°"472, » = 0. 


Walker, from Rum- 
ker’s Equations. 


€ = — 3-650, 


Walker, from Peters’s 
Co-ordinates. 


Ee OR Oe eae ote 
he m. ce he om. 3 

Washington Capitol, - - - -— = 5 8 13°83 5 8 13°45 
Haverford school, Delaware Co., Pennsylvania, 5 1 16°53 5 1 15-05, ; 
Germantown, C. Wistar’s private observatory, - 5 0 40°61 5 0 40-94 
Philadelphia State House, - - - - 5 0 38°89 5 0 39-60 
West Hills, coast survey, - - - - 4 53 41°11 4 53 42°05 “ " 
Southwick, Mass., A. Holcomb’s private observatory, 4 51 12°89 4 51 18-25 
Providence, Brown University, - - - not reduced. -4 45 38-33 

Dorchester, Mass., W. C. Bond’s private observatory, te be 4 44 16-92 


SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 393 


Robert Treat Paine, Esq. has informed me that he has found the 
longitude of Brown University, Providence, 4h 45m 42-03, and that 
of Dorchester, 4h 44m 20"-45, from the observations of this eclipse, at 
these two places and at Greenwich. In making the computations he 
has used, dA = — 3"-60, d@ = —7"-63, d(o + ») = — 187. 
The longitude of Providence from Boston is the same by both com- 
putations. 

The mean time of the ecliptic conjunction, by the N. Almanac, is 
2h 7m 0:3; by observations as above, 2h 7m 5:25s; whence, 
da = — 2"-276. 

The corrections, da, d@ and da, from Rumker’s equations, may 
readily be referred to the moon’s orbit, and its secondaries, by means 
of formule derived from Airy’s Table of Factors (Greenwich obser- 
vations, 1836), and from Bessel’s Theory of Equations, as follows : 


We pate ie Saa + Qa 
anes: 7 SPS— OR, 
et Raa + Pap 
- PS—QR 
c= sin Ncosdaw + cosN ad 
£ = —cosNecosd4a + sinNad — «cos ra x 


Where, from Peters’s co-ordinates for 3h m. t., Berlin, and Airy’s 
factors, we have, 


x = + 0:°47147 = Lsin 1” cosecz. 


Ls least distance of centres on true orbit in seconds of arc. 
Nc 70°11’ 104 = moon’s orbital angle. 

on 52 13 482 = moon’s true right ascension. 

6 = +19 22 403 = moon’s true declination. 

ze 54 24”1 == moon’s horizontal equatorial parallax. 
P= + 13720 

yess. 0-244 

R= + 3”-470 

Ss = + 0”-969 


< We . 
a 


- 


‘ 
- ama.” ‘< 
a 4 
- 394 REPORT HE COMMITTEE ON THE ECLIPS 
6 come cums 


Whence there results the fol lowing comparison : 


x" 


on 7 From Rumker. From Peters. 
: = . = —2"934, e& = —3"650 . 
> ¢ = —7:198, € = —5 +472 — 0159 x 7’ 
% "i "750 ae 
: ‘a In which « is the correction of the moon’s tabular place on its orbit, 
, CO and § on a secondary to its orbit. * 
| Respectfully, 
a SEARS C. WALKER. 

; _ - 


ARTICLE XVI. 


Abstract of Meteorological Tables in the possession of the American Philo- 


sophical Society. 


TABLE I. 


Abstract of a Journal of the State of the Thermometer at Philadelphia, during the years 1758, 
1759, 1767, 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, 1773, 1774, 1775, 1776, 1777. 


Jan. 


1758—Greatest Heat.| 64° 


Least Heat. 19 


Mean Heat. Bye 


a Orcolert Heat. 43 
Least Heat. 18 
Mean Heat. 30 


1767—Greatest Heat.) 51 
Least Heat. 12 


1768—Greatest Heat.) 45 


Least Heat. aS 


Mean Heat. 28 
vi.—4 ¥ 


Mean Heat. 3L - 


Feb. 


47° 


i) 


3 


March. | April. 
579 «| 74° 
25 35 
38 °6 | 53 
61 70 
19 44 
41 49 
63 69 
13 42 
41 51 
59 =| 69 
22 23 
39 -5 | 46 


i May. | June. 
|74° | 85° 
47 63 
63 5 | 72 -] 
77 85 

| 51 54 

52 -4) 71 -6 
78 86 -5 
45 63 
61 -6 | 71 -2 
77 78 
41 5) 57 
59 


July. 


87° 


64 


| 62 


59 


} Mean 


Annual 
Temp. 


53°-6 


53-5 


cS] 


we 


936 


Jan. 


1769—Greatest Heat.) 479-5 
4 
Least Heat. 17 
_ Mean Heat. 33 


Least Heat. 


Mean Heat. 


1772—Greatest Heat. 
Least Heat. 
Mean Heat. 


x 


— 
1773—Greatest Heat. 
Least Heat. 


Mean Heat. 


1774—Greatest Heat. 43 -5 
Least Heat. 7 
Mean Heat. 27 


1775—Greatest Heat. 54 


Least Heat. | 17 


Mean Heat. | 35 6 


1776—Greatest Heat. 54 


Least Heat. | 10 


Mean Heat. 32. 77 


1777—Greatest Heat. 53 


Least Heat. 14 


Mean Heat. 31 


METEOROLOGICAL TABLES OF THE 


1770—Greatest Heat.) 46 
Least Heat. 1l 
Mean Heat. 30 °5 

1771—Greatest Heat.) 51 -5 


| 
Feb. | March.! April. | May. | June.| July. | Aug. | Sept. Oct. | Nov. | Dec. | Annual 


58° |70° | 70° | 74° | 8705] 880-5 | 850-5 | 780 | 750 |56° | 44.05 
8 |18 |32 |41 |50 |67 |63 |50 |33 |19 |1455 
32 |42 |50 |57 |6s |77 |74 |6a |55 138 |32 {1520 


[o) 
3 
ow 
an 
cs 
ce) 
ou 
an 
a 
on 
J 
o 
~ 
w 
a 
~) 
= 
on 
lor) 
= 
a 
wo 
an 
> 
a 
oa 
w 
w 
a 
a 
© 


[<7] 
ee 
— 
3 
a 
@ 
aa 
7 
a 
MD 
wo 
is) 
a] 
a 
@ 
= 
a 
for) 
uw 
for) 
w 
i 
© 


52 °5 


cs 
Oo 
ou 
eo 
Oo 
an 
= 
on 
lor) 
Q 
i 
~~ 
a 
~ 
~~ 
a 
Qa 
I 
an 
— 
a 
ol 
is) 
a 
a 


55 64 72 cheb 


an 
@ 
1 
un 
iia} 
_ 
a 
@ 
on 
wD 
we 
lor) 
we 
a 
~~ 


33 7) 42 -1| 52 -2) 62 -7| 73 -4/ 79 -6 | 76 63 9/58 +2) 42 -2| 39 -9/| 54 -7 


Ps 
© 
R 
an 
@ 
Co 
wo 
‘ual 
oO 
wo 
ao 
a 
a 
a 
un 
~ 
= 
a 
a 
P< 
x 
Qa 
_ 


46 -5 | 62 73 76 83 81 90 79 72 56 48 | 


13 8 34 45 55 5 | 61 62 45 33 +5 | 22 6 


| 31 -6| 40 +3 | 52 -2]57 1) 70 -4]70 6/75 -9|59 -2) 50 39 5 | 33 -7 | 51 


AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. 397 


TABLE II. 


Abstract of a Journal of the State of the Thermometer at Nazareth, Pennsylvania, during the years 
1787, 1788, 1789 and 1790, by Charles Gotthold Reichle. 


4 Mean 
Jan. Feb. |March.| April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. Oct. | Nov. Dec. || Annual 
Temp. 


1787—Greatest Heat. 50° | 48° |68° |77° |78° | 89° 920 | 909 | B88 "7209 =| 700° [52° 
Least Heat. 11 10 26 28 44 45 59 55 42 24 21 16 52° 


1788—Greatest Heat.) 44 50 60 79 88 90 {90 88 88 76 76 62 


Least Heat. 8 12| 4 31 40 50 62 52 44 20 24 2 50 


1789—Greatest Heat.) 50 44 60 72 72 99 92 «-| 93 84 68 66 62 
Least Heat. 10 8 8 32 40 51 62 44 | 40 31 22 16 | 50 


1790—Greatest Heat.' 56 54 68 75 90 88 90 89 
Least Heat. 10 3 00 31 46 48 56 54 


TABLE III. 


Abstract of a Journal of the State of the Thermometer at Philadelphia, during the years 1829, 1830, 
1831, 1832, 1833, 1834, 1835, 1836, 1837 and 1838, by Thomas Hewson, M.D. 


j Mean 
May. | June. | July. Aug. | Sept. Oct. | Nov. | Dec. || Annual 


Jan. Feb. | March.| April. 
| Temp. 


1829—Greatest Heat.}519 |44° | 63° | 789 |88° | 88° |88° | 899° | 85° | 709° | 60° | 62° 
56 60 44 32 24 25 


Least Heat. 7 8 24 34 44 56 


Mean Heat. 30 25 35 51 64 70 72 61 61 52 43 43 50° -7 


1830—Greatest Heat.) 51 50 66 73 78 80 90 86 83 70 65 60 


Least Heat. 10 10 20 33 44 53 
Mean Heat. 33 30 41 53 63 68 


60 58 44 46 36 8 


76 72 64 54 50 37 53 +5 


Least Heat. 6 10 24 32 37 59 54 54 46 36 32 8 
Mean Heat. | 27 27 44 51 62 72 74 74 64 55 42 23 51 -2 


| | 
1831—Greatest Heat.) 60 46 66 73 90 90 88 87 82 74 62 40 


398 METEOROLOGICAL TABLES OF THE SOCIETY. 


| 


'1832—Greatest Heat 
Least Heat. 
| Mean Heat. 


Jan. Feb. | March.| April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. Oct. Nov. | Dec. || Annual 


age [62 | 70° [ree [76° eso | ese (sao |7e0 | 75° | 3° | Re 
1 Jas {1a lev [4s [48 [56 |52 [46 [92 |26 |19 ‘ 
a1 |s3 j41 [48 [58 [os [70 |70 jo3 [54 |44 Jar |i 5105 


1833—Greatest Heat. 
Least Heat. 


60 57 66 82 84 84 | 90 84 84 71 60 a 
13 18 6 37 | 46 49 58 50 45 31 26 24 


Mean Heat. | 35 33 33 55 64 66 73 69 65 53 42 35 52 0 


1834—Greatest Heat. 


ss ies [72 |s0 |e |so |93 |es ea [78 [54 on : 

° Least Heat. |12 |21 /23 |30 |31 |49 [60 |57 |40 |32 |30 | 9 x, ; 
Mean Heat. [29 [43 |44 [52 |57 |os |77 |73 |os |57 |43 |35 |ls3-5 . 

i j 


1835—Greatest Heat. 


A 
a Least Heat. 2 af 8 30 40 49 55 
* _ Mean Heat. | 32 27 39 49 60 69 73 


| 
& ‘ '1836—Greatest Heat. 


Least Heat. 


Mean Heat. 


a rae Heat. 
Least Heat. 


Mean Heat. 


Greatest Heat. 
Least Heat. 


Mean Heat. | 37 24 41 47 58 74 80 


DONATIONS 


Received by the American Philosophical Society, since the Publication 
of Vol. VimNew Series. - 


FOR THE LIBRARY. 


FROM SOVEREIGN PRINCES, GOVERNMENTS AND STATES. 


From Great Brirain.—From the Commissioners of the Public Records of the United King- 
dom of Great Britain and Ireland. 


General Report to the King in Council from the Honourable Board of Commissioners on the 
Public Records. London, 1887. 

Inquisitionum in Officio Rotulorum Cancellarie Hibernie asservatarum, Repertorium. 
Dublin. Vol. 1, 1826; Vol. 2, 1829. 

Rotulorum Patentium et Clausorum Cancellarie Hibernie Calendarium. Vol. 1, Part 1. 
Dublin, 1828. 

Rotuli de Oblatis et Finibus in Turri Londinensi asservati, tempore Regis Johannis. Lon- 
don, 1835. 

Proceedings and Ordinances of the Privy Council of England. London. Vol. 5, 1835; Vol. 
6 and 7, 1837. 

Excerpta é Rotulis Finium in Turri Londinensi asservatis, Henrico Tertio Rege. Vol. 2. 
London, 1836. 

The Ancient Kalendars and Inventories of his Majesty’s Exchequer. 3 Vols. London, 
1836. 

Documents and Records illustrating the History of Scotland. Vol. 1. London, 1837. 

Rotuli Chartarum in Turri Londinensi asservati. Vol. 1, Part 1. London, 1837. 

Registrum vulgariter nuncupatum ‘‘ The Record of Caernarvon;’’ & Codice MS. Harleiano 
696 descriptum. Londen, 1838. 


From the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. 


A Catalogue of the Circumpolar Stars, deduced from the Observations of Stephen Groom- 
bridge. Edited by Sir George B. Airy. London, 1838. 


From the NetHEertanps.—From his Majesty the Kine of the NevHERLANDs. 


Flora Batava, of afbeelding en beschrijving van Nederlandsche Gewassen, door Jan Kops, en 
VI.—4:Z 


400 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 


H. C. Van Hall. (Being the completion of Vol. 7, and No. 110 to 117 of Vol. 8.) 
Amsterdam, 1837, 1838. 
Tijdschrift voor Natuurlijke Geschiedenis en Physiologie. Uitgegeven door J. Van der 
Hoeven, M.D., en W. H. de Vriese, M.D. Vols 1 to 5. Leyden. 8vo. 
1834—9. 
Recherches sur |’Hist. Nat. et l’Anatomie des Simules, par S. Van der Hoeven. Leyden. 
18388. Fol. 


From the Two Sictrres.—From his Majesty the Kine of the Two Siciuies. 
Real Museo Borbonico. Vols 10, 11, 1834, 1835. Vol. 12, Parts 45, 46,47. Naples, 4to. 


From the GovernMenT or Spatn.—From Don M. T. Navarrete, the Director of the 
Hydrographia Espanola. 
Coleccion de los Viages y Descubrimientos que hicieron por mar los Espanoles desde fines 
del siglo XV. Fol., 4 Vols. Madrid, 1825, 1829, 1837. 
Derrotero de las Islas Antillas, de las costas de Tierra Firme y de las del serro Mexicano. 
3d Ed. Madrid, 1837. 


From the Svate or Maryianp. 


Proceedings of the Conventions of the Province of Maryland, held at the City of Annapolis 
in 1774, 1775 and 1776. Baltimore, 1836, 

The History of Maryland, from its first Settlement, in 1633, to the Restoration, in 1660. By 
John Leeds Bozman. Vols 1 and 2. Baltimore, 1837. 


From the State or Pennsytvania. Printed at Harrisburg. ” 


Journal of the Senate of Pennsylvania. Sessions of 1836, 1837; 3 Vols. Sessions of 1837, 
1838; 3 Vols. House of Representatives. Sessions of 1836, 1837; 3 Vols. 
Sessions of 1837, 1838; 3 Vols. Senate. 

Accounts of the Treasury and Expenditures of the State, in 1835, 1836, 1837 and 1838. 

Minutes of the Provincial Council of Pennsylvania, under the Proprietary Government. 
Vols 1, 2, from 1683 to 1717. Harrisburg. 8vo. 1838. 


From the GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED States. 


The Light-Houses, Beacons, and Floating Lights of the United States, for 1838; also those 
of France to 1837, and of the British Islands to 1832, prepared by order of Ste- 
phen Pleasanton, Fifth Auditor. Washington, 1838.—From the Author. 

Congressional Documents for First and Second Sessions of Twenty-lourth Congress. 30 
Vols. 1835—7. 8vo. For First and Second Session of 'Twenty-Fifth Con- 
gress. 28 Vols,8vo. 1837,1838. Three Vols relative to Pensions. 1833, 1834. 

Chart of St George’s Shoals, surveyed by Stephen Wilkes. 1837. 

From John Forsyth, Secretary of State. 
Accounts, Receipts and Expenditures of U.S, for 1836, 1837.—from Treasurer of U.S. 


_ _ ‘7 


¢ 


Shp 


DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 401 


FROM AMERICAN AND FOREIGN SOCIETIES. 


Arsany. ‘Transactions of the Albany Institute. Vol. 2, No. 2, 3,4. 1838. 

Discourse before the Institute, on the Life and Services of Stephen Van Rensselaer. 
By D. Barnard. 1839. 

—— Annual Report of the Regents of the University of the State of New York. Made to 

the Legislature, March 1, 1838. Albany, 1838. 
AmsTerpam. Nieuwe Verhandelingen der Herste klasse van het Koninklijk-Nederlandsche 
Instituut te Amsterdam. Vols 6 and 7. Amsterdam, 1837 and 1838. 
Bautimore. ‘Transactions of the Maryland Academy of Science and Literature. Vol. 1, 
Part 1. Baltimore, 1837. 
Beruin. Abhandlungen der Kéniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Aus dem 
Jahre, 1835, 1836. Berlin, 1837, 1838. 
Bericht iiber die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Kénigl. Preuss. 
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. From May to December 1836; for 
1837, and 1838, January to June. 
Darlegung des Verfahrens der Preussischen Regierung gegen den Erzbischof von Céln. 
Berlin, 1837. 
Beilagen zu der Darlegung des Verfahrens der Preussischen Regierung gegen den Erz- 
bischof von Céln. Berlin, 1837. 
Boston. Journal of Natural History. Published by the Boston Society of Natural History. 
Vol. 1, No. 3, 4; Vol. 2, No. 1, 2. Boston, 1836—9. 

— — Address of H. Winslow, before the Soc. of Nat. Hist. 1837. 

—— Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society. ‘Third Series, Vols 6,7. Bos- 
ton, 1837, 1838. 

Brussets. Nouveaux Mémoires de l’Academie Rayale des Sciences et Belles Lettres de 
Bruxelles. Tomes10,11. 1837, 1838. 4to. 

—— Mémoires couronnés par l’Academie Ruyale des Sciences et Belles Lettres de Bruxelles. 
Vols 11, 12, 18. Vol. 14, Part 1. 4to. - Brussels, 1837, 1838. 

—— Bulletin de la Séance Generale. Vol 4, May to December 1837. Vol 5, January to 
December 1838. 8vo. 

—— Annuaire de l|’Observatoire de Bruxelles. Par le Directeur A. Quételet. Brussels, 
1856, 1837, 1838, 1839. 

Annuaire de ’Acad. 1838, 1839. 

Caxcurra. ‘I'ransactions of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India. Vols 3, 4, 
5. Serampore, 1836, 1837, 1838. Proceedings of the Society, January to 
April 1838. 

Researches of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. 19, Part 1, and Vol. 20, Part 1. 
Fol. Calcutta, 1836. 

Journal of the Asiatic Society. Edited by James Prinsep, Secretary. Vol. 5, 1837. 
Vol. 6, 1838. Vol. 7, No. 73 to 76, 78, 1838. 

CamprincE, G. B. ‘T'ransactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society. Vols 3, 4, 5and 

6, Parts 1, 2. Cambridge, 1833, 1835, 1887.—From the Society. 
-—— Laws and By-Laws of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, Cambridge, 1887, 


402 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 


Camprince, G. B.—continued. 

Catalogue of the Collection of British Quadrupeds and Birds in the Museum of the 
Cambridge Philosophical Society, &c. Cambridge, 1836. 

Cnarzeston, S. C. Catalogue of Library of Charleston Library Society. 1831—5. 8vo. 

Copennacen. Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries. Report for 1835, with List of 

. Founders and Prospectus of its Objects. 

—— Narrative of an Expedition to the East Coast of Greenland, sent by order of the king of 
Denmark, in search of the lost Colonies, under the command of Captain W. A. 
Graah, of the Danish Royal Navy. ‘Translated for the Royal Geographical So- 
ciety of London. London, 1837.—From the Society. 

Annals and Memoirs of the Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries. First Series, 
1836, 1837. Copenhagen, 1837.—From the Society. 

Cornwatt. ‘Transactions of the Royal Geological Society. Vol. 1. London, 1818. Vol. 

2, 3,4. Penzance, 1822—32. 8vo. , 


Dvunsttn. ‘I'ransactions of the Royal Irish Academy. Vol. 17, 1837, Vol. 18, Part 1, 1838.” 


Dublin.—From the Academy. 
Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, 1836, 1837, 1838. Part 1 and 2, October 
1836 to June 1837. 


By Isaac Weld. 8vo. 1829—1831. 
Prize Essays on Potatoes, &e. By W.G. Andrews and others. 1835. 
Blacher on the Management of landed Property in Ireland. 1834. 
—— Memorandum of the Objects of Geological interest near Dublin. Communicated to the 
British Association. 1835. 
Description of the Skeleton of the Fossil Deer of Ireland. By John Hart, 1830. 
Edmund Dewy, On a New Acid and its Combinations. 8vo. Dublin, 1829. 
Epinsurcu. ‘Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Vol. 13, Part 2. 4to. 
1836. Proceedings of the Society. No. 4 to9. 1833—1836. 
Leypen. C. Hugenii aliorumque Seculi XVII Virorum Celebrium Exercitationes Mathe- 
matice et Philosophice. Ex MSS. in Bibliotheca Academie Lugduno Batave 
servatis edidit P. J. Uylenbroek. Fasc. 1 & 2, Hague, 1833. 
Lispon. Memorias da Academia R. das Sciencias de Lisboa. Vol. 12. Part 1. Lis- 
boa, 1837. Fol. 
—— Roteiro geral dos Mares, Costas, Ihas, reconhecidos no Globo. Por Antonio Lopes 
da Costa Almeida. Vol. 1. Part 3. 1837. 4to. 
Compendio de Botanica do Doutor Felix de Avellar Brotero. Vol. 1. 1837. to. 
Principios geraes de Castrametacao, applicados ao Acampamento das Tropas Portu- 
guezas. Por F. J. Barreiros. 1838. 
—— Manual de Instrucgoes praticas sobre a Sementeira, Cultura e Corte dos Pinheiros, &c. 
Por F. L. G. de Varnhagen. 1836. 
— Glossario de Vocabulos Portuguezes derivados das Linguas Orientaes e Africanas, ex- 
ceptoa Arabe. Por D. F.de 8S. Luiz. 1837. 
— Ensaio sobre os Principios geraes de Strategia, e de Grande Tactica. Por F. J. Bar- 
reiros. 1837. 
Colleccao de Noticias para a Historia e Geografia das Nacoes Ultramarinas, que vivem 
nos Dominios Portuguezes. Por Joio Ribeiro. Vol. 5. 1836. 
Loxpon. Rovyat Society. Their Transactions for 1836, 1837, 1838. 4to. Catalogue of 
Members, 1836, 1837, 1838. 4to. 


f 
—— Royal Dublin Society. Agricultural Essays, and an account of the Dublin Society. : 


NONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 403 


Lonpon—consinued. 

—-~ Addresses of the Duke of Sussex, President, 1836, 1837, 1838. 8vo. Proceedings of 
the Society, No. 25 to 38, 1837, 1838, 1839. 

—— Proceedings relative to Excise. 

—— Abstract of Papers in Trans. of Roy. Soc. Vol. 3. 1830—1837. 8vo. 

Defence of the Resolution for omitting Pannizzi’s Bibliograph. Notes from Catal. of 

Lib. of Roy. Soc. 8vo. 1838. 
Astron. Obs. Roy. Obs. Greenwich, No. 2, 3, 4,5. Fol., 1835. By Stephen G. B. 
Airy, Ast. Roy. Also for 1836, 1837; by the same ; with Appendixes. 
— The Entomology of Australia, by G.R. Gray. 4to. London, 1833. 
— Astronom. Soc. ‘Their Transac., Vol. 10, 1838, 4to ; and Proceedings, Vol. 4, No. 1 to 
28. 8vo. 1836—1839. 
— Horticult. Soc. Their Trans., completion of Vol. 1, N.S. Vol. 2, N.S., No. 1, 2, 
3,4. 1837, 1838. 4to. Proceedings of the Society, No. 1 to 6, May.1838 to 
April 1839. 8vo. 

Soc. of Arts, Manuf. and Comm. ‘Their Transac., Vol. 47, Part1. Vol. 51. Vol. 52, 
Part 1. 8vo. 1837, 1838. : 

—— Astronom. Obs. of Sir John Herschell, for June and Oct. 1836, at Cape of Good Hope. 

— A Report to the Royal Society of Sir J. F. W. Herschell, Chairman of a Committee of 
the Society, relative to establishing, by the British Government, Fixed Magnetic 
Observations in the Antarctic Seas. 

— Geological Soc. Their Trans., completing Vol. 4, N.S.,and Vol. 5, Part 1, 1837. 4to. 
Their Proceedings, completion of Vol. 2 and Vol. 8, No. 59 to 62. 1837, 1838, 
1839. 

—— Zoological Soc. Vol. 2, Parts 1,2, 3. 1836—1839. Proceedings. ,_8vo. 1835, 
1836, 1837, 18388. Reports of the Council and Auditors to annual meeting. 
April 1839. 

—— Linnean Soc. Their Trans., Vol. 17, Part 4, Vol. 18, Part 1. 1887, 1838. List of 
Memb. 1839. Proceedings. November 1838 to April 16, 1839. 8vo. 

—— Royal Geographical Soc. Vol. 1 to 9. 8vo. 1833—1839. Narrative of Captain 
Graah’s Expedition to Coast of Greenland, by order of the Danish Government, 
in search of the lost colonies. Translated by the late G. M’Dougal for the So- 
ciety. 1837. 

—— Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, No. 4 to 9. 1835—1838. 8vo. Pro- 
ceedings of the Committee of Agriculture and Commerce. 1837, 1838, 1839. 
8vo. Catalogue of the Chinese Library of the R. A. Soc. By the Rev. S. Kidd. 
1838. 

—— Antiquarian Society. Their Trans. Vol. 28. 4to. 1838. 

Botanical Society of London. Proceedings of the Society. November 1836 to Feb- 

ruary 1839. 8vo. With list of Members. 

Maprip. Real Acad. Espanola Diccion. de la Lengua Castellana. PorlaAcad. Fol. 8th 
Ed. 1837. 

Moscow. Soc. Imp. des Naturalistes. Their Trans., Vol. 4. 1835. Bulletin of the Soc., 
Vol. 9. By G. F. de Waldheim. 1836. Also No. 1 to 4. 1837. Svo. 

New York. Lyceumof Natural History. Their Annals, Vol. 3, completed; Vol. 4, Parts 

lto4. 1837. 
New York Soc. Library Company. Their Catalogue. 1838. 


VI.—5 A 


- 
404 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 


Oxrorp, G. B. Ashmolean Society. Proceedings of the Society, containing various Essays 


and Memoirs. 1832—1837. 
Paris. Institut Royal de France. Mém. des Sc. Mor. et Pol. 2d series, Vols 1, 2. 1837— 
1839. Report to Inst. by Arago and others, sur la Filtration des Eaux, proposée 
par M. Trouville. 1837. 
Soc. Roy. des Antiquaires de France. N.S. Their Memoirs. Vols 3,4. 1837, 
1838. 
Soc. Roy. de Géographie. Recueil des Voyages et des Mémoires. Publié par la Soe. 
Vols 4,5. 4to. 1837,1838. BulletindelaSoc. N.S. Vols6to10. 1836— 
1838. 
Museum D’Hist. Nat. Nouv. Annales, Vols 2, 3,4. 4to. 1833—1835. 
—— Ingenieurs des Mines, &c. Ann. Vols9,10,11,13 ; Vol. 14, Liv. 4—6 ; Vol. 15, Liv. 
1839. 
Pestu. Hungarian Acad. Se. List of Members, with almanac for 1838 prefixed. 


PuitapeLputa. Reports of the ‘Trustees of the City Gas Works, with the history of the 


establishment. 1838. 8vo. 
—— City Library. Catalogue of the Logan Library. 1837. 


Members. 1837. 
—— American Journal of Medical Sciences. Isaac Hays, Ed. 8vo. 1837—1839. - 
—— American Med. Intelligencer. Robley Dunglison, Ed. 2 Vols. 14 vols repub. of 
foreign authors. 1838—1839. 
Eclectic Journal of Medicine. John Bell, Ed. 1837, 1838. 10 vols repub. of foreign 
authors. 
—— Atheneum of Philadelphia. Chart of St George’s Shoal, Surveyed by Lt Wilkes, 
for U.S. 1837. 
Provipence, R. I. Their Trans. Vol. 4. 1838. 
St Pererssurc. Mem. de l’Acad. Imp., &c. 6me série. 
Sc. Math. Phys. et Nat. From this period each volume published in two parts. 
Se. Math. et Phys. Vol. 3, being 1st of M. et P; Vol. 4, No. 1, 2. Commencement 
of 2d vol. M.et P. 1838. 4to. 
Se. Nat. Vol. 3, being Ist of N. H; Vol. 4, being 2d of N. H. 1835—1838. 
Sc. Pol. Hist. Philol. Vol. 3; Vol. 4, No. 1, 2,3. 1836—1838. 4to. 
—— Mém. de divers Savans, lus dans ses Assemblées. Vol. 3, No. 3, 4,5, 6. 1837. 
' 4to. No. 1, 2, not received. 
— Recueil des Actes publ. de l’Acad., Dec. 1836, 1837. 4to. 


The following were received from the Academy, transmitted by Mr. P. von Goetz 
through the Russian Minister. All printed at St Petersburg. 


—— Periodical collection, published by the Imperial Academy of St Petersburg. 4 Vols. 
(In Russian.) 1829—1832. 

Memoirs of the Russian Academy. 12 Vols. (In Russian.) 1815—i828. 

—— Continuation of the Memoirs of the Russian Academy. 3 Vols. (In Russian.) 
1834, 1835. 

—— Works and Translations, published by the Russian Academy. 7 Vols. (In Russian.) 
1805—1823. 

—— Dictionary of the Russian Academy. 6 Vols. (In Russian.) 1806—1822. 4to. 


Academy Nat. Sci. Their Trans. Vol. 7, Part 2. Act of Incorporation and list of — 


DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 405 


Sr Pererssurcu—continued. 

Complete Works of Admiral Schischkoff, President of the Academy. 16 Vols. (In 
Russian.) 1818—1834, 

—— On the aflinity of the Russian and Greek languages. 3 Vols. (In Greek and Russian.) 

1828. 

—— Recherches sur les Racines des Idiomes Slavons. Par l’Amiral Chichekof. ‘Traduit du 
Russe. Part 1. 1832. 

Relation of the Maritime War between Russia and Sweden, in the years 1788, 1789 
and 1790. By Admiral Schischkoff. (In Russian.) 1826, 

Popular Songs of the Greeks. (In Russian.) 1825. 

—— Memoirs of Admiral Schischkoff for the year 1812. (In Russian.) 1831. 

—— A Brief and True Relation of Napoleon. (In Russian.) 1814, 

—— Proceedings of the Russian Academy at their Sitting, January 18th, 1836, for the Re- 

ception of the Prince of Oldenburgh as an Honorary Member. (In Russian.) 
1836. 

—— Untersuchungen iiber die Sprache, mitgetheilt in den Nachrichten der Russischen Aka- 
demie, von Alexander Schischkow. Aus dem Russischen iibersetzt von P. von 
Goetze. 3 Vols. 1826, 1827 and 1837. 

Serbische Volkslieder, in’s Deutsche iibertragen von P. yon Goetz. 1827. 

—— Stimmen des Russischen Volks in Liedern. Gesammelt und iibersetzt von P. von 

Goetz. Stuttgart. 1828. 
—— Observations Météorologiques et Magnétiques, faites dans ’Empire de Russie, redigées 
et publiées par A. T. Kupffer. No. 1,2. 4to. 1837. 

Srocknorm. Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Handlingar. 1835, 1836. 8vo. 

Aorsberiittelser om Vetensk. Framsteg afgiven af Acad. Embetsman. 1835, 1836. 8vo. 

Turin. Meémorie della Real Acad. delle Scienze di Torino. Vol. 38, 39, 40. 1835— 

1838. 4to. 
Ursat. Nova Acta Regie Societatis Upsalensis. Vol. 10. 1832. Ato. 
Worcester. Amer. Antiq. Soc. Their Trans. Vol. 2. Worcester. 1836. 


FROM INDIVIDUALS. 


Abert, (Col. J. T.) ‘Topographical Department of U.S. Published by the Secretary of 
War at Washington. 

—— Report of a Survey around the Falls of Niagara, with a view to a Ship Canal, made in 
1835, under the direction of Capt. W. G. Williams, of the U.S. Topog. En- 
gineers. With numerous Maps. 

—— Report of Lieut. R. E. Lee and others, U. S. Engineers, on the Rock River and Des 
Moines Rapids of the Mississippi River, and on the Harbour of St Louis. With 
Maps. 1838. 

—— Maps of the Kennebeck and Androscoggin Rivers, and of Wilson’s and Winthrop 
Ponds, &c. 1838. 

—— Reports of the Surveys of the Mouths of Milwaukie, Root, Manitowoe, Sheboygan and 
Kewaunee Rivers, and of Havre Bay. 1838. 

—— Report to Congress relative to a Canal from Lake Erie to Ontario. With estimates. 
Lee, Engineer. 1836. 


: 7 
ian * 
. #) 
406 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 
Abert, (Col. J. T.)\—continued. h 
Havre Bay, Michigan. Surveyed by Centre and Pole. 1836. 


Captain Turnbull’s Survey and Construction of the Potomack Aqueduct. With 28 


Plates. . 
—— Report on Harbour of Province Town, Cape Cod, Mass. 1838. 
Essay on Meteorological Observations. By J. N. Nicolet. Printed by order of the 
War Department, Washington. 1839. 8vo. ® 
Adam (Wm.) Second Report on the State of Education in Bengal. By order of the Gov. 
General of Calcutta. 1838. ' 
— Third Report on the State of Education in Behar, and means suggested for extending 
Public Education. 1836. Calcutta. - 
Alexander (J. H.) J. 'T'. Dueatel’s Report of the Geologist and Engineer of the new Map of 
Maryland. 1836. 8vo. 
Allison (Jos. J.) His Observ. relative to Lymphatick Hearts. Philad. 1838. 
Andrew (W.) Views on the Improvement of the Maltese Language, and its use for the pur- — 
poses of Education and Literature. By C.F.Schisenz. Malta, 1838. 12mo. 
Arfwedson (C. D.) Férenta Staterna och Canada. 1832, 1838, 1834. 2 Vols. Stock- 
holm. 1335. 
Scener i Nord America. Stockholm. 1836. 
Minners fran Europa och America. Stockholm. 1837. 
Awl (W.M.) Third Annual Report of the Directors of the Ohio Lunatic Asylum. Colum- 
bus. 1837. 
Ayerigg (B.) Communication relative to W. Branch and Alleghany Canal. 
Supplement to Report of 1836, 1837. Harrisburg. 1839. 
Bache (A. D.) Major Edward Sabine’s Report on the Phenom. of Terrestrial Magnetism ; 
being an abstract of Magnetismus der Erde of Prof. Hansteen. 8vo. London. 
1836. 
Report on the variations of the Magnetic Intensity, observed at different points on the 
Earth’s Surface. With Plates. London. 8vo. 1838. 
—— J.C. Ross on the Position of the North Magnetic Pole. 4to. London. 1834. 
Jarhbuch fur 1837, von H. Schumacher. Sittgard: 1838. 
Catalogue of British Association, of Philos. Instrum., Models of Inventions, Products af 
Nat. Industry, &c., at the exhibition of the Assoc. Newcastleon Tyne. 1838. 
—— Address of the General Secretaries of the eighth meeting of the British Association. 
New Castle. 1838. ” 
— Statistique de la Peine Capital en Belgique,en France, en Angleterre et en Prusse. Par 
“E. Dupéctiaux. 1835. 
Bache (Hartman.) His Survey of Pensacola Harbour and Bar in Florida. 1832. 
Chart of the Entrance of Sandusky Bay. By Lt Graham. 1826. 
Baena (A. L. M.) Compendio das Eras de Para, Bruges. 4to. 
Bagster and Marshall. Catalogue and Specimen Book of Oxford and Polygott Bibles and 
Theological Works. 1838, 
Bailey (Francis.) His Supplement to the account of Rev. John Flamstead, First Astron. Roy. 
London. 4to. 1837. “9 


a eBerclay ( (James.) Report of House of Ref. ; Abstracts of 2d and 3d Report on the State of 


British Prisons. 
Report of Moravian Brethren, of British and Foreign Bible Society, and of American 
Bible Society. 


2 z 


DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 407 


at ee of Russia, Wal. 1, writien for Lerdnues’s Cyclopedia. London 

12mo. 

Bell (John, M-D., Editor.) Select Medical Library. (See Philad.) 

Bellingeri (C. F.J.) Dissertatio is Tom 131 

—— Ragionamenti, Sperienze ed iehe comproventi FAmtgomisms Nervose. 
Turm. Svo. 1833. = ; 


; with 2 ation from them, pointing oat Defects. Washington, 1838. 
—— E. M. Bluni’s Theo. and Pract. Seamanship. 2dEd New York. Sve. isze 


—— Edwards's New Lunar Tables, for correctimg the 2pparent Distance of the Moon from 
the Sun, Pixed Stxs, Ge. 3d Ei New York. 1834 oy 
— h Blunt's Shipmaster’s Assistant, or Commercial Dizest. New York i837. 
Bonaparte (Joseph, Comte de Sarvilliers.) Iconographi2 Fame Imlic= dz Carlo L. Boss 
parte, Principe di Canine. Fol. 11 to 1G. 1834—6. 3 
Bowditch (From his Family-) His Trans. 2nd Comm. of Bz Place, Vol. 4, with = Bio 
gtaphy by his Son, Nath. Bowditch. Boston. 1839. 4io. 
o Bowen (J. T.) Panorama and Views of Philadelphis and Vicinity, from Pzintings of J. E. 
Wiid : Ilustrations by A. M”"M2ckin. Phikdelphiz. 4ip. 1938 
Bradford (Alden.) Memoir of the Life and Writings of the Rev. J. Mayhew. Bostan. - 
1833. 
Bradford (T. G.) Boston Journal of Natural History, Part 1, No. 1, 2, 3, 4. 1sss—7- 
—— First Rep., by H. Coleman, on the Agriculture of the county of Essex, Mass. Bostam. 
1837. 
—— Reports 2nd Resolves of the Joimt Commitice of the Legislature of Mascachusetts on 
Public Lands, im relation to the Mzine N. E. Boundary Question. 
—— First Annual Report of the American Beard of Education of Massachnse+ts. 183. 
Briggs ae rms Their Furst Report of Geolog. Survey of the State of New York, zided 
Beck, Emmons Vanuxem, Torry-De Ruys. Albeny. 1837. 
Brighem (W. 


>. Browne (P. A.) Essoy om the Veterinary Art, and an Account of the Veterinary Colleges of 
ia. 1837 


- Burns (M.) . Pal ey's (J. G.,) Academical Lectures on the Jewish Seriptares, Andiguities, “e 
Vol. 1, Four last Books of the Pentateuch. Boston. Svo. 1838. . 


1833, 1839. Harrisburg. to 
| © Capers (N.) George Combe’s Testimonials in his behalf ax Candidate for the Chair of | 
7 Logie im the University of Edinburgh. 1836. ad 


408 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 


Carey (Mathew.) Lithographic Copies of Two Letters from General Washington to M. C. 
March 15, 1785 ; June 25, 1788. 
—— His Vindicie Hibernicw, or Ireland Vindicated. 3d Ed., enlarged. 8vo. Philadel- 
phia. 1837. 
Laws of Maryland at large, from the Record Office ; collected by State authority, by 
Thomas Bacon. Annapolis. Fol. 1765. 
Laws of Maryland of Session of 1783. | Annapolis. 
Two Vols of Congress Documents. 8vo. 1826. 
Carey (H. C.) His Principles of Political Economy, Part 1, Laws of Production and Distri- 
bution of Wealth. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1837. ; 
—— His Credit System of France, Great Britain and the United States of America. Phila- 
delphia. 1838. 8vo. : 
—— His Principles of Political Economy, Part 2; The Causes which retard the Production 
of Wealth. Philadelphia. 1838. 8vo. 
Carey, Lea & Blanchard. William Buckland’s Geology and Mineralogy, considered with 
respect to Natural Theology.- (Bridgewater Treatise.) 2 Vols, 8vo. Philadel- 
phia edition. 1837. 
Carton (L’Abbé.) Le Sourd-muet et l’Aveugle, Journal mensuel par l’Abbé C., Directeur de 
l'Institut d Bruges. 148 liv. 1887. 
Casanova (J. N.) Essai sur le Madar (Calotropis Madarii Indico-Orientalis), translated from 
the English by L. A. Richy. Calcutta. 1833. 
General Observations respecting Cholera Morbus. Philadelphia. 1834. 
Castelnau (Le Comte de.) Baron Walchenaer’s Hist. Nat. des Insectes Aptéres. Vol. 1. 
Paris. 1837. Formant nouvelles suites & Buffon. 
Catullo (T. A.) Saggio de Zoologia Fossile. 4to. Padova. 1837. 
Memoria Geognostico-Zoologica sopra alcune Conchiglie Fossili nel Territorio di Bel- 
luno. 1834, 4to. 
Chacon (Consul-General of Spain.) Calendario de Madrid y guia de Forasteros. 1835. 
Christie (S. H.) Discussion of the Magnetical Observations made by Captain Back, Royal 
Navy, during his Arctic Expedition. London. 4to. 1836. 
Charlesworth (Ed.) New Series Mag. of Nat. Hist. (Late Loudon’s), Vols 1, 2. 1837, 
1838. Vol. 3, Nos. 25, 26, 27, 29. (28 not received.) 1839. 
Cogswell (W. and Edward R. B.) The American Quarterly Register, published by the 
American Education Society, Boston. Vol. 10 and Vol. L1, No. 1, 2, 3. 1838, 
1839. 
Coleman (Henry.) Reports as Commissioner on the Agriculture of the State of Massachu- 
_ setts. No. 1; County of Essex, 1837. No. 2; County of Berkshire, 1838. 
Combe (Geo.) On the Functions of the Cerebellum, by Dr Gall, Vimont and Broussais ; 
translated from the French by him; also Answers to objections of Roget and 
others against Phrenology. Edinburgh. 1838. 
Conrad (J. A.) See Vanuxem. 
Conyngham (R.) Abstract of state of Banks of Pennsylvania to. the Legislaturo, at Quarterly 
Periods. 1838. Harrisburg. 
—— Report on Elementary Public Instruction in Europe, communicated to the General 
Assembly of Ohio. 1837. 
—— H. Hage’s Second Report on the Railroad from Chambersburg to Pittsburgh, and from 
Loughlin to Chambersburgh. 1838. 


a 


DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 409 


Conyngham (R.)—continued. 
—— T. H. Burrough’s Draft of a revised Common School Law, and relative to preparing 
Common School Teachers. 1838. 
Cooper (William.) His Researches on the Cheroptera of the United States. New York. 
1837. 4 
Cooper (Fenimore.) His History of the Navy of the United States of America. 2 Vols, 
8vo. Philadelphia. 1839. 
Cowell (J. W.) Two Reports of Cameron, Wrottesly, &c., addressed to his Majesty’s Com- 
missioners, appointed to inquire “into the Operation and Administration of the 
Poor Laws in Great Britain, and a Letter from C. Arrivabene on the same Subject 
in Belgium. 
Cumplido (Y.) Proyecto del Primero Camino de Hierro de Mexico a Vera Cruz. 
Calendario Portatil de Mexico, por ano 1838. 
Cramer (C.) Et was iiber die Natur Wunder in N. America Zuramenge hugen von C. C. 
St Petersburg. 1837. 
Cresson (Elliot.) Bigelow’s Statistical Tables of the State of Massachusetts, and condition 
of certain branches of industry, 1836—7. Boston. 1838. 
Dahlgren (J. A.) Translation of H. I. Paixhan’s Account of Experiments made in the French 
Navy for the trial of Bomb Cannon. 12mo. _ Philadelphia. 1838. 
Dahlborn (Gustavo.) Clavis Novi Hymenopterorum Systematis. Lunde. 1835. 4to. 
Prodromus Hymenopterologie Seandinavice. Lunde. 1836. 8vo. 
Darlington (W.) Flora Cestrica ; or Account of the Flowering and Fibioid Plants of Chester 
County, state of Pennsylvania, with their Uses. West Chester. 12mo. 1837. 
—— An Essay on the Development and Modification of the External Organs of Plants, tran- 
slated chiefly from J. W. Von Goethe. West Chester. 1839. 
Davis (J. P.) Sixth Annual Report of the Trustees of Massachusetts State Lunatic Asylum 
at Worcester. Boston. 1838, 
Second Annual Report of Secretary of Board of Education to the Senate of Massachu- 
setts. Boston. 1839. 
— C. T. Jackson’s Annual Report to the Legislature of Massachusetts of Geology of Pub- 
lie Lands of Maine and Massachusetts. 1838. 
David Henshaw’s Letters on the Internal Improvement and Commerce of the West. 
Boston. 1839. 
—— Further Reports and other Documents relative to Massachusetts Lunatic Hospital. 
1837. Boston. 
—— Account of an Important Invention of Joseph Dixon, engraver, Boston, of transferring 
Printing or MS. of any kind to Stone, and multiplying Copies, accompanied by 
Specimens, executed by him in October 1839, on an Hebrew Book, sixty years 
old. Certified by Gov. Everett and others. His Invention was published in 
Salem, Mass., 1832. 
Davis (Robert.) Logic, or the Art of Reasoning simplified, by S. E. Parker. Published by 
R. D. Philadelphia. 1837. 
D’Avezac. Notice des Travaux de la Société Géographique de Paris, et du Progrés des Sci- 
ences Géographiques pendant 1836, par D’Avezac. Paris. 1836. 
—— Esquisse Générale de l’Afrique ; par D’Avezac, Paris. 1837. 
Daubeny (E.) See Oxford. 
De La Forest (A. P.) Son Essai sur la Vie et les Ouv. de S. F. Schoell. Paris. 1835. 


iv y - > | baal —_ a —_ 
“ 4 ? o « * < y 
* " ad * 
=. 5 r: a ; 
° a } 
410 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 


Demme (R. R.) The whole works of Flavius Josephus, in German, with his Life, written by 
himself, translated from Greek by Professors Cotta and Sfrérer, edited by C. R. 
D., with remarks, in German, from Rosenmiiller, Michzlis and others. Phila- cal 
delphia. 1839. 4to. 

Desmond (Daniel, J.) His Transl. of the Good Fellow, by Paul de Kock. Philadelphia. 
1837. 2 Vols. 

De Wette (L.) Bericht iiber die verhandlungen der natur forchenden Gesellschaft in Basel. J 
3 Parts. August 1834 to July 1838. 

Dickerson (M.) The Rev. W. Whewell’s researches on the Tides, 6th series, being results 
of an extensive system of Tide Observations made on the Coasts of Europe and 
America, in 1885. London. 4to. 1836. 

D’Homergue (John.) ‘The Silk Culturist’s Manual; or Popular Treatise on Raising Mul- 
berry Trees and Silk Worms, and preparing Raw Silk for Exportation. Phila- 
de!phia. 1839. 

Dobson (J.) John Millington’s Elements of Civil Engineering, for the Use of Students. 
Philadelphia. 1839. 

—— Correspondencia de M. E. Gorostiza que ha medido entre la Legacion Extraord. de 
Mexico y et el departamento de Estado de los Estados Unidos, sobre el passo de 
Sabina por las tropas del Gen. Gaines. : , 

Dorr (Rev. B.) Proceedings of the Protestant Episcopal Convention in " Philadelphia. 
Philadelphia. 1836. September 1838, with Constitution and Canons. 

—— Bishop Mead’s Sermon on opening the Convention, September 5, 1838. 

—— Twenty-Seventh Annual Report of the Trustees of the Society of the Protestant Epis- 
copal Church for the Advancement of Christianity in Pennsylvania. Philadel- 
phia. 1839. 

—— Proceedings of the Board of Missions of the Episcopal Church in the United States of 
America, at their Third Annual Meeting in Baltimore, 1838, and Report of the ‘ 
Committee of the Foreign and Domestic Society. New York. 1838. : . 

Drayton (Lt. P.) Anglo-Arabie Primer and Vocabulary. Malta. 1832. | 

Arabic Testament, consecrated in the Church at Jerusalem. 1836. 

Drayton (Lt. Wm.) Otaheite Newspaper, in the Language of the Sandwich Islands. July, 
1836. 

Duane (W. J.) Navigation made Easy; dedicated to Thomas Jefferson, by F. Hoskins. # 
MS. Philadelphia. 1803. | 

Ducatel (J.T. and J. H. Alexander.) Report of the Geologist and Engineer on the New Map 
of Maryland. 1836. ; 

Ducatel (J.,T.) s Report as Geologist for 1837, 1838. 

Dunglison (R.) See Philadelphia. 

Dunn (N.) A Peep into China in N. Dunn’s Chinese Museum, Philadelphia, with a Notice 
of Chinese Customs, &c., by E. C. Wines. 

Duponceau (P. S.) The Poles in the United States of America, with History of Poland and 
the Sclavonians, by C. Kraitzer. Philadelphia. 1837. 

— Philological Letter to A. Gallatin, by F. Lieber. 1837. 

—— Hist. de la Isla de Cuba, por Don A. Maldez. 1813. * 

Original Notes of M. de la Palun, on Father Morrone’s Cochin-Chinese Vocabulary, 

printed in the Second Volume of the Historical Transactions of the Society, (MS.). 
—— His Dissertation on the Nature and Character of the Chinese System of Writing, in a 


DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 411 


Duponceau (P. S.)—continued. 
Letter to John Vaughan. (With Cochin-Chinese Vocabularies.) Philadelphia. 
1838. Published by the Society. 

—— Observa. on the Justificative Memorial of the Court of Great Britain, translated from the 
French, by the donor. 1781. 

—— A Narrative of the Mission of the United Brethren among the Delaware and Mohegan 
indians, from 1740 to 1808, by John Heckewelder. Philadelphia. 1820. 
Johann Heckewelder’s Nachricht von der Geschichte, der Sitten, und Gebriiuchen der 

Indianischen Vélkerschaften. Aus den Englischen iibersetzt, von Fr. Hesse. 
Nebst einem Zusatze von G. E. Schulze. Géttingen. 1821. 
—— Discorso di un Vaso Greco dipinto che si conservatc nel Real Museo Borbonico del 
C. B. Quaranta. 
Engles (J. F.) The English Instructor; in the Burman Language. 
Harmony of the Gospels; in the Choctaw Language. Utica. 1831. 
—— Spelling Book in the Choctaw Language, with English Translation. 
— Novum Testamentum ad Exemplar Millianum. Editionem primam Americanam recen- 
suit Josephus P. Engles, A.M. Philadelphia. 1839. 
Sermones Pomerii Fratris Adelbarti de Themeswar. Hagenau. 1498. 
—— Grammar and Vocabulary of New Zealand. London. 1820. 
Proverbs in Hinduwee. Prayers in Armenian. 1835. 
Bengalee Almanac. Jeremiah in ihe Persian Language. 
—— L’Exercice d’un Microscope, by F. Watkins. London. 1754. 
Burke and his associates, Trial of Westport Murderers. Edinburgh. 1829. 
—— Hindoostanee Maps, as an Introduction to Astronomy. 
—— Hindostanee Atlas, 
—— Biblical Apparatus in Four Parts; a Plan to correct the present Version of the Sacred 
Scriptures, by Rev. W, Yates. Calcutta. 1837. 
Fairbank (W.) On the Strength and other Properties of Cast Iron, ebisinod from the hot 
and cold Blast, a W.F. London. 1838. 
Faraday (M.) His Experimental Researches in Electricity. 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th and 
15th series. London. 1838, 1839. And Index to Series, 1 to 14. 
Fisher (J. F.) Description of the various Museums of Paris. 
Schlegel’s Lectures on the History of Literature, Ancient and Modern, translated from 
the German. 2 Vols, 8vo. Edinburgh. 1836. 
—— J. D. Knowles’s Memoir of Roger Williams, the Founder of the State of Rhode Island. 
Boston. 1834. 
—— Lucani Pharsalia, cum Notis Hugonis Grotii et Ricardi Bentleii. Glasgow. 1816. 
—— C. Crisp. Sallust. Opera. No imprint. 
—— M. Valerii Martialis Epigrammata. Leipsic. No date. 
Catalogue, and Collection of Political Tracts and MSS. relating to the History of the 
Colony of Pennsylvania, from 1681 to 1770. Fol. 
—— F. H. Burroughs, Superintendent of Common Schools; his System, reported to the 
Legislature of Pennsylvania. 1839. 
Fitton (W. H.) On the Strata between the Chalk and Oxford Oolite, in S. E. of England. 
4to. London. 1836. 
Forbes (J. D.) Experiments made in different parts of Europe on Terrestrial Magnetic In- 
tensity, with reference to Height. 4to. Edinburgh. 1837. 
Forster (T.) His Illustrations of the Atmospherical Origin of Epidemic Diseases, by T. F. 
- Chelmsford. 1829. 


VI.—5 ¢ 


es 


. 
‘ 
. . 
wr ages 
' a 
412 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. gy, , 


Forster (T’.)—continued. 

Medicina Simplex; or the Pilgrim’s Way Book, by T. F. London. 1832. 

—— Observations sur |’Influence des Cométes sur les Phénoménes de l’Atmosphére. Ad- 

dressés & M. Arago, par ‘I’. F. Aix-la-Chapelle. 1836. 

—— Recueil de ma Vie, mes Ouvrages et mes Pensées. Opuscule Philosophique, par ‘l’. 
F. Brussels. 1837. 

Facts and Inquiries respecting the Source of Epidemic, by T. Ff. London. 1832. 

— Observations on the Brumal Retreat of the Swallow, by T. F. London. 1817. 

— His Moral Reflections on the Actual Condition of the Animal Kingdom. Brussels. 

1839. 
Fraley (F.) H. Strong’s Report of the Legislature of Pennsylvania, containing a Description 
of the Swatara Mining District, illustrated by Diagrams. Harrisburg. 1839. 
—— E. Miller’s First Report, as Engineer, of the Sunbury and Erie Railroad, made to the 
Managers, January 1839. Harrisburg. 

Frazer (W. C.) New Testament in the Chippewa Language. Albany. 1833. 

Frias (J. de) Cinco Meses en los Estados Unidos de America, por Ramon de Sagra. Paris. 
1835. 

Viage & los Estados Unidos d’America, por L. de Zavala. Paris. 1834. 

Gajani (Dr M.) ‘Three Surgical Essays in Italian. Macerata. 1838, 1839. 

Gallatin (A.) Archeologia Amer.; Vol. 2 (principally consisting of the donor’s Synops. ol 

the Indian Lang. of the United States). Cambridge, Mass. 1836. 

Gene (J.) Synopsis Reptilium Sardinie Indigenorum. ‘Turin. 

Gerstner (F. A.) A Treatise on Mechanics, by F. J. Chev. de Gerstner; edited and aug- 
mented by F. A. de Gerstner. ‘The commencement of the First Chapter. 
Vienna. 1834. 

First Russian Railroad, from St Petersburg to Zarscoe, Selo and Pawlowsk. London. 

Getz (G.) Merchants and Mechanics’ Guide to the Iron Trade. Reading. 1838. 

Gluge (W.) Ses Notes sur la Structure des Hydatides et de l’Epiderme dans quelques Ani- 

maux. Brussels. 1838. 
—— Note sur la Terminaison des Nerfs et sur les Canaux Nerveux dans les moignons des 
amputés, by the same. Brussels. 1838. 

Godon (L. 8.) Some Leaves of a Siamese Book of Astrology. 

—— A Siamese 'Tale, written in White Letters, on black paper, one Sheet, curiously folded. 

—— Missionary Tracts, in Siamese, Hindostanee, Burman. 

Tract in the Language of the people called Bugis, inhabiting Celebes. a 

Goetze (P. Von.) Serbische Volkslieder, in’s Deutsche iibertragen von P. Von Goetze. St 

- Petersburg. 1827. 

—— Stimmen des Russischen Volks in Liedern. Gesammelt und iibersetzt von P. Von 
Goetze. Stuttgart. .1828. 

Graham (H.) His Essays on unexplained Phenomena. Glasgow. 1838. 

Graham (J. D.) Topog. Eng. of the United States ; Report on the Milit. and Hydrog. Chart 
of the Extremity of Cape Cod, with Sea Coast and Harbour, executed in 1833, 
1834, 1835. : 

Gray (G. R.) Synopsis of the Species of Insects of the Family of Phasmide. London. 
1835. 

Graff (Fred., Engineer of the Philadelphia Watering Committee.) His Reports for 1822, 
1823 ; 1837, 1838. Philadelphia. 1837, 1838, 1839. 


DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 413 


Gratz (Joseph.) ‘Third Annual Report of the Geolog. Survey of Pennsylvania. Harrisburg. 
1839. By H. D. Rogers. 

Green (Jacob, M. D.) Chemical Diagrams of many interesting Changes produced by Che- 

miecal Affinity. Philadelphia. 1837. 

Review of his Remarks on the Trilobites. 

Greenough (F. W.) See M’Kinney. 

Griffith (Wm.) On the Family Hizophorie. Madras. 1836. 

Grigg & Elliot and S. A. Mitchell. Illinois in 1837; on the Cultivation of the Prairies. 
Anonymous. 

Gutzlaff (Rev. Charles.) Chinese Magazine, published at Canton by himself, 1 to 17, with 
English Table of Contents and with Maps. 

—— Collection of Chinese Missionary Pamphlets. 

His Universal History, in Chinese, with Maps of both Hemispheres. Canton. 1839. 

Hall (James.) Indian Portraits. See M’Kenney. 

Hall (Robert.) Popular Lectures on Geology, by R. C. Von Leonhard, of Heidelberg, tran- 
slated from German by J. G. Morris, and edited by R.H. Baltimore. 1839. 

Haswell, Barrington & Haswell. Form of Prayers, according to the Customs of the Spanish 
and Portuguese Jews. Edited by Isaac Leeser. 6 Vols. Printed by them. 
Philadelphia. 1838. 

Harris (T. W.) His Remarks upon the North American Insects belonging to the Genus 
Cychrus of Fabricius; with Descriptions of some newly detected Species. Bos- 
ton. 1839, : 

Hammer Purgstall (J.) Jahrbiicher der Literatur fiir 1836, 1837, 1838. Vienna. 

O Kind die beriihmte abhandlung Ghasalis ; Arabitch und Deutsch ars neujahrsgeschenk. 

Vienna. 1838. 

—— Flower Garden of Mysteries ; A Mystical Persian Poem, translated by him into German 
Verse. Pesth. 4to. 1839. 

Harris (Thomas, M.D.) ‘The Life and Services of Commodore William Bainbridge, of the 
United States Navy, by him. Philadelphia. 1837. 

Hays (Isaac, M.D.) See Philadelphia. 

Hersant (M.) Nouveau Procédé pour la Conservation des Grains, par M. le Général Demar- 
cay. Paris. 

Hodgson (W.B.) Extrait d’une Traduction d’un MS. en Langue Berbére de quelques parties 

de l’Ecriture Sainte; 12me Chap. de St Luc. London. 1833. 

Arte dela Lengva Moxa. Compuesto por el M. R. P. Pedro Marban. Lima. 1702. 

Hopkinson (Jos.) His Speech on the Judicial Tenure, delivered in the Convention of Penn- 
sylvania for revising the Constitution. Philadelphia. 1838. 

—— Speech in the Convention on the same subject, by C. Chauncey. Philadelphia. 
1838. 

Hodgkinson (Eaton.) His Essay on the relative Strength and other mechanical Properties 
of Cast Iron, obtained by hot and cold Blast. London. 1838. 

Holbrook (J. E., M.D.) His North American Herpetology ; or, a Description of the Rep- 
tiles inhabiting the United States. Vol. 1, 1836; Vol. 2, Philadelphia, 1838. 

Horner (W. E., M.D.) His Necrological Notice of Dr Philip Syng Physick ; delivered 
before the American Philosophical Society, May 4, 1838. Philadelphia. 1838. 

Howe (S. G., Principal.) Annual Report of the Trustees of the New England Institution for 

instructing the Blind. Boston. 1887. 

Seventh Report of the same. 1839. 


. a 


; at 
414 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 


a 

Jackson (James, Jun., M.D.) Cases of Cholera, collected at Paris, in the Hospital La Pitié. 
Boston. 1832. 

Jackson (R, 'T’.) First Report of the Geology of the State of Maine, by him, as State Geo- 
logist, with Plates. Augusta. 1837. 

Jackson (James, M.D.) A Memoir of James Jackson, Jun. M.D., with Extracts from Let- 
ters to his Father, and Medical Cases collected by him. Boston. 1835. 

Jarvis (E.) Documents of the Kentucky Legislature, Session of 1837, 1838. 

Jay (J. C., M.D.) A Catalogue of the Shells arranged according to the Lamarekian System, 
together with Descriptions of new or rare Species, contained in his Collection. 
New York. 1839. 4to. 

Ingersoll (J. R.) His Address before the Phi Beta Kappa Society of Maine, in Bowdoin 
College. September 1837. 

—— Message of the President of the United States, December 1836. Report on State 
Banks. 1837. 

Ingraham (E. D.) A Collection of recent London Book Catalogues. 

Johnson (E. J.) Report of Magnetic Experiments tried on Board an Iron Steam Vessel, by 
order of the Lords of the Admiralty, G. B., compared with Observations on those 
with the same Instruments. London. 4to. 1836. 

Jomard (Le Chev.) Notice Historique sur la Vie et les Voyages de Réné Caillié. Paris. 
1839. 

Jussieu (M. de.) De Floribus et Affinitatibus Balsaminearum Scripsit J. Rolper. Brazil. 
1830. 

Justice (G. M.) Tables of the Self-registering Anemometer and Rain Gauge, with Draw- 
ings, anda Description, by Mr Follett Ostler. 

Kay (James, Jun. & Brother.) Principles of Geology, by Charles Lyell; 1st American from 

the 5th London edition. Philadelphia. 1837. 

Elements of Geology ; 1st American from the 1st London edition. Philadelphia. 1839. 

Leaming (J. F.) Sir Dudley Diggs’s Complete Ambassador, or ‘Treaties of an intended 
Marriage of Queen Elizabeth. London. Fol. 1655. 

Le Clere (Fred.) Lettres sur l’Amérique, par M. Chevalier. 2 Vols, 8vo. 

Lee (Dr.) Proceedings of the London Astronomical Society. Vol. 4, No. 23. May 

1839. 
Proceedings of the Numismatic Society, London, and Account of its institution. 1836. 


1837, 1838; also his Address. 1837. i 


Leucacio (J. S. P.) Genieida. Poema Philos. et Allegorico, sobre a lucta da Liber 
contra a Tyrrania. Lisbon. 1835. 2 Vols. 

Lieber (Francis.) Popular Essay on subjects of Penal Lae tSélitary Confinement with La- 
bour, and Joint Labour by day, by himself. Philadelphia. 1838. 

Linah (James.) National Portrait Gallery, conducted by Longacre & Herring, No. 42, ore 
Biography of Gen. Charles C. Pinckney, written by Mr Linah. | 

Lorin (Theod.) Ses Poesies. Paris. 1836, 1837. 

Ses Epitres, Fables et Poesies. 1839. 

Loudon (J. C.) Magazine of Natural History, Vol. 1, N.S. London. 1837. 

Lubbock (J. W.) An Elementary ‘Treatise on the Tides. London. 1839. 

Martjni (L.) Patologia Generale di Lorenzo Martini. 2 Vols. Capolago. 1834. 

Polizia Medica di Lorenzo Martini. Capolago. 1834. 

Mather (W. W., & Briggs.) First Annual Report to the Governor, from ihe state Geolo- 
gists of the State of New York. 


DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 415 


Mather (W. W., & Briggs.) —continued. 

Second Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Ohio. Columbus. 1838. 

Mayo (Robert.) His Political Sketches of Eight Years in Washington; also a Synopsis of 
the Constitution of the several States and of the United States, Baltimore. 
1839. 

M’Call (P.) His Discourse before the Law Academy of Philadelphia, September 1838. 

Meigs (C. D., M.D.) His Philadelphia Practice of Midwifery. 1838. 

Mendenhall (B. Franklin.) Illuminated MS. Book in the Pali Language. 

Mercer (C. F.) His Speech on the Bill to suspend the Payment of the Fourth Instalment of 
the Surplus Revenue of the United States. Washington.. 1837. 

Meredith (William.) Communication from Governor Marcy to the Legislature of New York, 
relative to the Geological Survey of the State for the year 1837. With Plates. 
Albany. 1838. 

Milne (Joshua.) ‘Treatises on the Laws of Mortality, and on Annuities. Edinburgh. 
1837. 

Mitchell (T. D., M.D.) Transylvania Catalogue of Medical Graduates, with an Appendix, 
containing a concise History of the School. Lexington. 1838. 

Montgomery (J. C.) Report of the Directors of the Little Schuylkill and Susquehanna Rail- 
road Company. Philadelphia. 1838. 

Morelli (Chev.) Vocabulario Universale de la Lingua Italiana ; completion of Vol. 4, Vol. 
5, and Vol. 6, Nos. 34,35, 36. Fol. 1837—9. 

—— Almanacco della Real Casa e Corte per l’anno bisestile 1832. Naples. 1832. 

M’Kenney (‘Thomas L., and James fall, E. C. Biddle and F. W. Greenough.) History of 
the Indian ‘Tribes of North America, accompanied by the Biography and Por- 
traits of remarkable Individuals, from Paintings in the possession of the Govern- 
ment of the United States. No. 1to3. Imp. fol. 1837—9. 

M’Clelland (John.) His inquiries in the Province of Kemaon, relative to Geology and other 
Branches of Natural Science. Calcutta. 1835. 

Nagy (C.) The Elements of Arithmology; being a Treatise on Arithmetic, by the donor. 
(In Hungarian.) Bécs. 1835. 

—— The Elements of Arithmography; being a Treatise on Algebra. (In Hungarian.) 
Bécs. 1837. 

—— A Treatise on Arithmetic. (In Hungarian.) Bées. 1887. 

— A Treatise on Geometry. (In Hungarian.) Bécs. 1838. 

Catalogue of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences, with an Astronomical Almanac pre- 

fixed. (In Hungarian.) Buda. 1838. 
Navarrete (M. F.) Su Coleccion de los Viages y Deseubrimientos que hicieron por Mar los 
Espanoles desde fines del Siglo XV. Vol.4,5. 4to. Madrid. 1837. 

Discurso leido a la Acad. de Ja Hist., por su Director (N.) 1837. Madrid. 1838. 

Nicklin (P. H.) His Remarks on Literary Property. Philadelphia. 1838. 

Niemcewicz (J. W.) La Vieille Pologne, 800 to 1796; Album Hist. et Poetique ; Introd. 
by Charles Forster, Nos. 11, 12. Fol. Paris. 1834, 1835. 

Niles (H.) His Weekly Register, Pol. Hist., &c., Vol. 50. Baltimore. 1836. 

Niles (W. O.) His Weekly Register, Pol. Hist., &c., Sess. 1837, Vols 51,52. Baltimore. 
1837. f 

Ord (Geo.) Loudon’s Magazine of Natural History. Vol. 9. 1836. London. 

Pancoast (J., M.D.) A System of Anatomy, by C. Wistar, with Notes by W. E. Horner. 
7th edition, remodelled by J. P.. 2 Vols. 1839. 


Vi——9) D 


416 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 


Park (R.) Selection of his Juvenile and Miscellaneous Poems. Philadelphia. 1836. 
Patterson (R. M.) Acts of Congress in force respecting the Mint and Coinage of the United 
States. 1837. — 
Penn (Granville.) The Book of the New Covenant, or revision of the English version of 
the New Testament. London. 1836. 
—— Annotations on the book of the New Covenant, &c., areprint of the work of J. L. Hug, 
De Antiquitate Codicis Vaticani Commentario. London. 1837. 
Peters (Robert, Editor.) Transyly. Journ. of Med. Vol. 10, No. 2. Lexington. 1887. 
Trans. Journal Medicine and Associate Sciences. Catalogue of Medical Graduates 
from commencement, 1818, to the present time. Lexington. 1888. 
— Trans. Journal Med., &c., Vol. 11, Catal., &c. 
Catalogue of Students for 1839. 
Perrine (H.) Report in Senate of United States on his Application for a Tract of Land in 
Florida, to introduce Tropical Plants, enumerated by him. 1838. 
Penington (John.) A complete Collection of Protests, made in the House of Lords from 
their Origin, 1641 to 1745. London. 1745. 
Allgemeines Bibliographisches Lexikon. 2 Vols, 4to. Leipzig. 1821. 
Pickering (John.) His Remarks on the Indian Languages of North America, 1831. 
His Review of the Works written in the South Sea Islands. Philadelphia. 1836. 
— A Catechism, Spelling Book and the Elements of Arithmetic, in the 'Faiti Language. 
Oahu. 1832. 
— Book of Samuel, 1831; a Journal, 1835, in the Taiti Language. Ohau. 
—— St Luke in the Chippewa Language, by George Copway and 8. Hall. Boston. 
: 1837. 
—— Choctaw Arithmetic. Boston. 1835. 
— Choctaw Spelling Book. ‘Third Edition, revised. Boston. 1835. 
—— His Eulogy on Dr Nathaniel Bowditch, President of the Academy of Arts and Sciences. 
Boston. 1838. 
Prinsep (James, Secretary.) Journal of the Asiatic Society, edited by him. Vol. 5. Cal- 
cutta. 1836. . 
Useful Tables, forming an Appendix to the Journal of the Asiatic Society, by H. Pid- 
dington. Part 4. Calcutta. 1836. 
Useful Tables. Part 2. Indian Chronological and Genealogical Tables. Calcutta. 
1836. 
Prescott (W.) His History of the Reign of Ferdinand and Isabella, the Catholic. % Vols. 
Third edition. Boston. 1838. + 
Quaranta (Chev. B.) Discorso di quatordici vasi d’argento disotterrati in Pompei nel 
1835. ' 
Quetelet (A.) Ses Notes sur le Magnétisme Terrestre, suivie des Résultats des Observations 
Horaires, faites & ’Equinoxe du Printemps de 1838. Brussels. 1838. 
Ses Notes sur le Magnétisme Terrestre. Suivie des Resultats des Observations Ho- 
raires, faites & l’Epoque du dernier Solstice d’Eté, en 1838. Brussels. 1838. 
— Son Annuaire de l’Observatoire de Bruxelles, pour l’An 1838. Brussels. 1838. 
Ses Observations Horaires faites au dernier Solstice d’Hiver (1837), & Bruxelles, 
Louvain, Alost et Londres, &c. Brussels. 1838. 
Ses Observations sur l’Influence des Saisons sur la Mortalité aux différens Ages dans 
la Belgique. Brussels. 1838. 


alt 


DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 417 


Quetelet (A.)—continued. 

Note sur les Etoiles Filantes du 12 Nov. 1838. 

Meteorologie et Tables Meteorologiques pour l’Année 1838, d’aprés l’Obs. a Brussels, 

4 fois par jour au Solstice d’Hiver. 1838. 
Sur la possibilité de mesurer I’Influence des Causes qui modifient les élémens sociaux, 
by the donor. Brussels. 1832. 

Quincey (Josiah, Jun.) Statistical Tables, exhibiting the Condition and Product of certain 
Branches of Industry in Massachusetts, for the Year ending the Ist of April 
1837, by John P. Bigelow, Secretary of the Commonwealth. Boston. 1838. 

Quinby (J. B.) Arte de los Metales, el beneficio de los de Oro y Plata, por Azoque, &c. 
Lima. 1817. Por A. Alonzo Barba. : 

Rafn (C. C.) Son Mémoire sur la Découverte de l’Amérique au Dixiéme Siécle. Traduit 
par Xavier Marmier. Paris. 1838. 

Randolph (J., M.D.) His Memoir of the Life and Character of Philip S. Physick, M.D. 
Philadelphia. 1859. 

Rebello (J. 8S.) O Auxiliador da Industria Nacional ; periodico. 1835, 1836, 1837, 1838. 

Rio Janeiro. 
Relatorio da Reporticao dos Negocios Estrangeros dos Ministros da Justicia, Marina, 
Guerra, Fazenda, Estado. 1836, 1837. 

Redfield (W. C.) On the Courses of Hurricanes ; with Notices of the ‘Tyfoons of the China 
Sea, and other Storms. 

—— His Letter to the Secretary of the Treasury on the History and Causes of Steamboat 
Explosions, and the Means of prevention. New York. 1839. 

Richards (B. W.) Choix de Morceaux, Fac-Simile d’Ecrivains cotemporaires et de Per- 
sonnages célébres, destinés & enseigner & lire dans toutes les écritures; 76 ex- 
emples, par M. E. Cassin. Paris. 1833. 

Rolper (J.) See Jussieu. 

Rogers (H. D., State Geologist.) First, Second and Third Annual Reports on the Geological 
Exploration of Pennsylvania. Harrisburg. 1838, 1839. 

Rogers (W. B.) Elementary Treatise on the Strength of Materials, being the Substances of 
Lectures delivered in the School of Engineers of the University of Virginia. 
Charlottesville, Va. 1838. 

Roux de Rochelle. Etats Unis d’Amérique, by the donor. Paris. 1837. 

Les Trois Ages ou les Jeux Olympiques, l’Amphithéatre, et la Chevalerie. By the 

same. Paris. 1838. 

Fernand Cortés, Poéme. By the same. Paris. 1838. 

Histoire du Regiment de Champagne. By the same. Paris. 1839. 

Sabine (Edward.) Report on the Variations of the Magnetic Intensity observed at different 
points on the Earth’s Surface. London. 1838. 

—— Report on the Magnetic, Isoclinal and Isodinal and Isodynamic Lines in the British 
Islands, from Observation, by Lloyd, Philips, Fox, C. Ross and himself. Lon- 
don. 1839. 

Schroder (J. H.) Legenda Suceana Vestuta S. Magni (Earl of the Orkney Islands), by C. 

E. Berlin Upsal. 1839. 
Numi Ducum Reipublice Veneta in numophylacio Academie Upsaliensis. By H. G. 
Von Gegerfelt. 

Sergeant (John.) The Third Annual Report of the Geology of Maine, by C. T. Jackson, 

Geologist of the State. Augusta. 1839. 


* 


418 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 


Sergeant (‘Thomas.) A View of the Land Laws of Pennsylvania, with Notices of its early 
History and Legislation, by T. 8S. Philadelphia. 1838. 

Sherman (C.) Constitution of the United States, Rules of the 'T'wo Houses of Congress, and 
Jefferson’s Manual. Printed by C. Sherman & Co. Philadelphia. 1887. 

Short (C. W., M.D.) Trans. Journal of Med. and Assoc. Sciences. Vol. 10. Lexington. 

Catalogue of Officers and Students of Louisville Med. Institute. 2d Sess., January 

1839. 
Silliman (B. and Son.) The American Journal of Science and Arts, conducted by Benjamin 


has Silliman, M.D., LL.D., aided by Benjamin Silliman, Jun., A. By Vol. 25, No. 2, 


and Vols 33 to St. New Haven. 1837—9. 
Silliman (Benj.) A Report on the Geological Survey of Connecticut, by Charles UF Biicpard, 
M.D. New Haven. 1837. 

—— His Suggestions relative to the Philosophy of Geology, and its accordance with Sacred 
History, being an Appendix to the 3d edition of Bakewell’s Geology. New 
Haven. 1839. 

Catalogus Senatiis Academici, in Collegio Yalensi. New Haven. 1888. 

Catalogue of the Library belonging-to the Society of Brothers in Unity of Yale Col- 
lege. New Haven. 1838. 


Catalogue of books in the Library of Yale College. New Haven. 1823. 

Sorgo (Ant. de.) Fragments sur l’Hist. Pol. et Lit. de ’ancienne Repub. de Raguse et sur 
la Langue Slave. By the donor. Paris. 1839. : 

Sparks (Jared.) The Diplomacy of the United States, and its foreign relations, from the 
Treaty with France, 1788, to the present time, by 'T. Lyman, Jun. 2d Edition. 
2 Vols. Boston. 1828. 

—- His Library of American Biography, Vols 4 to 10. Boston. 1836, 1837. 

—— His Works of Benjamin Franklin. Vols 2 to 5, large 8vo. Boston. 1836, 1837. 

—— The Writings of Washington, Vol. 1, and from Vol. 8 to 12. Boston. 1835, 1836, 
1837. 

Stevenson (D.) His Observations on the Liverpool, Manchester and other Railways. 
Edinburgh. 1836. 

Storer (D.H.) His Reports on the Ichthyology and Herpetology of Massachusetts. Boston. 
1839. 

Stout (L. B.) Geological Report of the State of New York, by the State Geologists, made 
to the Gov ernor and Legislature. February. 1839. 

Strickland (Wm.) Brief Outlines of the Alterations in the House of Commons, relative to 
Acoustic and Ventilating alterations. Edinburgh. 1837. 

—— Calculations relating to the Equipment and Displacement, &c., of Ships and Vessels of 
War. London. 1832. 

Strong (N. J.) Haunaudyuh, a Seneca Chief; Alphabet, Fables, &c., in the Seneca Lan- 
guage. 1836. 

Sturgeon (William.) Experimental and Theoretical Researches in Electricity. Mem. 1, 2, 
read before the London Electrical Society. 1839. 

Sullivan (William.) His Familiar Letters on Public Characters and Public Events. Boston. 
1834. 

—— The Political Class-Book, intended for the Higher Classes in Schools, by William Sul- 

livan, with an Appendix upon the Studies of Practical Men, by G. R. Emerson. 

Boston. 1837. ' 


Cat logue of the Library of the Linonian Society of Yale College. N. Haven. 1837. - 


P he 


DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 419 


Sullivan (William.)—confinued. 
Historical Causes and Effects, from the Fall of the Roman Empire, in 476, to the Re- 
formation, in 1517. Boston, 1888. 

Sullivant (J.) An Alphabetical Catalogue of Shells, Fossils, Minerals and Zoophites, in the 
Cabinet of Joseph Sullivant. Columbus, Ohio. 1838. 

Sully (Thomas.) Memorial of Facts connected with the History of Medallic Engraving, and 

the Process of M. Collas, by*V. Nolte. London, 1838. 
Verzeichniss der Kéniglich Siichsischen Gemiilde-Galerie zu Dresden, von Friedrich 
Matthiii, Director, &e. Dresden. 1837. 

Talbot (H. F.) On the Art of Photogenic Drawing, by which Natural Objects may be made 
to delineate themselves without the Aid of the Artist’s Pencil. Read before the 
Royal Society, January 1839. 

Tanner (H. 8.) Atlas Classica, No. 4 to 9. Philadelphia. 1838. 

Taylor (Josiah.) Oration at the Celebration of the First Centennial Anniversary of the South 
Carolina Society, in Charleston, March 28th, 1837, by Joshua W. ‘Toomer. 
Charleston. 1837. ; 

Taylor (Richard Loudon.) No. 1, Scientific Memoirs, selected from the Transactions of 
Foreign Academies. August 1836, 

Taylor (R. C.) His Notes respecting certain Indian Mounds and Earthworks, chiefly in 
the Wisconsin Territory, U.S. Philadelphia. 1838. 

Taylor (O. A.) Triennial Catalogue of the Theological Seminary at Andover. 1839, 

Tinelli (L.) Hints on the Cultivation of the Mulberry, and Observations on the Cultivation 
and Filature of Silk. New York. 1837. 

Torrey (John.) Discovery by him of Vauquelinite, a rare Ore of Chromium. Also an 

Account of several New Genera and Species of N. A. Plants, by John Torrey, 
M.D. New York. 

Catalogue of Plants, native or naturalized, in the vicinity of Newbern, North Carolina, 

by H. B. Croom. 

Townsend (J. K.) Narrative of his Journey across the Rocky Mountains to the Columbia 
River, and of a Visit to the Sandwich Islands. Philadelphia. 1839. 

Troost (Lewis.) Documents relating to the Improvement of the Navigation of the River 
Mississippi, published by the Commissioners. New Orleans. 1837. 

Tucker (George.) His Life of Thomas Jefferson, Third President of the United States, 
with Notices of his Opinions on Government, &c., &c. 2 Vols 8vo. Phila- 
delphia. 1837. 

— The Laws of Wages, Profits and Rent investigated by him. Philadelphia. 1837. 

Tydiman (P.) ‘The Statutes at large of South Carolina, edited by Thomas Cooper, 4 Vols, 
Vol. 1 containing Acts of a constitutional character, Vols 2, 3, 4 containing the 
Statutes, 1682 up to 1786. Columbia. 1836—8. 

—— His Letters on the Pennsylvania System of Solitary Imprisonment. Philadelphia. 
2d Ed. 1837. 

Tyson (J. R.) His Essay on the Lottery System. 3dEd. Philadelphia. 1837. 

—— T. P. Cope’s Speech in the Pennsylvania Convention on Banks and Currency. De- 
cember 1837. 

—— A Lecture delivered by him before the Athenian Institute and Mercantile Library, on 
the Social and Moral Influence of the American Revolution. Philadelphia. 
1838. 


viI.—5 E 


th 


420 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 


Vanuxem (L. and T. A. Conrad, engaged in the Geol. State Survey.) Communication from 
“Governor Marcy to the Legislature of New York, relative to the Geological 
Survey of the State, for the year 1837; with Plates. Albany. 1838. 

Vaughan (William.) Observations of Herschell, at the Cape of Good Hope, 20th, 21st, 
and 22d September 1836. 

—— Addresses to the Royal Society of the President, the Duke of Sussex, 1837, 1838. 
—— Descriptive Index and Bibliographical Account of the great Work of the Egyptian 
Institute ; presented to the London Institute by Sir Thomas Baring. 1838. 

Railway Map of England and Wales, showing those executed, and those projected. 

—— List of the Light Houses of the British Islands, corrected to July 1836. Hydrographic 
Office, Admiralty. London. 1836. 

—— List of the French Light Houses; translated from the ‘Description sommaire des 
Phares et Fanaux, &c.,’’ corrected to 1836. 

—— Letters to denote the State of the Weather, and Figures to denote the Force of the 
Wind ; proposed as a convenient mode of Registry in the Log-Book of a Ship, 
by F. B. London. By Capt. T. Beaufort, Hydrographer to the Admiralty. 

— His Tracts on the London Docks (of which he was the chief Projector), and Hints on 
Commerce; written between 1793 and 1800, now first collected, with an Introdue- 
tion, Memoir, &c. London. 1839. 

Vaughan (John.) Foreign Quarterly Review ; American reprint of October 1836, containing 

a Review of the Works on Mexican Antiquities, of which the Society have a 
large and valuable Collection, presented by J. R. Poinsett, with Additions by W. 
H. Keating. See Vol. 3, N. 8., of the Trans. of the Society. 

Antiquities of Greece, by John Robinson. London. 1807. 

Roman Antiquities, by Alexander Adam, with Notes by P. Wilson. New York. 
1819. 

—— Compendium of Ancient Geography, by M. D’Anville; translated from the French, 

with Maps, &e., by John Horsley. 2 Vols. New York. 1814. 

— Observations on the Winds and Monsoons, by James Capper. London. 1801. 

—— Bija Ganita: or the Algebra of the Hindus, by Edward Strachey. London. 1812. 

—— Algebra, with Arithmetic and Mensuration, from the Sanscrit. ‘Translated by Henry 
Thomas Colebrooke, Esq. London. 1817. 

Grammaire des Grammaires, ou Analyse Raisonnée des meilleurs Traités sur Ja Langue 
Francoise, par Girault Duvivier. 2 Vols. Paris. 1822. 

—— A Catalogue of American Minerals, with their Localities, by Samuel Robinson, M.D. 

Zoston. 1825. 
—— A History of the Parliament of Great Britain, from the Death of Queen Anne to the 
“ Death of George 2. London. 1764. 

— — The Poetical Works of John Trumbull, LL.D. 2 Vols. Hartford. 1820. 

—— The Reign of Doctor de Francia in Paraguay ; being an Account of a Six Years’ Resi- 
dence in that Republic, from July 1819 to May 1825, by Messrs Rengger and 
Longchamps ; translated from the French. London. 1827. 

Memoir on the ‘Topography, Weather and Diseases of the Bahama Islands, by P. 8S. 
Townsend, M.D. New York. 1826. 

— The Campaign of 1781 in the Carolinas, by H. Lee. Philadelphia. 1824. 

— The Charter granted by his Majesty King Charles II. to the Governor and Company 

of the English Colony of Rhode Island and Providence Plantations in New Eng- 
land. Newport. 1767. Fol. 


DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 421 


Vaughan (John.)—continued. 

The New Testament translated into the Greenland Language by the Missionaries of the 
Unitas Fratrum. London. 1822. 

—— Description Géographique des Isles Antilles possédées par les Anglois. Paris. 1758. 

—— A Hist. Sketeh of the Formation of the American Confederacy, &c., by Joseph Blunt. 

New York. 1823. 

—— A View of the Constitution of the United States of America, by William Rawle. Phi- 
ladelphia. 1825. 

An Analysis of the Gaelic Language, by William Shaw. Edinburgh. 1778. 

Svensk Botanik, utgifven af J. W. Palmstruch. Vols 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Stockholm. 
1803, 1804, 1805—7—9. 

Svenska Lafvarnas Fiirg historia. Af Joh. P. Westring. Vol. 1. Stockholm. 1805. 

-—— Elémens de Philosophie Chimique, par H. Davy. ‘Traduit de l’Anglais, avee des Ad- 
ditions, par J. B. Van Mons. 2 Vols. Paris. 1826. 

Essai sur la Théorie des Proportions Chimiques, par J. J. Berzelius. Paris. 1819. 

—— The History of Kentucky, by H. Marshall. 2 Vols. Frankfort. 1824. 

—— A View of the Commerce between the United States and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, by 

John M. Baker, late U. S. Consul for Rio de Janeiro. Washington. 1838. 

—— Museum Ichthyologicum, sistens Piscium qui in Museo L. T. Gronovii adservantur. 

Amsterdam. 1754. 

—— Bibliotheca Numismatica. Collecta et Indice Rerum Instructa & Joh. Christ. Hirsch. 
Nurenberg. 1760. 

Storia Naturale e Generale dell’ Etna, del Canonico Giuseppe Recupero. 2 Vols. Ca- 
tania. 1815, 

— Anales de Ciencias Naturales. Vol. 1 to 6. Madrid. 1799 to 1803. 

Descripcion de las Plantas que D. Antonio Josef Cavanilles demostré en las Lecciones 
Publicas del Ano 1801, precedida de los principios elementales de la Botanica. 
Madrid. 1802. 

Curso Elemental de Botanica, dispuesto para la ensenanza del real Jardin de Madrid, 
por el Dr Don Casimiro Gomez de Ortega. Madrid. 1795. 

— Voyage de l’Ambassade de la Compagnie des Indes Orientales Hollandaises, vers l’Em- 
pereur de la Chine, dans les années 1794 et 1795. Philadelphia. 1798. 
Memoirs comprising the Navigation to and from China, by the China Sea, and through 
the various Straits and Channels in the Indian Archipelago; also the Navigation 

of Bombay Harbour. London. 4io. 1805. By J. Horsburg. 
— A Journal of Natural Philosophy, Chemistry and the Arts, by W. Nicholson. Vols 1, 
2,3. 4to. London. 1797—1800. 

—— A Geographical, Commercial and Agricultural View of the United States of America, 
forming a complete Emigrant’s Directory, &c., by Daniel Blowe. Liverpool. 
1820. 

—— Remarks on the Statistics and Political Institutions of the United States, with some 
Observations on the Ecclesiastical System of America, her Sources of Revenue, 
&e., by William G. Ouseley, Esq. Philadelphia, 1832. 

—— Sketches, Historical and Topographical, of the Floridas, by James Grant Forbes. 


New York. 
— Remarks during a Journey through North America, in the years 1819, 1820 and 1821, 
by Adam Hodgson, Esq. New York. 1823. , 


422 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 


Vaughan (John.)—continued. 
Statistics of South Carolina; a View of its Natural, Civil and Military History, by Ro- 
bert Mills. Charleston. 1826. 
—— The Oxford University Calendar, for 1838. 
—— The Cambridge University Calendar, for 1838. 
—— Memorie e Lettere di Galileo Galilei, dal Cav. Giambatista Venturi. Vols 1 and 2. 
Modena. 1821. 4to. 
—— Storia della Scultura dal suo risorgimento in Italia fino al seculo di Canova del Conte 
Leop. Cicognara. Prato. 1824. Vol. 1to7. 8vo. Fol. vol. Plates. 
—— Del suo resorgimento in Italia al Serato di Canova, Vol. 1 to 7, 8vo., with folio Vol. of 
Plates. Prato. 1823. 
—— The Colonial Policy of Great Britain. London. 1816. 
Notes on the Medical Topography of the interior of Ceylon, by Henry Marshall. 
London. 1821. 
Jay’s ‘Treaty, with an Appendix. Philadelphia. 1795. 
—— A Practical Treatise on Rail Roads and Carriages, by Thomas Tredgold. New York. 
1825. 
Memoirs of the Rev. David Brainerd, Missionary to the Indians, by S. E. Dwight. 
New Haven. 1822. 
Flora Gconomica Suecie, or an Essay on the Swedish Plants suited to Domestic Use, 
by A. J. Retzius. 2 Vols 8vo. Lund. 1802. 
—— Meteorological Essays and Observations, by J. Fred. Daniel. 2d Ed. London. 
1827. 8vo. 
—— A Sketch of Chinese History, ancient and modern, and retrospect of the foreign Inter- 
course and ‘Trade with China, by Rev. C. Gutzlaffe. 2 Vols. New York ed. 
1834. 
Vethake (H.) Journal fiir die Baukunst. Herausgegeben von Dr A. L. Crelle. Vols 1 and 
2. Berlin. 1829, 1830. 
— Journal fiir die reine und angewandte Mathematik. Herausgegeben von Dr A. L. 
Crelle. 5 Vols. Berlin. 1826 to 1830. 
His Principles of Political Economy. Philadelphia. 1838. 
Wael (Chey. de.) Considerations sur les Ethers, et sur leur composés, par J. B. Van Mons. 
Brussels. 1837. , 
Walleck (N., M.D.) Notes on the Drugs called Mishme, Teela and Padra Pest. Calcutta. 
1836. 
Walker (S. C.) Formula for the Announcement of the principal Phases of the Annular 
Eclipse of the Sun, September 18, 1838, by E. A. Kendall. 
Account of Solar Eclipse, May 15, 1836. 
Walker (Timothy.) Annual Discourse delivered by him before the Ohio Historical and Phi- 
losophical Society, at Columbus, December 23, 1837. Cincinnati. 1838. 
—— His Introductory Lecture on the Dignity of the Law, delivered before the Cincinnati 
College, November 1837. 
Warden (D. B.) Documents Statistiques sur la France, publiés par le Ministre du Com- 
merce. Paris. 1835. 4to. 
—— L’Art de vérifier les Dates, Vol. 10; Chronologie Hist. des Isles de l’Amerique, by the 
Marquis de Fortia. Paris. 1837. 
—— Extrait d’un Mémoire sur la Distribution Geog. des Crustacées, par Edward Milne, lu 
a l'Institut. 1838. 


x 

a 

“a 

| 

» 
a 


DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 423 


Warden (D. B.)—continued. 

Explication de la Pierre de ‘Taunton, dans l’Am. Sept., par Morena de Dammartin. 

Séance Pub. Ann. des cing Académies ; May 1839. Paris. 

Séance Pub. Ann. de l’Acad. des Sci. Morales et Politiques. Paris. May 1839. 

—— Hist. de l’Introduction et de Ja Propagation des Mérinos en France, par 'Tessut. Paris. 

1839. 
Mémoires publiés par le Soc. Roy. d’Agriculture, pour l’année 1838. 
Note sur l’Origine de nos Chiffres, et sur l’Abacus des Pythagoriciens. Paris. Par J. 
A. H. Vincent. 

— Soe. Philom. de Paris, Séances 1836, 1837, 1838; also a constant succession of Lite- 
rary and Agricultural Notices, and Prospectus of New Publications. 

Ware (Henry, Jun.) Selections from the Works of Joseph Priestley, with a Memoir of his 
Life. Cambridge. 1834, 

Watmough (J. G.) Atlas Maritime, 1693, Thirty-Two Maps and Charts of European 
Coasts, by order of King of France; also a Dutch Atlas of Nine Maps of 
Coast of G. B., Holland, &c., engraved by De Hooge, Amst., 1693, for the Use 
of the British Navy. 1693. 

Wegener (C. F.) De Aula Attalicé Literarum Artiumque Fautrice Libri Sex. Volumen 1. 
Copenhagen. 1836. 

Wetherill (J. P.) Journals of the Select and Common Councils of Philadelphia, for 1835 
—1836, 1836—1837, 1837—1838. Philadelphia. 

White (D. A.) His Eulogy on the Life and Character of Nathaniel Bowditch, LL.D., F.R.S. 
Salem. 1838. 

Whittlesey (Elisha.) Report of the Board of Internal Improvement of Kentucky. 1837. 
Copy of the Acts incorporating the Sandusky, Toledo and Michigan City Rail 
Road Company, with the Report of the Survey of the Road, by John Hopkins, 
Esq. Also the Report of the Survey of the Buffalo and Mississippi Rail Road, 
through the State of Indiana, by James Seymour, Esq. Toledo. 1839. 

—— The Charter and By-Laws of the Ohio Life Insurance and Trust Company. Cincein- 
nati. 1838. 

Williams (M. 'T.) An Inquiry into the Origin of the Antiquities of America, by John Dela- 
field, Jun., with an Appendix, by James Lakey, M.D., of Ohio. New York. 
1839. 4to. 

—— The Statutes of Ohio and of the North Western Territory. Vols 1, 2 and 3, edited by 
Salmon P. Chase. Cincinnati. 1833. 

Wines (E. C.) Plaza Universal de todas Ciencias y Artes. Por el Doctor C. Suarez de 
Figueroa. Perpignan. 1630. 

Winthrop (A.) Letters from the English Kings and Queens to the Governors of the Colony 
of Connecticut, from 1635 to 1749, by R. R. Hinman, A.M. Hartford. 1836. 

—— The Blue Laws of New Haven Colony, usually called the Blue Laws of Connecticut ; 
Quaker Laws of Plymouth and Massachusetts, &c. Hartford. 1838. 

Winthrop (Hon. T. L.) Joseph B. Felt on Massachusetts Currency. Boston. 1839. 

Worcester (J. E.) American Almanac and Repository of Useful Knowledge for 1838, 1839, 
1840. (The Astronomical part by Paine.) 

Wyatt (T.) A Manual of Conchology, by Thomas Wyatt, A.M. New York. 1838. 

Young (A.) A Discourse on the Life and Character of the Hon. Nathaniel Bowditch, LL.D., 
F.R.S. Boston. 1838. 

Zecchinelli (G. M.) Sulle Rotture del Cuore. Padua. 1824. 


VE— our 


424 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 


Zecchinelli (G. M.)—continued. 

Commento ad alcuni passi d’Hyppocrate in 1825. 

— Memoria sopra alcuni passi d’Hyppoerate relative alle malattie del Cuore. Padua. 
1831. 

Polizi intorno all’ acqua solforosa, &c. Padua. 1830. 

—— Risposta con documento a D. Salvatore, &c., in 1833. 


Vandermaelen’s Atlas of Europe, 165 sheets, subscribed for by some of the Members, and pre- 
sented to the Society. Brussels. 1833. 


The following Donations were omitted in their proper places. 


M. Ad. Martini, Minister from the Netherlands to the U.S. L’Hivernage des Hollandais a 
la Nouvelle-Zemble. 1596, 1597. ‘Traduction en Vers de Tollens, par A. Cla- 
vareau. 3meed. Maestricht. 1839. 4to. 

Royal Society of London. Vol. 2 of Astronomical Observations made at the Royal Obser- 
vatory of Edinburgh, by ‘Thomas Henderson, for 1836. Published by order of 
the British Government. Edinburgh. 1839.  4to. 

Royal Institute of Sciences, Amsterdam, Vols 1 to 5. 4to. 1727—1836. 

Andover Theological Seminary. A Catalogue of their Library, by Oliver A. Taylor. 1839. 

Bell (John, M.D.) Vol. 3 of the Select Medical Library, edited by him, with republication 
of foreign Medical Works. 12 Nos. 1838, 1839. 

Dunglison (R.) New Remedies; the Method of preparing and administering them, with 
their Effects. Philadelphia. 1839. 12mo. 

— A new Dictionary of Medical Science, with a Vocabulary of Synonymes, in different 

Languages. 2d Ed. Philadelphia. 1839. 8vo. 

Outlines of Physiology, with an Appendix on Phrenology, by P. M. Roget. American 
Ed. R. D. Editor. 

—— An Appeal to the People of Pennsylvania, on the subject of an Asylum for the Insane 

Poor of Pennsylvania. 1838. 

— Human Physiology, illustrated by Engravings, with numerous Additions. 8d Ed. 
2 Vols, 8vo. 1838. 

Enactments by the Rectors and Visitors of the University of Virginia, constituting, d&c., 
that Institution, with MS. corrections in the handwriting of Thomas Jefferson. 

- Charlottesville. 1825. 

Dunn (Nathan.) A Descriptive Catalogue of his Chinese Collection in the Museum in Phi- 
ladelphia, descriptive of the Trade, Government, Customs and Manners of the 
Chinese. Philadelphia. 1839. 

Du Ponceau (P.S.) A Military Map of Germany, 9 Sheets, and of the Northern part of 

Italy, in 4 Sheets, by M. Chauchard. Paris. 1791. 

Caspipina’s Letters on Various Subjects, to which is added the Life and Character of 
William Penn, by the Rev. Jacob Duché, who resided some time in Philadel- 
phia, and left it at the time of the Revolution. Bath, Great Britain. 2 Vols, 
12mo. 1777. 

— Memoirs of the Reign of George VI,; an Anticipation. 1763. 


“4 


EE 


- 


DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET. 425 
2 


Ingersoll (C. J.) ‘The Journals of the State Convention of Pennsylvania, held for changing 
the Constitution, convened at Harrisburg the 2d of May 1837, adjourned to Phi- 
ladelphia, Nov. 1837. 2 Vols. Also the Debates and Proceedings of the Con- 
vention, 13 Vols, ending February 22, 1838, containing the old Constitution and 
new one proposed, which was accepted by the people October 1838. 

Kintzing (Wm.) Renati Descartes Meditationes de prima Philosophia. His adjuncte sunt 

varie Objectiones cum Responsionibus Oratoris. Amsilodanii. 1685. 

Principia Philosophie, &c. Ultima editio. 1692. 

Mease (James, M.D.) Annals of the county of Tryon, New York, by William Campbell, 
New York. 1831. This work gives details of the sufferings of the People, from 
the combined forces of Tories and Indians, during the American War. 

Archives of Useful Knowledge, 3 Vols, devoted to Commerce, Manufactures, Rural 
and Domestic Economy of the Useful Arts, of which he is the Author. 

Medhurst (W. H.) An English and Japanese, and Japanese and English Vocabulary, com- 
piled from native Works, by him. Batavia. 1830. 

—— Translation of a Comparative Vocabulary of the Chinese, Corean and Japanese Lan- 
guages, to which is added the Thousand Character Classic, in Chinese and Co- 
rean, by Philosinensis. Batavia. 1835. 

—— A Copy of the new Version of the Chinese ‘l'estament, drawn up by himself and the 

Rev. Charles Gutzlaff. 

Four Tracts in Malay. 

Mercer (Hugh, Son of General Mercer, who fell at Princeton.) Received through the hands 
of Dr James Mease. The MS. Orderly Book of the American Army, under the 
immediate command of General Washington, from August 1777 to May 1778. 

Stone (Lawson B.) A Collection of East India Tracts and Translations. 

Malay. The Bible, Testament, Gospel of St John, and the favourite Story of Ab- 
dulla and Sabat. 

Tamul Translation of the Romans, 16 Chapters. 

Gospel of St John in Siamese, Javanese, Hindustanee. 

— Chinese Testament, Almanac and Three Missionary Tracts. 

Japanese Testament, and Book of Genesis in Bengalee. 

— Ordoo Proverbs; Tract in Bugis, or Language of the Celebes. 

— The Acts in Arabic and Hinduwee. 

—— MS. Copy of Credentials of Prince Raja-Laboo, deputed by the States of Sumatra to 
the Court of the Sultan on the Peninsula. 

Malay MS., entitled the History of the Prophets. 


DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET. 


Andrews (W. W., American Consul at Malta.) A Case of interesting Minerals, from Sicily ; 
also Organic remains from Malta. 

Clemson (Thomas G.) Minerals taken by him from their respective Localities. 

— Inthe Island of Cuba, district Halguine, Rocks from the Silla de Gebara ; Sulphuret of 
Copper, Iron Ore, Chromate of Iron, in large Masses, Oxide of Copper, from the 
vein and surface, from Sabana Mine. 


426 DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET. 


call 
Clemson (Thomas G.)—continued. 
In the neighbourhood of Havana. Euphatide alternating with Silex, Syenite, Mineral 
combustible. 

—— /n Missouri. Per-Oxide of Iron from the Iron Mountain, Sulphuret of Copper, Sul- 
phuret of Lead, Carbonate of Lead. 

— In New Jersey. Sulphuret of Copper. 

In Alabama. Bituminous Coal. 

Casenova (J. N.—M.D.) Specimens of Ores from Chili, Quicksilver from Puntanqui, Silver 
Ores from Coquimbo. Several Specimens of Copper Ore from the Provinces of 
Coquimbo, Aconcagua and Colchagua; Pyrites of Iron from Huasco, of Porcel- 
lania from Aconeagua; Sulphate of Barytes, argentiferous Galena from Coquim- 
bo; Two Fossils from the Cordillera, near Coquimbo, 18,000 feet above the 
Sea; Six Fossils from near Copiapo, 7000 feet above the Sea, 120 miles from 
Coast; a Compact of Pebbles 12,000 feet above the Sea, near Mendoza; an 
Ostrich’s Egg from the Pampas of Buenos Ayres. 

Drayton (W.S.) MS. in the Pali sacred Language, on the Talipot leaves, used by the 
Siamese as paper. 


—— A Specimen of Lycopodium Patescens relaxing and expanding when wet, and con- 


tracting again when it dries. 

Drayton (Percival.) A Mummy of the Ibis, in an earthen Jar, like a Sugar-loaf, with small 
Models of Mummies, figured in the Second Vol. of Plates of the great work of the 
Egyptian Institute. 

Gibson (Chief Justice of Pennsylvania.) His Bust, in Plaster. 

Godon (Sylvanus.) An Indian Pipe, curiously wrought by the Indians of California. 

Godon (V. L.—M.D.) A Mummy of the Ibis, in a Jar, from Egypt. 

Hopkinson (Francis.) One of the Congress Chairs, used at the time independence was de- 
celared, on the 4th of July 1776. When Congress left Philadelphia it was placed 
in the Office of the Clerk of the District Court of the United States, and there 
remained ; presented to the Society by the present Clerk, F. H. 

Kane (J. K.) ‘The Chair, with a Writing Table annexed, which Mr Jefferson had in Phila- 
delphia in 1776, and on which he copied the Report of the Declaration of Inde- 
pendence, made to Congress, now in possession of the Society. From Philadel- 
phia it was taken by Mr Jefferson to his residence, and after his death was taken 
by his daughter, Mrs Randolph, to Washington, and when she removed from 
thence was, at the request of Mr Kane, given to him and deposited with the So- 
ciety. 

Keating (W.H.) A Deposit of a considerable quantity of Mexican Antiquities. 

Léwenstern (Isidore.) ‘Two Austrian Silver Medals, viz., Convention Thaler of Francis Ist, 
and one of Ferdinand the Ist. One English Copper Coronation Medal of William 
the 4th, of Great Britain. 

Lynah (James.) A large Collection of Copper Coins and Medals, collected by his grandfa- 
ther, Charleston, S. C., with many curious Relics, &c. 

Mease (James.) A Specimen of Augite, in Steatite, from Oxford, N. Hampshire. 

Peale (Franklin.) Two Specimens of a new Mineral, found near Charlotte, N. Carolina, 
taken from a Dyke traversing the Granite of the Gold Region. Mr Featherston- 
haugh proposed calling it Leopardite, from its Spots. 

Physick (Philip.) A Theodolite which belonged to the old Proprietary family in Penn- 
sylvania, and was used in their early Surveys. F 


~ 7 
% 
» 
4 
«4 
’ 
a a 
we » 
4 p - 


Le 


DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET. 427 


Robertson (W. H.) A Stone Ball, one of Twenty-three, said to have been fired at the Boat 
in which Queen Mary and Douglas made their Escape from Loch Leven, and 
procured from a Fisherman, to whom Sir Walter Scott, some years before, 
suggested that if the Lake was ever lowered, they would be found near a spot 
marked out by him. The Lake having been subsequently lowered by the Pro- 
prietor, the Fisherman made the search, and found twenty-one of the Balls, with 
the Keys of the Castle. These are deposited in the Museum of the Edinburgh 
Antiquarian Society. The Twenty-second was found afterwards, and procured 
by Mr R. for our Cabinet. 

Stone (L. B.) A Specimen of Pine Apple Hemp, made from the Stalk of the Pine Apple. 

A Brush from Japan, made from the Fibres of the Cocoa-Nut. 

Stone (Dexter.) Specimens of Flax and Hemp, prepared at the manufactory of Sands Ol- 
colt, in this city, by a Process and Machinery invented by him, so as to be spun 
by common Cotton Machinery. By this Process the rotting or hackling is not 
required, and all the fibres of Hemp or Flax are converted into yarn, of any re- 
quired quality or fineness, at a Cost not materially differing from Cotton. 

Storey (a Captain in the employ of Messrs Eyre & Massey, of Philadelphia, who in his 
name presented it to the Society.) A large Marine Cup, Gigantea Alcyona, ob- 
tained at Singapore, from its place in the Sea, at the depth of twelve fathoms. 
It is vulgarly called Neptune’s Punch Bowl. Inside depth twenty-four inches, 
height, with the foot, or pedestal, thirty-five inches, diameter eighteen inches. 

Taylor (R. C.) Chromate of Iron, found in large Masses in Cuba, near Gebara River. It 
is of the finest quality, and yields seventy-five per cent of the finest Chromate 
of Lead. 


END OF VOL. VI. 


VL—5 G 


ERRATA. 


Page 39, line 9 from top, for Carry fork read Cany fork 

Page 48, line 15 from top, for 1837 read 1836. 

Page 49, line 17 from top, for is read in. 

Page 59, line 7 from top, for left valve read right valve. 

Page 59, line 17 from bottom, for forms read performs. 

Page 9%, line 8 from top, for Pepinianus vead Pepiniana. 

Page 131, line 9 from top, for membranacea read membranaceus 

Page 140, line 7 from bottom, dele obovate, and place angulata under crassa 


Page 422, line 3 from bottom, for Tessut read Tessier 


q 


ae 


Biss ORS on ioe 
wih Mist a